Garmin | G1000: Cessna Caravan 208/208B | Garmin G1000: Cessna Caravan 208/208B G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan

Garmin G1000: Cessna Caravan 208/208B G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
G1000
®
Integrated Flight Deck
Pilot’s Guide
®
G1000 Pilot’s Guide
Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, KS 66062, U.S.A.
p:913.397.8200
f:913.397.8282
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road
Houndsdown Business Park
Southampton, SO40 9RB, U.K.
p:44/0870.8501241
f:44/0870.8501251
Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Jangshu 2nd Road
Shijr, Taipei County, Taiwan
p:886/02.2642.9199
f:886/02.2642.9099
www.garmin.com
Cessna Caravan
Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
p:503.391.3411
f:503.364.2138
190-00749-02
Revision B
Cessna Caravan
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM (EIS)
AUDIO PANEL & CNS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Copyright © 2008, 2010, 2011 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved.
This manual reflects the operation of System Software version 0767.11 or later for the Cessna Caravan. Some differences in operation may
be observed when comparing the information in this manual to earlier or later software versions.
Garmin International, Inc., 1200 East 151st Street, Olathe, Kansas 66062, U.S.A.
Tel: 913/397.8200Fax: 913/397.8282
Garmin AT, Inc., 2345 Turner Road SE, Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
Tel: 503/391.3411Fax 503/364.2138
Garmin (Europe) Ltd., Liberty House, Hounsdown Business Park, Southampton, SO40 9RB, U.K.
Tel: 44/0870.851241
Fax: 44/0870.8501251
Garmin Corporation, No. 68, Jangshu 2nd Road, Shijr, Taipei County, Taiwan
Tel: 886/02.2642.9199Fax: 886/02.2642.9099
For after-hours emergency, aircraft on ground (AOG) technical support for Garmin panel mount and integrated avionics systems, please
contact Garmin’s AOG Hotline at 913.397.0836.
Web Site Address: www.garmin.com
Except as expressly provided herein, no part of this manual may be reproduced, copied, transmitted, disseminated, downloaded or stored
in any storage medium, for any purpose without the express written permission of Garmin. Garmin hereby grants permission to download
a single copy of this manual and of any revision to this manual onto a hard drive or other electronic storage medium to be viewed for
personal use, provided that such electronic or printed copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this copyright notice
and provided further that any unauthorized commercial distribution of this manual or any revision hereto is strictly prohibited.
Garmin® and G1000® are registered trademarks of Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. WATCH®, FliteCharts®, and SafeTaxi® are trademarks of
Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. These trademarks may not be used without the express permission of Garmin.
Bendix/King® and Honeywell® are registered trademarks of Honeywell International, Inc.; Becker® is a registered trademark of Becker
Flugfunkwerk GmbH; NavData® is a registered trademark of Jeppesen, Inc.; SiriusXM® is a registered trademark of SiriusXM Satellite
Radio, Inc.
AOPA Membership Publications, Inc. and its related organizations (hereinafter collectively “AOPA”) expressly disclaim all warranties,
with respect to the AOPA information included in this data, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties
of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The information is provided “as is” and AOPA does not warrant or make any
representations regarding its accuracy, reliability, or otherwise. Under no circumstances including negligence, shall AOPA be liable for any
incidental, special or consequential damages that result from the use or inability to use the software or related documentation, even if
AOPA or an AOPA authorized representative has been advised of the possibility of such damages. User agrees not to sue AOPA and, to
the maximum extent allowed by law, to release and hold harmless AOPA from any causes of action, claims or losses related to any actual
or alleged inaccuracies in the information. Some jurisdictions do not allow the limitation or exclusion of implied warranties or liability for
incidental or consequential damages so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you.
December, 2011
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
Printed in the U.S.A.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
LIMITED WARRANTY
LIMITED WARRANTY
Within the warranty period, Garmin will, at its sole discretion, repair or replace any components that fail in normal use. Such repairs or
replacement will be made at no charge to the customer for parts and/or labor incidental to the direct repair of said product. Garmin may,
at its discretion with prior approval, reimburse an authorized Garmin Service Center for associated labor costs incurred for removal and
replacement of the panel mount product installed in an aircraft. The customer shall be responsible for any transportation or other cost. This
warranty does not apply to: (i) cosmetic damage, such as scratches, nicks and dents; (ii) consumable parts, such as batteries, unless product
damage has occurred due to a defect in materials or workmanship; (iii) damage caused by accident, abuse, misuse, water, flood, fire, or
other acts of nature or external causes; (iv) damage caused by service performed by anyone who is not an authorized service provider
of Garmin; or (v) damage to a product that has been modified or altered without the written permission of Garmin. In addition, Garmin
reserves the right to refuse warranty claims against products or services that are obtained and/or used in contravention of the laws of any
country.
THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS,
IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY LIABILITY ARISING UNDER ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE. THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, WHICH MAY VARY FROM
STATE TO STATE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL GARMIN BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER
RESULTING FROM THE USE, MISUSE, OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT OR FROM DEFECTS IN THE PRODUCT. Some states do not
allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations may not apply in every case.
Garmin retains the exclusive right to repair or replace (with a new or newly-overhauled replacement product) the product or offer a full
refund of the purchase price at its sole discretion. SUCH REMEDY SHALL BE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF
WARRANTY.
To obtain warranty service, contact your local Garmin Authorized Service Center. For assistance in locating the nearest Service Center, call
Garmin Customer Service at one of the numbers listed below.
Products sold through online auctions are not eligible for warranty coverage or rebates or other special offers from Garmin. Online auction
confirmations are not accepted for warranty verification. To obtain warranty service, an original or copy of the sales receipt from the original
retailer is required. Garmin will not replace missing components from any package purchased through an online auction.
Garmin International Inc.
1200 East 151st Street, Olathe, Kansas 66062
Telephone:
(913)397-8200
Telephone Toll Free:
(888)606-5482
Facsimile:
(913)397-8282
Facsimile Toll Free:
(800)801-4670
E-mail: orders@garmin.com
avionics@garmin.com
warranty@garmin.com
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road, Southampton, SO40
9RB, UK
Telephone:
++44 (0) 870-8501243
Telephone Toll Free:
++44 (0) 0808 238 0000
(option 5)
Facsimile:
++44 (0) 238052004
E-mail: avionics.europe@garmin.com
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
i
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES
WARNING: Navigation and terrain separation must NOT be predicated upon the use of the terrain avoidance
feature. The terrain avoidance feature is NOT intended to be used as a primary reference for terrain avoidance
and does not relieve the pilot from the responsibility of being aware of surroundings during flight. The
terrain avoidance feature is only to be used as an aid for terrain avoidance. Terrain data is obtained from
third party sources. Garmin is not able to independently verify the accuracy of the terrain data.
WARNING: The displayed minimum safe altitudes (MSAs) are only advisory in nature and should not be
relied upon as the sole source of obstacle and terrain avoidance information. Always refer to current
aeronautical charts for appropriate minimum clearance altitudes.
WARNING: The altitude calculated by G1000 GPS receivers is geometric height above Mean Sea Level and
could vary significantly from the altitude displayed by pressure altimeters, such as the GDC 74A Air Data
Computer, or other altimeters in aircraft. GPS altitude should never be used for vertical navigation. Always
use pressure altitude displayed by the G1000 PFD or other pressure altimeters in aircraft.
WARNING: Do not use outdated database information. Databases used in the G1000 system must be updated
regularly in order to ensure that the information remains current. Pilots using any outdated database do so
entirely at their own risk.
WARNING: Do not use basemap (land and water data) information for primary navigation. Basemap data is
intended only to supplement other approved navigation data sources and should be considered as an aid to
enhance situational awareness.
WARNING: Traffic information shown on system displays is provided as an aid in visually acquiring traffic.
Pilots must maneuver the aircraft based only upon ATC guidance or positive visual acquisition of conflicting
traffic.
WARNING: Do not use data link weather products (e.g., XM WX Satellite Weather, GFDS Worldwide
Weather, or FIS-B) for hazardous weather penetration. Weather information provided by these products
is aged by up to several minutes and may not depict actual weather conditions as they currently
appear.
WARNING: NEXRAD weather data is to be used for long-range planning purposes only. Due to inherent
delays in data transmission and the relative age of the data, NEXRAD weather data should not be used for
short-range weather avoidance.
WARNING: The Garmin G1000, as installed in the Cessna Caravan aircraft, has a very high degree of
functional integrity. However, the pilot must recognize that providing monitoring and/or self-test capability
for all conceivable system failures is not practical. Although unlikely, it may be possible for erroneous
operation to occur without a fault indication shown by the G1000. It is thus the responsibility of the pilot
to detect such an occurrence by means of cross-checking with all redundant or correlated information
available in the cockpit.
ii
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES
WARNING: For safety reasons, G1000 operational procedures must be learned on the ground.
WARNING: The United States government operates the Global Positioning System and is solely responsible
for its accuracy and maintenance. The GPS system is subject to changes which could affect the accuracy
and performance of all GPS equipment. Portions of the Garmin G1000 utilize GPS as a precision electronic
NAVigation AID (NAVAID). Therefore, as with all NAVAIDs, information presented by the G1000 can be
misused or misinterpreted and, therefore, become unsafe.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of unsafe operation, carefully review and understand all aspects of the G1000
Pilot’s Guide documentation and the Cessna Caravan Pilot’s Operating Handbook. Thoroughly practice
basic operation prior to actual use. During flight operations, carefully compare indications from the G1000
to all available navigation sources, including the information from other NAVAIDs, visual sightings, charts,
etc. For safety purposes, always resolve any discrepancies before continuing navigation.
WARNING: The illustrations in this guide are only examples. Never use the G1000 to attempt to penetrate
a thunderstorm. Both the FAA Advisory Circular, Subject: Thunderstorms, and the Aeronautical Information
Manual (AIM) recommend avoiding “by at least 20 miles any thunderstorm identified as severe or giving an
intense radar echo.
WARNING: Lamp(s) inside this product may contain mercury (HG) and must be recycled or disposed of
according to local, state, or federal laws. For more information, refer to our website at www.garmin.com/
aboutGarmin/environment/disposal.jsp.
WARNING: Because of variation in the earth’s magnetic field, operating the system within the following
areas could result in loss of reliable attitude and heading indications. North of 72° North latitude at all
longitudes. South of 70° South latitude at all longitudes. North of 65° North latitude between longitude
75° W and 120° W. (Northern Canada). North of 70° North latitude between longitude 70° W and 128° W.
(Northern Canada). North of 70° North latitude between longitude 85° E and 114° E. (Northern Russia).
South of 55° South latitude between longitude 120° E and 165° E. (Region south of Australia and New
Zealand).
WARNING: Do not use GPS to navigate to any active waypoint identified as a ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ by a
system message. ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ waypoints are derived from an unknown map reference datum that
may be incompatible with the map reference datum used by GPS (known as WGS84) and may be positioned
in error as displayed.
CAUTION: The PFD and MFD displays use a lens coated with a special anti-reflective coating that is very
sensitive to skin oils, waxes, and abrasive cleaners. CLEANERS CONTAINING AMMONIA WILL HARM THE
ANTI-REFLECTIVE COATING. It is very important to clean the lens using a clean, lint-free cloth and an
eyeglass lens cleaner that is specified as safe for anti-reflective coatings.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
iii
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES
CAUTION: The Garmin G1000 does not contain any user-serviceable parts. Repairs should only be made by
an authorized Garmin service center. Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both the warranty
and the pilot’s authority to operate this device under FAA/FCC regulations.
NOTE: All visual depictions contained within this document, including screen images of the G1000 panel and
displays, are subject to change and may not reflect the most current G1000 system and aviation databases.
Depictions of equipment may differ slightly from the actual equipment.
NOTE: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE: This product, its packaging, and its components contain chemicals known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects, or reproductive harm. This notice is being provided in accordance with
California’s Proposition 65. If you have any questions or would like additional information, please refer to
our web site at www.garmin.com/prop65.
NOTE: Interference from GPS repeaters operating inside nearby hangars can cause an intermittent loss of
attitude and heading displays while the aircraft is on the ground. Moving the aircraft more than 100 feet
away from the source of the interference should alleviate the condition.
NOTE: Use of polarized eyewear may cause the flight displays to appear dim or blank.
NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from government agencies. Garmin
accurately processes and cross-validates the data, but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of
the data.
iv
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
REVISION INFORMATION
Record of Revisions
Part Number
190-00749-00
Revision
Date
A
January, 2008
B
January, 2008
C
February, 2008
Page Range
Description
All
Initial release
Copyright Page Correct system software number
Changed EMER PWR LVR to EMERG PWR LVR.
Changed GENERATR OVRHT to GENERATOR OVHT.
Changed L, R, L-R FUEL LO to L, R, L-R FUEL LOW.
Removed A-ICE LF annunciation.
Added Message Advisory Alerts
All
Removed gradient background.
Added Synthetic Vision System
Added GDU 9.04 parameters
All
Added Flight Plan Import/Export
Added AOPA Airport Directory
Added temporary user waypoints
Added CDI availability during Dead Reckoning mode
Added new MFD page navigation
Added dual navigation database capability
Added database synchronization
Added Flight Data Logging
Added other GDU 10.01 parameters
190-00749-01
A
September, 2008
190-00749-02
A
January, 2010
B
July, 2011
Added Dual GMA support
Updated SiriusXM product references
Added MV DB update procedures
July, 2011
July, 2011
Rescind Rev B changes
190-00749-03
C
A
190-00749-04
A
December, 2011
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Added Dual GMA support
Updated SiriusXM product references
Added MV DB update procedures
All
Added GDU 12.02 parameters
Added Profile view
Updated XM WX weather symbols
Added GTS 820 support
Added Flight Plan Enhancements
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
v
REVISION INFORMATION
Blank Page
vi
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW
System Description.................................................. 1
Line Replaceable Units (LRU).................................. 2
G1000 Controls......................................................... 8
PFD/MFD Controls......................................................... 8
AFCS Controls............................................................. 10
Audio Panel Controls................................................... 12
Softkey Function.......................................................... 14
Secure Digital Cards.............................................. 21
System Power-up.................................................... 22
System Operation................................................... 23
Normal Operation........................................................ 23
Reversionary Mode...................................................... 23
AHRS Operation.......................................................... 25
G1000 System Annunciations....................................... 26
GPS Receiver Operation............................................... 27
Accessing G1000 Functionality............................ 32
Menus........................................................................ 32
MFD Page Groups........................................................ 32
MFD System Pages...................................................... 37
Display Backlighting.............................................. 47
Automatic Adjustment................................................. 47
Manual Adjustment..................................................... 47
SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2.1 Flight Instruments.................................................. 52
Airspeed Indicator....................................................... 52
Attitude Indicator........................................................ 54
Altimeter.................................................................... 55
Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)........................................ 59
Vertical Deviation........................................................ 59
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)............................... 60
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)................................... 65
2.2 Supplemental Flight Data..................................... 73
Temperature Displays................................................... 73
Wind Data.................................................................. 74
Vertical Navigation (VNV) Indications............................ 75
2.3 PFD Annunciations and Alerting Functions......... 76
System Alerting........................................................... 76
Marker Beacon Annunciations...................................... 77
Traffic Annunciation..................................................... 77
TAWS Annunciations.................................................... 78
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Altitude Alerting.......................................................... 79
Low Altitude Annunciation........................................... 79
Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height Alerting....... 80
2.4 Abnormal Operations............................................ 83
Abnormal GPS Conditions............................................ 83
Unusual Attitudes........................................................ 84
SECTION 3 ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM (EIS)
3.1 Engine Display........................................................ 88
3.2 System Display....................................................... 90
Fuel Calculations......................................................... 93
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
SECTION 4 AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
Overview................................................................. 95
MFD/PFD Controls and Frequency Display...................... 96
Audio Panel Controls................................................... 98
COM Operation..................................................... 100
COM Transceiver Selection and Activation.................... 100
COM Transceiver Manual Tuning................................. 101
Quick-Tuning and Activating 121.500 MHz................... 102
Auto-Tuning the COM Frequency................................. 103
Frequency Spacing..................................................... 107
Automatic Squelch..................................................... 108
Volume..................................................................... 108
NAV Operation...................................................... 109
NAV Radio Selection and Activation............................ 109
NAV Receiver Manual Tuning...................................... 110
Auto-Tuning a NAV Frequency from the MFD............... 112
Marker Beacon Receiver............................................. 117
DME Tuning.............................................................. 118
GTX 33 Mode S Transponder............................... 119
Transponder Controls................................................. 119
Transponder Mode Selection....................................... 121
Entering a Transponder Code...................................... 123
IDENT Function......................................................... 124
Additional Audio Panel Functions...................... 125
Power-Up.................................................................. 125
Mono/Stereo Headsets............................................... 125
Speaker.................................................................... 125
Intercom................................................................... 126
Passenger Address (PA) System................................... 128
Clearance Recorder and Player.................................... 129
Entertainment Inputs................................................. 130
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
vii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4.6 Audio Panel Preflight Procedure........................ 131
4.7 Abnormal Operation............................................ 133
Stuck Microphone...................................................... 133
COM Tuning Failure.................................................... 133
PFD Failure, Dual System............................................ 133
Audio Panel Fail-Safe Operation.................................. 134
Reversionary Mode.................................................... 134
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
viii
SECTION 5 FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Introduction.......................................................... 135
Navigation Status Box................................................ 136
Using Map Displays.............................................. 138
Map Orientation........................................................ 138
Map Range............................................................... 140
Map Panning............................................................. 142
Measuring Bearing and Distance................................. 146
Topography............................................................... 147
Map Symbols............................................................ 150
Airways.................................................................... 156
Track Vector.............................................................. 158
Wind Vector.............................................................. 159
Nav Range Ring........................................................ 160
Fuel Range Ring........................................................ 161
Field of View (SVS)..................................................... 162
Selected Altitude Intercept Arc.................................... 163
Waypoints.............................................................. 164
Airports.................................................................... 165
Intersections............................................................. 172
NDBs........................................................................ 174
VORs........................................................................ 176
User Waypoints......................................................... 178
Airspaces............................................................... 184
Direct-to-Navigation ........................................... 188
Flight Planning...................................................... 193
Flight Plan Creation................................................... 194
Adding Waypoints to an Existing Flight Plan................. 199
Adding Airways to a Flight Plan.................................. 201
Adding Procedures to a Stored Flight Plan................... 203
Flight Plan Storage.................................................... 209
Flight Plan Editing..................................................... 212
Along Track Offsets.................................................... 216
Parallel Track............................................................. 217
Activating a Flight Plan Leg........................................ 220
Inverting a Flight Plan................................................ 221
Flight Plan Views....................................................... 222
Closest Point of FPL................................................... 224
5.7 Vertical Navigation.............................................. 225
Altitude Constraints................................................... 227
5.8 Procedures............................................................ 231
Departures................................................................ 231
Arrivals .................................................................... 234
Approaches .............................................................. 236
5.9 Trip Planning......................................................... 242
Trip Planning............................................................. 242
5.10 RAIM Prediction................................................... 246
5.11 Navigating a Flight Plan...................................... 249
5.12 Abnormal Operation............................................ 277
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
SECTION 6 HAZARD AVOIDANCE
XM WX Satellite Weather.................................... 280
Activating Services..................................................... 280
Using XM WX Satellite Weather Products..................... 281
Airborne Color Weather Radar........................... 315
System Description.................................................... 315
Principles of Pulsed Airborne Weather Radar................ 315
Safe Operating Distance............................................. 320
Basic Antenna Tilt Setup............................................. 320
Weather Mapping and Interpretation.......................... 322
Ground Mapping and Interpretation............................ 335
System Status............................................................ 336
Stormscope Lightning.......................................... 337
Setting Up Stormscope on the Navigation Map............ 337
Terrain Proximity.................................................. 342
Displaying Terrain Proximity Data................................ 342
Profile View Terrain.............................................. 347
Profile View Display................................................... 347
Terrain-SVS............................................................ 350
Displaying Terrain-SVS Data........................................ 351
Terrain-SVS Page....................................................... 353
Terrain-SVS Alerts...................................................... 355
TAWS-B.................................................................. 359
Displaying TAWS-B Data............................................. 360
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TAWS-B Page............................................................ 363
TAWS-B Alerts........................................................... 365
System Status............................................................ 370
6.8 Garmin GTS 820 Traffic........................................ 372
Theory of operation................................................... 372
TAS Alerts................................................................. 375
System Test............................................................... 376
Operation................................................................. 377
6.9 Honeywell KTA870 Traffic.................................... 386
TAS Symbology.......................................................... 386
Operation................................................................. 387
Altitude Display......................................................... 390
Traffic Map Page Display Range.................................. 390
TAS Alerts................................................................. 392
System Status............................................................ 393
SECTION 7 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
7.1 AFCS Controls....................................................... 396
Additional AFCS Controls........................................... 397
7.2 Flight Director Operation.................................... 398
Activating the Flight Director...................................... 398
AFCS Status Box........................................................ 399
Flight Director Modes................................................. 400
Switching Flight Directors........................................... 400
Command Bars.......................................................... 401
7.3 Vertical Modes...................................................... 402
Pitch Hold Mode (PIT)................................................ 403
Selected Altitude Capture Mode (ALTS)........................ 404
Altitude Hold Mode (ALT)........................................... 405
Vertical Speed Mode (VS)........................................... 406
Flight Level Change Mode (FLC).................................. 407
Vertical Navigation Modes (VPTH, ALTV)...................... 409
Glidepath Mode (GP) (SBAS Only)............................... 414
Glideslope Mode (GS)................................................ 416
Takeoff (TO) and Go Around (GA) Modes..................... 417
7.4 Lateral Modes....................................................... 418
Roll Hold Mode (ROL)................................................ 419
Low Bank Mode........................................................ 419
Heading Select Mode (HDG)....................................... 420
Navigation Modes (GPS, VOR, LOC)............................. 421
Approach Modes (GPS, VAPP, LOC).............................. 423
Backcourse Mode (BC)............................................... 425
190-00749-04 Rev. A
7.5 Autopilot and Yaw Damper Operation.............. 426
Flight Control............................................................ 426
Engagement.............................................................. 427
Control Wheel Steering.............................................. 427
Disengagement......................................................... 428
7.6 Example Flight Plan............................................. 429
Departure................................................................. 430
Intercepting a VOR Radial........................................... 432
Flying a Flight Plan/GPS Course.................................. 433
Descent.................................................................... 434
Approach.................................................................. 438
Go Around/Missed Approach...................................... 440
7.7 AFCS Annunciations and Alerts.......................... 442
AFCS Status Alerts..................................................... 442
Overspeed Protection................................................. 443
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
8.9
SECTION 8 ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Synthetic Vision System (SVS) (Optional).......... 446
SVS Operation........................................................... 447
SVS Features............................................................. 449
Field of View............................................................. 458
SafeTaxi................................................................. 460
ChartView.............................................................. 466
ChartView Softkeys.................................................... 466
Terminal Procedures Charts........................................ 467
Chart Options............................................................ 476
Day/Night View......................................................... 482
ChartView Cycle Number and Expiration Date.............. 484
FliteCharts............................................................. 487
FliteCharts Softkeys................................................... 487
Terminal Procedures Charts........................................ 488
Chart Options............................................................ 495
Day/Night View......................................................... 499
FliteCharts Cycle Number and Expiration Date.............. 501
AOPA Airport Directory........................................ 504
AOPA Database Cycle Number and Revision................ 505
SiriusXM Satellite Radio (Optional)................... 507
Activating SiriusXM Satellite Radio Services................. 507
Using siriusXM Satellite Radio.................................... 509
Scheduler............................................................... 512
Flight Data Logging............................................. 514
Abnormal Operation............................................ 516
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
ix
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SVS Troubleshooting.................................................. 516
Reversionary Mode.................................................... 516
Unusual Attitudes...................................................... 517
APPENDICES
Annunciations and Alerts.............................................. 521
CAS Annunciation Alert Levels.................................... 523
Caravan CAS Annunciations........................................ 524
Message Advisory Alerts............................................. 525
Comparator Annunciations......................................... 526
Reversionary Sensor Annunciations............................. 526
Voice Alerts............................................................... 527
G1000 System Annunciations..................................... 528
G1000 System Message Advisories.............................. 530
AFCS Alerts............................................................... 543
Terrain-SVS Alerts...................................................... 544
TAWS-B ALERTS......................................................... 545
Database Management................................................. 547
Jeppesen Databases................................................... 547
Garmin Databases..................................................... 551
Glossary........................................................................... 557
Frequently Asked Questions......................................... 563
Display Symbols............................................................. 567
INDEX
Index .................................................................................I-1
x
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This section provides an overview of the G1000 Integrated Flight Deck as installed in the Cessna Caravan. The
G1000 system is an integrated flight control system that presents flight instrumentation, position, navigation,
communication, and identification information to the pilot through large-format displays. The system consists of
the following Line Replaceable Units (LRUs):
• GDL 69A Satellite Data Link Receiver (optional)
• GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit
• GWX 68 Weather Radar (optional)
• GDC 74A Air Data Computer (ADC)
• GMC 710 AFCS Control Unit
• GEA 71 Engine/Airframe Unit
• GTP 59 Outside Air Temperature (OAT) Probe
• GRS 77 Attitude and Heading Reference System
(AHRS)
• GSA 80 and GSA 81 AFCS Servos
• GMU 44 Magnetometer
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• GDU 1040A Multi Function Display (MFD)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• GTX 33 Mode S Transponder
EIS
• GDU 1040A Primary Flight Display (PFD)
• GSM 85 and GSM 85A Servo Gearboxes
• GTS 820 Traffic Advisory System (not in all
installations)
• GSD 41 Data Concentrator
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• GMA 1347 Audio System with Integrated Marker
Beacon Receiver
A top-level G1000 system block diagram is shown in Figure 1-1 (it does not include the GPA 65, GSM 85 or
85A).
AFCS
NOTE: Refer to the AFCS section for details on the GFC 700 AFCS.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
In the Cessna Caravan, the GFC 700 Automated Flight Control System (AFCS) provides the flight director (FD),
autopilot (AP), and yaw damper (YD) functions of the G1000 system.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
1
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.2 LINE REPLACEABLE UNITS (LRU)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• GDU 1040A (3) – Each of the PFDs and the MFD feature a 10.4-inch LCD with 1024 x 768 resolution. The unit
installed on the left/pilot side is designated as PFD1. The unit installed on the right/copilot side is designated
as PFD2. The unit installed in the center of the panel is designated as the MFD. These units communicate
with each other and with the GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Units through a High-Speed Data Bus (HSDB)
connection.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• GIA 63W (2) – Functions as the main communication hub, linking all LRUs with the displays via HSDB
connections. Each GIA 63W contains a GPS SBAS receiver, VHF COM/NAV/GS receivers, a flight director (FD)
and system integration microprocessors. The GIA 63Ws are not paired together and do not communicate with
each other directly.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• GDC 74A (2) – Processes data from the pitot/static system as well as the OAT probe. This unit provides pressure
altitude, airspeed, vertical speed and OAT information to the G1000 system, and it communicates with the onside GIA 63W, on-side GDU 1040A, on-side GTP59, and on-side GRS 77, using an ARINC 429 digital interface
(the pilot’s side GDC 74A also interfaces directly with the MFD).
2
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• GEA 71 (1) – Receives and processes signals from the engine and airframe sensors. This unit communicates
with both GIA 63Ws using an RS-485 digital interface.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
• GRS 77 (2) – Provides aircraft attitude and heading information via ARINC 429 to both the on-side GDU
1040A and the on-side GIA 63W (the pilot-side GRS 77 also interfaces with the MFD). The GRS 77 contains
advanced sensors (including accelerometers and rate sensors) and interfaces with the on-side GMU 44 to obtain
magnetic field information, with the GDC 74B to obtain air data, and with both GIA 63Ws to obtain GPS
information. AHRS modes of operation are discussed later in this document.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• GMU 44 (2) – Measures local magnetic field. Data is sent to the GRS 77 for processing to determine aircraft
magnetic heading. This unit receives power directly from the GRS 77 and communicates with the GRS 77,
using an RS-485 and RS-232 digital interface.
AFCS
• GSD 41 (1) – This unit is a data concentrator used to expand the input and output capabilities of the system.
Communication is through the High Speed Data Bus.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
3
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• GMA 1347 (1 or 2) – Integrates NAV/COM digital audio, intercom system and marker beacon controls, and
is installed between PFD1 and the MFD. This unit also enables the manual control of the display reversionary
mode (red DISPLAY BACKUP button) and communicates with both GIA 63Ws, using an RS-232 digital
interface. See Reversionary Mode discussion later in this section for details of reversionary mode behavior with
optional GMA 2..
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• GTX 33 (1 or 2) – Solid-state transponders that provide Modes A, C and S capability. Both transponders can be
controlled from either PFD, and only one transponder can be active at a time. Each transponder communicates
with the on-side GIA 63W through an RS-232 digital interface.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
• GDL 69A (1, optional) – A satellite radio receiver that provides real-time weather information to the G1000
MFD (and, indirectly, to the inset map of the PFD) as well as digital audio entertainment. The GDL 69A
communicates with the displays via HSDB connection through PFD2. A subscription to the SirrusXM Satellite
Radio service is required to enable the GDL 69A capability.
INDEX
APPENDICES
• GWX 68 (1, optional) – Provides airborne weather and ground mapped radar data to the MFD, via HSDB
connection.
4
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• GMC 710 (1) – Provides the controls for the GFC 700 AFCS through an RS-232 digital interface allowing
communication with the displays.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
• GSD 41 (1, optional) – This unit is a data concentrator used to expand the input and output capabilities of the
system. Communication is through the High Speed Data Bus.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• GTP 59 (2) – Provides Outside Air Temperature (OAT) data to the on-side GDC 74A.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
• GSA 80 (2), GSA 81 (2), GSM 85 (1) and GSM 85A (3) – The GSA 80 servos are used for the automatic control
of roll and yaw, while the GSA 81 servos are used for the automatic control of pitch and pitch trim. These units
interface with each GIA 63W via an RS-485 interface.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The GSM 85 and GSM 85A servo gearboxes are responsible for transferring the output torque of the GSA 80/81
servo actuator to the mechanical flight-control surface linkage. The GSM 85A servo gearboxes are used when
installed in areas that could experience ice or other contamination. The GSM 85 servo gearbox is used for the
pitch-trim axis, which is installed in a benign environment.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
5
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• GTS 820 – The GTS 820 Traffic Advisory System (TAS) uses active interrogations of Mode S, Mode A, and
Mode C transponders to provide Traffic Advisories to the pilot independent of the air traffic control system. The
GTS 820 installation includes a GPA 65 power amplifier, which allows for up to 40nm of active surveillance
range.
6
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
GMC 710
(OPTIONAL)
GWX 68
GDU 1040A
(PFD #1)
GSD 41
( PFD # 2 )
(OPTIONAL)
(MFD)
GMA 1347
#2
GMA 1347
#1
(OPTIONAL)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
single GMA only
GMU 44 #1
GDU 1040A
GTS 820
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
(OPTIONAL)
GDU 1040A
EIS
GDL 69A
(OPTIONAL)
GMU 44 #2
GRS 77 #1
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GRS 77 #2
GIA 63W #1
GIA 63W #2
GDC 74A #1
AFCS Mode Logic
Flight Director
Servo Management
GTP 59 #1
GDC 74A #2
VHF COM
VHF NAV/LOC
GPS/WAAS
G/S
GTP 59 #2
AFCS Mode Logic
Flight Director
Servo Management
GSA 81
(Pitch Trim)
GSA 81
(Pitch)
AFCS
VHF COM
VHF NAV/LOC
GPS/WAAS
G/S
GSA 80
(Roll)
GSA 80
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GTX 33 #1
GTX 33 #2
(OPTIONAL)
( Ya w )
GEA 71
APPENDICES
Figure 1-1 G1000 System (LRU Configuration)
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
7
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.3 G1000 CONTROLS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The Audio Panel (GMA 1347) and AFCS controls (GMC 710) are described in the CNS & Audio Panel
and AFCS sections respectively.
The G1000 system controls are located on the PFD and MFD bezels, AFCS Control Unit and audio panel. The
controls for the PFD and MFD are discussed within the following pages of this section.
EIS
PFD/MFD CONTROLS
2
4
3
5
6
7
8
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1
APPENDICES
Figure 1-2 PFD Controls
9
13
10
14
11
15
INDEX
12
8
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The following list provides an overview of the controls located on the PFD and MFD bezel (see Figure 1-2).
Dual NAV Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the NAV receiver (large knob for MHz; small knob for
kHz). Press to switch the tuning box (cyan box) between NAV1 and NAV2.
4
Joystick – Changes the map range when rotated. Activates the map pointer when pressed.
5
BARO Knob – Sets the altimeter barometric pressure. Press to enter standard pressure (29.92).
6
Dual COM Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the COM transceiver (large knob for MHz; small
knob for kHz). Press to switch the tuning box (cyan box) between COM1 and COM2.
7
COM Frequency Transfer Key – Toggles the standby and active COM frequencies. Press and hold this
key for two seconds to tune the emergency frequency (121.5 MHz) automatically into the active frequency
field.
8
COM VOL/SQ Knob – Controls COM audio volume level. Volume level is shown in the COM frequency
field as a percentage. Press to turn the COM automatic squelch ON and OFF.
9
Direct-to Key ( ) – Allows the user to enter a destination waypoint and establish a direct course to the
selected destination (the destination is either specified by the identifier, chosen from the active route, or
taken from the map pointer position).
10
FPL Key – Displays the active Flight Plan Page for creating and editing the active flight plan.
11
CLR Key – Erases information, cancels entries, or removes page menus.
12
Dual FMS Knob – Press to turn the selection cursor ON/OFF.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NAV Frequency Transfer Key – Toggles the standby and active NAV frequencies.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2
EIS
NAV VOL/ID Knob – Controls NAV audio volume level. Press to toggle the Morse code identifier audio ON
and OFF. Volume level is shown in the NAV frequency field as a percentage.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
AFCS
Data Entry: With the cursor ON, turn to enter data in the highlighted field (large knob moves cursor
location; small knob selects character for highlighted cursor location). When the cursor is turned ON
while viewing the Active Flight Plan Page, the cursor is placed on the line below the Insertion Point
Indicator see Figure 1-3. The pointer indicates data entered at the cursor will be inserted above the line
selected.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Scrolling: When a list of information is too long for the window/box, a scroll bar appears, indicating more
items to view. With cursor ON, turn large knob to scroll through the list.
MENU Key – Displays a context-sensitive list of options. This list allows the user to access additional
features or make setting changes that relate to particular pages.
14
PROC Key – Gives access to IFR departure procedures (DPs), arrival procedures (STARs) and approach
procedures (IAPs) for a flight plan. If a flight plan is used, available procedures for the departure and/or
arrival airport are automatically suggested. These procedures can then be loaded into the active flight plan.
If a flight plan is not used, both the desired airport and the desired procedure may be selected.
15
ENT Key – Validates or confirms a menu selection or data entry.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
13
APPENDICES
Page Selection: Turn knob on MFD to select the page to view (large knob selects a page group; small knob
selects a specific page from the group)
9
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Data is Inserted Above
the Cursor, Indicated
by the Insertion Point
Indicator
EIS
Figure 1-3 Data Insertion Pointer
AFCS CONTROLS
1
2
3
4
19
18
17
16
5
6
7
13
12
8
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: With the exception of the FD and SPD Keys, if a key is selected, its respective annunciator is illuminated.
15
14
11
10
9
Figure 1-4 AFCS Control Unit (GMC 710)
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The GFC 700 AFCS is mainly controlled through the GMC 710 AFCS Control Unit. The AFCS Control Unit
consists of the following controls:
10
1
HDG Key – Selects/deselects Heading Select Mode.
2
APR Key – Selects/deselects Approach Mode.
3
NAV Key – Selects/deselects Navigation Mode.
4
FD Key – Activates/deactivates the flight director in the default pitch and roll modes. If the autopilot is
engaged, the FD Key is disabled.
5
XFR Key – Switches the autopilot between the pilot-side and the copilot-side flight directors. This selection
also selects which air data computer is communicating with the active transponder. Upon power-up, the
pilot-side FD is selected.
6
ALT Key – Selects/deselects Altitude Hold Mode.
7
VS Key – Selects/deselects Vertical Speed Mode.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
NOSE UP/DN Wheel – Controls the active mode reference for the Pitch, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level
Change modes.
12
VNV Key – Selects/deselects Vertical Navigation mode.
13
ALT SEL Knob – Sets the selected altitude in the Selected Altitude Box. In addition to providing the
standard G1000 altitude alerter function, selected altitude provides an altitude setting for the Altitude
Capture/Hold mode of the AFCS.
14
YD Key – Engages/disengages the yaw damper.
15
AP Key – Engages/disengages the autopilot.
16
BANK Key – Selects/deselects Low Bank Mode.
17
CRS1 Knob – Sets the pilot-selected course on the HSI of PFD1 when the VOR1, VOR2, or OBS/SUSP mode
is selected. Pressing this knob centers the CDI on the currently selected VOR. The pilot-selected course
provides course reference to the pilot-side flight director when operating in Navigation and Approach
modes.
18
BC Key – Selects/deselects Back Course Mode.
19
HDG Knob – Sets the selected heading on the HSI. When operating in Heading Select mode, this knob
provides the heading reference to the flight director.
AFCS
11
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SPD Key – Disabled on Caravan. If pressed, “SPD NOT AVAIL” is annunciated on the PFD.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
10
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
CRS2 Knob – Sets the copilot-selected course on the HSI of PFD2 when the VOR1, VOR2, or OBS/SUSP
mode is selected. Pressing this knob centers the CDI on the currently selected VOR. The copilot-selected
course provides course reference to the copilot-side flight director when operating in Navigation and
Approach modes.
EIS
9
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FLC Key – Selects/deselects Flight Level Change Mode.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8
ADDITIONAL AFCS CONTROLS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The AP DISC (Autopilot Disconnect) Switch, CWS (Control Wheel Steering) Button, GO AROUND
Switch, and MEPT (Manual Electric Pitch Trim) Switch are additional AFCS controls and are located in the cockpit,
separately from the AFCS Control Unit. These are discussed in detail in the AFCS section.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
11
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUDIO PANEL CONTROLS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
AFCS
Figure 1-5 Audio Panel Controls (GMA 1347)
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: When a key is selected, a triangular annunciator above the key is illuminated.
12
1
COM1 MIC – Selects the #1 transmitter for transmitting. COM1 is simultaneously selected when this key
is pressed allowing received audio from the #1 COM receiver to be heard. COM2 receiver audio can be
added by pressing the COM2 Key.
2
COM1 – When selected, audio from the #1 COM receiver can be heard.
3
COM2 MIC – Selects the #2 transmitter for transmitting. COM2 is simultaneously selected when this key
is pressed allowing received audio from the #2 COM receiver to be heard. COM2 can be deselected by
pressing the COM2 Key, or COM1 can be added by pressing the COM1 Key.
4
COM2 – When selected, audio from the #2 COM receiver can be heard.
5
COM3 MIC – Selects the optional #3 transmitter (HF) for transmitting. COM3 receiver is simultaneously
selected when this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #3 COM receiver to be heard.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SPKR – Pressing this key selects and deselects the corresponding cockpit speaker. COM and NAV receiver
audio will be heard on the speaker.
11
MKR/MUTE – Mutes the currently received marker beacon receiver audio. Unmutes when new marker
beacon audio is received. Also, stops play of the clearance recorder.
12
HI SENS – Press to increase marker beacon receiver sensitivity. Press again to return to normal.
13
DME – Pressing turns DME audio on or off.
14
NAV1 – When selected, audio from the #1 NAV receiver can be heard.
15
ADF – Pressing turns on or off the audio from the ADF receiver.
16
NAV2 – When selected, audio from the #2 NAV receiver can be heard.
17
AUX – Not used on Cessna Caravan aircraft.
18
MAN SQ – Press to enable manual squelch for the intercom. When active, press the PILOT Knob to
illuminate ‘SQ’. Turn the PILOT/PASS Knobs to adjust squelch.
19
PLAY – Press once to play the last recorded audio. Pressing the PLAY Key during play begins playing the
previously recorded memory block. Each subsequent press of the PLAY Key will begin playing the next previously
recorded block. Press the MKR/MUTE Key to stop play.
20
PILOT – Pressing selects the pilot intercom isolation. Press again to deselect pilot isolation.
21
COPLT – Pressing selects the copilot intercom isolation. Press again to deselect copilot isolation.
22
PILOT Knob – Press to switch between volume and squelch control as indicated by the ‘VOL’ or ‘SQ’ being
illuminated. Turn to adjust intercom volume or squelch. The MAN SQ Key must be selected to allow
squelch adjustment.
23
PASS Knob – Turn to adjust Copilot/Passenger intercom volume or squelch. The MAN SQ Key must be
selected to allow squelch adjustment.
24
Reversionary Mode (Display Backup) Button – Pressing manually selects Reversionary Mode.
APPENDICES
10
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
PA – Selects the passenger address system. The selected Com transmitter is deselected when the PA Key
is pressed.
AFCS
9
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TEL – Not used in Cessna Caravan
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
COM 1/2 – Split COM is disabled on Cessna Caravan aircraft.
EIS
7
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
COM3 – When selected, audio from the optional #3 COM receiver (HF) can be heard.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
13
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SOFTKEY FUNCTION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The softkeys are located along the bottoms of the displays. The softkeys shown depend on the softkey level
or page being displayed. The bezel keys below the softkeys can be used to select the appropriate softkey. When
a softkey is selected, its color changes to black text on gray background and remains this way until it is turned
off, at which time it reverts to white text on black background.
In the following descriptions, top level softkeys are denoted by bullets.
Bezel-Mounted
Softkeys (press)
Softkey Names
(displayed)
EIS
Softkey
On
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 1-6 Softkeys (Second-Level PFD Configuration)
PFD SOFTKEYS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The CDI, IDENT, TMR/REF, NRST, and ALERTS Softkeys undergo a momentary change to black text on
gray background and automatically switch back to white text on black background when selected. If alerts
remain after acknowledgement, the ALERTS Softkey will be black on white.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The PFD softkeys provide control over flight management functions, including GPS, NAV, terrain, traffic,
and lightning (optional). Each softkey sublevel has a BACK Softkey which can be pressed to return to
the previous level. The ALERTS Softkey is visible in all softkey levels. For the top level softkeys and the
transponder (XPDR) levels, the IDENT Softkey remains visible.
Level 1
CAS
Level 2
AFCS
CAS ↑
CAS ↓
INSET
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
OFF
DCLTR (3)
INDEX
WX LGND
TRAFFIC
14
Level 3
Description
Displayed only when a sufficient number of items are displayed
in the Annunciation Window to warrant scrolling
When available, scrolls up through the CAS messages when pressed
When available, scrolls down through the CAS messages when
pressed
Displays Inset Map in PFD lower left corner
Removes Inset Map
Selects desired amount of map detail; cycles through declutter
levels:
DCLTR (No Declutter): All map features visible
DCLTR-1: Declutters land data
DCLTR-2: Declutters land and SUA data
DCLTR-3: Removes everything except for the active flight
plan
Displays icon and age on the Inset Map for the selected weather
products (optional)
Displays traffic information on Inset Map (optional)
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Level 2
TOPO
Level 3
XM LTNG
Description
Displays topographical data (e.g., coastlines, terrain, rivers,
lakes) and elevation scale on Inset Map
Displays terrain information on Inset Map
Displays Stormscope information on Inset Map (optional feature)
Displays NEXRAD weather and coverage information on Inset
Map (optional feature)
Displays XM lightning information on Inset Map (optional
feature)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
TERRAIN
STRMSCP
NEXRAD
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Level 1
EIS
METAR
PFD
SYN VIS
SYN TERR
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
PATHWAY
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ADC1
ADC2
AHRS1
AHRS2
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SENSOR
Displays METAR flags on airport symbols shown on the Inset Map
(optional)
Displays softkeys for selecting the #1 and #2 AHRS and Air Data
Computers
Selects the #1 Air Data Computer
Selects the #2 Air Data Computer
Selects the #1 AHRS
Selects the #2 AHRS
Displays second-level softkeys for additional PFD configurations
Displays the softkeys for enabling or disabling Synthetic Vision
features
Displays rectangular boxes representing the horizontal and
vertical flight path of the active flight plan
Enables synthetic terrain depiction
HRZN HDG Displays compass heading along the Zero-Pitch line
APPENDICES
INDEX
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AFCS
APTSIGNS Displays position markers for airports within approximately
15 nm of the current aircraft position. Airport identifiers are
displayed when the airport is within approximately 9 nm.
Resets PFD to default settings, including changing units to
DFLTS
standard
Displays softkeys to select wind data parameters
WIND
Wind direction arrows with headwind and crosswind
OPTN 1
components
Wind direction arrow and speed
OPTN 2
Wind direction arrow with direction and speed
OPTN 3
Information not displayed
OFF
Cycles the Bearing 1 Information Window through NAV1, GPS/
BRG1
waypoint identifier and GPS-derived distance information, and
ADF/ frequency.
Provides access to the HSI formatting softkeys
HSI FRMT
15
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
360 HSI
Description
Displays the HSI in a 360 degree view
ARC HSI
Displays the HSI as an arc
METERS
Cycles the Bearing 2 Information Window through NAV2 or GPS
waypoint identifier and GPS-derived distance information, and
ADF/frequency.
Displays softkeys for setting the altimeter and BARO settings to
metric units
When enabled, displays altimeter in meters
IN
Press to display the BARO setting as inches of mercury
HPA
Press to display the BARO setting as hectopacals
BRG2
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
ALT UNIT
STD BARO
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
OBS
CDI
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
DME
XPDR
AFCS
XPDR1
XPDR2
STBY
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ON
ALT
GND
APPENDICES
VFR
CODE
0—7
BKSP
IDENT
INDEX
TMR/REF
NRST
ALERTS
16
Sets barometric pressure to 29.92 in Hg (1013 hPa if metric
units are selected)
Selects OBS mode on the CDI when navigating by GPS (only
available with active leg)
Cycles through GPS, VOR1, and VOR2 navigation modes on the
CDI
Displays the DME Tuning Window, allowing DME mode
selection
Displays transponder mode selection softkeys
Selects the #1 transponder as active
Selects the #2 transponder as active
Selects standby mode (transponder does not reply to any
interrogations)
Selects Mode A (transponder replies to interrogations)
Selects Mode C – altitude reporting mode (transponder replies to
identification and altitude interrogations)
Manually selects Ground Mode, the transponder does not allow
Mode A and Mode C replies, but it does permit acquisition
squitter and replies to discretely addressed Mode S interrogations
Automatically enters the VFR code (1200 in the U.S.A. only)
Displays transponder code selection softkeys 0-7
Use numbers to enter code
Removes numbers entered, one at a time
Activates the Special Position Identification (SPI) pulse for 18
seconds, identifying the transponder return on the ATC screen
Displays Timer/References Window
Displays Nearest Airports Window
Displays Alerts Window
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CAS
ALERTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
CAS ↑
CAS ↓
EIS
Figure 1-7 Top Level PFD Softkeys
ALERTS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
METAR
STRMSCP
TRFC-1
ALERTS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
WX LGND
Select the BACK or OFF Softkey
to return to the top-level softkeys.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TRFC-2
Figure 1-8 INSET Softkeys
AFCS
ALERTS
ADC2
AHRS1
AHRS2
BACK
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ADC1
ALERTS
APPENDICES
Select the BACK Softkey to
return to the top level softkeys.
Figure 1-9 SENSOR Softkeys
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
17
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
DME
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYN VIS
DME
ALERTS
HSI FRMT
ALT UNIT
BRG1 (NAV1)
BRG2 (NAV2)
BRG1 (GPS)
BRG2 (GPS)
BRG1 (ADF)
BRG2 (ADF)
BRG1 (OFF)
BRG2 (OFF)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
360 HSI
ALERTS
Press the BACK Softkey
to return to the top-level softkeys
ARC HSI
ALERTS
ALERTS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
METERS
PATHWAY
IN
HPA
SYN TERR HRZN HDG APTSIGNS
ALERTS
ALERTS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 1-10 PFD Configuration Softkeys
AFCS
ALERTS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ALERTS
Select the BACK Softkey to return
to the top-level softkeys.
APPENDICES
ALERTS
Select the BACK Softkey to return
to the top-level softkeys.
INDEX
Figure 1-11 XPDR Softkeys
18
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MFD SOFTKEYS
Level 1
ENGINE
Description
Displays EIS softkeys (refer to the EIS section)
Accesses the System EIS Display
SYSTEM
Monitors EIS trends for 5 seconds and saves the average and
TRND/ACK
maximum values (if no ADASd-generated alerts exist)
Acknowledges ADASd-generated alerts, if any exist
Captures EIS data for the previous 2 minutes of ADASd
CAPTURE
history and continues capturing EIS data for 2 minutes after
softkey selection
Resets the fuel totalizer fuel remaining and the displayed fuel
RST FUEL
used to zero
Accesses softkeys for manually adjusting the fuel totalizer
LB REM
amount of fuel remaining
Decreases the displayed fuel remaining in 10-lb increments
-10 LB
Decreases the displayed fuel remaining in 1-lb increments
-1 LB
Increases the displayed fuel remaining in 1-lb increments
+1 LB
Increases the displayed fuel remaining in 10-lb increments
+10 LB
+100 LB Increases the displayed fuel remaining in 100-lb increments
+1000 LB Increases the displayed fuel remaining by 1000 lb
2224 LB Resets the displayed fuel remaining to the aircraft’s fuel
capacity
Enables second-level Navigation Map softkeys
Displays/removes Profile View on Navigation Map Page
PROFILE
Displays traffic information on Navigation Map (optional)
TRAFFIC
Displays topographical data (e.g., coastlines, terrain, rivers,
TOPO
lakes) and elevation scale on Navigation Map
Displays terrain information on Navigation Map
TERRAIN
Displays airways on the map; cycles through the following:
AIRWAYS
AIRWAYS: No airways are displayed
(Default label
AIRWY ON: All airways are displayed
is dependant
AIRWY LO: Only low altitude airways are displayed
on map setup
AIRWY HI: Only high altitude airways are displayed
option selected)
Displays Stormscope information on Navigation Map
STRMSCP
(optional feature)
Displays NEXRAD weather and coverage information on the
NEXRAD
Navigation Map (optional)
Displays XM lightning information on Navigation Map
XM LTNG
(optional feature). XM lightning and Stormscope lightning are
mutually exclusive when displaying on the Navigation Map.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
EIS
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Level 3
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
MAP
Level 2
19
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Level 1
Level 2
METAR
Level 3
Description
Displays METAR flags on airport symbols shown on the
Navigation Map (optional)
Returns to top-level softkeys
Selects desired amount of map detail; cycles through declutter
levels:
DCLTR (No Declutter): All map features visible
DCLTR-1: Declutters land data
DCLTR-2: Declutters land and SUA data
DCLTR-3: Removes everything except for the active flight
plan
When available, displays optional airport and terminal
procedure charts
When available, displays optional checklists
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
BACK
EIS
DCLTR (3)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SHW CHRT
CHKLIST
ENGINE
DCLTR
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
MAP
SHW CHRT
CHKLIST
(optional)
(optional)
DCLTR-1
SYSTEM
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
ENGINE
TRND/ACK
CAPTURE
BACK
DCLTR-2
(Default softkey
is dependant on
the selection made
in the map setup
options)
DCLTR-3
Press the BACK Softkey to return
to the previous softkey level.
(optional)
AFCS
TRAFFIC
Press the ENGINE Softkey to
the default Engine Page level.
ENGINE
SYSTEM
TRND/ACK
PROFILE
TERRAIN
TOPO
RST FUEL
LB REM
(optional)
(optional)
(optional)
(optional)
STRMSCP
NEXRAD
XM LTNG
METAR
LEGEND
BACK
AIRWY ON
Press the BACK Softkey to return
to the previous softkey level.
CAPTURE
AIRWAYS
Press the BACK Softkey on this
level to return to the top softkey level.
AIRWY LO
BACK
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AIRWAY HI
Press the ENGINE Softkey to
the default Engine Page level.
APPENDICES
ENGINE
SYSTEM
-10 LB
Press the BACK Softkey to return
to the previous softkey level.
-1 LB
+1 LB
+10 LB
+1000 LB
+100 LB
BACK
2224 LB
X = airframe specific values
The DONE Softkey changes to UNDO when the checklist
item is already checked.
INDEX
ENGINE
DONE
EXIT
EMERGCY
Figure 1-12 MFD Softkeys
20
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1.4 SECURE DIGITAL CARDS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Ensure the G1000 System is powered off before inserting an SD card.
NOTE: Refer to Appendix B for instructions on updating databases.
EIS
The PFD and MFD data card slots use Secure Digital (SD) cards and are located on the upper right side of the
display bezels. Each display bezel is equipped with two SD card slots. SD cards are used for aviation database
and system software updates as well as terrain database storage. Not all SD cards are compatible with the G1000.
Use only SD cards supplied by Garmin or the aircraft manufacturer.
Installing an SD card:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Insert the SD card in the SD card slot (the front of the card should be flush with the face of the display bezel).
2) To eject the card, gently press on the SD card to release the spring latch.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SD Card Slots
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 1-13 Display Bezel SD Card Slots
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
21
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.5 SYSTEM POWER-UP
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Refer to the Appendices for AHRS initialization bank angle limitations.
NOTE: See the Appendices for additional information regarding system-specific annunciations and alerts.
NOTE: See the Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) for specific procedures concerning avionics power
EIS
The G1000 system is integrated with the aircraft electrical system and receives power directly from electrical
busses. The G1000 PFDs, MFD and supporting sub-systems include both power-on and continuous built-in test
features that exercise the processor, RAM, ROM, external inputs and outputs to provide safe operation.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
application and emergency power supply operation.
During system initialization, test annunciations are displayed, as shown in Figure 1-13. All system annunciations
should disappear typically within one minute of power-up. Upon power-up, key annunciator lights also become
momentarily illuminated on the audio panels, the control units and the display bezels.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
On the PFD, the AHRS begins to initialize and displays ‘AHRS ALIGN: Keep Wings Level’. The AHRS should
display valid attitude and heading fields typically within one minute of power-up. The AHRS can align itself both
while taxiing and during level flight.
When the MFD powers up (Figure 1-14), the MFD Power-up Page displays the following information:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• System version
• Copyright
• Land database name and version
• Safe Taxi database information
• Terrain database name and version
• Obstacle database name and version
• Navigation database name, version, and effective dates
• Airport Directory name, version and effective dates
• FliteCharts/ChartView database information
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Current database information includes the valid operating dates, cycle number and database type. When this
information has been reviewed for currency (to ensure that no databases have expired), the pilot is prompted to
continue. Pressing the ENT Key acknowledges this information and displays the (MAP) Navigation Map Page.
Figure 1-14 PFD Initialization
22
Figure 1-15 MFD Power-up Page
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1.6 SYSTEM OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The displays are connected together via a single Ethernet bus, thus allowing for high-speed communication.
This section discusses the normal and reversionary modes of operation as well as the various AHRS modes of the
G1000 system.
In the event of display failure, the display modes are as follows:
• PFD1 failure – MFD and PFD 2 enter reversionary mode.
• MFD failure – PFD1 and PFD 2 enter reversionary mode.
EIS
• PFD2 failure – PFD 1 and the MFD function normally.
NORMAL OPERATION
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
PFD
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
In normal mode, the PFD presents graphical flight instrumentation (attitude, heading, airspeed, altitude
and vertical speed), thereby replacing the traditional flight instrument cluster. The PFD also offers control for
COM and NAV frequency selection.
MFD
In normal mode, the right portion of the MFD displays a full-color moving map with navigation information,
while the left portion of the MFD is dedicated to the Engine Indication System (EIS).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 1-15 gives an example of the G1000 displays in normal mode.
AFCS
PFD1
MFD
PFD2
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 1-16 Normal Operation
REVERSIONARY MODE
APPENDICES
NOTE: The G1000 system alerts the pilot when backup paths are utilized by the LRUs. Refer to the Appendices
for further information regarding system-specific alerts.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
In the event of PFD1 or MFD failure, reversionary (or backup) mode is automatically engaged by the other
displays. Reversionary mode is a mode of operation in which all important flight information is presented
on at least one of the remaining displays (see Figure 1-16). Transition to reversionary mode should be
straightforward for the pilot, for flight parameters are presented in the same format as in normal mode.
23
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Figure 1-17 Reversionary Mode
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pressing the D I S P L AY
BACKUP button activates/
deactivates reversionary
mode for both the on-side
PFD and the MFD.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 1-18 DISPLAY BACKUP Button
Each display can be configured to operate in reversionary mode, as follows:
In installations containing one audio panel, reversionary display mode can be manually activated by pressing
the DISPLAY BACKUP Button on the audio panel.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• PFD1 – By pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP button on the audio panel.
• MFD – By pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP button on the audio panel.
• PFD2 – By pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP button on the audio panel.
AFCS
In installations containing two audio panels, manual activation of reversionary display mode is accomplished
by pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP Button on the appropriate audio panel.
• PFD1 – By pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP Button on the left audio panel.
• MFD – By pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP Button on the left or the right audio panel.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• PFD2 – By pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP Button on the right audio panel.
APPENDICES
Should the connection between PFD1 and GIA #1 or the MFD and GIA #2 become inoperative, the associated
GIA 63W can no longer communicate with the remaining display(s) (refer to Figure 1-1). As a result, the NAV
and COM functions provided to the failed display(s) by the associated GIA 63W are flagged (red “X”) as invalid
(see Figure 1-18).
INDEX
Figure 1-19 Inoperative Input (NAV1 Shown)
24
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AHRS OPERATION
NOTE: Refer to the Appendices for specific AHRS alert information.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Aggressive maneuvering while the AHRS is not operating normally can degrade AHRS accuracy.
EIS
In addition to using internal sensors, the GRS 77 AHRS uses GPS information, magnetic field data and air
data to assist in attitude/heading calculations. In normal mode, the AHRS relies upon GPS and magnetic
field measurements. If either of these external measurements is unavailable or invalid, the AHRS uses air
data information for attitude determination. Four AHRS modes of operation are available (see Figure 1-19)
and depend upon the combination of available sensor inputs. Loss of air data, GPS, or magnetometer sensor
inputs is communicated to the pilot by message advisory alerts.
available
unavailable
available
unavailable
unavailable
available
available
available
unavailable
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AHRS
no-GPS
Mode
le
ab
ail
av
AHRS no- AHRS no-Mag/
Mag Mode
no-Air Mode
Heading Invalid
Air Data
un
AHRS Normal
Operation
Magnetometer Data
AFCS
Air Data
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Magnetometer Data
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GPS Data
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The AHRS (GRS 77) corrects for shifts and variations in the Earth’s magnetic field by applying the Magnetic
Field Variation Database. The Magnetic Field Variation Database is derived from the International Geomagnetic
Reference Field (IGRF). The IGRF is a mathematical model that describes the Earth’s main magnetic field
and its annual rate of change. The database is updated approximately every 5 years. See the Appendices for
information on updating the Magnetic Field Variation Database. The system will prompt you on startup when
an update is available. Failure to update this database could lead to erroneous heading information being
displayed to the pilot
Attitude/Heading Invalid
APPENDICES
Figure 1-20 AHRS Operation
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
25
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
GPS INPUT FAILURE
NOTE: In-flight initialization of AHRS, when operating without any valid source of GPS data and at true
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
air speed values greater than approximately 175 knots, is not guaranteed. Under these rare conditions, it
is possible for in-flight AHRS initialization to take an indefinite amount of time which would result in an
extended period of time where valid AHRS outputs are unavailable.
EIS
The G1000 system provides two sources of GPS information. If a single GPS receiver fails, or if the
information provided from one of the GPS receivers is unreliable, the AHRS seamlessly transitions to using
the other GPS receiver. An alert message informs the pilot of the use of the backup GPS path. If both
GPS inputs fail, the AHRS continues to operate in reversionary No-GPS mode so long as the air data and
magnetometer inputs are available and valid.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
AIR DATA INPUT FAILURE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
A failure of the air data input has no effect on AHRS output while AHRS is operating in normal mode. A
failure of the air data input while the AHRS is operating in reversionary No-GPS mode results in invalid
attitude and heading information on the PFD (as indicated by red “X” flags).
MAGNETOMETER FAILURE
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If the magnetometer input fails, the AHRS transitions to one of the reversionary No-Magnetometer modes
and continues to output valid attitude information. However, if the aircraft is airborne, the heading output
on the PFD does become invalid (as indicated by a red “X”).
G1000 SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONS
NOTE: For a detailed description of all annunciations and alerts, refer to Appendix A. Refer to the Pilot’s
AFCS
Operating Handbook (POH) for additional information regarding pilot responses to these annunciations.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When an LRU or an LRU function fails, a large red “X” is typically displayed on windows associated with
the failed data (Figure 1-20 displays all possible flags and responsible LRUs). Upon G1000 power-up, certain
windows remain invalid as equipment begins to initialize. All windows should be operational within one
minute of power-up. If any window remains flagged, the G1000 system should be serviced by a Garminauthorized repair facility.
26
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
GDC 74A Air
Data Computer
GEA 71 Engine
Airframe Unit
or
GIA 63W
Integrated
Avionics Unit
EIS
GRS 77 AHRS
or
GMU 44
Magnetometer
Fuel Quantity
Sensor or GIA
63W Integrated
Avionics Unit
GTX 33
Transponder
or
GIA 63W
Integrated
Avionics Units
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 1-21 G1000 System Failure Annunciations
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
GIA 63W
Integrated
Avionics Units
GEA 71 Engine
Airframe Unit
GDC 74A Air
Data Computer
GIA 63W
Integrated
Avionics Units
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
GIA 63W
Integrated
Avionics Units
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
KRA 405B Radar Altimeter
or GIA 63W Integrated
Avionics Units
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GPS RECEIVER OPERATION
Each GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit (IAU) contains a GPS receiver. Information collected by the specified
receiver (GPS1 for the #1 IAU or GPS2 for the #2 IAU) may be viewed on the AUX - GPS Status Page.
AFCS
GPS1 provides information to the pilot-side PFD and GPS2 provides data to the copilot-side PFD. Internal
system checking is performed to ensure both GPS receivers are providing accurate data to the PFDs. In some
circumstances, both GPS receivers may be providing accurate data, but one receiver may be providing a better
GPS solution than the other receiver. In this case the GPS receiver producing the better solution is automatically
coupled to both PFDs. “BOTH ON GPS 1” or “BOTH ON GPS 2” are then displayed in the Reversionary Sensor
Window (see Appendix A) indicating which GPS receiver is being used. Both GPS receivers are still functioning
properly, but one receiver is performing better than the other at that particular time.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
These GPS sensor annunciations are most often seen after system power-up when one GPS receiver has
acquired satellites before the other, or one of the GPS receivers has not yet acquired an SBAS (Satellite Based
Augmentation System) signal. While the aircraft is on the ground, the SBAS signal may be blocked by
obstructions causing one GPS receiver to have difficulty acquiring a good signal. Also, while airborne, turning
the aircraft may result in one of the GPS receivers temporarily losing the SBAS signal.
If the sensor annunciation persists, check for a system failure message in the Messages Window on the PFD.
If no failure message exists, check the GPS Status Page and compare the information for GPS1 and GPS2.
Discrepancies may indicate a problem.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
27
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Viewing GPS receiver status information
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
2) Use the small FMS Knob to select GPS Status Page.
1) Use the large FMS Knob to select the Auxiliary Page Group (see Section 1.7 for information on navigating MFD
page groups).
Selecting the GPS receiver for which data may be reviewed
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - GPS Status Page.
2) To change the selected GPS receiver:
EIS
a) Press the desired GPS Softkey.
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Use the FMS Knob to highlight the receiver which is not selected and press the ENT Key.
Satellite Signal
Information Status
GPS Receiver
Status
RAIM
Availability
Prediction
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Satellite Constellation
Diagram
AFCS
SBAS
Selections
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Satellite Signal
Strength Bars
RAIM Softkey
Selected
Figure 1-22 GPS Status Page (RAIM or SBAS Selected)
SBAS Softkey
Selected
INDEX
APPENDICES
GPS Selection
Softkeys
28
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The GPS Status Page provides the following information:
• Satellite constellation diagram
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Satellites currently in view are shown at their respective positions on a sky view diagram. The sky view is
always in a north-up orientation, with the outer circle representing the horizon, the inner circle representing
45° above the horizon, and the center point showing the position directly overhead.
Each satellite is represented by an oval containing the Pseudo-random noise (PRN) number (i.e., satellite
identification number). Satellites whose signals are currently being used are represented by solid ovals.
• Satellite signal information status
EIS
The accuracy of the aircraft’s GPS fix is calculated using Estimated Position Uncertainty (EPU), Dilution
of Precision (DOP), and horizontal and vertical figures of merit (HFOM and VFOM). EPU is the radius of a
circle centered on an estimated horizontal position in which actual position has 95% probability of laying.
EPU is a statistical error indication and not an actual error measurement.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
DOP measures satellite geometry quality (i.e., number of satellites received and where they are relative to
each other) on a range from 0.0 to 9.9, with lower numbers denoting better accuracy. HFOM and VFOM,
measures of horizontal and vertical position uncertainty, are the current 95% confidence horizontal and
vertical accuracy values reported by the GPS receiver.
The current calculated GPS position, time, altitude, ground speed, and track for the aircraft are displayed
below the satellite signal accuracy measurements.
• GPS receiver status
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The GPS solution type (ACQUIRING, 2D NAV, 2D DIFF NAV, 3D NAV, 3D DIFF NAV) for the active
GPS receiver (GPS1 or GPS2) is shown in the upper right of the GPS Status Page. When the receiver is
in the process of acquiring enough satellite signals for navigation, the receiver uses satellite orbital data
(collected continuously from the satellites) and last known position to determine the satellites that should be
in view. ACQUIRING is indicated as the solution until a sufficient number of satellites have been acquired
for computing a solution.
AFCS
When the receiver is in the process of acquiring a 3D differential GPS solution, 3D NAV is indicated as the
solution until the 3D differential fix has finished acquisition. SBAS (Satellite-Based Augmentation System)
indicates INACTIVE. When acquisition is complete, the solution status indicates 3D DIFF NAV and SBAS
indicates ACTIVE.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• RAIM (Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring) Prediction (RAIM Softkey is pressed)
APPENDICES
In most cases performing a RAIM prediction is not necessary. However, in some cases, the selected approach
may be outside the SBAS coverage area and it may be necessary to perform a RAIM prediction for the intended
approach.
Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) is a GPS receiver function that performs a consistency
check on all tracked satellites. RAIM ensures that the available satellite geometry allows the receiver to
calculate a position within a specified RAIM protection limit (2.0 nautical miles for oceanic and enroute, 1.0
nm for terminal, and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). During oceanic, enroute, and terminal phases of
flight, RAIM is available nearly 100% of the time.
INDEX
The RAIM prediction function also indicates whether RAIM is available at a specified date and time. RAIM
computations predict satellite coverage within ±15 min of the specified arrival date and time.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
29
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Because of the tighter protection limit on approaches, there may be times when RAIM is not available. The
G1000 automatically monitors RAIM and warns with an alert message when it is not available. If RAIM is not
predicted to be available for the final approach course, the approach does not become active, as indicated by
the messages “Approach is not active” and “RAIM not available from FAF to MAP”. If RAIM is not available
when crossing the FAF, the missed approach procedure must be flown.
Predicting RAIM availability
1) Select the GPS Status Page.
2) If necessary, press the RAIM Softkey.
EIS
3) Press the FMS Knob. The ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Enter the desired waypoint:
a) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired waypoint by identifier, facility, or city name and press the ENT Key. Refer
to Section 1.7 for instructions on entering alphanumeric data into the G1000.
Or:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
a) Use the large FMS Knob to scroll to the Most Recent Waypoints List.
b) Use the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint in the list and press the ENT Key. The G1000
automatically fills in the identifier, facility, and city fields with the information for the selected waypoint.
c) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
7) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
8) With the cursor highlighting ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once RAIM availability is computed, one
of the following is displayed:
• ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current waypoint, time, and date combination
• ‘COMPUTING AVAILABILITY’—RAIM calculation in progress
• ‘RAIM AVAILABLE’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint, time, and date
• ‘RAIM NOT AVAILABLE’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the specified waypoint, time, and date
Predicting RAIM availability at present position
1) Select the GPS Status Page.
APPENDICES
2) If necessary, press the RAIM Softkey.
3) Press the FMS Knob. The ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted.
4) Press the MENU Key.
5) With ‘Set WPT to Present Position’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
INDEX
6) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
7) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
30
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
9) With the cursor highlighting ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once RAIM availability is computed, one
of the following is displayed:
• ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current waypoint, time, and date combination
• ‘COMPUTING AVAILABILITY’—RAIM calculation in progress
• ‘RAIM AVAILABLE’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint, time, and date
• ‘RAIM NOT AVAILABLE’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the specified waypoint, time, and date
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
• SBAS Selection (SBAS Softkey is pressed)(WAAS, EGNOS, or MSAS capable systems only)
In certain situations, such as when the aircraft is outside or on the fringe of the WAAS, EGNOS, or MSAS
coverage area, it may be desirable to disable the reception of the applicable SBAS signal (although it is not
recommended). When disabled, the SBAS field in the GPS Status box indicates DISABLED. There may be a
small delay for the GPS Status box to be updated upon WAAS, EGNOS, and MSAS enabling/disabling.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Disabling WAAS, EGNOS or MSAS
1) Select the GPS Status Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) If necessary, press the SBAS Softkey.
3) Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired SBAS system.
4) Press the ENT Key to uncheck the box.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• GPS Satellite Signal Strengths
The GPS Status Page can be helpful in troubleshooting weak (or missing) signal levels due to poor satellite
coverage or installation problems. As the GPS receiver locks onto satellites, a signal strength bar is displayed
for each satellite in view, with the appropriate satellite PRN number (01-32 or 120-138 for WAAS) below
each bar. The progress of satellite acquisition is shown in three stages, as indicated by signal bar appearance:
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- No bar—Receiver is looking for the indicated satellite
- Hollow bar—Receiver has found the satellite and is collecting data
- Light blue bar—Receiver has collected the necessary data and the satellite signal can be used
- Green bar—Satellite is being used for the GPS solution
- Checkered bar—Receiver has excluded the satellite (Fault Detection and Exclusion)
- “D” indication—Denotes the satellite is being used as part of the differential computations
APPENDICES
Each satellite has a 30-second data transmission that must be collected (signal strength bar is hollow) before
the satellite may be used for navigation (signal strength bar becomes solid).
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
31
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.7 ACCESSING G1000 FUNCTIONALITY
MENUS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 has a MENU Key that, when pressed, displays a context-sensitive list of options. This options list
allows the user to access additional features or make settings changes which specifically relate to the currently
displayed window/page. There is no all-encompassing menu. Some menus provide access to additional
submenus that are used to view, edit, select, and review options. Menus display ‘NO OPTIONS’ when there are
no options for the window/page selected. The main controls used in association with all window/page group
operations are described in section 1.3. Softkey selection does not display menus or submenus.
Navigating the Page Menu Window
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu Window.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through a list of available options (a scroll bar appears to the right of the window
when the option list is longer than the window).
3) Press the ENT Key to select the desired option.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) The CLR Key may be pressed to remove the menu and cancel the operation. Pressing the FMS Knob also
removes the displayed menu.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
No Options with
NRST Window
Displayed on
the PFD
AFCS
Options with
FPL Window
Displayed
Figure 1-23 Page Menu Examples
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
MFD PAGE GROUPS
NOTE: Refer to other supporting sections in this Pilot’s Guide for details on specific pages.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Information on the MFD is presented on pages which are grouped according to function. The page group and
active page title are displayed in the upper center of the screen, below the Navigation Status Box. In the bottom
right corner of the screen, a page group window is displayed by turning either FMS Knob. The page group tabs
are displayed along the bottom of the window. The page titles are displayed in a list above the page group tabs.
The current page group and current page within the group are shown in light blue. For some of these pages
(Airport/Procedures/Weather Information, XM, Procedure Loading), the active title of the page changes while
the page name in the list remains the same.
32
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Page Group
MFD
Active Page Title
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pages in
Current
Group
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Page Groups
Figure 1-24 Page Title and Page Groups
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The main page groups are navigated using the FMS Knob; specific pages within each group can vary depending
on the configuration of optional equipment.
Selecting a page using the FMS Knob:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to display the list of page groups; continue turning the large FMS Knob until the
desired page group is selected
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the desired page within a specific page group.
AFCS
There are also several pages (Airport/Procedures/Weather Information and XM pages) which are selected first
from within a main page group with the FMS Knob, then with the appropriate softkey at the bottom of the page
(or from the page menu). In this case, the page remains set to the selected page until a different page softkey is
selected, even if a different page group is selected.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
33
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Map Pages (MAP)
Navigation Map
Traffic Map
Weather Radar
EIS
Weather Data Link (service
optional)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Terrain Proximity, TerrainSVS, or TAWS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 1-25 Map Pages
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Waypoint Pages (WPT)
Airport Information pages
- Airport Information
(INFO-1 Softkey)
AFCS
- Airport Directory
(INFO-2 Softkey)
- Departure Information
(DP Softkey)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- Arrival Information
(STAR Softkey)
- Approach Information
(APR Softkey)
APPENDICES
- Weather Information
(WX Softkey)
Intersection Information
Airport
Information
Pages
NDB Information
INDEX
VOR Information
User Waypoint Information
34
Figure 1-26 Waypoint Pages
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Auxiliary Pages (AUX)
Trip Planning
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Utility
GPS Status
System Setup
XM Satellite pages
EIS
- XM Information
(INFO Softkey)
XM
Satellite
Pages
- XM Radio
(RADIO Softkey)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
System Status
Figure 1-27 Auxiliary Pages
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Nearest Pages (NRST)
Nearest Airports
Nearest Intersections
AFCS
Nearest NDB
Nearest VOR
Nearest User Waypoints
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Nearest Frequencies
Nearest Airspaces
APPENDICES
Figure 1-28 Nearest Pages
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
In addition to the main page groups accessed exclusively using the FMS Knobs, there are pages for flight
planning (FPL) and loading procedures (PROC) which are accessed by bezel key. In some instances, softkeys
may be used to access the Procedure Pages.
35
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Flight Plan Pages are accessed using the FPL Key on the MFD. Main pages within this group are selected
by turning the small FMS Knob.
Flight Plan Pages (FPL)
Active Flight Plan
EIS
- Wide View, Narrow View
(VIEW Softkey)
Flight Plan Catalog
or
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Stored Flight Plan (NEW Softkey)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Narrow and
Wide View
Figure 1-29 Flight Plan Pages
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Procedure pages may be accessed at any time on the MFD by pressing the PROC Key. A menu is
initialized, and when a departure, approach, or arrival is selected, the appropriate Procedure Loading Page is
opened. Turning the FMS Knob does not scroll through the Procedure pages (note the single page icon in the
lower right corner).
AFCS
Procedure Pages
(PROC)
Departure Loading
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Arrival Loading
APPENDICES
Approach Loading
INDEX
Figure 1-30 Procedure Pages
For some of these pages (Airport Information pages, XM Satellite pages, Procedure pages), the title of the page
may change while the page icon remains the same.
36
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MFD SYSTEM PAGES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In the Auxiliary (AUX) Page Group, there are two system pages: System Setup (page 4 of 6) and System Status
(page 6 of 6). The System Setup Page allows management of various system parameters, while the System
Status Page displays the status of all G1000 system LRUs.
SYSTEM SETUP PAGE
The System Setup Page allows management of the following system parameters:
• Page navigation
• Displayed measurement units
• MFD Data Bar fields
• Baro transition alert (see Flight Instruments
Section)
• GPS Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) range
• Airspace alerts
• Displayed nearest airports
• Arrival alerts (see Flight Management Section)
• Synchronizing the CDI and barometric pressure
setting on the PFDs
• COM transceiver channel spacing
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Audio alert voice
EIS
• Time display format (local or UTC )
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Flight Director
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 1-31 System Setup Page
Date/Time
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
The Date/Time Box on the System Setup Page displays the current date and time and allows the pilot
to set the time format (local 12-hr, local 24-hr, or UTC) and offset. The time offset is used to define
current local time. UTC (also called “GMT” or “Zulu”) date and time are calculated directly from the GPS
satellites signals and cannot be changed. When using a local time format, designate the offset by adding or
subtracting the desired number of hours.
37
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
To set the system time format:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the time format field in the Date/Time Box.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired system time format (local 12hr, local 24hr, UTC) and press the
ENT Key.
To set the current time offset:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
EIS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the time offset field in the Date/Time Box.
3) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter the time offset and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Display Units
The Display Units Box on the System Setup Page allows configuration of the measurement units used for
the following displayed data:
• Nav angle (magnetic, true)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Affects the BRG field in the PFD Navigation Status Box.
Affects the BRG, DTK, TKE, TRK, and XTK fields in the MFD Navigation Status Box.
When set to ‘AUTO’, magnetic variation is figured into the displayed value. When ‘TRUE’ is selected,
no magnetic variation is calculated and a ‘T’ is displayed next to the value.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Distance and speed (metric, nautical)
Affects the DIS field in the PFD Navigation Status Box and the range setting of the Inset Map.
Affects all distance and speed displays on the MFD with the exception of the displayed wind speed
displayed on the Navigation Map Page. Wind speed is affected on the Trip Planning Page.
• Altitude and vertical speed (feet, meters)
AFCS
Affects the Altitude and Vertical Speed References in the AFCS Status Box on the PFD.
Affects all altitude and elevation displays on the MFD, with the exception of VNAV altitudes on the
Active Flight Plan Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Barometric pressure (inches of mercury, hectopascals)
Affects the altimeter setting on the PFD and the pressure display on the Trip Planning Page.
• Temperature (Celsius, Fahrenheit)
Affects all temperature displays on the PFD.
APPENDICES
Affects the temperature display on the Trip Planning Page. Does not affect the Engine Indicating
System display.
• Fuel and fuel flow (pounds)
INDEX
Affects all fuel and fuel flow displays.
38
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• Weight (pounds, kilograms)
Affects aircraft weights on the Weight Planning Page.
• Position (HDDD°MM.MM’, HDDD°MM’SS.S”, MGRS, UTM/UPS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Affects all position displays.
To change a Display Units setting:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the Display Units Box.
EIS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select from a list of measurement units and press the ENT Key when the desired
unit is highlighted. Press the CLR Key to cancel the action without changing the units.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Airspace Alerts
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Airspace Alerts Box allows the pilot to turn the controlled/special-use airspace message alerts on
or off. This does not affect the alerts listed on the Nearest Airspaces Page or the airspace boundaries
depicted on the MFD Navigation Map Page. It simply turns on/off the warning provided when the aircraft
is approaching or near an airspace.
Alerts for the following airspaces can be turned on/off in the Airspace Alerts Box:
• Restricted
• Class C/TCA
• MOA (Military)
• Class D
• Other airspaces
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Class B/TMA
AFCS
An altitude buffer is also provided which “expands” the vertical range above or below an airspace. For
example, if the buffer is set at 500 feet, and the aircraft is more than 500 feet above/below an airspace, an
alert message is not generated, but if the aircraft is less than 500 feet above/below an airspace and projected
to enter it, the pilot is notified with an alert message. The default setting for the altitude buffer is 200
feet.
To change the altitude buffer distance setting:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the altitude buffer field in the Airspace Alerts Box.
3) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an altitude buffer value and press the ENT Key.
To turn an airspace alert on or off:
APPENDICES
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the Airspace Alerts Box.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert ON or counterclockwise to turn the alert OFF.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
39
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Arrival Alerts
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Arrival Alert Box on the System Setup Page allows arrival alerts to be turned on/off and the alert
trigger distance set. An arrival alert can be set to notify the pilot with a message upon reaching a userspecified distance from the final destination (the direct-to waypoint or the last waypoint in a flight plan).
Once the set distance (up to 99.9 units) has been reached, an “Arrival at [waypoint]” message is displayed
in the PFD Navigation Status Box.
Enabling/disabling an arrival alert:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
EIS
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ON/OFF field in the Arrival Alert Box.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert ON or counterclockwise to turn the alert OFF.
5) Press the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
Changing the arrival alert trigger distance:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the distance field in the Arrival Alert Box.
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter a trigger distance and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Press the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
Audio Alerts
The Audio Alert Box on the System Setup Page allows the audio alert voice to be set to male or female.
AFCS
To change the audio alert voice:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the voice in the Audio Alert Box.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and highlight the desired voice and press the ENT Key.
Flight Director
Not pilot selectable.
APPENDICES
Page Navigation
INDEX
The large FMS Knob displays the Page Group Tabs and navigates through the tabs. The small FMS Knob
navigates through the pages listed within a specific group. The number of clicks it takes to display the
Page Group Tabs and change to the next tab can be controlled from the Page Navigation box on the AUX
- System Setup Page.
OFF – Displays the Page Group Tabs with one click of the large FMS Knob.
ON – Displays the Page Group Tabs and navigates to the next tab with one click of the large FMS Knob.
40
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The pilot can select, from the AUX - System Setup Page, the amount of time the Page Group Tabs are
displayed (in the lower right corner of the MFD). The time-out can range from two to ten seconds.
Selecting page navigation settings:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Change On 1st Click’ field in the Page Navigation Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘OFF’ or ‘ON’.
EIS
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Timeout Seconds’ field in the Page navigation Box.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired number of seconds
7) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to remove the flashing cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
MFD Data Bar Fields
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The MFD Data Bar Fields Box on the System Setup Page displays the current configuration of the MFD
Navigation Status Box. By default, the Navigation Status Bar is set to display ground speed (GS), distance
to next waypoint (DIS), estimated time en route (ETE), and en route safe altitude (ESA).
To change the information shown in an MFD Navigation Status Bar field:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field number in the MFD Data Bar Fields Box.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the data options list and press the ENT Key when the
desired data selection is highlighted.
The following data may be selected for display in each of the four fields of the Navigation Status Box.
• Track Angle Error (TKE)
• Desired Track (DTK)
• Track (TRK)
• En Route Safe Altitude (ESA)
• Vertical Speed Required (VSR)
• Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA)
• Crosstrack Error (XTK)
• Estimated Time En Route (ETE)
• Fuel Over Destination (FOD)
• Ground Speed (GS)
• Fuel On Board (FOB)
• Minimum Safe Altitude (MSA)
• Endurance (END)
APPENDICES
• Distance (DIS)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• True Air Speed (TAS)
AFCS
• Bearing (BRG)
GPS CDI
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
The GPS CDI Box on the System Setup Page allows the pilot to define the range for the on-screen course
deviation indicator (CDI). The range values represent full range deflection for the CDI to either side. The
default setting is ‘AUTO’. Refer to the Flight Instruments sections for a discussion on CDI scaling.
41
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If a lower CDI range setting is selected (i.e., 1.0 or 0.3 nm), the higher range settings are not selected
during any phase of flight. For example, if 1.0 nm is selected, the G1000 uses this for en route and terminal
phases and ramps down to 0.3 nm during an approach. Note that the Receiver Autonomous Integrity
Monitoring (RAIM) protection limits follow the selected CDI range and corresponding flight phases.
The GPS CDI Box on the System Setup Page displays the following:
• Selected CDI range (auto, 2 nm, 1 nm, 0.3 nm)
• Current system CDI range (2 nm, 1 nm, 0.3 nm)
• ILS CDI capture mode setting (auto, manual)
EIS
To change the CDI range:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the selected field in the GPS CDI Box.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the range list and press the ENT Key when the desired
selection is highlighted.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
To change the ILS CDI capture setting:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ILS CDI capture field in the GPS CDI Box.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired mode and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
COM Configuration
NOTE: 8.33 kHz VHF communication frequency channel spacing is not approved for use in the United States.
Select the 25.0 kHz channel spacing option for use in the United States.
AFCS
The COM Configuration Box on the System Setup Page allows the pilot to select 8.33 kHz or 25.0 kHz
COM frequency channel spacing.
To change COM channel spacing:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the channel spacing field in the COM Configuration Box.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired spacing and press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
Nearest Airports
INDEX
The Nearest Airports Box on the System Setup Page defines the minimum runway length and surface type
used when determining the nine nearest airports to display on the MFD Nearest Airports Page. A minimum
runway length and/or surface type can be entered to prevent airports with small runways or runways that
are not of appropriate surface from being displayed. Default settings are zero feet (or meters) for runway
length and “HARD/SOFT” for runway surface type.
42
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
To select nearest airport surface matching criteria (any, hard only, hard/soft, water):
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the runway surface field in the Nearest Airports Box.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the runway options (any, hard only, hard/soft, water) and
press the ENT Key when the desired selection is highlighted.
To select nearest airport minimum runway length matching criteria:
1) While on the System Setup Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
EIS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the minimum length field in the Nearest Airport Box.
3) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter the minimum runway length (zero to 99,999 feet) and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
CDI/BARO Synchronization
See the Flight Instruments section for a discussion on synchronizing both PFD’s Course Deviation
Indicators and the altimeter barometric settings.
SYSTEM STATUS PAGE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The System Status Page displays the status and software version numbers for all detected system LRUs.
Pertinent information on all system databases is also displayed. Active LRUs are indicated by green check
marks and failed LRUs are indicated by red “X”s. Failed LRUs should be noted and a Cessna service center
or Garmin dealer informed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 1-32 Example System Status Page
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
43
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
The LRU and ARFRM, Softkeys on the System Status Page select the applicable list (LRU INFO or AIRFRAME
window) through which the FMS Knob can be used to scroll information within the selected window.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting the MFD1 DB Softkey (label background changes to grey indicting the softkey is selected) places
the cursor in the DATABASE window. Use the FMS Knob to scroll through database information for the
MFD. Selecting the softkey again will change the softkey label to PFD1 DB. PFD 1 database information is
now displayed in the DATABASE window. Selecting the softkey a third time will change the softkey label to
PFD2 DB. PFD 2 database information is now displayed in the DATABASE window.
The ANN TEST Softkey, when selected, causes an annunciation test tone to be played.
EIS
UTILITY PAGE
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
For flight planning purposes, timers, trip statistics, and a scheduler feature are provided on the AUX - Utility
Page. The timers available include a stopwatch-like generic timer, a total time in flight timer, and a record of the
time of departure. Trip statistics—odometer, trip odometer, and average trip and maximum groundspeeds—are
displayed from the time of the last reset. A scheduler feature is also provided so the pilot can enter reminder
messages to be displayed at specified intervals in the Messages Window on the PFD (see Figure 1-33).
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 1-33 Utility Page
44
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Timers
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The generic timer can be set to count up or down from a specified time (HH:MM:SS). When the
countdown on the timer reaches zero the digits begin to count up from zero. If the timer is reset before
reaching zero on a countdown, the digits are reset to the initial value. If the timer is counting up when
reset, the digits are zeroed.
Setting the generic timer
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
EIS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the timer counting direction (UP/DN) and press the ENT Key.
4) If a specific starting time is desired:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
a) Use the large FMS Knob to highlight the HH:MM:SS field.
b) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘START?’ and press the ENT Key to start the timer. The field changes to
‘STOP?’.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) To stop the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘STOP?’ highlighted. The field changes to ‘RESET?’.
7) To reset the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘RESET?’ highlighted. The field changes back to ‘START?’ and the
digits are reset.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The flight timer can be set to count up from zero starting at system power-up or from the time that the
aircraft lifts off; the timer can also be reset to zero at any time.
Setting the flight timer starting criterion
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
AFCS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the field next to the flight timer.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the starting criterion (PWR-ON or IN-AIR) and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Resetting the flight timer
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Reset Flight Timer’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
The G1000 records the time at which departure occurs, depending on whether the pilot prefers the time
to be recorded from system power-up or from aircraft lift off. The displayed departure time can also be reset
to display the current time at the point of reset. The format in which the time is displayed is controlled
from the System Setup Page.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
45
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Setting the departure timer starting criterion
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the field next to the departure time.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the starting criterion (PWR-ON or IN-AIR) and press the ENT Key.
Resetting the departure time
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
EIS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Use the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Reset Departure Time’ and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Trip Statistics
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The odometer and trip odometer record the total mileage traveled from the last reset; these odometers can
be reset independently. Resetting the trip odometer also resets the average trip groundspeed. Maximum
groundspeed for the period of time since the last reset is also displayed.
Resetting trip statistics readouts
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the MENU Key. The following reset options for trip statistics are displayed:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Reset Trip ODOM/AVG GS—Resets trip average ground speed readout and odometer
• Reset Odometer—Resets odometer readout only
• Reset Maximum Speed—Resets maximum speed readout only
• Reset All—Resets flight timer, departure timer, odometers, and groundspeed readouts
AFCS
3) Use the FMS Knob to highlight the desired reset option and press the ENT Key. The selected parameters are reset
to zero and begin to display data from the point of reset.
Flight Data Logger
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Shows Flight Data Logging status.
Scheduler
INDEX
APPENDICES
Refer to the Additional Features section for a discussion on using the Scheduler feature.
46
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1.8 DISPLAY BACKLIGHTING
The G1000 display and control backlighting can be adjusted either automatically or manually. Backlighting
intensity ranges from 0.22% to 100% on the PFDs and 0.80% to 100.00% on the MFD.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUTOMATIC ADJUSTMENT
EIS
The existing instrument panel dimmer bus normally controls the PFD and MFD backlighting as well as
the PFD and MFD bezels, AFCS Control Unit and audio panel key annunciator lighting. When the dimmer
bus is not used by the G1000 system, photocell technology automatically controls backlighting adjustments.
Photocell calibration curves are pre-configured to optimize display appearance through a broad range of cockpit
lighting conditions.
MANUAL ADJUSTMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: The avionics dimming knob may also be used to adjust backlighting. Refer to the POH for details.
NOTE: In normal mode, backlighting can only be adjusted from PFD1 or PFD2. In reversionary mode, it can
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
also be adjusted from the MFD.
NOTE: No other window can be displayed on the PFD while the PFD Setup Menu Window is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Backlighting may also be adjusted manually for all of the displays and the associated bezels. The audio panel
key backlighting is directly tied to the on-side PFD key backlighting setting.
To adjust display backlighting manually:
1) Press the MENU Key on the PFD to display the PFD Setup Menu Window. ‘AUTO’ becomes highlighted to the
right of ‘PFD1 DSPL’.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 1-34 Manual Display Backlighting Adjustment
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the selection box. Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘MANUAL’, then press the
ENT Key. The intensity value becomes highlighted.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired backlighting, then press the ENT Key.
INDEX
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘AUTO’ to the right of ‘MFD DSPL’ or ‘PFD2 DSPL’, respectively, and
repeat steps 2 and 3.
5) Press the CLR or MENU Key to remove the PFD Setup Menu Window from the display.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
47
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
To adjust key backlighting manually:
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the MENU Key on the PFD to display the PFD Setup Menu Window. ‘AUTO’ becomes highlighted to the
right of ‘PFD1 DSPL’.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 1-35 Manual Key Lighting Adjustment
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘PFD1 DSPL’. Turn the small FMS Knob in the direction of the green
arrowhead to display ‘PFD1 KEY’.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘MANUAL’, then press the ENT Key. The intensity value becomes highlighted.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘AUTO’ and turn the small FMS Knob to display the selection box.
7) Repeat steps 3 to 5.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired backlighting, then press the ENT Key.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘MFD DSPL’ or ‘PFD2 DSPL’ and turn the small FMS Knob in the direction
of the green arrowhead to display ‘MFD KEY’ or ‘PFD2 KEY’, respectively.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
8) Press the CLR or MENU Key to remove the PFD Setup Menu Window from the display.
48
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: In the event that the airspeed, attitude, altitude, or heading indications become unusable, refer
to the backup instruments.
NOTE: The Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) provides additional readouts and bugs on selected flight
instruments. Refer to the AFCS Section for details on these bugs and readouts, as they appear on the display
during certain AFCS flight director modes.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Increased situational awareness is provided by replacing the traditional instruments on the panel with two easyto-scan Primary Flight Displays (PFDs) that feature large horizons, airspeed, attitude, altitude, vertical speed, and
course deviation information. In addition to the flight instruments, navigation, communication, terrain, traffic,
and weather information are also presented on the PFDs and explained in other sections of this Pilot’s Guide.
The following flight instruments and supplemental flight data are displayed on each PFD:
• Airspeed Indicator, showing
• Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)
• Vertical Navigation (VNV) indications
– Airspeed awareness ranges
• Horizontal Situation Indicator, showing
– Vspeed reference flags
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
– True airspeed
– Turn Rate Indicator
– Bearing pointers and information windows
• Altimeter, showing
– DME Information Window
– Barometric setting
• Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)
– Selected Altitude
• Outside air temperature (OAT)
• System time
• Vertical Deviation, Glideslope, and Glidepath
Indicators
• Wind data
AFCS
• Radar Altimeter Height (If installed)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Attitude Indicator with slip/skid indication
The PFDs also display various alerts and annunciations.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
49
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
22
21
20
19
18
1
17
16
2
EIS
15
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
14
3
13
4
12
5
11
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6
10
7
9
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8
1
NAV Frequency Box
12
Turn Rate Indicator
2
Airspeed Indicator
13
Barometric Altimeter Setting
3
True Airspeed
14
Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)
4
Current Heading
15
Selected Altitude Bug
5
Selected Heading Bug
16
Altimeter
6
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)
17
Selected Altitude
7
Outside Air Temperature (OAT)
18
COM Frequency Box
8
Softkeys
19
Navigation Status Box
9
System Time
20
AFCS Status Box
10
Transponder Status Box
21
Slip/Skid Indicator
11
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)
22
Attitude Indicator
INDEX
Figure 2-1 Primary Flight Display (Default)
50
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
16
15
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
14
1
13
EIS
12
2
11
4
10
5
9
7
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
8
Flight Plan Window
2
Radar Altimeter
10
Annunciation Window
3
Selected Heading
11
Selected Course
4
Wind Data
12
Vertical Speed Required Indicator
5
Inset Map
13
Vertical Deviation Indicator
6
DME Information Window
14
Comparator Window
7
Bearing Information Windows
15
VNV Target Altitude
8
Barometric Minimums Box
16
AFCS Status Annunciation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
9
AFCS
Traffic Annunciation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1
Figure 2-2 Additional PFD Information
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
51
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2.1 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AIRSPEED INDICATOR
NOTE: Refer to the Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) for speed criteria and Vspeed values.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The Airspeed Indicator displays airspeed on a rolling number gauge using a moving tape. The true airspeed
is displayed in knots below the Airspeed Indicator. The numeric labels and major tick marks on the moving
tape are shown at intervals of 10 knots, while minor tick marks on the moving tape are indicated at intervals
of 5 knots. Speed indication starts at 20 knots, with 60 knots of airspeed viewable at any time. The actual
airspeed is displayed inside the black pointer. The pointer remains black until reaching maximum operating
speed (VMO), at which point it turns red (Figure 2-4).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Airspeed
Trend
Vector
Actual
Airspeed
Speed
Ranges
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Vspeed
Reference
Figure 2-4 Red Pointer
Showing Overspeed
True
Airspeed
AFCS
Figure 2-3 Airspeed Indicator
A color-coded (white, green, and red/white striped “barber pole”) speed range strip is located on the moving
tape. The colors denote flaps operating range, normal operating range, and maximum operating speed (VMO).
A red range is also present for low speed awareness.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Airspeed Trend Vector is a vertical, magenta line, that appears to the right of the color-coded speed
range strip when airspeed is either accelerating or decelerating. One end of the magenta line is anchored to
the tip of the airspeed pointer while the other end moves continuously up or down corresponding to the rate
of acceleration or deceleration. For any constant rate of acceleration or deceleration, the moving end of the
line shows approximately what the indicated airspeed value will be in six seconds. If the trend vector crosses
VMO, the text of the actual airspeed readout changes to yellow. The trend vector is absent if the speed remains
constant or if any data needed to calculate airspeed is not available due to a system failure.
52
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Vspeeds (Vr, Vx, Vy, and VGlide) can be changed and their flags turned on/off from the Timer/References Window. When active (on), the Vspeeds are displayed at their respective locations to the right of the airspeed scale.
Changing Vspeeds and turning flags on/off:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired Vspeed.
3) Use the small FMS Knob to change the Vspeed in 1-kt increments (when a speed has been changed from a
default value, an asterisk appears next to the speed).
4) Press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ON/OFF field
EIS
5) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF.
6) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-6 Timer/References Menu
Figure 2-5 Timer/References Window
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Turning all Vspeed flags on/off:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Press the MENU Key.
AFCS
3) To activate all Vspeed flags, press the ENT Key with ‘All References On’ highlighted.
4) To remove all Vspeed flags, turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘All References Off’ and press the ENT Key.
Turning Takeoff Vspeed flags on/off:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) To activate Takeoff Vspeed flags, press the ENT Key with ‘Takeoff References On’ highlighted.
APPENDICES
4) To remove Takeoff Vspeed flags, turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Takeoff References Off’ and press the ENT
Key.
Restoring Vspeed defaults:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
INDEX
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Restore Defaults’ or ‘Restore Takeoff Defaults’ and press the ENT Key.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
53
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
ATTITUDE INDICATOR
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Attitude information is displayed over a virtual blue sky and brown ground with a white horizon line. The
Attitude Indicator displays the pitch (indicated by the yellow symbolic aircraft on the pitch scale), roll, and
slip/skid information.
9
8
EIS
1
7
2
6
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
4
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5
1
Roll Pointer
2
Roll Scale
3
Horizon Line
4
Aircraft Symbol
5
Land Representation
6
Pitch Scale
7
Slip/Skid Indicator
8
Sky Representation
9
Roll Scale Zero
Figure 2-7 Attitude Indicator
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The horizon line is part of the pitch scale. Above and below the horizon line, major pitch marks and numeric
labels are shown for every 10˚, up to 80˚. Minor pitch marks are shown for intervening 5˚ increments, up to
25˚ below and 45˚ above the horizon line. Between 20˚ below to 20˚ above the horizon line, minor pitch marks
occur every 2.5˚. When the Synthetic Vision System (optional) is activated, the pitch scale is reduced to 10˚ up
and 7.5˚ down; refer to the Additional Features section.
AFCS
The inverted white triangle indicates zero on the roll scale. Major tick marks at 30˚ and 60˚ and minor tick
marks at 10˚, 20˚, and 45˚ are shown to the left and right of the zero. Angle of bank is indicated by the position
of the pointer on the roll scale.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Slip/Skid Indicator is the bar beneath the roll pointer. The indicator moves with the roll pointer and
moves laterally away from the pointer to indicate lateral acceleration. Slip/skid is indicated by the location of
the bar relative to the pointer. One bar displacement is equal to one ball displacement on a traditional Slip/Skid
Indicator.
INDEX
Figure 2-8 Slip/Skid Indication
54
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ALTIMETER
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Altimeter displays 600 feet of barometric altitude values at a time on a rolling number gauge using a
moving tape. Numeric labels and major tick marks are shown at intervals of 100 feet. Minor tick marks are at
intervals of 20 feet. The current altitude is displayed in the black pointer.
The Selected Altitude is displayed above the Altimeter in the box indicated by a selection bug symbol. A bug
corresponding to this altitude is shown on the tape; if the Selected Altitude exceeds the range shown on the
tape, the bug appears at the corresponding edge of the tape (See the AFCS Section for more information about
Selected Altitude).
EIS
Setting the Selected Altitude:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
T urn the ALT SEL Knob to set the Selected Altitude in 100-ft increments (increments reduce to 10 feet for
approach) up to the aircraft’s service ceiling. If set to Metric mode, the ALT SEL Knob adjusts the Selected
Altitude in 50-meter increments.
If a Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height (MDA/DH) value has been set, this value is also available for the
Selected Altitude.
Selected
Altitude
Selected
Altitude
Bug
Current
Altitude
Current
Altitude
(Meters)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitude
Trend
Vector
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected
Altitude
(Meters)
AFCS
Figure 2-9 Altimeter
Barometric
Setting Box
(Hectopascals)
Figure 2-10 Altimeter (Metric)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Barometric
Setting
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
55
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Selected and current altitudes can also be displayed in meters (readouts displayed above the normal readouts
in feet; Figure 2-10). Note that the altitude tape does not change scale.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Displaying altitude in meters:
1) Press the PFD Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2) Press the ALT UNIT Softkey.
3) Press the METERS Softkey to turn on metric altitude readouts (see Figure 2-10).
4) Press the BACK Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
EIS
A magenta Altitude Trend Vector extends up or down the left of the altitude tape, the end resting at the
approximate altitude to be reached in 6 seconds at the current vertical speed. The trend vector is not shown if
altitude remains constant or if data needed for calculation is not available due to a system failure.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The barometric pressure setting is displayed below the Altimeter in inches of mercury (in Hg) or hectopascals
(hPa) when metric units are selected. Adjusting the altimeter barometric setting creates discontinuities in VNV
vertical deviation, moving the descent path. For large adjustments, it may take several minutes for the aircraft
to re-establish on the descent path. If the change is made while nearing a waypoint with a VNV Target Altitude,
the aircraft may not re-establish on the descent path in time to meet the vertical constraint.
Selecting the altimeter barometric pressure setting:
Turn the BARO Knob to select the desired setting.
Selecting standard barometric pressure (29.92 in Hg):
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press the BARO Knob to select standard pressure; STD BARO is displayed in barometric setting box.
Or:
1) Press the PFD Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
AFCS
2) Press the STD BARO Softkey; STD BARO is displayed in barometric setting box.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 2-11 Standard Barometric Altimeter Setting
Changing altimeter barometric pressure setting units:
1) Press the PFD Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
APPENDICES
2) Press the ALT UNIT Softkey.
3) Press the IN Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in inches of mercury (in Hg).
Or, press the HPA Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in hectopascals (hPa; see Figure 2-10).
INDEX
4) Press the BACK Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
56
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
If the barometric altimeter settings differ between PFDs by more than 0.02 in Hg, the readouts turn yellow. Once the settings are synchronized (BARO turned on), they remain synchronized until the setting is turned
off.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Synchronizing the altimeter barometric pressure settings:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Baro’ in the Synchronization box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF.
EIS
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 2-12 Baro Sync Setting
(AUX-System Setup Page)
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
57
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A Baro Transition Alert is provided to notify the pilot to change the barometric pressure setting when crossing
the baro transition altitude. If the aircraft is at least 500 feet below the transition altitude and then climbs
through this altitude and the STD BARO Softkey or BARO Knob has not been pressed, the barometric pressure
setting flashes in light blue until the pressure setting is changed. If the aircraft is at least 500 feet above the
transition altitude and then descends through this altitude and the barometric pressure setting has not been
changed from STD BARO, the setting flashes in light blue until it is changed.
Setting the Baro Transition Alert:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
EIS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘OFF or ON’ in the ‘Baro Transition Alert’ box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to turn the alert OFF or ON and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) With the altitude field highlighted, turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired altitude and press the ENT
Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 2-13 Baro Transition Alert
(AUX-System Setup Page)
58
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR (VSI)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI; Figure 2-14) displays the aircraft vertical speed with numeric labels and
tick marks at 1000 and 2000 fpm in each direction on the non-moving tape. Minor tick marks are at intervals
of 500 fpm. The current vertical speed is displayed in the pointer, which also points to that speed on the nonmoving tape. Digits appear in the pointer when the climb or descent rate is greater than 100 fpm. If the rate
of ascent/descent exceeds 2000 fpm, the pointer appears at the corresponding edge of the tape and the rate
appears inside the pointer.
EIS
A magenta chevron bug is displayed as the Required Vertical Speed Indication (RVSI; Figure 2-14) for reaching
a VNV Target Altitude once the “TOD [Top of Descent] within 1 minute” alert has been generated. See the
Flight Management and AFCS sections for details on VNV features, and refer to Section 2.2, Supplemental
Flight Data, for more information about VNV indications on the PFDs.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
VERTICAL DEVIATION
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI; Figure 2-14) uses a magenta chevron to indicate the baro-VNV vertical
deviation when Vertical Navigation (VNV) is being used; the VDI appears in conjunction with the “TOD within
1 minute” alert. Full-scale deflection (two dots) is 1000 feet. The VDI is removed from the display if vertical
deviation becomes invalid. See the Flight Management and AFCS sections for details on VNV features, and refer
to Section 2.2, Supplemental Flight Data, for more information about VNV indications on the PFDs.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Glideslope Indicator (Figure 2-15) appears to the left of the Altimeter whenever an ILS frequency is
tuned in the active NAV field. A green diamond acts as the Glideslope Indicator, like a glideslope needle on
a conventional indicator. If a localizer frequency is tuned and there is no glideslope, “NO GS” is displayed in
place of the diamond.
AFCS
The glidepath is analogous to the glideslope for GPS approaches supporting SBAS vertical guidance (LNAV+V,
LNAV/VNAV, LPV) and is generated by the system to reduce pilot workload during approach. When an approach
of this type is loaded into the flight plan and GPS is the selected navigation source, the Glidepath Indicator
(Figure 2-16) appears as a magenta diamond. If the approach type downgrades past the final approach fix
(FAF), “NO GP” is displayed in place of the diamond.
VNV Target
Altitude
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Vertical
Speed
Indicator
Glideslope
Indicator
Required
Vertical
Speed
Indicator
APPENDICES
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator
Glipepath
Indicator
Vertical
Speed
Pointer
INDEX
Figure 2-14 Vertical Speed and
Deviation Indicators (VSI and VDI)
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Figure 2-15 Glideslope Indicator
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
Figure 2-16 Glidepath Indicator
59
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR (HSI)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) displays a rotating compass card in a heading-up orientation. Letters
indicate the cardinal points and numeric labels occur every 30˚. Major tick marks are at 10˚ intervals and minor
tick marks at 5˚ intervals. A digital reading of the current heading appears on top of the HSI, and the current
track is represented on the HSI by a magenta diamond. The HSI also presents turn rate, course deviation,
bearing, and navigation source information and is available in two formats (360˚ compass rose and 140˚ arc).
Changing the HSI display format:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
EIS
2) Press the HSI FRMT Softkey.
3) Press the 360 HSI or ARC HSI Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The 360˚ HSI contains a Course Deviation Indicator (CDI), with a Course Pointer, To/From Indicator, and a
sliding deviation bar and scale. The course pointer is a single line arrow (GPS, VOR1, and LOC1) or a double
line arrow (VOR2 and LOC2) which points in the direction of the set course. The To/From arrow rotates with
the course pointer and is displayed when the active NAVAID is received.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
17
16
15
1
14
2
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3
4
13
5
12
6
11
10
AFCS
7
9
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
8
1
Turn Rate Indicator
10
To/From Indicator
2
Selected Heading
11
Heading Bug
3
Current Track Indicator
12
Course Pointer
4
Lateral Deviation Scale
13
Flight Phase
5
Navigation Source
14
Selected Course
6
Aircraft Symbol
15
Turn Rate and Heading Trend Vector
7
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)
16
Current Heading
8
Rotating Compass Card
17
Lubber Line
9
OBS Mode Active
Figure 2-17 Horizontal Situation Indicator (360˚ HSI)
60
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Arc HSI is a 140˚ expanded section of the compass rose. The Arc HSI contains a Course Pointer,
To/From Indicator, a sliding deviation indicator (the To/From and deviation indicators are combined), and a
deviation scale. Upon station passage, the To/From Indicator flips and points to the tail of the aircraft, just like
a conventional To/From flag. Depending on the navigation source, the CDI on the Arc HSI can appear in two
different ways: an arrowhead (GPS, VOR, OBS) or a diamond (LOC).
Course Pointer
Lateral
Deviation
Scale
Course
Deviation
and To/From
Indicator
Figure 2-18 Arc HSI
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Flight Phase
Annunciation
EIS
Navigation
Source
The Selected Heading is shown to the upper left of the HSI and is displayed in light blue. The light blue
heading bug on the compass rose corresponds to the Selected Heading.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Adjusting the Selected Heading:
Turn the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading on both PFDs.
Press the HDG Knob to synchronize the bug to the current heading.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Selected Course is shown to the upper right of the HSI. The color of the Selected Course corresponds to
the selected navigation source: magenta for GPS or green for NAV (VOR, LOC).
Adjusting the Selected Course:
Turn the CRS Knob to set the Selected Course (for each PFD).
Press the CRS Knob to re-center the CDI and return the course pointer to the bearing of the active waypoint or
navigation station (see OBS Mode for adjusting a GPS course).
Current Heading
AFCS
Heading Bug
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selected
Heading
Selected
Course
APPENDICES
Figure 2-19 Heading and Course Indications (Magnetic)
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
61
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Navigation angles (track, heading, course, bearing) are corrected to the computed magnetic variation (‘Mag
Var’) or referenced to true north (denoted ‘T’), set on the AUX - System Setup Page. When an approach
referenced to true north has been loaded into the flight plan, the system generates a message to change the
navigation angle setting to ‘True’ at the appropriate time.
Figure 2-20 Heading and Course Indications (True)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Changing the navigation angle setting:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Nav Angle’ in the ‘Display Units’ box (Figure 2-21).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENT Key.
• TRUE - References angles to true north (denoted with ‘T’)
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• MAGNETIC - Angles corrected to the computed magnetic variation (‘Mag Var’)
Figure 2-21 Navigation Angle Settings
(AUX-System Setup Page)
62
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TURN RATE INDICATOR
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Turn Rate Indicator is located directly above the rotating compass rose. Tick marks to the left and right
of the lubber line denote half-standard and standard turn rates. A magenta Turn Rate Trend Vector shows the
current turn rate. The end of the trend vector gives the heading predicted in 6 seconds, based on the present
turn rate. A standard-rate turn is shown on the indicator by the trend vector stopping at the standard turn
rate tick mark, corresponding to a predicted heading of 18˚ from the current heading. At rates greater than 4
deg/sec, an arrowhead appears at the end of the magenta trend vector and the prediction is no longer valid.
Half-standard
Turn Rate
EIS
Arrow Shown
for Turn Rate
> 4 deg/sec
Standard
Turn Rate
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 2-22 Turn Rate Indicator and Trend Vector
BEARING POINTERS AND INFORMATION WINDOWS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NOTE: ADF radio installation is optional.
NOTE: When the Arc HSI is displayed, the Bearing Information windows and pointers are disabled.
Frequency
Bearing 1
Pointer
AFCS
Tuning Mode
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Two bearing pointers and associated information can be displayed on the HSI for NAV, GPS, and ADF
sources. The pointers are light blue and are single- (BRG1) or double-lined (BRG2); an icon is shown in the
respective information window to indicate the pointer type. The bearing pointers never override the CDI
and are visually separated from the CDI by a white ring (shown when bearing pointers are selected but not
necessarily visible due to data unavailability).
Bearing 2
Pointer
Distance
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
DME Information Window
Distance to
Bearing Source
Station
Identifier
No
Waypoint
Selected
APPENDICES
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
Bearing
Pointer
Pointer
Bearing
Source
Icon
Icon
Source
Bearing 1 Information Window
Bearing 2 Information Window
Figure 2-23 HSI with Bearing and DME Information
63
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When a bearing pointer is displayed, its associated information window is also displayed. The Bearing
Information windows (Figure 2-23) are displayed to the lower sides of the HSI and show:
• Bearing source (NAV, GPS, ADF)
• Station/waypoint identifier (NAV, GPS)
• Pointer icon (BRG1 = single line, BRG2 = double line)
• GPS-derived great circle distance to bearing
source
• Frequency (NAV, ADF)
EIS
If the NAV radio is the bearing source and is tuned to an ILS frequency (refer to the Audio Panel and CNS
Section for information on tuning the radios), the bearing pointer is removed from the HSI and the frequency
is replaced with “ILS”. When NAV1 or NAV2 is the selected bearing source, the frequency is replaced by the
station identifier when the station is within range. If GPS is the bearing source, the active waypoint identifier
is displayed in lieu of a frequency.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The bearing pointer is removed from the HSI and “NO DATA” is displayed in the information window if:
• The NAV radio is not receiving the tuned VOR
station
• GPS is the bearing source and an active waypoint
is not selected
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selecting bearing display and changing sources:
5) To remove the bearing pointer and information window, press the BRG Softkey again.
2) Press a BRG Softkey to display the desired bearing pointer and information window with a NAV source.
3) Press the BRG Softkey again to change the bearing source to GPS.
4) Press the BRG Softkey a third time to change the bearing source to ADF (ADF Radio installation is optional).
DME INFORMATION WINDOW
AFCS
The DME Information Window (Figure 2-23) is displayed above the BRG 1 Information Window and
shows the DME label, tuning mode (NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD), frequency, and distance. When a signal is
invalid, the distance is replaced by “–.– – NM” (Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section for information on
tuning the radios).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Displaying the DME Information Window:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the DME Softkey to display the DME Information Window.
INDEX
APPENDICES
3) To remove the DME Information Window, press the DME Softkey again.
64
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
COURSE DEVIATION INDICATOR (CDI)
NOTE: If a heading change greater than 105˚ with respect to the course is made, the CDI on the Arc HSI
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
switches to the opposite side of the deviation scale and displays reverse sensing.
The Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) moves left or right from the course pointer along a lateral deviation
scale to display aircraft position relative to the course. If the course deviation data is not valid, the CDI is not
displayed.
360º HSI
EIS
Arc HSI
Navigation
Source
Flight
Phase
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation
Source
Flight
Phase
Scale
Crosstrack
Error
CDI
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
CDI
Scale
CDI
Figure 2-24 Course Deviation Indicator
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The CDI can display two sources of navigation: GPS or NAV (VOR, localizer). Color indicates the current
navigation source: magenta (for GPS) or green (for VOR and LOC). The full scale limits for the CDI are defined
by a GPS-derived distance when coupled to GPS. When coupled to a VOR or localizer (LOC), the CDI has the
same angular limits as a mechanical CDI. If the CDI exceeds the maximum deviation on the scale (two dots)
while coupled to GPS, the crosstrack error (XTK) is displayed below the white aircraft symbol (Figure 2-24).
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Navigation
Source
Selected on
Both PFDs
Not in Sync
APPENDICES
Figure 2-25 Navigation Sources
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
65
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Changing navigation sources:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the CDI Softkey again to change from VOR1 or LOC1 to VOR2 or LOC2. This places the light blue tuning
box over the NAV2 standby frequency.
1) Press the CDI Softkey to change from GPS to VOR1 or LOC1. This places the light blue tuning box over the
NAV1 standby frequency in the upper left corner of the PFD.
3) Press the CDI Softkey a third time to return to GPS.
NAV2 Selected for Tuning
EIS
NAV1 Selected for Tuning
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
GPS
Selected
LOC1
Selected
VOR2
Selected
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pressing the CDI Softkey
Cycles through
Navigation Sources
Figure 2-26 Selecting a Navigation Source
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The system automatically switches from GPS to LOC navigation source and changes the CDI scaling accordingly
when all of the following occur:
• A localizer or ILS approach has been loaded into the active flight plan
AFCS
• The Final Approach Fix (FAF) is the active leg, the FAF is less than 15 nm away, and the aircraft is moving
toward the FAF
• A valid localizer frequency has been tuned
• The GPS CDI deviation is less than 1.2 times full-scale deflection
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GPS steering guidance is still provided after the CDI automatically switches to LOC until LOC capture, up
to the Final Approach Fix (FAF) for an ILS approach, or until GPS information becomes invalid. Activating a
Vector-to-Final (see the Flight Management Section) also causes the CDI to switch to LOC navigation source;
GPS steering guidance is not provided after this switch.
66
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
If the same VOR/LOC navigation source is selected on both PFDs, the navigation source annunciation turns
yellow on both displays (unless synchronized). Once the CDIs are synchronized (CDI turned on), they remain
synchronized until the setting is turned off.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Synchronizing the CDIs:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘CDI’ in the Synchronization box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF.
EIS
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 2-27 CDI Sync Setting
(AUX-System Setup Page)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
67
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
GPS CDI SCALING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When GPS is the selected navigation source, the flight plan legs are sequenced automatically and
annunciations appear on the HSI for the flight phase. Flight phase annunciations are normally shown in
magenta, but when cautionary conditions exist the color changes to yellow. If the current leg in the flight plan
is a heading leg, ‘HDG LEG’ is annunciated in magenta beneath the aircraft symbol.
EIS
The current GPS CDI scale setting is displayed as ‘System CDI’ on the AUX - System Setup Page and the fullscale deflection setting may also be changed (2.0 nm, 1.0 nm, 0.3 nm, or Auto) from this page. If the selected
scaling is smaller than the automatic setting for enroute and terminal phases, the CDI is scaled accordingly
and the selected setting is be displayed rather than the flight phase annunciation.
Changing the selected GPS CDI setting:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Selected’ field in the ‘GPS CDI’ box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
APPENDICES
Figure 2-28 GPS CDI Settings
(AUX-System Setup Page)
INDEX
When set to ‘Auto’ (default), the GPS CDI scale automatically adjusts to the desired limits based upon the
current phase of flight (Figure 2-29, Table 2-1).
68
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Enroute
(Oceanic if >200 nm
from nearest airport)
Terminal
Approach
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
1.0 nm
2.0 nm
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
Terminal
Refer to accompanying
approach CDI scaling figures
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Departure
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CDI Full-scale Deflection
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Missed
Approach
EIS
Figure 2-29 Automatic CDI Scaling
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Once a departure procedure is activated, the CDI is scaled for departure (0.3 nm).
• The system switches from departure to terminal CDI scaling (1.0 nm) under the following conditions:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- The next leg in the departure procedure is not aligned with the departure runway
- The next leg in the departure procedure is not a CA, CD, CF, CI, CR, DF, FA, FC, FD, FM, IF, or TF leg
(see Glossary for leg type definitions)
- After any leg in the departure procedure that is not a CA or FA leg
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• At 30 nm from the departure airport the enroute phase of flight is automatically entered and CDI scaling
changes to 2.0 nm over a distance of 1.0 nm, except under the following conditions:
- When navigating with an active departure procedure, the flight phase and CDI scale does not change
until the aircraft arrives at the last departure waypoint (if more than 30 nm from the departure airport) or
the leg after the last departure waypoint has been activated or a direct-to waypoint is activated.
AFCS
• If after completing the departure procedure the nearest airport is more than 200 nm away from the aircraft
and the approach procedure has not yet commenced, the CDI is scaled for oceanic flight (2.0 nm).
• Within 31 nm of the destination airport (terminal area), the CDI scale gradually ramps down from 2.0 nm
to 1.0 nm over a distance of 1.0 nm, except under the following conditions:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- Upon reaching the first waypoint of an arrival route that is more than 31 nm from the destination airport,
the flight phase changes to terminal and the CDI scale begins to transition down from 2.0 nm to 1.0 nm
over a distance of 1.0 nm.
APPENDICES
• During approach, the CDI scale ramps down even further (see Figures 2-30 and 2-31). This transition
normally occurs within 2.0 nm of the Final Approach Fix (FAF). The CDI switches to approach scaling
automatically once the approach procedure is active or if Vectors-To-Final (VTF) are selected.
- If the active waypoint is the FAF, the ground track and the bearing to the FAF must be within 45° of the
final approach segment course.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
- If the active waypoint is part of the missed approach procedure, the active leg and the preceding missed
approach legs must be aligned with the final approach segment course and the aircraft must not have
passed the turn initiation point.
69
2 nm
FAF
CDI scale varies if VTF is activated
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
2 nm
FAF
EIS
angle based
on database
information
course width
angle set
by system
CDI Full-scale Deflection
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
CDI scale is set to the smaller of 0.3 nm
or an angle set by the system
350 ft
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
CDI Full-scale Deflection
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Landing
Threshold
CDI scale varies if VTF is activated
Figure 2-30 Typical LNAV and LNAV+V Approach CDI Scaling
Figure 2-31 Typical LNAV/VNAV and LPV Approach CDI Scaling
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• When a missed approach is activated, the CDI scale changes to 0.3 nm.
• The system automatically switches back to terminal mode under the following conditions:
- The next leg in the missed approach procedure is not aligned with the final approach path
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- The next leg in the missed approach procedure is not a CA, CD, CF, CI, CR, DF, FA, FC, FD, FM, IF, or TF leg
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- After any leg in the missed approach procedure that is not a CA or FA leg
Flight Phase
Departure
Terminal
Enroute
Oceanic
Annunciation*
DPRT
TERM
ENR
OCN
Approach
(Non-precision)
LNAV
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Approach
(Non-precision with
Vertical Guidance)
Approach
(LNAV/VNAV)
Approach
(LPV)
Missed Approach
Automatic CDI Full-scale Deflection
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
2.0 nm
2.0 nm
1.0 nm decreasing to 350 feet depending on
variables (see Figure 2-30)
LNAV + V
L/VNAV
LPV
MAPR
1.0 nm decreasing to a specified course width, then
0.3 nm, depending on variables (see Figure 2-31)
0.3 nm
APPENDICES
* Flight phase annunciations are normally shown in magenta, but when cautionary
conditions exist the color changes to yellow.
INDEX
Table 2-1 Automatic GPS CDI Scaling
70
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
OBS MODE
NOTE: VNV is inhibited while automatic waypoint sequencing has been suspended.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Enabling Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode suspends the automatic sequencing of waypoints in a GPS
flight plan (GPS must be the selected navigation source), but retains the current “active-to” waypoint as the
navigation reference even after passing the waypoint. ‘OBS’ is annunciated to the lower right of the aircraft
symbol when OBS Mode is selected.
EIS
While OBS Mode is enabled, a course line is drawn through the “active-to” waypoint on the moving map. If desired, the course to/from the waypoint can now be adjusted. When OBS Mode is disabled, the GPS flight
plan returns to normal operation with automatic sequencing of waypoints, following the course set in OBS
Mode. The flight path on the moving map retains the modified course line.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
GPS
Selected
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
OBS Mode
Enabled
Extended
Course
Line
Pressing the OBS
Softkey Again
Disables OBS Mode
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the OBS
Softkey Enables
OBS Mode
Figure 2-32 Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode
Enabling/disabling OBS Mode while navigating a GPS flight plan:
AFCS
1) Press the OBS Softkey to select OBS Mode.
2) Turn a CRS Knob to select the desired course to/from the waypoint. Press a CRS Knob to synchronize the
Selected Course with the bearing to the next waypoint.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the OBS Softkey again to return to automatic waypoint sequencing.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
71
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
As the aircraft crosses the missed approach point (MAP), automatic approach waypoint sequencing is
suspended. ‘SUSP’ appears on the HSI to the lower right of the aircraft symbol. The OBS Softkey label
changes to indicate the suspension is active as shown in Figure 2-33. Pressing the SUSP Softkey, deactivates
the suspension and resumes automatic sequencing of approach waypoints.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
SUSP
Softkey
SUSP
Annunciation
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-33 Suspending Automatic Waypoint Sequencing
72
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
2.2 SUPPLEMENTAL FLIGHT DATA
NOTE: Pressing the DFLTS Softkey (a second-level PFD softkey) turns off metric Altimeter display, the Inset
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Map, and wind data display.
In addition to the flight instruments, the PFD also displays various supplemental information, including
temperatures, wind data, and Vertical Navigation (VNV) indications.
TEMPERATURE DISPLAYS
EIS
The Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is displayed in degrees Celsius (°C) by default in the lower left of the PFD
under normal display conditions, or below the true airspeed in reversionary mode.
Normal Display
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Reversionary Mode
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 2-34 Outside Air Temperature
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
73
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
WIND DATA
Option 1
Option 2
Option 3
No Data
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Wind direction and speed (relative to the aircraft) in knots can be displayed in a window to the upper left of
the HSI. When the window is selected for display, but wind information is invalid or unavailable, the window
shows “NO WIND DATA”. Wind data can be displayed in three different ways:
Figure 2-35 Wind Data
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Displaying wind data:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the WIND Softkey to access wind display options.
3) Press one of the OPTN softkeys to change how wind data is displayed:
• OPTN 1: Wind direction arrows with numeric headwind and crosswind components
AFCS
• OPTN 2: Wind direction arrow and numeric speed
• OPTN 3: Wind direction arrow with true numeric direction and numeric speed
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) To remove the window, press the OFF Softkey.
74
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
VERTICAL NAVIGATION (VNV) INDICATIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When a VNV flight plan has been activated, VNV indications (VNV Target Altitude, RVSI, VDI) appear on the
PFD in conjunction with the “TOD within 1 minute” message and “Vertical track” voice alert. See the Flight
Management and AFCS sections for details on VNV features. VNV indications are removed from the PFD
according to the criteria listed in Table 2-2.
Top of Descent Message
VNV Target
Altitude
EIS
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Required
Vertical
Speed Bug
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GPS is
Selected
Navigation
Source
Terminal
Phase of
Flight
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-36 Vertical Navigation Indications (PFD)
AFCS
VNV Indication Removed
Criteria
Required Vertical
Vertical
VNV Target
Speed (RVSI)
Deviation (VDI)
Altitude
Aircraft > 1 min before the next TOD due to flight plan change
X
X
X
VNV cancelled (CNCL VNV Softkey pressed on MFD)
X
X
X
Distance to active waypoint cannot be computed due to
unsupported flight plan leg type (see Flight Management
X
X
X
Section)
Aircraft > 250 feet below active VNV Target Altitude
X
X
X
Current crosstrack or track angle error has exceeded limit
X
X
X
Active altitude-constrained waypoint can not be reached within
X
X
maximum allowed flight path angle and vertical speed
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Table 2-2 VNV Indication Removal Criteria
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
75
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2.3 PFD ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTING FUNCTIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following annunciations and alerting functions are displayed on the PFD. Refer to Appendix A for more
information on alerts and annunciations.
SYSTEM ALERTING
EIS
Messages appear in the Alerts Window (in the lower right corner of the PFD; Figure 2-37) when a warning,
caution, advisory alert, or G1000 message advisory occurs. System alert messages are provided for awareness
of G1000 system problems or status and may not require pilot action. The Alerts Window allows system alerts
to be displayed simultaneously. The FMS Knob can be used to scroll through the alert messages. The Alerts
Window is enabled/disabled by selecting the ALERTS Softkey. If the window is already open when a new
message is generated, selecting the ALERTS Softkey to acknowledge the message causes it to turn gray.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The ALERTS Softkey label changes to display the appropriate annunciation when an alert is issued. The
annunciation flashes and the appropriate aural alert sounds until acknowledged by pressing the softkey. The
softkey then reverts to the ALERTS Softkey label, and when selected again opens the Alerts Window.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Annunciation Window appears to the right of the Vertical Speed Indicator and displays abbreviated
annunciation text for aircraft alerts. Text color is based on alert level: warnings appear in red, cautions in
yellow, and advisory alerts in white. Alerts are displayed by priority. New warning and caution level alerts, are
displayed at the top and advisories at the bottom of the Annunciation Window.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Critical values generated by redundant sensors are monitored by comparators. If differences in the sensors
exceed a specified amount, the Comparator Window appears in the upper right corner of the PFD and the
discrepancy is annunciated in the Comparator Window as a ‘MISCOMP’ (miscompare). If one or both of the
sensed values are unavailable, it will be annunciated as a ‘NO COMP’ (no compare).
AFCS
Reversionary sensor selection is annunciated in a window on the right side of the PFD. These annunciations
reflect reversionary sensors selected on one or both PFDs. Pressing the SENSOR Softkey accesses the ADC1,
ADC2, AHRS1, and AHRS2 softkeys. These softkeys allow switching of the sensors being viewed on each
PFD. With certain types of sensor failures, the G1000 may make some sensor selections automatically. The GPS
sensor cannot be switched manually.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Comparator
Window
Reversionary
Sensor
Window
INDEX
Alerts
Window
Annunciation
Window
Softkey
Annunciation
Figure 2-37 G1000 Alerting System
76
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MARKER BEACON ANNUNCIATIONS
Outer Marker
Middle Marker
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Marker Beacon Annunciations are displayed on the PFD to the left of the Selected Altitude. Outer marker
reception is indicated in blue, middle in yellow, and inner in white. Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section
for more information on Marker Beacon Annunciations.
Inner Marker
EIS
Altimeter
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 2-38 Marker Beacon Annunciations
TRAFFIC ANNUNCIATION
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic (optional) is displayed symbolically on the Inset Map (PFD), the Navigation Map Page (MFD), and
various other MFD page maps. When a Traffic Advisory (TA) is detected, the following automatically occurs:
• The PFD Inset Map is enabled, displaying traffic
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• A flashing black-on-yellow ‘TRAFFIC’ annunciation (Figure 2-39) appears to the top left of the Attitude
Indicator for 5 seconds and remains displayed until no TAs are detected in the area
• A single “TRAFFIC” aural alert is generated
If additional TAs appear, new aural and visual alerts are generated.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Traffic
Symbols
Figure 2-39 Traffic Annunciation
APPENDICES
Figure 2-40 Inset Map with TIS Traffic Displayed
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
77
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
TAWS ANNUNCIATIONS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Optional Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) annunciations appear on the PFD to the upper left
of the Altimeter. Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section and Appendix A for information on TAWS alerts and
annunciations.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-41 Traffic and Example TAWS Annunciations
78
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ALTITUDE ALERTING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Altitude Alerting function provides visual and audio alerts when approaching the Selected Altitude. Whenever the Selected Altitude is changed, Altitude Alerting is reset. Altitude Alerting is based on the altitude
information shown on PFD 1. Altitude Alerting is independent of the AFCS.
The following occur when approaching the Selected Altitude:
• Upon passing through 1000 feet of the Selected Altitude, the Selected Altitude Box changes to black text on
a light blue background, flashes for 5 seconds, and an aural tone is generated.
EIS
• When the aircraft passes within 200 feet of the Selected Altitude, the Selected Altitude changes to light blue
text on a black background and flashes for 5 seconds.
Within 1000 feet
Within 200 feet
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• After reaching the Selected Altitude, if the aircraft flies outside the deviation band (±200 feet of the Selected
Altitude), the Selected Altitude Box changes to yellow text on a black background, flashes for 5 seconds, and
an aural tone is generated.
Deviation of ±200 feet
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-42 Altitude Alerting Visual Annunciations
LOW ALTITUDE ANNUNCIATION
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NOTE: This Low Altitude Annunciation is available only when SBAS is available. This annunciation is not
shown for systems with TAWS, unless TAWS is inhibited.
AFCS
When the Final Approach Fix (FAF) is the active waypoint in a RNAV GPS approach using vertical guidance,
a Low Altitude Annunciation may appear if the current aircraft altitude is at least 164 feet below the prescribed
altitude at the FAF. A black-on-yellow ‘LOW ALT’ annunciation appears to the top right of the Altimeter,
flashing for several seconds then remaining displayed until the condition is resolved.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Altimeter
Figure 2-43 Low Altitude on GPS SBAS Approach
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
79
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE/DECISION HEIGHT ALERTING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
For altitude awareness, a Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA) or Decision Height (DH), based on barometric
altitude or radar altitude (optional), can be set. When active, the altitude setting is displayed to the lower left
of the Altimeter and with a bug at the corresponding altitude along the Altimeter (once the altitude is within
the visible range of the tape).
The following visual annunciations alert the pilot when approaching the MDA/DH:
EIS
• When the aircraft altitude descends to within 2500 feet of the MDA/DH setting, a box labeled ‘BARO MIN’ or
‘RA MIN’ (based on the selected altitude source) appears with the altitude in light blue text. The bug appears
in light blue on the altitude tape at the corresponding altitude once in range.
• When the aircraft passes through 100 feet of the MDA or DH, the bug and text turn white.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Once the aircraft reaches the MDA/DH, the bug and text turn yellow and the aural alert, “Minimums
Minimums”, is generated. When the radar altimeter is selected as the altitude source for the Minimum
Descent Altitude alerting function, the color of the current radar height changes to yellow.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Within 2500 feet
Within 100 feet
Altitude Reached
MDA/DH
Bug
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
MDA/DH
Setting
Figure 2-44 Barometric Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height Alerting Visual Annunciations
AFCS
Alerting is inhibited while the aircraft is on the ground and until the aircraft reaches 150 feet above the setting
for the alert. If the aircraft proceeds to climb after having reached the MDA/DH, once it reaches 50 feet above
the MDA/DH, alerting is disabled.
The MDA/DH may be set from either PFD and is synchronized on both PFDs. The function is reset when the
power is cycled.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Setting the Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Minimums’ field (Figure 2-45).
APPENDICES
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired altitude source: barometric (BARO; Figure 2-45) or radar
altimeter (RAD ALT; Figure 2-47). OFF is selected by default. Press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight the next field.
4) Use the small FMS Knob to enter the desired altitude (from zero to 16,000 feet).
INDEX
5) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey.
Figure 2-45 BARO Minimums Setting
(Timer/References Window)
80
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
RADAR ALTIMETER
Shown to Nearest
0 to 200 feet
5 feet
200 to 1500 feet
10 feet
1500 to 2500 feet
50 feet
EIS
Figure 2-46 Current Radar Height
Radar Height Range
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When the radar height (the aircraft altitude above ground level detected by the radar altimeter) is between
zero and 2500 feet, the current value is displayed to the upper right of the HSI (Figure 2-46). Display of radar
height becomes more sensitive as the height above ground decreases (Table 2-3).
Table 2-3 Radar Altimeter Sensitivity
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
When the radar altimeter is selected as the altitude source for the minimums alerting function (Figure
2-47), the color of the radar height changes to yellow upon reaching (or desending below) the altitude
entered. (Figure 2-48).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-47 RAD ALT Setting
(Timer/References Window)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-48 RA as Altitude Source for MDA/DH
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
81
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A ground line (Figure 2-49) is shown on the Altimeter to display the aircraft’s height relative to the ground. If the data becomes invalid, the message “RA FAIL” is displayed in yellow in place of the current radar height
(Figure 2-50).
EIS
Radar
Altimeter
Ground
Line
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Radar Altimeter
Minimums Box
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-49 Altimeter Displaying the Ground Line (RAD ALT)
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-50 Radar Altimeter Invalid Data
82
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
2.4 ABNORMAL OPERATIONS
ABNORMAL GPS CONDITIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The annunciations listed in Table 2-4 can appear on the HSI when abnormal GPS conditions occur; see Figure
2-51 for examples. Refer to the Flight Management Section for more information on Dead Reckoning Mode.
Annunciation
LOI
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
DR
Description
Loss of Integrity Monitoring–GPS integrity is insufficient for the current
phase of flight
Integrity OK–GPS integrity has been restored to within normal limits
(annunciation displayed for 5 seconds)
Dead Reckoning–System is using projected position rather than GPS position
to compute navigation data and sequence active flight plan waypoints
EIS
INTEG OK
Location
Lower left of
aircraft symbol
Lower left of
aircraft symbol
Upper right of
aircraft symbol
Table 2-4 Abnormal GPS Conditions Annunciated on HSI
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-51 Example HSI Annunciations
AFCS
Dead Reckoning Mode causes the CDI to be removed from the display (when GPS is the selected navigation
source) and the following items on the PFD to be shown in yellow:
• CDI (Removed after 20 minutes)
• Current Track Bug
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Wind Data
• Distances in the Bearing Information windows
• GPS bearing pointers
APPENDICES
These items should be verified when operating in Dead Reckoning Mode as they become increasingly
inaccurate over time.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
83
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
UNUSUAL ATTITUDES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When the aircraft enters an unusual pitch attitude, red extreme pitch warning chevrons pointing toward the
horizon are displayed on the Attitude Indicator, starting at 50˚ above and 30˚ below the horizon line.
Nose Low
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Nose High
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-52 Pitch Attitude Warnings
• Traffic Annunciations
• System Time
• AFCS Annunciations
• PFD Setup Menu
• Minimum Descent Altitude/
Decision Height readout
• Flight director Command Bars
• Inset Map
• Windows displayed in the lower
right corner of the PFD:
• Vertical Deviation, Glideslope,
and Glidepath Indicators
• Outside air temperature (OAT)
– Timer/References
• Altimeter Barometric Setting
• DME Information Window
– Nearest Airports
• Selected Altitude
• Wind data
– Flight Plan
• VNV Target Altitude
• Selected Heading Box
– Messages
• Selected Heading Box
• Selected Course Box
– Procedures
• Selected Course Box
• Transponder Status Box
– ADF/DME Tuning
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚ or bank exceeds 65˚, some information displayed on the PFD is removed. The
Altimeter and Airspeed, Attitude, Vertical Speed, and Horizontal Situation indicators remain on the display
and the Bearing Information, Alerts, and Annunciation windows can be displayed during such situations. The
following information is removed from the PFD (and corresponding softkeys are disabled) when the aircraft
experiences unusual attitudes:
84
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 3 ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM (EIS)
NOTE: Refer to the Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) for limitations.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 Engine Indication System (EIS) displays critical engine, fuel, electrical, and ice protection (optional)
indicators on the left side of the Multi Function Display (MFD) during normal operations (Figure 3-1). In
Reversionary Mode (Figure 3-2), the displays are re-configured to present Primary Flight Display (PFD) symbology
together with the EIS (Refer to the System Overview for information regarding display Reversionary Mode).
EIS
EIS
Display
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 3-1 MFD Normal Operations
EIS
Display
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 3-2 PFD Reversionary Mode
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
EIS information is presented using dial gauges, vertical slider indicators, horizontal bar indicators, and digital
readouts. Green bands indicate normal ranges of operation; yellow and red bands indicate caution and warning,
respectively. White or uncolored bands indicate areas outside of normal operation not yet in the caution and
warning ranges. When unsafe operating conditions occur, readouts, pointers, and labels may change color and
flash corresponding to the level of the condition. If sensor data to an instrument becomes invalid or unavailable,
85
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
a red “X” is shown across the instrument or displayed in place of the digital readout (exception: A-ICE GAL and
TIME REM digital value displays dashes). EIS information is presented on two displays, accessed using the
ENGINE Softkey on the MFD:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Engine Display – Default display; shows all critical engine, fuel, electrical, and ice protection (optional)
indicators
EIS
• System Display – In addition to engine indicators, the System display shows numeric readouts of fuel indicators
and calculations, electrical, as well as ice protection (optional)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ENGINE
ENGINE
SYSTEM
TRND/ACK CAPTURE
ENGINE
SYSTEM
TRND/ACK CAPTURE
BACK
RST FUEL LB REM
BACK
Press the BACK Softkey to return
to the previous level softkeys.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
ENGINE
SYSTEM
-10 LB
-1 LB
+1 LB
+10 LB
+100 LB
+1000 LB
2224 LB
BACK
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 3-3 EIS Softkeys
86
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
Accesses the Engine EIS Display and EIS softkeys
• SYSTEM
Accesses the System EIS Display
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
TRND/ACK
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• ENGINE
Monitors EIS trends for 5 seconds and saves the average and maximum values (if no ADASdgenerated alerts exist)
Acknowledges ADASd-generated alerts, if any exist
LB REM
Accesses softkeys for manually adjusting the fuel totalizer amount of fuel remaining
-10 LB
Decreases the displayed fuel remaining in 10-lb increments
-1 LB
Decreases the displayed fuel remaining in 1-lb increments
+1 LB
Increases the displayed fuel remaining in 1-lb increments
+10 LB
Increases the displayed fuel remaining in 10-lb increments
+100 LB
Increases the displayed fuel remaining in 100-lb increments
+1000 LB
Increases the displayed fuel remaining by 1000 lb
2224 LB
Resets the displayed fuel remaining to the aircraft’s fuel capacity
• BACK
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Resets the fuel totalizer fuel remaining and the displayed fuel used to zero
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
RST FUEL
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Captures EIS data for the previous 2 minutes of ADASd history and continues capturing EIS
data for 2 minutes after softkey selection
EIS
CAPTURE
Returns to the previous level of softkeys
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
87
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
3.1 ENGINE DISPLAY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Engine Display is shown by default. If the EIS System Display is currently shown, the Engine Display may
be selected by pressing the ENGINE or BACK Softkey. Critical changes in certain systems may also automatically
revert the EIS to the ENGINE Display. At the top of both EIS displays, the Torque, Interstage Turbine Temperature
(ITT), Gas Generator Speed, and Propeller Speed indicators are present.
If one of the optional ice protection systems is installed (Figure 3-4), the amount of anti-icing fluid in gallons
(A-ICE GAL) or the propeller de-icing heater current (PROP AMPS) is displayed below the electrical indicators.
Propeller Heat
EIS
Anti-Ice Fluid
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 3-4 Ice Protection System Indications
Cruise
Torque
Bug
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2
3
4
AFCS
5
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6
APPENDICES
7
8
9
10
INDEX
11
Figure 3-5 Engine Display
88
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1
Displays engine torque in foot-pounds (ft-lb)
Torque Gauge
(TRQ FT-LB)
Warning indication is propeller speed sensitive and changes for speeds
between 1800 and 1900 rpm.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A light blue bug (Figure 3-5) represents the recommended cruise torque
setting (appears for certain combinations of propeller speed, Outside Air
Temperature (OAT), airspeed, and altitude)
2
Displays Interstage Turbine Temperature (ITT) in degrees Celsius (°C)
Interstage Turbine
Temperature Gauge
(ITT °C)
Engine Start
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Engine Off
EIS
Operating ranges differ for engine off, start and running conditions. When
the engine is off or in the process of being shut down, ‘OFF’ is annunciated
above the digital temperature readout. When the engine is being started,
‘STRT’ is annunciated and a white line leads to a red pointer representing
the ITT temperature which must not be exceeded while starting; when the
engine is running, there is no annunciation (Figure 3-6).
Engine Running
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Never
Exceed
Figure 3-6 Interstage Turbine Temperature Gauge Status Annunciations
5
Oil Pressure Indicator
(OIL PSI)
Displays engine oil pressure in pounds per square inch (psi)
6
Oil Temperature Indicator Displays engine oil temperature in °C
(OIL °C)
7
Fuel Quantity Indicator
(FUEL QTY LBS)
Displays left (L) and right (R) wing tank fuel quantity in pounds (lbs)
8
Fuel Tank Selector
Indicator
Displays OFF when respective fuel tank selector is turned off; there is no
annunciation when the fuel selector is turned on
9
Fuel Flow
(FFLOW PPH)
Displays fuel flow in pounds per hour (pph)
10
Ammeter
(BAT AMPS)
Displays DC current in amperes (amps) for the battery
11
Voltmeter
(BUS VOLTS)
Displays DC bus voltage
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
Displays propeller speed revolutions per minute (rpm) in increments of 10
rpm
APPENDICES
Propeller Speed
(PROP RPM)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4
AFCS
Gas Generator Speed Gauge Displays gas generator speed as a percentage
(NG % RPM)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3
89
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
3.2 SYSTEM DISPLAY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The System Display is accessed by pressing the SYSTEM Softkey. Besides the gauges, all indications on this
display are digital readouts, separated into these categories: Fuel (quantities and flow), Fuel Totalizer (fuel
remaining and used calculations), and Electrical.
If an optional ice protection system is installed, one of the following is displayed below the electrical indicators
(Figure 3-7):
EIS
• Anti-Ice Fluid System - The amount of anti-icing fluid in gallons (A-ICE GAL) and the time remaining (TIME
REM) for icing protection in hours:minutes, is displayed. Time remaining is based on remaining anti-ice fluid
quantity and selected operating mode (normal or high). If the anti-ice fluid system is turned off, the time
remaining indication is based on normal mode.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Propeller Heat System - The propeller de-icing heater current (PROP AMPS) is displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Anti-Ice Fluid
Propeller Heat
Figure 3-7 Ice Protection System Indications
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Accessing the EIS System Display:
1) Press the ENGINE Softkey.
2) Press the SYSTEM Softkey.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
3) To return to the default Engine Display, press the ENGINE or BACK Softkey.
90
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
EIS
2
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4
5
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6
7
8
AFCS
9
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
10
APPENDICES
Figure 3-8 System Display
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
91
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
Displays engine torque in foot-pounds (ft-lb)
Torque Gauge
(TRQ FT-LB)
Warning indication is propeller speed sensitive and changes for speeds
between 1800 and 1900 rpm.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
A light blue triangular (Figure 3-5) bug represents the recommended cruise
torque setting (appears for certain combinations of propeller speed, Outside
Air Temperature (OAT), airspeed, and altitude)
Displays Interstage Turbine Temperature (ITT) in degrees Celsius (°C)
3
Gas Generator Speed
Gauge (NG % RPM)
Displays gas generator speed as a percentage
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4
Propeller Speed Gauge
(PROP RPM)
Displays propeller speed in revolutions per minute (rpm)
5
Fuel Quantities
(QTY L/R LB)
Displays left (L) and right (R) wing tank fuel quantity in pounds (lbs);
movement is in increments of 25 lbs
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6
Fuel Flow
(FFLOW PPH)
Displays fuel flow in pounds per hour (pph)
7
Set Fuel Remaining
(LB REM)
Displays current fuel remaining in lb as set by the pilot and adjusted based
on fuel flow since last set
8
Calculated Fuel Used
(LB USED)
Displays quantity of fuel used in lb based on fuel flow since last reset
9
Displays generator (GEN), alternator (ALT), and battery (BAT) currents in
Ammeter
(GEN, ALT, BAT AMPS) Amperes (amps)
10
Voltmeter
(BUS VOLTS)
Operating ranges differ for engine off, start and running conditions. When
the engine is off or in the process of being shut down, ‘OFF’ is annunciated
above the temperature readout. When the engine is being started, ‘STRT’
is annunciated above the digital temperature readout; when the engine is
running, there is no annunciation (Figure 3-6).
Displays bus voltage
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Interstage Turbine
Temperature Gauge
(ITT °C)
AFCS
2
92
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FUEL CALCULATIONS
NOTE: Fuel calculations do not use the aircraft fuel quantity indicators and are calculated from the last time
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
the fuel was reset.
The fuel used is calculated based on the fuel flow totalizer and the displayed fuel remaining (LB REM). Fuel
remaining can be adjusted using the appropriate softkeys up to the maximum amount allowed for the aircraft
(2224 lb).
Adjusting the fuel totalizer quantity:
EIS
1) From the System Display, press the LB REM Softkey.
2) Use the softkeys to adjust the displayed fuel remaining.
3) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the previous softkey level.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Resetting the fuel totalizer:
From the System Display, press the RST FUEL Softkey. This also resets the displayed fuel remaining (LB REM)
and calculated fuel used (LB USED) to zero.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
93
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
Blank Page
94
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 4 AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4.1 OVERVIEW
The Communication/Navigation/Surveillance (CNS) system includes the Audio Panel, communication radios,
navigation radios, and Mode S transponder. The System Overview Section provides a block diagram description
of the Audio Panel and CNS system interconnection.
CNS operation in Cessna Caravan aircraft is performed by the following Line Replaceable Units (LRUs):
• Audio Panel (1 or 2)
• Multifunction Display (MFD)
• Mode S Transponder (1 or 2)
EIS
• Primary Flight Display (PFD) (2)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Integrated Avionics Unit (2)
The MFD/PFD controls are used to tune the communication transceivers and navigation radios.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The single or dual Audio Panels provide the traditional audio selector functions of microphone and receiver
audio selection. Each Audio Panel includes a two position intercom system (ICS) between the pilot and copilot,
a marker beacon system, and a COM clearance recorder. Ambient noise from the aircraft radios is reduced by a
feature called Master Avionics Squelch (MASQ). When no audio is detected, MASQ processing further reduces
the amount of background noise from the radios.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The single or dual Mode S Transponders are controlled with softkeys and the FMS Knob located on the Primary
Flight Display (PFD). The Transponder Data Box is located to the left of the System Time Box. The data box
displays the active four-digit code, mode, and reply status (Figure 4-1).
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
95
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
MFD/PFD CONTROLS AND FREQUENCY DISPLAY
2
3
4
6
5
7
8
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
9
10
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
11
12
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-1 MFD/PFD Controls, NAV/COM Frequency Tuning Boxes, and DME Tuning Window (PFD Shown)
96
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
NAV Frequency Box – Displays NAV standby and active frequency fields, volume, and station ID. The
frequency of the NAV radio selected for navigation is displayed in green.
5
COM Frequency Box – Displays COM standby and active frequency fields and volume. The selected COM
transceiver frequency is displayed in green.
6
COM Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the COM transceiver (large knob for MHz; small knob for
kHz). Press to move the tuning box (light blue box) and Frequency Transfer Arrow between COM1 and
COM2.
7
COM Frequency Transfer Key – Transfers the standby and active COM frequencies. Press and hold this key
for two seconds to tune the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) automatically into the active frequency
field.
8
COM VOL/SQ Knob – Controls COM audio volume level. Press to turn the COM automatic squelch on
and off. Volume level is shown in the COM frequency field as a percentage.
9
DME Tuning Window – Displays DME frequency pairing mode. Display by pressing the DME Softkey.
10
ENT Key – Validates or confirms DME pairing mode and Auto-tune selection.
11
FMS Knob – Flight Management System Knob, used to enter transponder codes, select DME modes, and
Auto-tune entries when DME Tuning Window or NRST Window is present. Press the FMS Knob to turn
the selection cursor on and off. The large knob moves the cursor in the window. The small knob selects
individual characters for the highlighted cursor location.
12
Transponder Data Box – Indicates the selected transponder code, operating mode, reply, and ident status
for the transponder.
AFCS
4
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NAV Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the NAV receiver (large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz).
Press to move the tuning box (light blue box) and Frequency Transfer Arrow between NAV1 and NAV2.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NAV Frequency Transfer Key – Transfers the standby and active NAV frequencies.
EIS
2
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NAV VOL/ID Knob – Controls NAV audio volume level. Press to turn the Morse code identifier audio on
and off. Volume level is shown in the NAV frequency field as a percentage.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
97
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
16
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2
13
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1
18
19
20
21
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUDIO PANEL CONTROLS
22
23
17
24
AFCS
Figure 4-2 Audio Panel Controls
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: When a key is selected, a triangular annunciator above the key is illuminated.
98
1
COM1 MIC – Selects the #1 transmitter for transmitting. COM1 receive is simultaneously selected when
this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #1 COM receiver to be heard. COM2 receive can be
added by pressing the COM2 Key.
2
COM1 – When selected, audio from the #1 COM receiver can be heard.
3
COM2 MIC – Selects the #2 transmitter for transmitting. COM2 receive is simultaneously selected when
this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #2 COM receiver to be heard. COM1 receive can be
added by pressing the COM1 Key.
4
COM2 – When selected, audio from the #2 COM receiver can be heard.
5
COM3 MIC – Selects the optional #3 transmitter (HF) for transmitting. COM3 receive is simultaneously
selected when this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #3 COM receiver to be heard.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SPKR – Selects and deselects the cabin speaker. COM and NAV receiver audio can be heard on the
speaker.
11
MKR/MUTE – Selects marker beacon receiver audio. Mutes the currently received marker beacon receiver
audio. Unmutes automatically when new marker beacon audio is received. Also, stops play of recorded
COM audio.
12
HI SENS – Press to increase marker beacon receiver sensitivity. Press again to return to low sensitivity.
13
DME – Turns DME audio on or off.
14
NAV1 – When selected, audio from the #1 NAV receiver can be heard.
15
ADF – Turns the optional ADF receiver audio on or off.
16
NAV2 – When selected, audio from the #2 NAV receiver can be heard.
17
AUX – Not used in Cessna Caravan.
18
MAN SQ – Enables manual squelch for the intercom. When the intercom is active, press the PILOT Knob
to illuminate SQ. Turn the PILOT/PASS Knobs to adjust squelch.
19
PLAY – Press once to play the last recorded COM audio. Press again while audio is playing and the
previous block of recorded audio is played. Each subsequent press plays each previously recorded block.
Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key during play of a memory block stops play.
20
PILOT – Selects and deselects the pilot intercom isolation.
21
COPLT – Selects and deselects the copilot intercom isolation.
22
PILOT Knob – Press to switch between volume and squelch control as indicated by illumination of VOL
or SQ. Turn to adjust intercom volume or squelch. The MAN SQ Key must be selected to allow squelch
adjustment.
23
PASS Knob – Turn to adjust Copilot/Passenger intercom volume or squelch. The MAN SQ Key must be
selected to allow squelch adjustment.
24
DISPLAY BACKUP Button – Manually selects Reversionary Mode.
APPENDICES
10
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
PA – Selects the passenger address system. The selected COM transmitter is deselected when the PA Key
is pressed.
AFCS
9
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TEL – Not used in Cessna Caravan.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
COM 1/2 – Not used in Cessna Caravan.
EIS
7
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
COM3 – When selected, audio from the optional #3 COM receiver (HF) can be heard.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
99
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
4.2 COM OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
COM TRANSCEIVER SELECTION AND ACTIVATION
NOTE: During PA Mode, the COM MIC Annunciator is extinguished and the COM active frequency color
changes to white, indicating that neither COM transmitter is active.
NOTE: When turning on the G1000 for use, the system remembers the last frequencies used and the active
EIS
COM transceiver state prior to shutdown.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The COM Frequency Box is composed of four fields; the two active frequencies are on the left side and the
two standby frequencies are on the right. The COM transceiver is selected for transmitting by pressing the
COM MIC Keys on the Audio Panel. During reception of audio from the COM radio selected for transmission,
audio from the other COM radio is muted.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
An active COM frequency displayed in green indicates that the COM transceiver is selected on the Audio
Panel (COM1 MIC or COM2 MIC Key). Both active COM frequencies appearing in white indicate that no COM
radio is selected for transmitting (PA Key is selected on the Audio Panel). Frequencies in the standby field are
displayed in white.
Active
Fields
Standby
Fields
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Top Section of
the Audio Panel
Tuning Box
AFCS
COM2 Radio is Selected
on the Audio Panel
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-3 Selecting a COM Radio for Transmit
INDEX
APPENDICES
COM3 is reserved for the optional HF radio. The active HF frequency is not shown on the G1000.
100
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TRANSMIT/RECEIVE INDICATIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
During COM transmission, a white TX appears by the active COM frequency replacing the Frequency
Transfer Arrow. On the Audio Panel, when the active COM is transmitting, the active transceiver COM MIC
Key Annunciator flashes approximately once per second.
During COM signal reception, a white RX appears by the active COM frequency replacing the Frequency
Transfer Arrow. Entertainment audio, if selected, is muted during active COM radio reception. Refer to
Additional Audio Panel Functions later in this section, and details on the Data Link Receiver in the Additional
Features Section.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Transmit and
Receive Indicators
Annunciator
Flashes During
Transmission
Figure 4-4 COM Radio Transmit and Receive Indications
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When the same COM radio is selected on both Audio Panels (optional), the pilot has transmit priority on
COM1, the copilot has transmit priority on COM2.
COM TRANSCEIVER MANUAL TUNING
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The COM frequency controls and frequency boxes are on the right side of each MFD and PFD. The MFD
frequency controls and displays are linked to the pilot side PFD (PFD1) only.
Manually tuning a COM frequency:
1) Turn the COM Knob to tune the desired frequency in the COM Tuning Box (large knob for MHz; small knob for
kHz).
2) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the active field.
AFCS
3) Adjust the volume level with the COM VOL/SQ Knob.
4) Press the COM VOL/SQ Knob to turn automatic squelch on and off.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Turn the VOL/SQ Knob to adjust
volume. Press the Knob to Turn
Automatic Squelch On or Off
Press the Frequency Transfer
Key to Transfer COM
Frequencies Between Active
and Standby Frequency Boxes
APPENDICES
Turn the COM Knob to
Tune the Frequency in
the Tuning Box
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
Figure 4-5 COM Frequency Tuning
101
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SELECTING THE RADIO TO BE TUNED
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Press the small COM Knob to transfer the frequency tuning box and Frequency Transfer Arrow between the
upper and lower radio frequency fields. The small COM Knob on the MFD is linked to the pilot side PFD
(PFD1) only. The small COM Knob on the copilot side PFD (PFD2) operates independently.
EIS
Press the COM Knob to
Switch the Tuning Box From
One COM Radio to the Other
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-6 Switching COM Tuning Boxes
QUICK-TUNING AND ACTIVATING 121.500 MHZ
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pressing and holding the COM Frequency Transfer Key for two seconds automatically loads the emergency
COM frequency (121.500 MHz) in the active field of the COM radio selected for tuning (the one with the
transfer arrow). In the example shown, pressing the Audio Panel COM2 MIC Key activates the transceiver.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press for Two Seconds to
Load 121.500 MHz
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-7 Quickly Tuning 121.500 MHz
102
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTO-TUNING THE COM FREQUENCY
COM frequencies can be automatically tuned from the following:
• Nearest Airports Window (PFD)
• NRST – Nearest Frequencies Page (ARTCC, FSS, WX)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• WPT – Airport Information Page
• NRST – Nearest Airspaces Page
• NRST – Nearest Airports Page
AUTO-TUNING FROM THE PFD
EIS
COM frequencies for the nearest airports can be automatically tuned from the Nearest Airports Window on
the PFD. When the desired frequency is entered, it becomes a standby frequency. Pressing the Frequency
Transfer Key places this frequency into the COM Active Frequency Field.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Auto-tuning a COM frequency for a nearby airport from the PFD:
1) Press the NRST Softkey on the PFD to open the Nearest Airports Window. A list of 25 nearest airport identifiers
and COM frequencies is displayed.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the list and highlight the desired COM frequency.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the COM Standby Tuning Box.
4) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 4-8 Nearest Airports Window (PFD)
Press the NRST
Softkey to Open
the Nearest
Airports Window
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
103
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUTO-TUNING FROM THE MFD
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Frequencies can be automatically loaded into the COM Frequency Box from pages in the NRST or WPT
page group by highlighting the frequency and pressing the ENT Key (Figures 4-9, 4-10, and 4-11).
Auto-tuning a COM frequency from the WPT and NRST Pages:
1) From any page that the COM frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor by pressing the FMS Knob or the
appropriate softkey.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired COM frequency (Figure 4-11).
EIS
3) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the standby field of the selected COM radio.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field.
Press the ENT Key to
Load a Highlighted
Frequency into
the COM Standby
Frequency Box
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Turn the FMS
Knob to Scroll
Through a List
of Frequencies
Figure 4-9 Frequency Auto-Tuning from the MFD
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Or:
1) On the Nearest Airports, Frequencies, or Airspaces page, press the MENU Key to display the page menu.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the menu options.
3) Press the ENT Key to place the cursor on the desired selection.
AFCS
4) Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob.
5) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the standby field of the selected COM radio.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field.
Nearest Airports Menu
Nearest Frequencies Menu
Nearest Airspaces Menu
Figure 4-10 Nearest Pages Menus
104
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
On the WPT - Airport Information Page, the cursor can be placed on the frequency field by pressing the
FMS Knob and scrolling through the list. The frequency is transferred to the COM Standby Field with the
ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Press Frequency
Transfer Key to Load
Frequency into COM
Active Frequency Field
Selected Airport
Identifier and
Information
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Runway
Information
Press INFO-x Softkey
for AIRPORT,
RUNWAYS, and
FREQUENCIES
Windows
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-11 WPT – Airport Information Page
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Press ENT Key to Load
Frequency into COM
Standby Field. Cursor
then Advances to
Next Frequency.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
105
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
COM frequencies can also be auto-tuned from the NRST – Nearest Airspaces, NRST – Nearest Frequencies,
and NRST – Nearest Airports Pages on the MFD in a similar manner using the appropriate softkeys or MENU
Key, the FMS Knob, and the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 4-12 NRST – Nearest Airspaces, NRST – Nearest Airports, and NRST – Nearest Frequencies Pages
106
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FREQUENCY SPACING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 COM radios can tune either 25-kHz spacing (118.000 to 136.975 MHz) or 8.33-kHz spacing
(118.000 to 136.990 MHz) for 760-channel or 3040-channel configuration. When 8.33-kHz channel spacing
is selected, all of the 25-kHz channel spacing frequencies are also available in the complete 3040-channel list.
COM channel spacing is set on the System Setup Page of the AUX Page Group.
25-kHz Channel
Spacing
EIS
8.33-kHz Channel
Spacing
Figure 4-13 COM Channel Spacing
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Changing COM frequency channel spacing:
1) Select the AUX – System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Channel Spacing Field in the COM Configuration Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired channel spacing.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the channel spacing selection.
While the COM CONFIG Window is selected, the G1000 softkeys are blank.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Select 8.33-kHz
or 25.0-kHz
COM Frequency
Channel Spacing
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 4-14 AUX – System Setup Page
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
107
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUTOMATIC SQUELCH
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Automatic Squelch quiets unwanted static noise when no audio signal is received, while still providing good
sensitivity to weak COM signals. To disable Automatic Squelch, press the VOL/SQ Knob. When Automatic
Squelch is disabled, COM audio reception is always on. Continuous static noise is heard over the headsets and
speaker, if selected. Pressing the VOL/SQ Knob again enables Automatic Squelch.
EIS
When Automatic Squelch is disabled, a white SQ appears next to the COM frequency.
Squelch
Indication
Press the COM VOL/
SQ Knob to turn off
Automatic Squelch.
Press again to restore
Automatic Squelch.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-15 Overriding Automatic Squelch
VOLUME
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
COM radio volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% using the VOL/SQ Knob. Turning the knob
clockwise increases volume, turning the knob counterclockwise decreases volume. When adjusting volume,
the level is displayed in place of the standby frequencies. Volume level indication remains for two seconds after
the change.
COM Volume
Level Remains for
Two Seconds
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-16 COM Volume Level
108
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4.3 NAV OPERATION
NAV RADIO SELECTION AND ACTIVATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The NAV Frequency Box is composed of four fields; two standby fields and two active fields. The active
frequencies are on the right side and the standby frequencies are on the left.
EIS
A NAV radio is selected for navigation by pressing the CDI Softkey located on the PFD. The active NAV
frequency selected for navigation is displayed in green. Pressing the CDI Softkey once selects NAV1 as the
navigation radio. Pressing the CDI Softkey a second time selects NAV2 as the navigation radio. Pressing the
CDI Softkey a third time activates GPS mode. Pressing the CDI Softkey again cycles back to NAV1.
While cycling through the CDI Softkey selections, the NAV Tuning Box and the Frequency Transfer Arrow are
placed in the active NAV Frequency Field and the active NAV frequency color changes to green.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The three navigation modes that can be cycled through are:
• VOR1 (or LOC1) – If NAV1 is selected, a green single line arrow (not shown) labeled either VOR1 or LOC1
is displayed on the HSI and the active NAV1 frequency is displayed in green.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• VOR2 (or LOC2) – If NAV2 is selected, a green double line arrow (shown) labeled either VOR2 or LOC2 is
displayed on the HSI and the active NAV2 frequency is displayed in green.
• GPS – If GPS Mode is selected, a magenta single line arrow (not shown) appears on the HSI and neither NAV
radio is selected. Both active NAV frequencies are then displayed in white.
Active
Fields
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Standby
Fields
Tuning Box
AFCS
The NAV Radio is
Selected by Pressing
the CDI Softkey
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-17 Selecting a NAV Radio for Navigation
The active NAV frequency displayed in green on the MFD is the same as on PFD1.
APPENDICES
See the Flight Instruments Section for selecting the DME and Bearing Information windows and using VOR
or ADF as the source for the bearing pointer.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
109
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NAV radios are selected for listening by pressing the corresponding keys on the Audio Panel. Pressing the
NAV1, NAV2, ADF, or DME Key selects and deselects the navigation radio source. Selected audio can be heard over
the headset and the speaker (if selected). All radios can be selected individually or simultaneously.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NAV RECEIVER MANUAL TUNING
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 4-18 Selecting a NAV Radio Receiver
Manually tuning a NAV frequency:
The NAV frequency controls and frequency boxes are on the left side of the MFD and PFD. The MFD
frequency controls and displays are linked to the pilot side PFD (PFD1) only.
1) Turn the NAV Knob to tune the desired frequency in the NAV Tuning Box.
2) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Adjust the volume level with the NAV VOL/ID Knob.
4) Press the NAV VOL/ID Knob to turn the Morse code identifier audio on and off.
AFCS
Turn VOL/ID Knob to adjust
volume. Press Knob to Turn
Morse Code On or Off.
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to
Transfer NAV Frequencies Between
Active and Standby Frequency Fields
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Turn the NAV Knob to
Tune the Frequency in
the Tuning Box
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 4-19 NAV Frequency Tuning
110
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SELECTING THE RADIO TO BE TUNED
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Press the small NAV Knob to transfer the frequency tuning box and Frequency Transfer Arrow between the
upper and lower radio frequency fields. The small NAV Knob on the MFD is linked to the pilot side PFD
(PFD1) only. The small NAV Knob on the copilot side PFD (PFD2) operates independently.
EIS
Press the NAV Knob to
Switch the Tuning Box From
One NAV Radio to the Other
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-20 Switching NAV Tuning Boxes
VOR/LOC ID
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When the Morse code Identifier audio is on for a NAV radio, a white ID appears to the left of the active
NAV frequency.
In the example shown, in order to listen to either station identifier, press the NAV1 or NAV2 Key on the
Audio Panel. Pressing the VOL/ID Knob turns off the Morse code audio only in the radio with the NAV
Tuning Box. To turn off both NAV IDs, transfer the NAV Tuning Box between NAV1 and NAV2 by pressing
the small NAV Knob and press the VOL/ID Knob again to turn the Morse code off in the other radio.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Station
Identifier
The Morse Code Identifier
for the GHM VOR is On
AFCS
Figure 4-21 NAV Radio ID Indication
VOLUME
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NAV Radio volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% using the VOL/ID Knob. Turning the knob
clockwise increases volume, counterclockwise decreases volume.
When adjusting, the level is displayed in place of the standby frequencies. Volume level indication remains
for two seconds after the change.
APPENDICES
NAV Volume
Level Remains
for Two Seconds
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
Figure 4-22 NAV Volume Levels
111
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTO-TUNING A NAV FREQUENCY FROM THE MFD
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
• WPT – VOR Information
• NRST – Nearest Frequencies (FSS, WX)
• NRST – Nearest Airports
• NRST – Nearest Airspaces
NAV frequencies can be selected and loaded from the following MFD pages:
• WPT – Airport Information
• NRST – Nearest VOR
EIS
The MFD provides auto-tuning of NAV frequencies from waypoint and nearest pages. During enroute
navigation, the NAV frequency is entered automatically into the NAV standby frequency field. During approach
activation the NAV frequency is entered automatically into the NAV active frequency field.
Frequencies can be automatically loaded into the NAV Frequency Box from pages in the NRST or WPT page
group by highlighting the frequency and pressing the ENT Key (Figures 4-23, 4-24, 4-25, and 4-26).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Auto-tuning a NAV frequency from the WPT and NRST Pages:
1) From any page that the NAV frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor by pressing the FMS Knob or the
appropriate softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired NAV identifier or NAV frequency.
3) On the Nearest VOR, Nearest Airspaces, and Nearest Airports pages, select the FREQ Softkey to place the cursor
on the NAV frequency (Figure 4-25).
4) Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the standby field of the selected NAV radio.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.
AFCS
Turn the FMS
Knob to Scroll
Through a List
of Frequencies
Press the ENT
Key to Load
a Highlighted
Frequency into
the NAV Standby
Frequency Box
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-23 NAV Frequency Auto-Tuning from the MFD
112
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Or:
1) When on the NRST pages, press the MENU Key to display the page menu.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the menu options.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the ENT Key to place the cursor in the desired window.
4) Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob.
5) Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the standby field of the selected NAV radio.
6) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Nearest VOR Menu
Nearest Frequencies Menu
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Nearest Airports Menu
Nearest Airspaces Menu
Figure 4-24 Nearest Pages Menus
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
113
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In the example shown, the VOR list is selected with the VOR Softkey or from the page menu. The FMS Knob
or ENT Key is used to scroll through the list. The cursor is placed on the frequency with the FREQ Softkey and
loaded into the NAV Tuning Box with the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Press the ENT
Key to Load
the Frequency
into the NAV
Standby Field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press the VOR
Softkey to Place
the Cursor on the
VOR Identifier
Press the FREQ
Softkey to Place
the Cursor on the
VOR Frequency
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-25 Loading the NAV Frequency from the NRST – Nearest VOR Page
114
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
While enroute, NAV frequencies can also be auto-tuned from the NRST – Nearest Airports,
WPT – Airport Information, WPT – VOR Information, and NRST – Nearest Frequencies Pages on the MFD in
a similar manner using the appropriate softkeys or MENU Key, the FMS Knob, and the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 4-26 NRST – Nearest Frequencies, WPT – VOR Information, WPT – Airport Information, and
NRST – Nearest Airports Pages
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
115
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUTO-TUNING NAV FREQUENCIES ON APPROACH ACTIVATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The primary NAV frequency is auto-tuned upon loading a VOR or ILS/Localizer approach.
NOTE: When an ILS/LOC approach has been activated while navigating by GPS, the system automatically
switches to LOC as the final approach course is intercepted (within 15 nm of the FAF). See the Flight
Management Section for details.
EIS
NAV frequencies are automatically loaded into the NAV Frequency Box on approach activation, on both
PFD1 and PFD2.
When loading or activating a VOR or ILS/LOC approach, the approach frequency is automatically transferred
to a NAV frequency field as follows:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• If the current CDI navigation source is GPS, the approach frequency is transferred to the NAV1 or NAV2
active frequency fields. The frequency that was previously in the NAV1 or NAV2 active frequency fields are
transferred to standby.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• If the current CDI navigation source is GPS, and if the approach frequency is already loaded into the NAV1
or NAV2 standby frequency field, the standby frequency is transferred to active.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• If the current CDI navigation source is NAV1 or NAV2, the approach frequency is transferred to the standby
frequency fields of the selected CDI NAV radio.
116
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MARKER BEACON RECEIVER
NOTE: The marker beacon indicators operate independently of marker beacon audio and cannot be turned
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
off.
The marker beacon receiver is used as part of the ILS. The marker beacon receiver is always on and detects
any marker beacon signals within the reception range of the aircraft.
The receiver detects the three marker tones – outer, middle, and inner – and provides the marker beacon
annunciations located to the left of the Altimeter on the PFD.
Middle Marker
Indication
Inner Marker
Indication
EIS
Outer Marker
Indication
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 4-27 Marker Beacon Annunciations on the PFD
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-28 Marker Beacon Keys
AFCS
The Audio Panel(s) provides three different states of marker beacon operation; On, Muted, and Deselected. Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key selects and deselects marker beacon audio. The key annunciator indicates when
marker beacon audio is selected.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
During marker beacon audio reception, pressing the MKR/MUTE Key mutes the audio but does not affect the
marker annunciations (Figure 4-27). The marker tone is silenced, then waits for the next marker tone. The
MKR/MUTE Key Annunciator is illuminated, indicating audio muting. The audio returns when the next marker
beacon signal is received. If the MKR/MUTE Key is pressed during signal reception (O, M, I indication) while
marker beacon audio is muted, the audio is deselected and the MKR/MUTE Key Annunciator is extinguished.
APPENDICES
Pressing the HI SENS Key switches between high and low marker beacon receiver sensitivity. The HI SENS
function (annunciator illuminated) is used to provide an earlier indication when nearing a marker during an
approach. The LO SENS function (annunciator extinguished) results in a narrower marker dwell while over a
station.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
117
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
DME TUNING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: When another auxiliary window is turned on, the DME Tuning Window is replaced on the PFD.
NOTE: When turning on the G1000 for use, the system remembers the last frequency used for DME tuning
and the NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD state prior to shutdown.
The G1000 System tunes the DME transceiver. The UHF DME frequency is tuned by pairing with a VHF NAV
frequency. DME frequency pairing is automatic and only the VHF NAV frequency is shown.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The DME Tuning Window is located to the right of the HSI in the lower right corner of the PFD. The DME
transceiver is tuned by selecting NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD in the DME Tuning Window. Pressing the DME
Softkey switches the DME Tuning Window on and off.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
DME
Modes
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-29 DME Tuning Window
The following DME transceiver pairings can be selected:
• NAV1 – Pairs the DME frequency from the selected NAV1 frequency.
• NAV2 – Pairs the DME frequency from the selected NAV2 frequency.
AFCS
• HOLD – When in the HOLD position, the DME frequency remains paired with the last selected NAV
frequency.
Selecting DME transceiver pairing:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the DME Softkey to display the DME Tuning Window.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the DME tuning mode.
3) Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
APPENDICES
Pressing the CLR Key or FMS Knob while in the process of DME pairing cancels the tuning entry and reverts
back to the previously selected DME tuning state. Pressing the FMS Knob activates/deactivates the cursor in
the DME Tuning Window.
INDEX
See the Flight Instruments Section for displaying the DME information window.
118
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4.4 GTX 33 MODE S TRANSPONDER
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The GTX 33 Mode S Transponder provides Mode A, Mode C, and Mode S interrogation and reply capabilities.
Selective addressing or Mode Select (Mode S) capability includes the following features:
• Level-2 reply data link capability (used to exchange information between aircraft and ATC facilities)
• Surveillance identifier capability
• Flight ID (Flight Identification) reporting – The Mode S Transponder reports aircraft identification as either the
aircraft registration or a unique Flight ID.
EIS
• Altitude reporting
• Airborne status determination
• Transponder capability reporting
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Mode S Enhanced Surveillance (EHS) requirements
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Acquisition squitter – Acquisition squitter, or short squitter, is the transponder 24-bit identification address. The transmission is sent periodically, regardless of the presence of interrogations. The purpose of acquisition
squitter is to enable Mode S ground stations and aircraft equipped with a Traffic Avoidance System (TAS) to
recognize the presence of Mode S-equipped aircraft for selective interrogation.
The Hazard Avoidance Section provides more details on traffic avoidance systems.
TRANSPONDER CONTROLS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Transponder function is displayed on three levels of softkeys on the PFD: Top-level, Mode Selection, and
Code Selection. When the top-level XPDR Softkey is pressed, the Mode Selection softkeys appear: XPDR1,
XPDR2 (Optional), STBY, ON, ALT, VFR, CODE, IDENT, BACK.
AFCS
When the CODE Softkey is pressed, the number softkeys appear: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, IDENT, BKSP,
BACK. The digits 8 and 9 are not used for code entry. Pressing the numbered softkeys in sequence enters
the transponder code. If an error is made, pressing the BKSP Softkey moves the code selection cursor to the
previous digit. Pressing the BKSP Softkey again moves the cursor to the next previous digit.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pressing the BACK Softkey during code selection reverts to the Mode Selection Softkeys. Pressing the BACK
Softkey during mode selection reverts to the top-level softkeys.
The code can also be entered with the FMS Knob on either PFD. Code entry must be completed with either
the softkeys or the FMS Knob, but not a combination of both.
APPENDICES
Pressing the IDENT Softkey while in Mode or Code Selection initiates the ident function and reverts to the
top-level softkeys.
After 45 seconds of transponder softkey inactivity, the system reverts back to the top-level softkeys.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
119
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
XPDR1
XPDR2
STBY
ON
ALT
GND
VFR
XPDR
IDENT
CODE
IDENT
BACK
ALERTS
Pressing the BACK Softkey
returns to the top-level softkeys.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
IDENT
BKSP
BACK
ALERTS
EIS
0
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pressing the BACK Softkey returns to the mode selection softkeys.
Figure 4-30 Transponder Softkeys (PFD)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selecting and activating Transponder 1 or Transponder 2:
1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2) Press the XPDR1 or XPDR2 Softkey to select and activate the other transponder.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If the aircraft contains optional dual transponders, when turning on the G1000 for use, the system activates
Transponder 1 as the default unit, regardless of which transponder was active prior to shutdown. When
switching between Transponder 1 and Transponder 2, the code and mode remain the same. If a new code is
entered in the active transponder, switching transponders does not bring back the previous code.
120
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TRANSPONDER MODE SELECTION
Mode selection can be automatic (Ground and Altitude Modes) or manual (Standby, ON, and Altitude Modes). The STBY, ON, and ALT Softkeys can be accessed by pressing the XPDR Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting a transponder mode:
1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2) Press the desired softkey to activate the transponder mode.
GROUND MODE
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Ground Mode is normally selected automatically when the aircraft is on the ground. The transponder
powers up in the last mode it was in when shut down. Ground Mode can be overridden by pressing any one
of the Mode Selection Softkeys. A green GND indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of
the Transponder Data Box. In Ground Mode, the transponder does not allow Mode A and Mode C replies,
but it does permit acquisition squitter and replies to discretely addressed Mode S interrogations.
When Standby Mode has been selected on the ground, the transponder can be returned to Ground Mode
by pressing the GND Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GND
Mode
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-31 Ground Mode
STANDBY MODE (MANUAL)
NOTE: In Standby Mode, the IDENT function is inoperative.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Standby Mode can be selected at any time by pressing the STBY Softkey. In Standby, the transponder does
not reply to interrogations, but new codes can be entered. When Standby is selected, a white STBY indication
and transponder code appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box. In all other modes, these fields
appear in green.
STBY Mode (White
Code Number and
Mode)
APPENDICES
Figure 4-32 Standby Mode
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
121
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
MANUAL ON MODE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ON Mode can be selected at any time by pressing the ON Softkey. ON Mode generates Mode A and Mode S
replies, but Mode C altitude reporting is inhibited. In ON Mode, a green ON indication and transponder
code appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box.
ON Mode
(No Altitude
Reporting)
EIS
Figure 4-33 ON Mode
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ALTITUDE MODE (AUTOMATIC OR MANUAL)
Altitude Mode is automatically selected when the aircraft becomes airborne. Altitude Mode may also be
selected manually by pressing the ALT Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If Altitude Mode is selected, a green ALT indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of the
Transponder Data Box, and all transponder replies requesting altitude information are provided with pressure
altitude information.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
ALT Mode
(Mode C Altitude
Reporting)
Figure 4-34 Altitude Mode
REPLY STATUS
AFCS
When the transponder sends replies to interrogations, a white R indication appears momentarily in the
reply status field of the Transponder Data Box.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Reply to
Interrogation
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 4-35 Reply Indication
122
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENTERING A TRANSPONDER CODE
Entering a transponder code with softkeys:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2) Press the CODE Softkey to display the Transponder Code Selection Softkeys, for digit entry.
3) Press the digit softkeys to enter the code in the code field. When entering the code, the next softkey in sequence
must be pressed within 10 seconds, or the entry is cancelled and restored to the previous code. Pressing the
BKSP Softkey moves the code selection cursor to the previous digit. Five seconds after the fourth digit has been
entered, the transponder code becomes active.
EIS
Entering
a Code
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-36 Entering a Code
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Entering a transponder code with the PFD FMS Knob:
1) Press the XPDR and the CODE Softkeys as in the previous procedure to enable code entry.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob on the PFD to enter the first two code digits.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next code field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Enter the last two code digits with the small FMS Knob.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete code digit entry.
Pressing the CLR Key or small FMS Knob before code entry is complete cancels code entry and restores the
previous code. Waiting for 10 seconds after code entry is finished activates the code automatically.
AFCS
Turn the Large
FMS Knob
to Move the
Cursor to the
Next Code Field
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Turn the Small
FMS Knob to
Enter Two Code
Digits at a Time
Press the
ENT Key to
Complete
Code Entry
Figure 4-37 Entering a Code with the FMS Knob
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
123
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
VFR CODE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The VFR code can be entered either manually or by pressing the XPDR Softkey, then the VFR Softkey.
When the VFR Softkey is pressed, the pre-programmed VFR code is automatically displayed in the code field
of the Transponder Data Box. Pressing the VFR Softkey again restores the previous identification code.
The pre-programmed VFR Code is set at the factory to 1200. If a VFR code change is required, contact a
Garmin-authorized service center for configuration.
EIS
VFR Code
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
IDENT FUNCTION
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 4-38 VFR Code
Pressing the IDENT Softkey sends a distinct identity indication to Air Traffic Control (ATC). The indication
distinguishes the identing transponder from all the others on the air traffic controller’s screen. The IDENT
Softkey appears on all levels of transponder softkeys. When the IDENT Softkey is pressed, a green IDNT
indication is displayed in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box for a duration of 18 seconds.
NOTE: In Standby Mode, the IDENT Softkey is inoperative.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
After the IDENT Softkey is pressed while in Mode or Code Selection, the system reverts to the top-level
softkeys.
IDNT
Indication
AFCS
Press the
IDENT Softkey
to Initiate the
ID Function
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-39 IDENT Softkey and Indication
124
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4.5 ADDITIONAL AUDIO PANEL FUNCTIONS
POWER-UP
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Audio Panel performs a self-test during power-up. During the self-test all Audio Panel annunciator lights
illuminate for approximately two seconds. Once the self-test is completed, most of the settings are restored to
those in use before the unit was last turned off.
MONO/STEREO HEADSETS
EIS
Stereo headsets are recommended for use in this aircraft.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Using a monaural headset in a stereo jack shorts the right headset channel output to ground. While this does
not damage the Audio Panel, a person listening on a monaural headset hears only the left channel in both ears.
If a monaural headset is used at one of the passenger positions, any other passenger using a stereo headset hears
audio in the left ear only.
SPEAKER
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
All of the radios can be heard over the cabin speaker. Pressing the SPKR Key selects and deselects the cabin
speaker. Speaker audio is muted when the PTT is pressed. Certain aural alerts and warnings (autopilot, traffic,
altitude) are always heard on the speaker, even when the speaker is not selected.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-40 Passenger Address and Speaker Keys
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
125
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
INTERCOM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The two (optional) Audio Panels include a six-position intercom system (ICS) and a stereo music input for the
pilot, copilot and up to four passengers. The intercom provides Pilot and Copilot isolation from the passengers
and aircraft radios.
EIS
Pressing an ICS key on either Audio Panel selects and deselects the same key on both Audio Panels. Either
the pilot or copilot may select or deselect the intercom.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-41 Intercom Controls
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
PILOT KEY
Annunciator
COPLT KEY
Annunciator
Pilot Hears
Copilot Hears
Passenger Hears
Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot, copilot,
passengers, music
Selected radios, aural alerts,
pilot, copilot, passengers,
music
Copilot, passengers,
music
Copilot, passengers,
music
OFF
OFF
Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot, copilot,
passengers, music
ON
OFF
Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot
OFF
ON
Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot; passengers, Copilot
music
Selected radios, aural alerts,
pilot, passengers, music
ON
ON
Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot, copilot
Passengers, music
Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot, copilot
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Table 4-1 ICS Isolation Modes
Pilot isolation is selected when the PILOT Annunciator is illuminated. During Pilot isolation, the pilot can
hear the selected radios and aural alerts and warnings. The copilot and passengers can communicate with each
other. The copilot is isolated from aural alerts and warnings.
APPENDICES
Copilot isolation is selected when the COPLT Annunciator is illuminated. The copilot is isolated from the
selected radios, aural alerts and warnings, and everyone else. The pilot and passengers can hear the selected
radios and communicate with each other.
INDEX
When both the PILOT and COPLT Annunciators are illuminated, the pilot and copilot can hear the selected
radios, aural alerts, and communicate with each other. The passengers are isolated from the pilot and copilot
but can communicate with each other.
When both the PILOT and COPLT Annunciators are extinguished, everyone hears the selected radios, aural
alerts, and is able to communicate with everyone else.
126
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
INTERCOM VOLUME AND SQUELCH
NOTE: The pilot side Audio Panel adjusts the passenger volume and squelch on the pilot’s side of the
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
aircraft. The optional copilot side Audio Panel adjusts the passenger volume and squelch on the copilot’s
side of the aircraft.
EIS
The PILOT/PASS Knob controls volume or manual squelch adjustment for the pilot and copilot/passenger.
The small knob controls the pilot volume and squelch. The large knob controls the copilot/passenger volume
and squelch. The VOL and SQ annunciations at the bottom of the unit indicate which function the knob is
controlling. Pressing the PILOT/PASS Knob switches between volume and squelch control as indicated by
the VOL or SQ annunciation being illuminated.
The MAN SQ Key allows either automatic or manual control of the squelch setting.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• When the MAN SQ Annunciator is extinguished (Automatic Squelch is on), the PILOT/PASS Knob
controls only the volume (pressing the PILOT/PASS Knob has no effect on the VOL/SQ selection).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• When the MAN SQ Annunciator is illuminated (Manual Squelch), the PILOT/PASS Knob controls
either volume or squelch (selected by pressing the PILOT/PASS Knob and indicated by the VOL or SQ
annunciation).
Manual Squelch Annunciator;
Off for Automatic Squelch, On
for Manual Squelch
Automatic/Manual Squelch
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Pilot Volume or Manual
Squelch. Press to switch
between VOL and SQ. Turn
to adjust Squelch when SQ
Annunciation is lit, Volume
when VOL Annunciation is lit.
Copilot/Passenger
Volume or
Manual Squelch
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Volume Annunciation
Squelch Annunciation
Figure 4-42 Volume/Squelch Control
APPENDICES
(Optional with dual audio panels) The PILOT/PASS Knob on each Audio Panel controls volume or manual
squelch adjustment for the pilot and passengers on each side of the aircraft.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
127
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Manual Squelch Annunciator;
Off for Automatic Squelch, On
for Manual Squelch
Automatic/Manual Squelch
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Pilot/Copilot Volume or
Manual Squelch. Press to
switch between VOL and SQ.
Turn to adjust Squelch when
SQ Annunciation is lit, Volume
when VOL Annunciation is lit.
Volume Annunciation
Passenger Volume
or Manual Squelch
Squelch Annunciation
Figure 4-43 Volume/Squelch Control, Optional Dual Audio Panels
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
PASSENGER ADDRESS (PA) SYSTEM
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
A passenger address system is available for delivering voice messages over the cabin speaker. When the PA
Key is selected on either Audio Panel, the COM MIC Annunciator on that side is extinguished, and the active
COM frequency on the associated PFD changes to white, indicating that there is no COM selected. A Push-toTalk (PTT) must be pressed to deliver PA announcements. The PA Annunciator flashes about once per second
while the PTT is depressed.
When the PA key is selected, the cockpit speakers are muted and speaker audio is heard on the cabin speaker.
If an aural alert is generated, cabin speaker audio will be temporarily disconnected and the cockpit speakers
are active for the duration of the aural alert. The aural warnings will be heard by the crew, not the passengers.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
One of the pilots is free to use either COM radio while the other pilot delivers PA messages.
APPENDICES
PA Key is Selected on
the On-Side Audio
Panel
INDEX
Figure 4-44 PA Key Selected for Cabin Announcements
128
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CLEARANCE RECORDER AND PLAYER
NOTE: Pressing the play key on the pilot’s Audio Panel plays recorded audio to the pilot. Pressing the play
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
key on the optional copilot’s Audio Panel plays recorded audio to the copilot.
The Audio Panel contains a digital clearance recorder that records up to 2.5 minutes of the selected COM
radio signal. Recorded COM audio is stored in separate memory blocks. Once 2.5 minutes of recording time
have been reached, the recorder begins recording over the stored memory blocks, starting from the oldest block.
EIS
The PLAY Key controls the play function. Pressing the PLAY Key once plays the latest recorded memory
block. The PLAY Annunciator flashes to indicate when play is in progress. The PLAY Annunciator turns off
after the present memory block has finished playing.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key during play of a memory block stops play. If a COM input signal is detected
during play of a recorded memory block, play is halted.
Pressing the PLAY Key while audio is playing begins playing the previously recorded memory block. Each
subsequent press of the PLAY Key selects the previously recorded memory block.
Powering off the unit automatically clears all recorded blocks.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
MKR/MUTE
Key Stops Play
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
PLAY Key
Controls the
Play Function
Figure 4-45 Marker Mute and Play Keys
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
129
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
ENTERTAINMENT INPUTS
NOTE: Music audio cannot be completely turned off. Audio level for the crew and passengers can be
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
adjusted by a Garmin-authorized service center.
NOTE: The stereo entertainment input is not controlled by the AUX Key on the Audio Panel. The AUX Key
is reserved for an auxiliary radio input.
EIS
The Audio Panel(s) provides a stereo entertainment input from the data link receiver or an Aux Audio In jack
for the crew and passengers. The Aux Audio In jack input is compatible with popular portable entertainment
devices such as MP3 and CD players through a 3.5-mm stereo phone jack, installed in a convenient location. The headphone outputs of the entertainment devices are plugged into the Aux Audio In jack.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The current ICS state of isolation affects the distribution of the entertainment input (see Table 4‑1).
CREW MUSIC
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Music can be heard by the pilot and copilot when both the PILOT and the COPLT ICS Annunciators are
extinguished. Music can also be heard by the pilot when the COPLT Annunciator is illuminated and by the
copilot when the PILOT Annunciator is illuminated.
Music Muting
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Music muting occurs when aircraft radio or marker beacon activity is heard. Music is always soft muted
when an interruption occurs from these sources. Soft muting is the gradual return of music to its original
volume level. The time required for music volume to return to normal is between one-half and four
seconds.
Music Muting Enable/Disable
AFCS
Pressing and holding the MKR/MUTE Key for three seconds switches music muting on and off. When
switching, either one or two beeps are heard; one beep indicates that music muting is enabled, two beeps
indicate music muting is disabled. Music muting is reset (enabled) during power up.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
PASSENGER MUSIC
Music coming through the passenger phone jacks can be heard only by the passengers and is never
muted.
APPENDICES
SIRIUSXM RADIO ENTERTAINMENT
SiriusXM Radio audio from the Data Link Receiver may be heard by the pilot and passengers simultaneously
(optional: requires subscription to SiriusXM Radio Service). Refer to the Additional Features Section for more
details on the Data Link Receiver.
INDEX
Connecting a stereo input to the Aux Audio In jack removes the SiriusXM Radio Audio from that input.
130
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4.6 AUDIO PANEL PREFLIGHT PROCEDURE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: If the pilot and/or copilot are using headsets that have a high/low switch or volume control knob,
verify that the switch is in the high position and the volume control on the headsets are at maximum volume
setting. On single‑pilot flights, verify that all other headsets are not connected to avoid excess noise in the
audio system.
NOTE: Adjusting the PILOT volume control affects ICS audio that is heard in the headset for the flight crew
EIS
member that is performing the adjustment. Keep in mind that the intercom volumes on the Audio Panels
are independent of one another, but the radio volumes are not.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: When the MAN SQ Key is pressed, the ICS squelch can be set manually by the pilot and copilot. If
manual squelch is set to full open (SQ annunciated and the knobs turned counterclockwise) background
noise is heard in the ICS system as well as during COM transmissions.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
After powering up the G1000 System, the following steps aid in maximizing the use of the Audio Panels as well
as prevent pilot and copilot induced issues. These preflight procedures should be performed each time a pilot
boards the aircraft to insure awareness of all audio levels in the Audio Panel and radios.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Automatic/Manual
Squelch
Copilot ICS
Isolation Key
Pilot ICS
Isolation Key
Pilot Volume or
Manual Squelch
AFCS
Passenger Volume
or Manual Squelch,
Copilot Side
Passenger Volume
or Manual Squelch,
Pilot Side
Volume Annunciation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Copilot Volume or
Manual Squelch
Squelch Annunciation
Reversionary Mode
for PFD1 and MFD
Reversionary Mode
for PFD2 and MFD
APPENDICES
Pilot Side
(optional) Copilot Side
Figure 4-46 Audio Panel Controls
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
131
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
Setting the Audio Panel(s) during preflight:
1) Verify that the PILOT and COPLT Annunciators are extinguished on the audio panel(s).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Verify manual squelch is set to full open on the audio panel(s).
3) Turn the PILOT/PASS Knobs on the audio panel(s) clockwise two full turns. This sets the intercom level to max
volume (least amount of attenuation).
4) Adjust radio volume levels (COM, NAV) to a suitable level.
5) Adjust each PILOT/PASS Knob volume to the desired intercom level.
EIS
6) Reset squelch to automatic, or adjust to the appropriate level manually on the audio panel(s).
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Once this procedure has been completed, the pilot and copilot can change settings, keeping in mind the notes
above.
132
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4.7 ABNORMAL OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Abnormal operation of the G1000 includes equipment failures of the G1000 components and failure of
associated equipment, including switches and external devices.
STUCK MICROPHONE
If the push-to-talk (PTT) Key becomes stuck, the COM transmitter stops transmitting after 35 seconds of
continuous operation. An alert appears on the PFD to advise the pilot of a stuck microphone.
EIS
The COM1 MIC or COM2 MIC Key Annunciator on the Audio Panel flashes as long as the PTT Key remains
stuck.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-47 Stuck Microphone Alert
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
COM TUNING FAILURE
In case of a COM system tuning failure, the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) is automatically tuned in
the radio in which the tuning failure occurred. Depending on the failure mode, a red X may appear on the
frequency display.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Emergency Channel
Loaded Automatically
Figure 4-48 COM Tuning Failure
AFCS
PFD FAILURE, DUAL SYSTEM
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
If PFD1 fails, COM1 and NAV1 display a red X on both remaining displays. NAV1 is unavailable. COM1
automatically tunes 121.500 MHz, but the frequency is not shown. The COM1 emergency frequency is available
to both the copilot and pilot.
Emergency Channel
Loaded Automatically
APPENDICES
Figure 4-49 Frequency Section of PFD2 Display after PFD1 Failure
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
133
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUDIO PANEL FAIL-SAFE OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
(Standard single audio panel installation) If there is a failure of the Audio Panel, a fail-safe circuit connects the
pilot’s headset and microphone directly to the COM1 transceiver. Audio is not available on the speaker during
Fail-safe operation.
(Optional dual audio panel installation) If there is a failure of both Audio Panels, a fail-safe circuit connects
the pilot’s headset and microphone directly to the COM1 transceiver and the copilot’s headset directly to the
COM2 transceiver. Audio is not available on the speaker.
EIS
(Optional dual audio panel installation) If there is a failure of one Audio Panel, that side only has access to
their respective on-side fail-safe COM. The remaining one does not have access to the others side’s COM and
NAV. For example, if the pilot side Audio Panel fails, the copilot side Audio Panel has access to all the radios
except for COM1 and NAV1.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
REVERSIONARY MODE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The red DISPLAY BACKUP Button selects the Reversionary Mode. See the System Overview Section for
more information on Reversionary Mode.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-50 Display Backup Button
134
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 5 FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
5.1 INTRODUCTION
The G1000 is an integrated flight, engine, communication, navigation and surveillance system. This section of
the Pilot’s Guide explains flight management using the G1000.
EIS
The most prominent part of the G1000 are the three full color displays: two Primary Flight Displays (PFDs) and
one Multi Function Display (MFD). The information to successfully navigate the aircraft using the GPS sensors
is displayed on the PFDs and the MFD. See examples in the Figure 5-1 and Figure 5-2. Detailed descriptions of
flight management functions are discussed later in this section.
A brief description of the GPS navigation data on the PFD and MFD follows.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation mode indicates which sensor is providing the course data (e.g., GPS, VOR) and the flight plan phase
(e.g., Departure (DPRT), Terminal (TERM), Enroute (ENR), Oceanic (OCN), Approach (LNAV, LNAV+V, L/VNAV,
or LPV), or Missed Approach (MAPR)). L/VNAV and LPV approaches are only available with SBAS.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Inset Map is a small version of the MFD Navigation Map and can be displayed in the lower left corner of
the PFD. When the system is in reversionary mode, the Inset Map is displayed in the lower right corner. The
Inset Map is displayed by pressing the INSET Softkey. Pressing the INSET Softkey again, then pressing the OFF
Softkey removes the Inset Map.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Navigation Map displays aviation data (e.g., airports, VORs, airways, airspaces), geographic data (e.g.,
cities, lakes, highways, borders), topographic data (map shading indicating elevation), and hazard data (e.g.,
traffic, terrain, weather). The amount of displayed data can be reduced by pressing the DCLTR Softkey. The
Navigation Map can be oriented four different ways: North Up (NORTH UP), Track Up (TRK UP), Desired Track
Up (DTK UP), or Heading Up (HDG UP).
AFCS
An aircraft icon is placed on the Navigation Map at the location corresponding to the calculated present position.
The aircraft position and the flight plan legs are accurately based on GPS calculations. The basemap upon which
these are placed are from a source with less resolution, therefore the relative position of the aircraft to map features
is not exact. The leg of the active flight plan currently being flown is shown as a magenta line on the navigation
map. The other legs are shown in white.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
There are 28 different map ranges available, from 500 feet to 2000 nm. The current range is indicated in the
lower right corner of the map and represents the top-to-bottom distance covered by the map. To change the map
range on any map, turn the Joystick counter-clockwise to zoom in ( -, decreasing), or clockwise to zoom out (+,
increasing).
APPENDICES
The Direct-to Window, the Flight Plan Window, the Procedures Window, and the Nearest Airports Window
can be displayed in the lower right corner of the PFD. Details of these windows are discussed in detail later in
the section.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
135
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Navigation Status Box
Navigation Mode
Inset Map
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Location of:
- Direct To Window
- Flight Plan Window
- Procedures Window
- Nearest Airports Window
Figure 5-1 GPS Navigation Information on the PFD
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Navigation Status Box
Map Orientation
Navigation Page Title
Navigation Map
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Aviation Data
- Geographic Data
- Topographic Data
- Hazard Data
Aircraft Icon
at Present Position
Active Flight Plan Leg
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Flight Plan Leg
Map Range
APPENDICES
Figure 5-2 GPS Navigation Information on the MFD Navigation Page
NAVIGATION STATUS BOX
INDEX
The Navigation Status Box located at the top of the PFD contains two fields displaying the following
information:
PFD Navigation Status Box
136
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
• Distance (DIS) and Bearing (BRG) to the next
waypoint or flight plan annunciations (e.g., ‘TOD
within 1 minute’)
• Bearing (BRG)
The symbols used in the PFD status bar are:
Symbol
Description
Active Leg
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Navigation Status Box located at the top of the
MFD contains four data fields, each displaying one of
the following items:
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• Active flight plan leg (e.g., ‘D-> KICT’ or ‘KIXD ->
KCOS’) or flight plan annunciations (e.g., ‘Turn
right to 021˚ in 8 seconds’)
• Distance (DIS)
• Desired Track (DTK)
• Endurance (END)
• Enroute Safe Altitude (ESA)
EIS
• Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA)
Direct-to
• Estimated Time Enroute (ETE)
Left Procedure Turn
Right Holding Pattern
• Fuel on Board (FOB)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Right Procedure Turn
• Fuel over Destination (FOD)
• Ground Speed (GS)
• Minimum Safe Altitude (MSA)
• True Air Speed (TAS)
Vector to Final
• Track Angle Error (TKE)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Left Holding Pattern
• Track (TRK)
Right DME Arc
Left DME Arc
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Vertical Speed Required (VSR)
• Crosstrack Error (XTK)
MFD Navigation Status Box
AFCS
The navigation information displayed in the four data fields can be selected on the MFD Data Bar Fields Box
on the AUX - System Setup Page. The default selections (in order left to right) are GS, DTK, TRK, and ETE.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Changing a field in the MFD Navigation Status Box:
1) Select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
APPENDICES
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field number in the MFD Data Bar Fields Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the data options list.
5) Select the desired data.
6) Press the ENT Key. Pressing the DFLTS Softkey returns any field to its default setting.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
137
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.2 USING MAP DISPLAYS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Map displays are used extensively in the G1000 to provide situational awareness in flight. Most G1000 maps
can display the following information:
• Airports, NAVAIDs, airspaces, airways, land data
(highways, cities, lakes, rivers, borders, etc.) with
names
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
• Map Pointer information (distance and bearing
to pointer, location of pointer, name, and other
pertinent information)
• Aircraft icon (representing present position)
• Nav range ring
• Fuel range ring
• Flight plan legs
• User waypoints
• Map range
• Track vector
• Wind direction and speed
• Topography scale
• Map orientation
• Topography data
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Icons for enabled map features
• Obstacle data
The information in this section applies to the following maps unless otherwise noted:
• All Map Group Pages (MAP)
• Flight Plan Pages (FPL)
• All Waypoint Group Pages (WPT)
• Direct-to Window
• AUX - Trip Planning
• PFD Inset Map
• All Nearest Group Pages (NRST)
• Procedure Loading Pages
MAP ORIENTATION
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Maps are shown in one of four different orientation options, allowing flexibility in determining aircraft
position relative to other items on the map (north up) or for determining where map items are relative to where
the aircraft is going (track up, desired track up, or heading up). The map orientation is shown in the upper
right corner of the map.
Figure 5-3 Map Orientation
INDEX
• North up (NORTH UP) aligns the top of the map display to north (default setting).
• Track up (TRK UP) aligns the top of the map display to the current ground track.
138
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• Desired track up (DTK UP) aligns the top of the map display to the desired course.
• Heading up (HDG UP) aligns the top of the map display to the current aircraft heading.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: When panning or reviewing active flight plan legs in a non-North Up orientation, the map does not
show the map orientation nor the wind direction and speed.
NOTE: Map orientation can only be changed on the Navigation Map Page. Any other displays that show
navigation data reflect the orientation selected for the Navigation Map Page.
EIS
Changing the Navigation Map orientation:
1) With the Navigation Map Page displayed, press the MENU Key. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Map Setup
Selection
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-4 Navigation Map Page Menu Window
2) Press the ENT Key to display the Map Setup Window.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob, or press the ENT Key once, to select the ‘ORIENTATION’ field.
AFCS
Map Group Selection
Orientation Field
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 5-5 Map Setup Menu Window - Map Group
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
139
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired orientation.
5) Press the ENT Key to select the new orientation.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the base page.
MAP RANGE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
There are 28 different map ranges available, from 500 feet to 2000 nm. The current range is indicated in
the lower right corner of the map and represents the top-to-bottom distance covered by the map. When the
map range is decreased to a point that exceeds the capability of the G1000 to accurately represent the map,
a magnifying glass icon is shown to the left of the map range. To change the map range turn the Joystick
counter-clockwise to decrease the range, or clockwise to increase the range.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Range Overzoom
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-6 Map Range
AFCS
Auto zoom allows the G1000 to change the map display range to the smallest range clearly showing the
active waypoint. Auto zoom can be overridden by adjusting the range with the Joystick, and remains until
the active waypoint changes, a terrain or traffic alert occurs, the aircraft takes off, or the manual override times
out (timer set on Map Setup Window).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AUTO ZOOM
If a terrain caution or warning occurs, any map page displaying TAWS/TERRAIN data automatically adjusts
to the smallest map range clearly showing the highest priority alert. If a new traffic advisory alert occurs, any
map page capable of displaying traffic advisory alerts automatically adjusts to the smallest map range clearly
showing the traffic advisory. When terrain or traffic alerts clear, the map returns to the previous auto zoom
range based on the active waypoint.
APPENDICES
The auto zoom function can be turned on or off independently for the PFD and MFD. Control of the ranges
at which the auto zoom occurs is done by setting the minimum and maximum ‘look forward’ times (set on
the Map Setup Window for the Map Group). These settings determine the minimum and maximum distance
to display based upon the aircraft’s ground speed.
INDEX
• Waypoints that are long distances apart cause the map range to increase to a point where many details on
the map are decluttered. If this is not acceptable, lower the maximum look ahead time to a value that limits
the auto zoom to an acceptable range.
• Waypoints that are very short distances apart cause the map range to decrease to a point where situational
awareness may not be what is desired. Increase the minimum look ahead time to a value that limits the auto
zoom to a minimum range that provides acceptable situational awareness.
140
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• Flight plans that have a combination of long and short legs cause the range to increase and decrease as
waypoints sequence. To avoid this, auto zoom can be disabled or the maximum/minimum times can be
adjusted.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• The ‘time out’ time (configurable on the Map Setup Page for the Map Group) determines how long auto
zoom is overridden by a manual adjustment of the range knob. At the expiration of this time, the auto
zoom range is restored. Setting the ‘time out’ value to zero causes the manual override to never time out.
• When the maximum ‘look forward’ time is set to zero, the upper limit becomes the maximum range available
(2000 nm).
• When the minimum ‘look forward’ time is set to zero, the lower limit becomes 1.5 nm.
EIS
Manual Range Override
Expiration Time
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Auto Zoom
Off, MFD Only, PFD Only, All On
Maximum Look Forward Time
Minimum Look Forward Time
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-7 Map Setup Menu Window - Map Group, Auto Zoom
Configuring automatic zoom:
AFCS
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘AUTO ZOOM’ field.
6) Select ‘Off’, ‘MFD Only’, ‘PFD Only’, or ‘ALL On’.
APPENDICES
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights the ‘MAX LOOK FWD’ field.
Times are from zero to 999 minutes.
8) Use the FMS Knobs to set the time. Press the ENT Key.
9) Repeat step 8 for ‘MIN LOOK FWD’ (zero to 99 minutes) and ‘TIME OUT’ (zero to 99 minutes).
10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
141
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
MAP PANNING
Map panning allows the pilot to:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• View parts of the map outside the displayed range without adjusting the map range
• Highlight and select locations on the map
• Review information for a selected airport, NAVAID or user waypoint
• Designate locations for use in flight planning
• View airspace and airway information
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
When the panning function is selected by pressing the Joystick, the Map Pointer flashes on the map display.
A window also appears at the top of the map display showing the latitude/longitude position of the pointer,
the bearing and distance to the pointer from the aircraft’s present position, and the elevation of the land at the
position of the pointer.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Map Pointer
Information
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Map Pointer
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-8 Navigation Map - Map Pointer Activated
NOTE: The map is normally centered on the aircraft’s position. If the map has been panned and there has
INDEX
APPENDICES
been no pointer movement for about 60 seconds, the map reverts back to centered on the aircraft position
and the flashing pointer is removed.
142
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When the Map Pointer is placed on an object, the name of the object is highlighted (even if the name was
not originally displayed on the map). When any map feature or object is selected on the map display, pertinent
information is displayed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Information about
Point of Interest
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Map Pointer
on POI
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-9 Navigation Map - Map Pointer on Point of Interest
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When the Map Pointer crosses an airspace boundary, the boundary is highlighted and airspace information
is shown at the top of the display. The information includes the name and class of airspace, the ceiling in feet
above Mean Sea Level (MSL), and the floor in feet MSL.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
143
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Information
about Airspace
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Map Pointer
on Airspace
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-10 Navigation Map - Map Pointer on Airspace
Panning the map:
1) Press the Joystick to display the Map Pointer.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Move the Joystick to move the Map Pointer around the map.
3) Press the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer and recenter the map on the aircraft’s current position.
Reviewing information for an airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint:
1) Place the Map Pointer on a waypoint.
AFCS
2) Press the ENT Key to display the Waypoint Information Page for the selected waypoint.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the GO BACK Softkey, the CLR Key, or the ENT Key to exit the Waypoint Information Page and return to
the Navigation Map showing the selected waypoint.
144
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NAVAID
Information
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
GO BACK Softkey
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-11 Navigation Map - Information Window - NAVAID
Viewing airspace information for a special-use or controlled airspace:
1) Place the Map Pointer on an open area within the boundaries of an airspace.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the ENT Key to display an options menu.
3) ‘Review Airspaces’ should already be highlighted, if not select it. Press the ENT Key to display the Airspace
Information Page for the selected airspace.
4) Press the CLR or ENT Key to exit the Airspace Information Page.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Airspace
Information
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 5-12 Navigation Map - Information Window - Airspace
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
145
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
MEASURING BEARING AND DISTANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Distance and bearing from the aircraft’s present position to any point on the viewable navigation map may be
calculated using the ‘Measure Bearing and Distance’ selection from Navigation Map page menu. The bearing
and distance tool displays a dashed Measurement Line and a Measure Pointer to aid in graphically identifying
points with which to measure. Lat/Long, distance and elevation data for the Measure Pointer is provided in a
window at the top of the navigation map.
Measuring bearing and distance between any two points:
1) Press the MENU Key (with the Navigation Map Page displayed).
EIS
2) Highlight the ‘Measure Bearing/Distance’ field.
3) Press the ENT Key. A Measure Pointer is displayed on the map at the aircraft’s present position.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Move the Joystick to place the reference pointer at the desired location. The bearing and distance are displayed
at the top of the map. Elevation at the current pointer position is also displayed. Pressing the ENT Key changes
the starting point for measuring.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) To exit the Measure Bearing/Distance option, press the Joystick; or select ‘Stop Measuring’ from the Page
Menu and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Measurement
Information
Pointer Lat/Long
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Measurement Line
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-13 Navigation Map - Measuring Bearing and Distance
146
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TOPOGRAPHY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
All navigation maps can display various shades of topography colors representing land elevation, similar
to aviation sectional charts. Topographic data can be displayed or removed as described in the following
procedures.
Navigation Map
Topographic Data
Navigation Map
Black Background
EIS
Topographic Data
on Profile Map
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TOPO Softkey
Not Enabled
TOPO Off
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TOPO Softkey
Enabled
TOPO On
Figure 5-14 Navigation Map - Topographic Data
Displaying/removing topographic data on all pages displaying navigation maps:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the MAP Softkey (the INSET Softkey for the PFD Inset Map).
2) Press the TOPO Softkey.
3) Press the TOPO Softkey again to remove topographic data from the Navigation Map. When topographic data
is removed from the page, all navigation data is presented on a black background.
AFCS
Displaying/removing topographic data (TOPO DATA) using the Navigation Map Page Menu:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘TOPO DATA’ field.
APPENDICES
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
147
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
TOPO DATA
Range
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
TOPO DATA
On/Off
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-15 Navigation Map Setup Menu - TOPO DATA Setup
The topographic data range is the maximum map range on which topographic data is displayed.
NOTE: Since the PFD Inset Map is much smaller than the MFD navigation maps, items are removed on the
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
PFD Inset Map two range levels smaller than the range selected in the Map Setup pages (e.g., a setting
of 100 nm removes the item at ranges above 100 nm on MFD navigation maps, while the PFD Inset Map
removes the same item at 50 nm).
Selecting a topographical data range (TOPO DATA):
AFCS
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘TOPO DATA’ range field. TOPO ranges are from 500 ft to 2000 nm.
6) To change the TOPO range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range list.
APPENDICES
7) Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
8) Press the ENT Key.
9) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
INDEX
In addition, the Navigation Map can display a topographic scale (located in the lower right hand side of the
map) showing a scale of the terrain elevation and current elevation values.
148
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Maximum Displayed Elevation
Minimum Displayed Elevation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Aircraft Altitude (MSL)
Range of
Displayed
Elevations
Ground Elevation at Map Pointer
Location (only visible when Map
Pointer is displayed)
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-16 Navigation Map - TOPO SCALE
Displaying/removing the topographic scale (TOPO SCALE):
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group and press the ENT Key.
4) Highlight the ‘TOPO SCALE’ field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
TOPO SCALE
On/Off
INDEX
Figure 5-17 Navigation Map Setup Menu - TOPO SCALE Setup
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
149
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
MAP SYMBOLS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
This section discusses the types of land and aviation symbols that can be displayed. Each listed type of symbol
can be turned on or off, and the maximum range to display each symbol can be set. The decluttering of the
symbols from the map using the DCLTR Softkey is also discussed.
LAND SYMBOLS
The following items are configured on the land menu:
Land Symbols
EIS
(Text label size can be None, Small, Medium (Med), or Large
(Lrg))
Symbol
Latitude/Longitude (LAT/LON)
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
Off
2000
Interstate Highway (FREEWAY)
300
800
International Highway (FREEWAY)
300
800
US Highway (NATIONAL HWY)
30
80
State Highway (LOCAL HWY)
15
30
8
15
Railroads (RAILROAD)
15
30
LARGE CITY (> 200,000)
800
1500
MEDIUM CITY (> 50,000)
100
200
SMALL CITY (> 5,000)
States and Provinces (STATE/PROV)
20
800
50
1500
Rivers and Lakes (RIVER/LAKE)
200
500
USER WAYPOINT
150
300
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Highways and Roads
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Local Road (LOCAL ROAD)
N/A
INDEX
APPENDICES
Table 5-1 Land Symbol Information
150
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AVIATION SYMBOLS
The following items are configured on the aviation menu:
Aviation Symbols
Symbol
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
2000
500
300
100
20
100
30
Non-directional Beacon (NDB WAYPOINT)
15
30
VOR (VOR WAYPOINT)
150
300
Class B Airspace/TMA (CLASS B/TMA)
200
500
Class C Airspace/TCA (CLASS C/TCA)
200
500
Class D Airspace (CLASS D)
150
300
Restricted Area (RESTRICTED)
200
500
Military Operations Area [MOA(MILITARY)]
200
500
Other/Air Defense Interdiction Zone (OTHER/ADIZ)
200
500
Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR)
500
2000
See Airports, NAVAIDs
See Additional Features
N/A
APPENDICES
2000
250
150
50
3
Off
15
Active Flight Plan Waypoint (ACTIVE FPL WPT)
Large Airports (LARGE APT)
Medium Airports (MEDIUM APT)
Small Airports (SMALL APT)
Taxiways (SAFETAXI)
Runway Extension (RWY EXTENSION)
Intersection (INT WAYPOINT)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2000
AFCS
2000
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Non-active Flight Plan Leg (ACTIVE FPL)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2000
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2000
EIS
Active Flight Plan Leg (ACTIVE FPL)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
(Text label size can be None, Small, Medium (Med),
or Large (Lrg))
Table 5-2 Aviation Symbol Information
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
151
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYMBOL SETUP
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
All pages with maps can display land symbols (roads, lakes, borders, etc). Land symbols can be removed
totally (turned off).
Displaying/removing all land symbols:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The Page Menu is displayed and the cursor
flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Group Menu is displayed and the cursor flashes on the ‘Map’ option.
EIS
3) Highlight the ‘LAND DATA’ field.
4) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
LAND DATA
On/Off
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-18 Navigation Map Setup Menu - LAND DATA Setup
The label size (TEXT) sets the size at which labels appear on the display (none, small, medium, and large).
The range (RNG) sets the maximum range at which items appear on the display.
APPENDICES
Selecting a ‘Land’ or ‘Aviation’ group item text size and range:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Land’ or ‘Aviation’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the first field.
INDEX
5) Select the desired land option.
6) Select the desired text size.
152
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected size.
6) Select the desired range.
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected range.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
EIS
Text Label Size
(None, Small, Med, or Lrg)
Maximum Display Range
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-19 Navigation Map Setup Menu - LAND GROUP Setup
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Text Label Size
(None, Small, Med, or Lrg)
Maximum Display Range
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-20 Navigation Map Setup Menu - AVIATION GROUP Setup
NOTE: Since the PFD Inset Map is much smaller than the MFD navigation maps, items are removed on the
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
PFD Inset Map two range levels smaller than the range selected in the Map Setup pages (e.g., a setting
of 100 nm removes the item at ranges above 100 nm on MFD navigation maps, while the PFD Inset Map
removes the same item at 50 nm).
153
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
MAP DECLUTTER
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The declutter feature allows the pilot to progressively step through four levels of removing map information.
The declutter level is displayed in the DCLTR Softkey and next to the Declutter Menu Option.
Declutter Level
EIS
DCLTR Softkey
Navigation Map Page Menu
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-21 Navigation Map - Declutter Level Indications
Decluttering the map:
Press the DCLTR Softkey with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The current declutter level is shown. With
each softkey selection, another level of map information is removed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed.
2) Select ‘Declutter’. The current declutter level is shown.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Press the ENT Key.
Decluttering the PFD Inset Map:
1) Press the INSET Softkey.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
2) Press the DCLTR Softkey. The current declutter level is shown. With each selection, another level of map
information is removed.
154
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Table 5-3 lists the items displayed at each declutter level. The ‘X’ represents map items displayed for the
various levels of declutter.
Item
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Flight Plan Route Lines
Flight Plan Route Waypoints
Rivers/Lakes
Topography Data
International Borders
Track Vector
Navigation Range Ring
Fuel Range Ring
Terrain Data
Traffic
Airways
NEXRAD
SiriuisXM Lightning Data
Airports
Runway Labels
Restricted
MOA (Military)
User Waypoints
Latitude/Longitude Grid
NAVAIDs
Class B Airspaces/TMA
Class C Airspaces/TCA
Class D Airspaces
Other Airspaces/ADIZ
TFRs
Obstacles
Land/Country Text
Cities
Roads
Railroads
State/Province Boundaries
River/Lake Names
No Declutter Declutter-1 Declutter-2 Declutter-3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Table 5-3 Navigation Map Items Displayed by Declutter Level
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
155
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AIRWAYS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
This airways discussion is based upon the North American airway structure. The airway structure in places
other than North America vary by location, etc. and are not discussed in this book. Low Altitude Airways (or
Victor Airways) primarily serve smaller piston-engine, propeller-driven airplanes on shorter routes and at lower
altitudes. Airways are eight nautical miles wide and start 1,200 feet above ground level (AGL) and extend up
to 18,000 feet mean sea level (MSL). Low Altitude Airways are designated with a “V” before the airway number
(hence the name “Victor Airways”) since they run primarily between VORs.
EIS
High Altitude Airways (or Jet Routes) primarily serve airliners, jets, turboprops, and turbocharged piston
aircraft operating above 18,000 feet MSL. Jet Routes start at 18,000 feet MSL and extend upward to 45,000 feet
MSL (altitudes above 18,000 feet are called “flight levels” and are described as FL450 for 45,000 feet MSL). Jet
Routes are designated with a “J” before the route number.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Low Altitude Airways are drawn in gray (the same shade used for roads). High Altitude Airways are drawn
in green. When both types of airways are displayed, High Altitude Airways are drawn on top of Low Altitude
Airways.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When airways are selected for display on the map, the airway waypoints (VORs, NDBs and Intersections) are
also displayed.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Low Altitude
Airway
(Victor Airway)
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
High Altitude
Airway
(Jet Route)
INDEX
Figure 5-22 Airways on MFD Navigation Page
156
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Airways may be displayed on the map at the pilot’s discretion using either a combination of AIRWAYS Softkey
presses, or menu selections using the MENU Key from the Navigation Map Page. The Airway range can also be
programmed to only display Airways on the MFD when the map range is at or below a specific number.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Displaying/removing airways:
1) Press the MAP Softkey.
2) Press the AIRWAYS Softkey. Both High and Low Altitude Airways are displayed (AIRWY ON).
3) Press the softkey again to display Low Altitude Airways only (AIRWY LO).
4) Press the softkey again to display High Altitude Airways only (AIRWY HI).
EIS
5) Press the softkey again to remove High Altitude Airways. No airways are displayed (AIRWAYS).
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airways’ group, and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘AIRWAYS’ field.
5) Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Off’, ‘All’, ‘LO Only’, or ‘HI Only’, and press the ENT Key.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
Off, All, LO Only, HI Only
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airway Display Selection
Low Altitude Airway Range
High Altitude Airway Range
Figure 5-23 Navigation Map Setup Menu - AIRWAYS Setup
AFCS
The airway range is the maximum map range on which airways are displayed.
Selecting an airway range (LOW ALT AIRWAY or HI ALT AIRWAY):
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airways’ group, and press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
4) Highlight the ‘LOW ALT AIRWAY’ or ‘HI ALT AIRWAY’ range field.
5) To change the range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range list.
6) Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
7) Press the ENT Key.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
157
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
The following range items are configurable on the airways menu:
Airway Type
Symbol
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
200
500
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Low Altitude Airway (LOW ALT AIRWAY)
High Altitude Airway (HI ALT AIRWAY)
300
500
EIS
Table 5-4 Airway Range Information
TRACK VECTOR
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Navigation Map can display a track vector that is useful in minimizing track angle error. The track vector
is a solid light blue line segment extended to a predicted location. The track vector look-ahead time is selectable
(30 sec, 60 sec (default), 2 min, 5 min, 10 min, 20 min) and determines the length of the track vector. The track
vector shows up to 90 degrees of a turn for the 30 and 60 second time settings.
Track Vector
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-24 Navigation Map -Track Vector
Displaying/removing the track vector:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
AFCS
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘TRACK VECTOR’ field.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’. Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights the look
ahead time field. Use the FMS Knob to select the desired time. Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
158
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Nav Range Ring On/Off
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Wind Vector On/Off
Track Vector
- On/Off
- Look Ahead Time
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Fuel Range
- On/Off
- Fuel Reserve Time
Figure 5-25 Navigation Map Setup Menu -TRACK VECTOR, WIND VECTOR, NAV RANGE RING, FUEL RANGE RING Setup
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
WIND VECTOR
Wind Direction
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The map displays a wind vector arrow in the upper right-hand portion of the screen. Wind vector information
is displayed as a white arrow pointing in the direction in which the wind is moving for wind speeds greater than
or equal to 1 kt.
Wind Speed
Figure 5-26 Navigation Map - Wind Vector
AFCS
NOTE: The wind vector is not displayed until the aircraft is moving. It is not displayed on the Waypoint
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Information pages.
Displaying/removing the wind vector:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
APPENDICES
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘WIND VECTOR’ field.
INDEX
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
159
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
NAV RANGE RING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Nav Range Ring shows the direction of travel (ground track) on a rotating compass card. The range is
determined by the map range. The range is 1/4 of the map range (e.g., 37.5 nm on a 150 nm map).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Range (radius)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Nav Range Ring
Figure 5-27 Navigation Map - Nav Range Ring
NOTE: The Nav Range Ring is not displayed on the Waypoint Information pages, Nearest pages, or Direct-to
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Window map.
Displaying/removing the Nav Range Ring:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
AFCS
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Highlight the ‘NAV RANGE RING’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
APPENDICES
NOTE: The Nav Range Ring is referenced to either magnetic or true north, based on the selection on the AUX
INDEX
- System Setup Page.
160
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FUEL RANGE RING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The map can display a fuel range ring which shows the remaining flight distance. A dashed green circle
indicates the selected range to reserve fuel. A solid green circle indicates the total endurance range. If only
reserve fuel remains, the range is indicated by a solid yellow circle.
Total Endurance Range
Time to Reserve Fuel
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Range to Reserve Fuel
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-28 Navigation Map - Fuel Range Ring
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Displaying/removing the fuel range ring and selecting a fuel range time:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
AFCS
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘FUEL RNG (RSV)’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
7) Highlight the fuel reserve time field. This time should be set to the amount of flight time equal to the amount
of fuel reserve desired.
8) To change the reserve fuel time, enter a time (00:00 to 23:59; hours:minutes). The default setting is 00:45
minutes.
APPENDICES
9) Press the ENT Key.
10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
161
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FIELD OF VIEW (SVS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The map can display the boundaries of the PFD Synthetic Vision System (SVS) lateral field of view. The field
of view is shown as two dashed lines forming a V shape in front of the aircraft symbol on the map. This is only
available if SVS is installed on the aircraft.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Lateral Field
of View
Boundaries
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-29 Navigation Map - Field of View
Displaying/removing the field of view:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘FIELD OF VIEW’ field.
AFCS
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
162
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SELECTED ALTITUDE INTERCEPT ARC
The map can display the location along the current track where the aircraft will intercept the selected altitude.
The location will be shown as a light blue arc when the aircraft is actuallly climbing or descending.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Range to
Altitude Arc
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-30 Navigation Map - Range to Altitude Arc
Displaying/removing the selected altitude intercept arc:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘SEL ALT ARC’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
163
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.3 WAYPOINTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Waypoints are predetermined geographical positions (internal database) or pilot-entered positions, and are
used for all phases of flight planning and navigation.
Communication and navigation frequencies can be tuned “automatically” from various Waypoint Information
(WPT) pages, Nearest (NRST) pages, and the Nearest Airports Window (on PFD). This auto-tuning feature
simplifies frequency entry over manual tuning. Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS section for details on autotuning.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Waypoints can be selected by entering the ICAO identifier, entering the name of the facility, or by entering
the city name. See the System Overview section for detailed instructions on entering data in the G1000. As a
waypoint identifier, facility name, or location is entered, the G1000’s Spell’N’Find™ feature scrolls through the
database, displaying those waypoints matching the characters which have been entered to that point. A direct-to
navigation leg to the selected waypoint can be initiated by pressing the Direct-to Key on any of the waypoint
pages.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Identifier Entry Field
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
City Entry Field
Facility
Entry Field
- Waypoint Identifier
- Type (symbol)
- Facility Name
- City
Entered Waypoint on
Map
Map Area Showing
Entered Waypoint
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Waypoint Location
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-31 Waypoint Information Window
164
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
If duplicate entries exist for the entered facility name or location, additional entries may be viewed by continuing
to turn the small FMS Knob during the selection process. If duplicate entries exist for an identifier, a Duplicate
Waypoints Window is displayed when the ENT Key is pressed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Identifier with
Duplicates
EIS
Duplicate
Waypoints
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Duplicate Message
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-32 Waypoint Information Window - Duplicate Identifier
AIRPORTS
NOTE: ‘North Up’ orientation on the Airport Information Page cannot be changed; the pilot needs to be
AFCS
aware of proper orientation if the Navigation Map orientation is different from the Airport Information Page
Map.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Airport Information Page is the first page in WPT group and allows the pilot to view airport information,
load frequencies (COM, NAV, and lighting), review runways, and review instrument procedures that may be
involved in the flight plan. See the Audio Panel and CNS Section for more information on loading frequencies
(auto-tuning). After engine startup, the Airport Information Page defaults to the airport where the aircraft is
located. After a flight plan has been loaded, it defaults to the destination airport. On a flight plan with multiple
airports, it defaults to the airport which is the current active waypoint.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
165
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected airport and surrounding area, the Airport Information
Page displays airport information in three boxes labeled ‘AIRPORT’, ‘RUNWAYS’, and ‘FREQUENCIES’. For
airports with multiple runways, information for each runway is available. This information is viewed on the
Airport Information Page by pressing the INFO softkey until INFO-1 is displayed.
Airport Information
- ID/Facility/City
- Usage Type/Region
- Lat/Long/Elev
- Fuel Available
- Time Zone (UTC Offset)
EIS
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
Airport
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Runway Information
- Designation
- Length/Width/Surface
- Lighting Available
Airport/Runway
Diagram
COM/NAV Freq. Info.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Identification
- Frequency
- Availability
- Additional Information
Softkeys
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-33 Airport Information Page
The following descriptions and abbreviations are used on the Airport Information Page:
• Usage type: Public, Military, Private, or Heliport
• Runway surface type: Hard, Turf, Sealed, Gravel, Dirt, Soft, Unknown, or Water
AFCS
• Runway lighting type: No Lights, Part Time, Full Time, Unknown, or PCL Freq (for pilot-controlled
lighting)
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• COM Availability: TX (transmit only), RX (receive only), PT (part time), i (additional information available)
166
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Airport Directory
Information
Airport Information
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
- ID/Facility/City
- Usage Type/Region
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Softkeys
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-34 Airport Directory Page Example
The AOPA directory information is viewed on the Airport Directory Page by pressing the INFO softkey until
INFO-2 is displayed. The following are types of AOPA airport directory information shown (if available) on
the Airport Directory Page:
• Services Available: Category,
Specific Service
• Notes: Airport Notes
• Pilot Controlled Lighting:
High/Med/Low Clicks/Second
• FBO: Type, Frequencies,
Services, Fees, Fuel, Credit
Cards, Phone/Fax Numbers
APPENDICES
• Transportation:
Ground
Transportation Type Available
• Approach: Approach Facility
Name, Frequency, Frequency
Parameter
• Instrument
Approaches:
Published
Approach,
Frequency
• NAVAIDS: Type, Identifier,
Frequency, Radial, Distance
• Noise:
Noise Abatement
Procedures
• Charts: Low Altitude Chart
Number
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Frequencies: Type/Frequency
• Runway: Headings, Length,
Width, Obstructions, Surface
• Obstructions: General Airport
Obstructions
• Special
Operations
at
Airport
AFCS
• Hours: Facility Hours, Light
Hours, Tower Hours, Beacon
Hours
• Location: Sectional, Magnetic
Variation
• Traffic Pattern Altitudes
(TPA): Aircraft Class/Altitude
• Weather:
Service Type,
Frequency, Phone Number
• Flight Service Station (FSS):
FSS Name, Phone Numbers
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Airport:
Identifier, Site
Number, Name, City, State
• Phones: Phone/Fax Numbers
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
167
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Selecting an airport for review by identifier, facility name, or location:
1) From the Airport Information Page, press the FMS Knob.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Use the FMS Knobs and enter an identifier, facility name, or location.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Selecting a runway:
1) With the Airport Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
EIS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘RUNWAYS’ Box, on the runway designator.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the desired runway (if more than one) for the selected airport.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) To remove the flashing cursor, press the FMS Knob.
View a destination airport:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
From the Airport Information Page press the MENU Key. Select ‘View Destination Airport’. The Destination
Airport is displayed.
The Airport Frequencies Box uses the descriptions and abbreviations listed in the following table:
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Communication Frequencies
Approach * Control
Pre-Taxi
Arrival *
CTA *
Radar
ASOS
Departure * Ramp
ATIS
Gate
Terminal *
AWOS
Ground
TMA *
Center
Helicopter
Tower
Class B *
Multicom
TRSA *
Class C *
Other
Unicom
Clearance
Navigation Frequencies
ILS
LOC
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
* May include Additional Information
Table 5-5 Airport Frequency Abbreviations
APPENDICES
A departure, arrival, or approach can be loaded using the softkeys on the Airport Information Page. See the
Procedures section for details. METARs or TAFs applicable to the selected airport can be selected for display (see
the Hazard Avoidance section for details about weather).
INDEX
The G1000 provides a NRST Softkey on the PFD, which gives the pilot quick access to nearest airport
information (very useful if an immediate landing is required). The Nearest Airports Window displays a list
of the 25 nearest airports (three entries can be displayed at one time). If there are more than three they are
displayed in a scrollable list. If there are no nearest airports available, “NONE WITHIN 200NM” is displayed.
168
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Bearing/Distance to Airport
Airport Identifier/
Type
Approach Available
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Length of Longest
Runway
COM Freq. Info.
- Identification
- Frequency
Additional Airports
(within 200 nm)
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NRST Softkey
Figure 5-35 Nearest Airports Window on PFD
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pressing the ENT Key displays the PFD Airport Information Window for the highlighted airport. Pressing
the ENT Key again returns to the Nearest Airports Window with the cursor on the next airport in the list.
Continued presses of the ENT Key sequences through the information pages for all airports in the Nearest
Airports list.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airport Information
- ID/Type/City
- Facility
Airport Information
Airport Information
AFCS
- Usage/Time/Elev
- Region
- Lat/Long
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-36 Airport Information Window on PFD
APPENDICES
The Nearest Airports Page on the MFD is first in the group of NRST pages because of its potential use in
the event of an in-flight emergency. In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected airport and
surrounding area, the page displays nearest airport information in five boxes labeled ‘NEAREST AIRPORTS’,
‘INFORMATION’, ‘RUNWAYS’, ‘FREQUENCIES’, and ‘APPROACHES’. INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
169
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The selected airport is indicated by a white arrow, and a dashed white line is drawn on the navigation map
from the aircraft position to the nearest airport. Up to five nearest airports, one runway, up to three frequencies,
and up to three approaches are visible at one time. If there are more than can be shown, each list can be scrolled.
If there are no items for display in a boxed area, text indicating that fact is displayed. The currently selected
airport remains in the list until it is unselected.
Nearest Airports
EIS
- ID/Type
- Bearing/Distance
Airport Information
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- Facility/City/Elevation
Nearest Airport
Runway Information
Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
Airport
COM/NAV Freq. Info.
- Designation/Surface
- Length/Width
- Identification
- Frequency
Approaches Available
LD APR Softkey (only
available if an approach is
highlighted)
Window Selection
Softkeys
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-37 Nearest Airport Page
Viewing information for a nearest airport on the PFD:
1) Press the NRST Softkey to display the Nearest Airports Window. Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
AFCS
2) Highlight the airport identifier with the FMS Knob and press the ENT Key to display the Airport Information
Window.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) To return to the Nearest Airports Window press the ENT Key (with the cursor on ‘BACK’) or press the CLR
Key. The cursor is now on the next airport in the nearest airports list. (Repeatedly pressing the ENT Key
moves through the airport list, alternating between the Nearest Airports Window and the Airport Information
Window.)
4) Press the CLR Key or the NRST Softkey to close the PFD Nearest Airports Window.
APPENDICES
Viewing information for a nearest airport on the MFD:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the NRST page group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Nearest Airports Page (it is the first page of the group, so it may already
be selected). If there are no Nearest Airports available, “NONE WITHIN 200 NM” is displayed.
INDEX
3) Press the APT Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Airport Window’ and
press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘NEAREST AIRPORTS’ Box. The first airport in the nearest airports
list is highlighted.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airport. (Pressing the ENT Key also moves to the next airport.)
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
170
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Viewing runway information for a specific airport:
1) With the Nearest Airports Page displayed, press the RNWY Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select
Runway Window’; and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘RUNWAYS’ Box.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
See the Audio Panel and CNS Section for frequency selection and the Procedures section for approaches.
EIS
The Nearest Airports Box on the System Setup Page defines the minimum runway length and surface type
used when determining the 25 nearest airports to display on the MFD Nearest Airports Page. A minimum
runway length and/or surface type can be entered to prevent airports with small runways or runways that are
not appropriately surfaced from being displayed. Default settings are 0 feet (or meters) for runway length and
“HARD/SOFT” for runway surface type.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selecting nearest airport surface matching criteria:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the runway surface field in the Nearest Airports Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway option (ANY, HARD ONLY, HARD/SOFT, WATER).
5) Press the ENT Key.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selecting nearest airport minimum runway length matching criteria:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the minimum length field in the Nearest Airport Box.
AFCS
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter the minimum runway length (zero to 25,000 feet) and press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Nearest Airport Criteria
INDEX
- Type of Runway Surface
- Minimum Runway Length
Figure 5-38 System Setup Page - Nearest Airport Selection Criteria
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
171
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
INTERSECTIONS
NOTE: The VOR displayed on the Intersection Information Page is the nearest VOR, not necessarily the VOR
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
used to define the intersection.
The Intersection Information Page is used to view information about intersections. In addition to displaying
a map of the currently selected intersection and surrounding area, the Intersection Information Page displays
intersection information in three boxes labeled ‘INTERSECTION’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘NEAREST VOR’.
EIS
Intersection Identifier
Intersection Info
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
Intersection
- Region
- Lat/Long
Nearest VOR Info
- Identifier/Type (symbol)
- Radial to VOR
- Distance to VOR
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected
Intersection
Figure 5-39 Intersection Information Page
AFCS
Selecting an intersection:
1) With the Intersection Information Page displayed, enter an identifier in the Intersection Box.
2) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
1) With the Nearest Intersections Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
APPENDICES
2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest Intersection Box.
INDEX
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
172
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The Nearest Intersections Page can be used to quickly find an intersection close to the flight path. In addition
to displaying a map of the surrounding area, the page displays information for up to 25 nearest intersections in
three boxes labeled ‘NEAREST INT’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘REFERENCE VOR’.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The selected intersection is indicated by a white arrow. Up to eleven Intersections are visible at a time. If
there are more than can be shown, the list can be scrolled. If there are no items for display, text indicating that
fact is displayed.
NOTE: The list only includes waypoints that are within 200 nm.
EIS
Intersection Information
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- Identifier/Symbol
- Bearing/Distance to
intersection from
aircraft position
Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
Intersection
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Intersection Lat/Long
Reference VOR Info
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Identifier/Type (symbol)
- VOR Frequency
- Bearing/Distance to VOR
Nearest Intersection
Figure 5-40 Nearest Intersections Page
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
173
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
NDBS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The NDB Information Page is used to view information about NDBs. In addition to displaying a map of
the currently selected NDB and surrounding area, the page displays NDB information in four boxes labeled
‘NDB’, ‘INFORMATION’, ‘FREQUENCY’, and ‘NEAREST AIRPORT’.
NDB Identifier/Type
- Facility Name
- Nearest City
EIS
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
NDB
NDB Information
- Type
- Region
- Lat/Long
NDB Frequency
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selected NDB
Nearest Airport Info
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Identifier/Type (symbol)
- Bearing/Distance to
Airport
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-41 NDB Information Page
NOTE: Compass locator (LOM, LMM): a low power, low or medium frequency radio beacon installed in
conjunction with the instrument landing system. When LOM is used, the locator is at the Outer Marker;
when LMM is used, the locator is at the Middle Marker.
AFCS
Selecting an NDB:
1) With the NDB Information Page displayed, enter an identifier, the name of the NDB, or the city in which it’s
located in the NDB Box.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the ENT Key.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
APPENDICES
1) With the Nearest NDB Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest NDB Box.
INDEX
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
174
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The Nearest NDB Page can be used to quickly find a NDB close to the flight path. In addition to displaying
a map of the surrounding area, the page displays information for up to 25 nearest NDBs in three boxes labeled
‘NEAREST NDB’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘FREQUENCY’.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A white arrow before the NDB identifier indicates the selected NDB. Up to eleven NDBs are visible at a time.
If there are more than can be shown, each list can be scrolled. The list only includes waypoints that are within
200nm. If there are no NDBs in the list, text indicating that there are no nearest NDBs is displayed. If there are
no nearest NDBs in the list, the information and frequency fields are dashed.
EIS
NDB Identifier/Symbol
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
NDB
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- Bearing/Distance to
NDB from aircraft
position
NDB Information
Nearest NDB
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Facility Name/City
- Type
- Lat/Long
NDB Frequency
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-42 Nearest NDB Page
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
175
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
VORS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The VOR Information Page can be used to view information about VOR and ILS signals (since ILS signals
can be received on a NAV receiver), or to quickly auto-tune a VOR or ILS frequency. Localizer information
cannot be viewed on the VOR Information Page. If a VOR station is combined with a TACAN station it is
listed as a VORTAC on the VOR Information Page and if it includes only DME, it is displayed as VOR-DME.
EIS
In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected VOR and surrounding area, the VOR Information
Page displays VOR information in four boxes labeled ‘VOR’, ‘INFORMATION’, ‘FREQUENCY’, and ‘NEAREST
AIRPORT’.
VOR Identifier/Type
- Facility Name
- Nearest City
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
VOR
VOR Information
- Class/Magnetic Variation
- Region
- Lat/Long
VOR Frequency
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected VOR
Nearest Airport Info
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Identifier/Type (symbol)
- Bearing/Distance to
Airport
Figure 5-43 VOR Information Page
AFCS
The VOR classes used in the VOR information box are: LOW ALTITUDE, HIGH ALTITUDE, and
TERMINAL.
Selecting a VOR:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) With the VOR Information Page displayed, enter an identifier, the name of the VOR, or the city in which it’s
located in the VOR Box.
2) Press the ENT Key.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
APPENDICES
Or:
1) With the Nearest VOR Page displayed, press the FMS Knob or press the VOR Softkey.
2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest VOR Box.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
INDEX
Or:
176
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1) With the Nearest VOR Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Select VOR Window’, and press the ENT Key.
3) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest VOR Box.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
The Nearest VOR Page can be used to quickly find a VOR station close to the aircraft. Also, a NAV frequency
from a selected VOR station can be loaded from the Nearest VOR Page. In addition to displaying a map of
the surrounding area, the Nearest VOR Page displays information for up to 25 nearest VOR stations in three
boxes labeled ‘NEAREST VOR’, ‘INFORMATION’, and ‘FREQUENCY’. The list only includes waypoints that
are within 200 nm.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
A white arrow before the VOR identifier indicates the selected VOR. Up to eleven VORs are visible at a
time. If there are more than can be shown, each list can be scrolled. If there are no VORs in the list, text
indicating that there are no nearest VORs is displayed. If there are no nearest VORs in the list, the information
is dashed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
VOR Identifier/Symbol
Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
VOR
- Bearing/Distance to VOR
from aircraft position
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
VOR Information
- Facility Name/City
- Class/Magnetic Variation
- Lat/Long
AFCS
VOR Frequency
Nearest VOR
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-44 Nearest VOR Page
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
177
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
USER WAYPOINTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 can create and store up to 1,000 user-defined waypoints. User waypoints can be created from any
map page (except PFD Inset Map, AUX-Trip Planning Page, or Procedure Pages) by selecting a position on the
map using the Joystick, or from the User Waypoint Information Page by referencing a bearing/distance from
an existing waypoint, bearings from two existing waypoints, or latitude and longitude. Once a waypoint has
been created, it can be renamed, deleted, or moved. Temporary user waypoints are erased upon system power
down.
User Waypoint Info
EIS
- Identifier
- Temporary/Normal
- Waypoint Type
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
User Waypoint
Reference Wpt/Info
Selected User
Waypoint
User Waypoint List
- Identifier/Rad/Dist or
- Identifiers/Radials or
- Region/Lat/Long
- Identifier
- Comment
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
User Wpt Comment
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
# User Wpts Used
GO BACK displayed if
User Wpt was created
on map page
Softkeys
Figure 5-45 User Waypoint Information Page
AFCS
Selecting a User Waypoint:
1) With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, enter the name of the User Waypoint, or scroll to the
desired waypoint in the User Waypoint List using the large FMS Knob.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the ENT Key.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
APPENDICES
1) With the Nearest User Waypoints Page displayed, press the FMS Knob.
2) Press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob to select an identifier in the Nearest USR Box.
INDEX
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
178
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Nearest User Wpt List
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
User Waypoint
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
- Identifier
- Bearing/Distance from
aircraft position
EIS
User Waypoint Info
- Comment
- Lat/Long
Selected User
Waypoint
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Reference Wpt Info
- Identifier
- Radial/Distance
Figure 5-46 Nearest User Waypoint Page
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
CREATING USER WAYPOINTS
User waypoints can be created from the User Waypoint Information Page in the following ways:
Creating user waypoints from the User Waypoint Information Page:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the NEW Softkey, or press the MENU Key and select ‘Create New User Waypoint’.
2) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
3) Press the ENT Key. The current aircraft position is the default location of the new waypoint.
4) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways:
AFCS
a) Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint
identifiers and radials into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
b) Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier,
the radial, and the distance into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
APPENDICES
c) Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into
the INFORMATION window using the FMS Knobs.
5) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
6) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “TEMPORARY” or “NORMAL” by moving the cursor
to “TEMPORARY” and selecting the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box.
INDEX
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
179
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Are you sure you want to create the new User Waypoint AAAAAA?’ is
displayed.
4) With ‘YES’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways:
a) Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint
identifiers and radials into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
EIS
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
b) Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier,
the radial, and the distance into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
c) Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into
the INFORMATION window using the FMS Knobs.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
7) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “TEMPORARY” or “NORMAL” by moving the cursor
to “TEMPORARY” and selecting the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Figure 5-47 User Waypoint Information Page Menu
APPENDICES
Creating user waypoints from map pages:
1) Press the Joystick to activate the panning function and pan to the map location of the desired user waypoint.
2) Press the ENT Key. The User Waypoint Information Page is displayed with the captured position.
NOTE: If the pointer has highlighted a map database feature, one of three things happens upon pressing
INDEX
the ENT Key: 1) information about the selected feature is displayed instead of initiating a new waypoint,
2) a menu pops up allowing a choice between ‘Review Airspaces’ or ‘Create User Waypoint’, or 3) a new
waypoint is initiated with the default name being the selected map item.
180
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected name. The first reference waypoint box is highlighted.
5) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
a) Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint
identifiers and radials into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
b) Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier,
the radial, and the distance into the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS window using the FMS Knobs.
EIS
Or:
c) Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into
the INFORMATION window using the FMS Knobs.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
7) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “TEMPORARY” or “NORMAL” by moving the cursor
to “TEMPORARY” and selecting the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
9) Press the GO BACK Softkey to return to the map page.
EDITING USER WAYPOINTS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Editing a user waypoint comment or location:
1) With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Select a user waypoint in the User Waypoint List, if required, and press the ENT Key.
3) Move the cursor to the desired field.
AFCS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to make any changes.
5) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Renaming user waypoints:
1) Highlight a user waypoint in the User Waypoint List. Press the RENAME Softkey, or press the MENU Key and
select ‘Rename User Waypoint’.
APPENDICES
2) Enter a new name.
3) Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Do you want to rename the user waypoint AAAAAA to BBBBBB?’ is
displayed.
4) With ‘YES’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
181
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Changing the location of an existing waypoint to the aircraft present position:
1) Enter a waypoint name or select the waypoint in the User Waypoint List, then press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Use Present Position’.
4) Press the ENT Key twice. The new waypoint’s location is saved.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
A system generated comment for a user waypoint incorporates the reference waypoint identifier, bearing,
and distance. If a system generated comment has been edited, a new comment can be generated.
Resetting the comment field to the system generated comment:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Enter a waypoint name or select the waypoint in the User Waypoint List, then press the ENT Key.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Auto Comment’.
4) Press the ENT Key. The generated comment is based on the reference point used to define the waypoint.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The default type of user waypoint (normal or temporary) can be changed using the user waypoint information
page menu. Temporary user waypoints are automatically deleted upon the next power cycle.
Changing the user waypoint storage duration default setting:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Move the cursor to select ‘Waypoint Setup’, and press the ENT Key.
3) Select ‘NORMAL’ or ‘TEMPORARY’ as desired, and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor and return to the User Waypoint Information Page.
182
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DELETING USER WAYPOINTS
Deleting a single user waypoint:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Highlight a User Waypoint in the User Waypoint List, or enter a waypoint in the User Waypoint field.
2) Press the DELETE Softkey or press the CLR Key. ‘Yes’ is highlighted in the confirmation window.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
EIS
1) Highlight a User Waypoint in the User Waypoint List, or enter a waypoint in the User Waypoint field.
2) Press the MENU Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Select ‘Delete User Waypoint’.
4) Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NOTE: The option to ‘Delete All User Waypoints’ is not available while the aircraft is in flight.
Deleting all user waypoints:
1) Highlight a User Waypoint in the User Waypoint List.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Delete All User Waypoints’.
4) Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
183
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.4 AIRSPACES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 can display the following types of airspaces: Class B/TMA, Class C/TCA, Class D, Restricted, MOA
(Military), Other Airspace, Air Defense Interdiction Zone (ADIZ), and Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR).
Class D Airspace
MOA (Military)
EIS
Class B Airspace
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Restricted Area
Class C Airspace
AFCS
Alert Area
ADIZ
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Warning Area
Figure 5-48 Airspaces
INDEX
The Nearest Airspaces Page, Airspace Alerts Window, and Airspace Alerts on the PFD provide additional
information about airspaces and the location of the aircraft in relationship to them.
184
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The Airspace Alerts Box allows the pilot to turn the controlled/special-use airspace message alerts on or off.
This does not affect the alerts listed on the Nearest Airspaces Page or the airspace boundaries depicted on the
Navigation Map Page. It simply turns on/off the warning provided when the aircraft is approaching or near an
airspace.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
An altitude buffer is also provided which “expands” the vertical range above or below an airspace. For example,
if the buffer is set at 500 feet, and the aircraft is more than 500 feet above/below an airspace, an alert message is
not generated, but if the aircraft is less than 500 feet above/below an airspace and projected to enter it, the pilot
is notified with an alert message. The default setting for the altitude buffer is 200 feet.
Changing the altitude buffer distance setting:
EIS
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the altitude buffer field in the Airspace Alerts Box.
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter an altitude buffer value and press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Turning an airspace alert on or off:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the Airspace Alerts Box.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert ON or counterclockwise to turn the alert OFF.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
Airspace Alerts Box
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- Airspace Altitude Buffer
- Alert On/Off
(Default Settings Shown)
APPENDICES
INDEX
DFLTS Softkey
Figure 5-49 System Setup Page - Airspace Alerts
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
185
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Map ranges for the airspace boundaries are selected from the Aviation Group in the Map Setup Menu. See Table
5-2 for the default and maximum ranges for each type of airspace and the symbol used to define the airspace area.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Nearest Airspaces Page can be used to quickly find airspaces close to the flight path. In addition, a selected
frequency associated with the airspace can be loaded from the Nearest Airspaces Page. In addition to displaying
a map of airspace boundaries and surrounding area, the Nearest Airspaces Page displays airspace information in
four boxes labeled ‘AIRSPACE ALERTS’, ‘AIRSPACE, AGENCY’, VERTICAL LIMITS’, and ‘FREQUENCIES’.
Airspace Alerts Info
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
- Name
- Proximity (Ahead, Inside,
Ahead < 2nm, Within 2nm)
- Time till Intercept (only if
Ahead or Ahead < 2nm)
Airspace/Agency Info
Airspace 1
- Airspace Type
- Controlling Agency
Airspace Vertical Limits
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Ceiling
- Floor
Airspace 2
Associated Frequencies
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Type
- Availability/Info
- Frequency
Softkeys
Figure 5-50 Nearest Airspaces Page
AFCS
Airspace alerts and associated frequencies are shown in scrollable lists on the Nearest Airspaces Page. The
ALERTS and FREQ softkeys place the cursor in the respective list. The FREQ Softkey is enabled only if one or
more frequencies exist for a selected airspace.
Selecting and viewing an airspace alert with its associated information:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Select the Nearest Airspaces Page.
2) Press the ALERTS Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Alerts Window’,
and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘AIRSPACE ALERTS’ Box.
3) Select the desired airspace.
INDEX
APPENDICES
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
186
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the PFD ALERTS Softkey displays the message window on the PFD. The following airspace alerts are
displayed in the message window:
Comments
The aircraft is inside the special use airspace.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft penetrates the airspace within 10
minutes.
Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position.
Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position.
EIS
Message
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside airspace.
ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace ahead –
less than 10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near and
ahead.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near
– less than 2 nm.
Table 5-6 PFD Airspace Alert Messages
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
187
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.5 DIRECT-TO-NAVIGATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Direct-to method of navigation, initiated by pressing the Direct-to Key on either the MFD or PFD, is
quicker to use than a flight plan when the desire is to navigate to a single point such as a nearby airport.
Once a direct-to is activated, the G1000 establishes a point-to-point course line from the present position to the
selected direct-to destination. Course guidance is provided until the direct-to is replaced with a new direct-to or
flight plan, or cancelled.
EIS
A vertical navigation (VNV) direct-to creates a descent path (and provides guidance to stay on the path) from
the current altitude to a selected altitude at the direct-to waypoint. Vertical navigation is based on barometric
altitudes, not on GPS altitude, and is used for cruise and descent phases of flight.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Direct-to Window allows selection and activation of direct-to navigation. The Direct-to Window displays
selected direct-to waypoint data on the PFD and the MFD.
Direct-to Point Info
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Identifier/Symbol/Region
- Facility Name
- City
VNV Constraints
- Altitude at Arrival
- Along Track Offset
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Map of Selected Point
Location of Destination
- Bearing/Distance
AFCS
Desired Course
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-51 Direct-to Window - MFD
APPENDICES
Direct-to Point Info
- Identifier/Symbol/City
- Facility Name
VNV Constraints
- Altitude at Arrival
- Along Track Offset
Direct-to Point Info
INDEX
- Bearing/Distance
- Desired Course
Activation Command
Figure 5-52 Direct-to Window - PFD
188
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Any waypoint can be entered as a direct-to destination from the Direct-to Window.
Entering a waypoint identifier, facility name, or city as a direct-to destination:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed (with the active flight plan wayoint as the default
selection or a blank waypoint field if no flight plan is active).
EIS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to begin entering a waypoint identifier (turning it counter-clockwise brings
up the waypoint selection submenu - press the CLR Key to remove it), or turn the large FMS Knob to select the
facility name, or city field and turn the small FMS Knob to begin entering a facility name or city. If duplicate
entries exist for the entered facility or city name, additional entries can be viewed by turning the small FMS
Knob during the selection process.
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate?’ field is highlighted.
4) Press the ENT Key to activate the direct-to.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Any waypoint contained in the active flight plan can be selected as a direct-to waypoint from the Direct-to
Window, the Active Flight Plan Page, or the Active Flight Plan Window.
Waypoint Submenu
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Flight Plan Waypoints
- Nearest Airports
- Recent Waypoints
- User Waypoints
- Airway Waypoints
(only available when
active leg is part of an
airway)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-53 Waypoint Submenu
Selecting an active flight plan waypoint as a direct-to destination:
AFCS
1) While navigating an active flight plan, press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed with the
active flight plan waypoint as the default selection.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of flight plan waypoints (the FPL list is populated
only when navigating a flight plan).
3) Select the desired waypoint.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
APPENDICES
Or:
1) Select the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD, or the Active Flight Plan Window on the PFD.
2) Select the desired waypoint.
3) Press the Direct-to Key.
INDEX
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
189
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Any NRST, RECENT, USER, or AIRWAY waypoints can be selected as a direct-to destination in the Direct-to
Window.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting a NRST, RECENT, USER, or AIRWAY waypoint as a direct-to destination:
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed (with the active flight plan destination as the
default selection or a blank destination if no flight plan is active).
2) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of FPL waypoints (the FPL list is populated only
when navigating a flight plan, and the AIRWAY list is available only when the active leg is part of an airway).
3) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the NRST, RECENT, USER, or AIRWAY waypoints.
EIS
4) Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired waypoint.
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Direct-to Window can be displayed from any page and allows selection and activation of direct-to navigation.
If the direct-to is initiated from any page except the WPT pages, the default waypoint is the active flight plan
waypoint (if a flight plan is active) or a blank waypoint field. Direct-to requests on any WPT page defaults to the
displayed waypoint.
Selecting any waypoint as a direct-to destination:
1) Select the page or window containing the desired waypoint type and select the desired waypoint.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window with the selected waypoint as the direct-to
destination.
3) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
4) Press ENT again to activate the direct-to.
Selecting a nearby airport as a direct-to destination:
AFCS
1) Press the NRST Softkey on the PFD; or turn the FMS Knob to display the Nearest Airports Page and press the
FMS Knob.
2) Select the desired airport (the nearest one is already selected).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the Direct-to Key.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
APPENDICES
Direct-to destinations may also be selected by using the pointer on the navigation map pages. If no airport,
NAVAID, or user waypoint exists at the desired location, a temporary waypoint named ‘MAPWPT’ is automatically
created at the location of the map arrow.
Selecting a waypoint as a direct-to destination using the pointer:
INDEX
1) From a navigation map page, press the Joystick to display the pointer.
2) Move the Joystick to place the pointer at the desired destination location.
3) If the pointer is placed on an existing airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint, the waypoint name is highlighted.
4) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window with the selected point entered as the direct-to
destination.
190
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
6) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Cancelling a Direct-to:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Cancel Direct-To NAV’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. If a flight plan is still active, the G1000 resumes
navigating the flight plan along the closest leg.
EIS
Page Menu
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- Cancel Direct-To
Navigation
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-54 Direct-to Window - Cancelling Direct-to Navigation
AFCS
When navigating a direct-to, the G1000 sets a direct great circle course to the selected destination. The course
to a destination can also be manually selected using the course field (‘COURSE’) on the Direct-to Window.
Selecting a manual direct-to course:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed with the destination field highlighted.
2) Highlight the course field.
3) Enter the desired course.
APPENDICES
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Reselecting the direct course from the current position:
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window is displayed with the destination field highlighted.
INDEX
2) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
3) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
191
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A direct-to with altitude constraints creates a descent path (and provides guidance to stay on the path) from
the aircraft’s current altitude to the altitude of the direct-to waypoint. The altitude is reached at the waypoint,
or at the specified distance along the flight path if an offset distance has been entered. All VNV altitudes prior
to the direct-to destination are removed from the active flight plan upon successful activation of the direct-to.
All VNV altitudes following the direct-to waypoint are retained. See the section on Vertical Navigation for more
information regarding the use and purpose of VNV altitudes and offset distances.
Entering a VNV altitude and along-track offset for the waypoint:
1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window.
EIS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor over the ‘VNV’ altitude field.
3) Enter the desired altitude.
4) Press the ENT Key. The option to select MSL or AGL is now displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’.
6) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now flashing in the VNV offset distance field.
7) Enter the desired along-track distance before the waypoint.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate?’ field is highlighted.
9) Press the ENT Key to activate.
Removing a VNV altitude constraint:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the Direct-to Window.
2) Press the MENU Key.
AFCS
3) With ‘Clear Vertical Constraints’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
Page Menu
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- Clear Vertical Navigation
Constraints
Figure 5-55 Direct-to Window - Clearing Vertical Constraints
192
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.6 FLIGHT PLANNING
Flight Plan Leg Type
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight planning on the G1000 consists of building a flight plan by entering waypoints one at a time, adding
waypoints along airways, and inserting departures, airways, arrivals, or approaches as needed. The G1000 allows
flight planning information to be entered from either the MFD or PFD. The flight plan is displayed on maps using
different line widths, colors, and types, based on the type of leg and the segment of the flight plan currently being
flown (departure, enroute, arrival, approach, or missed approach).
Symbol
EIS
Active non-heading Leg
Active heading Leg
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Non-heading Leg in the current flight segment
Heading Leg not in the current flight segment
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Non-heading Leg not in the active flight segment
Turn Anticipation Arc
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 5-7 Flight Plan Leg Symbols
AFCS
Up to 99 flight plans with up to 99 waypoints each can be created and stored in memory. One flight plan can be
activated at a time and becomes the active flight plan. The active flight plan is erased when the system is turned
off and overwritten when another flight plan is activated. When storing flight plans with an approach, departure,
or arrival, the G1000 uses the waypoint information from the current database to define the waypoints. If the
database is changed or updated, the G1000 automatically updates the information if the procedure has not been
modified. If an approach, departure, or arrival procedure is no longer available, the procedure is deleted from the
affected stored flight plan(s), and an alert is displayed (see Miscellaneous Messages in Appendix A) advising that
one or more stored flight plans need to be edited.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Whenever an approach, departure, or arrival procedure is loaded into the active flight plan, a set of approach,
departure, or arrival waypoints is inserted into the flight plan along with a header line describing the instrument
procedure the pilot selected. The original enroute portion of the flight plan remains active (unless an instrument
procedure is activated) when the procedure is loaded.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
When the database is updated, the airways need to be reloaded also. Each airway segment is reloaded from
the database given the entry waypoint, the airway identifier and the exit waypoint. This reloads the sequence of
waypoints between the entry and exit waypoints (the sequence may change when the database is updated). The
update of an airway can fail during this process. If that happens, the airway waypoints are changed to regular
(non-airway) flight plan waypoints, and an alert is displayed (see Miscellaneous Messages in Appendix A).
193
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
The following could cause the airway update to fail:
• Airway identifier, entry waypoint or exit waypoint not found in the new database.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Airway entry/exit waypoint is not an acceptable waypoint for the airway – either the waypoint is no longer on
the airway, or there is a new directional restriction that prevents it being used.
• Loading the new airway sequence would exceed the capacity of the flight plan.
FLIGHT PLAN CREATION
There are three methods to create or modify a flight plan:
EIS
• Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD (create/modify the active flight plan)
• Active Flight Plan Window on the PFD (create/modify the active flight plan)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Flight Plan Catalog Page on the MFD (create/modify a stored flight plan)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Active FPL Waypoint List
- Comment
- Procedure Header
- Waypoint Identifier
- Airway Identifier
- Desired Track to Waypoint
- Distance to Waypoint
- Waypoint Altitude Constraint
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Active Flight
Plan Leg
Vertical Navigation Profile
- Active Vertical WPT Alt/ID
- Vertical Speed Target
- Flight Path Angle
- Vertical Speed Target
- Time to Top of Descent
- Vertical Deviation
Turn Anticipation Arc
AFCS
Non-Active,
Flight Plan Leg
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-56 Active Flight Plan Page
APPENDICES
Active Flight Plan Comment
Active Flight
Plan Leg
Active Flight Plan Waypoint List
INDEX
- Waypoint ID
- Desired Track to Waypoint
- Distance to Waypoint
- Airway Identifier
Figure 5-57 Active Flight Plan Window on PFD
194
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Catalog Contents
- # Used
- # Empty
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Plan List
- Comment
EIS
Selected Flight
Plan Map
Selected FPL Info
Softkeys
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- Departure Waypoint
- Destination Waypoint
- Total Flight Plan Distance
- Enroute Safe Altitude
Figure 5-58 Flight Plan Catalog Page
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The active flight plan is listed on the active Flight Plan Page on the MFD, and in the Active Flight Plan
Window on the PFD. It is the flight plan to which the G1000 is currently providing guidance, and is shown
on the navigation maps. Stored flight plans are listed on the Flight Plan Catalog Page, and are available for
activation (becomes the active flight plan).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Creating an active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (only on MFD).
AFCS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway
waypoints).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of
waypoints and press the ENT Key. The active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
5) Repeat step numbers 3 and 4 to enter each additional flight plan waypoint.
6) When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
APPENDICES
Creating a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
3) Press the NEW Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Create New Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key to
display a blank flight plan for the first empty storage location.
195
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway
waypoints).
5) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of
waypoints and press the ENT Key.
6) Repeat step numbers 4 and 5 to enter each additional flight plan waypoint.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
7) When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to return to the Flight Plan Catalog Page. The new
flight plan is now in the list.
196
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flight plans can be imported from an SD Card or exported to an SD Card from the Stored Flight Plan Page.
Importing a Flight Plan from an SD Card
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Insert the SD card containing the flight plan in the top card slot on the MFD.
2) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5) Turn either FMS Knob to highlight an empty or existing flight plan.
EIS
6) Press the IMPORT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Import Flight Plan”, and press the ENT Key.
If an empty slot is selected, a list of the available flight plans on the SD card will be displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Or:
If an existing flight plan is selected, an “Overwrite existing flight plan? OK or CANCEL” prompt is displayed.
Press the ENT Key to choose to overwrite the selected flight plan and see the list of available flight plans on the
SD card. If overwriting the existing flight plan is not desired, select “CANCEL” using the FMS Knob, press the
ENT Key, select another flight plan slot, and press the IMPORT Softkey again.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan for importing.
8) Press the ENT Key to initiate the import.
9) Press the ENT Key again to confirm the import.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
List of Flight Plans to Import &
Details for the Selected File
APPENDICES
Import/Export Softkeys
Import Successful
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
Figure 5-59 Flight Plan Import
197
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
NOTE: If the imported flight plan contains a waypoint with a name that duplicates the name of a waypoint
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
already stored on the system, the system compares the coordinates of the imported waypoint with those of
the existing waypoint. If the coordinates are different, the imported waypoint is automatically renamed by
adding characters to the end of the name.
Exporting a Flight Plan to an SD Card
1) Insert the SD card into the top card slot on the MFD.
2) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
EIS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be exported.
6) Press the EXPORT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Export Flight Plan”.
7) If desired, change the name for the exported file by turning the large FMS Knob to the left to highlight the
name, then use the small and large FMS knobs to enter the new name, and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the ENT Key to initiate the export.
9) Press the ENT Key to confirm the export.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NOTE: The exported flight plan will not contain any procedures or airways.
Import/Export Softkeys
Stored Flight Plan to be Exported &
Exported Flight Plan Name
Export Successful
INDEX
Figure 5-60 Flight Plan Export
198
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDING WAYPOINTS TO AN EXISTING FLIGHT PLAN
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Waypoints can be added to the active flight plan or any stored flight plan. Choose the flight plan, select the
desired point of insertion, enter the waypoint, and it is added in front of the selected waypoint. Flight plans
are limited to 99 waypoints (including waypoints within airways and procedures). If the number of waypoints
in the flight plan exceeds 99, the message “Flight plan is full. Remove unnecessary waypoints.” appears and the
new waypoint(s) are not added to the flight plan.
EIS
Stored Flight Plan Selected
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- Memory Slot
- Comment
- Procedure Identifier
- Waypoint Identifier
- Airway Identifier
- Desired Track to Waypoint
- Distance to Waypoint
- Waypoint Altitude Constraint
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Softkeys
Figure 5-61 Stored Flight Plan Page
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Flight Plan Full Message
APPENDICES
Figure 5-62 Active Flight Plan Page - FPL Full
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
199
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Adding a waypoint to a stored flight plan:
1) On the Flight Plan Catalog Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select “EDIT” and press the
ENT Key. The Stored Flight Plan Page is displayed.
4) Select the point in the flight plan to add the new waypoint. The new waypoint is placed directly in front of the
highlighted waypoint.
EIS
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway
waypoints).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of waypoints
and press the ENT Key. The new waypoint now exists in the flight plan.
NOTE: If the identifier entered in the Waypoint Information Window has duplicates, a Duplicate Waypoint
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Window is displayed. Use the FMS Knob to select the correct waypoint.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-63 Duplicate Waypoints Window
Adding a waypoint to the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
APPENDICES
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
3) Select the point in the flight plan before which to add the new waypoint. The new waypoint is placed directly
in front of the highlighted waypoint.
INDEX
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway
waypoints).
5) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of waypoints
and press the ENT Key. The active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
200
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Creating and adding user waypoints to the active flight plan:
1) Press the Joystick to activate the panning function on the Active Flight Plan Page and pan to the map location
of the desired user waypoint.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the LD WPT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key. The user
waypoint is created with a name of USRxxx (using the next available in sequence) and is added to the end of
the active flight plan.
ADDING AIRWAYS TO A FLIGHT PLAN
EIS
Airways can be added to the active flight plan or any stored flight plan. Choose a flight plan (add the desired
airway entry point if not already in the flight plan), select the waypoint after the desired airway entry point,
select the airway, and it is added in front of the selected waypoint. An airway can only be loaded if there is a
waypoint in the flight plan that is part of the desired airway and is not part of an arrival or approach procedure.
The G1000 also anticipates the desired airway and exit point based on loaded flight plan waypoints.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Airway Entry Waypoint
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected Airway
Airways Available at TOP
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airway Waypoint
Sequence
Preview of
Selected Airway
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-64 Select Airway Page - Selecting Airway
Adding an airway to a flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
APPENDICES
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint after the desired airway entry point. If this waypoint is not
a valid airway entry point, a valid entry point should be entered at this time.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
4) Turn the small FMS Knob one click clockwise and press the LD AIRWY Softkey, or press the MENU Key and
select “Load Airway”. The Select Airway Page is displayed. The LD AIRWY Softkey or the “Load Airway” menu
item is available only when a valid airway entry waypoint has been chosen (the waypoint ahead of the cursor
position).
201
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway from the list, and press the ENT Key. Low altitude airways are
shown first in the list, followed by “all” altitude airways, and then high altitude airways.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway exit point from the list, and press the ENT Key. ‘LOAD?’ is
highlighted.
7) Press the ENT Key. The system returns to editing the flight plan with the new airway inserted.
Airway Entry Waypoint
EIS
Selected Airway
Selected Exit Point
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Preview of
Selected Airway
Selected Airway
Exit Point
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Airway Exit Points
Available
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 5-65 Select Airway Page - Selecting Exit Point
Inserted Airway Header
INDEX
APPENDICES
- Airway Identifier: [airway
identifier].[exit waypoint identifier]
(e.g., V4.SLN)
Figure 5-66 Active Flight Plan Page - Airway Inserted
202
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
RESTRICTIONS ON ADDING AIRWAYS
Some airways have directional restrictions on all or part of the route. Airway “A2” in Europe has a directional
restriction over the whole route such that it can be flown only in the direction MTD-ABB-BNE-DEVAL.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Airway “UR975” in North Africa has more complicated directional restrictions within the list of airway
waypoints AMANO, VAKOR, LIBRO, NELDA, DIRKA, GZO, KOSET, and SARKI:
• Starting from AMANO, the airway can be flown only to LIBRO.
• Starting from SARKI, the airway can be flown only to LIBRO.
• Between NELDA and GZO, the airway can be flown in either direction.
EIS
In the US, airways that are “one-way” for specified hours of operation are not uncommon. These airways
are always bidirectional in the G1000 database.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The system only allows correct airway sequences to be inserted. If the pilot subsequently inverts the flight
plan, the system inverts the airway waypoint sequence and removes the airway header. ADDING PROCEDURES TO A STORED FLIGHT PLAN
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The G1000 allows the pilot to insert pre-defined instrument procedures from the navigation database into a
flight plan. The procedures are designed to facilitate routing of traffic leaving an airport (departure), arriving at
an airport (arrival), and landing at an airport (approach). See the procedures section for more details.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Flight Plan Name
Flight Plan
Waypoint List
AFCS
Softkeys
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Load Departure Load Arrival Load Approach Activate Flight Plan
APPENDICES
Figure 5-67 Stored Flight Plan Page
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
203
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
DEPARTURE (DP)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A Departure Procedure (DP) is loaded at the departure airport in the flight plan. Only one departure can
be loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route is defined by selection of a departure, the transition waypoints,
and a runway.
Departure Airport
EIS
Selected
Departure
Departures Available at
KMKC
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Preview of
Selected
Departure
Departure Waypoint
Sequence
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-68 Departure Loading Page - Selecting the Departure
Loading a departure procedure into a stored flight plan:
1) Select a stored flight plan from the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
AFCS
2) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
3) Press the LD DP Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Departure”, and press the ENT Key. The
Departure Loading Page is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Select a departure. Press the ENT Key.
5) Select a runway served by the selected departure, if required. Press the ENT Key.
6) Select a transition for the selected departure. Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
7) Press the ENT Key to load the selected departure procedure.
204
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Departure Airport
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected
Departure
Selected Runway
Selected
Departure End
Point
Selected Transition
Departure Transition
Points Available
EIS
Preview of
Selected
Departure
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-69 Departure Loading Page - Selecting Transition
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Inserted Departure Header
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Departure Identifier: [departure
airport]-[departure runway].
[departure transition].
[departure end point]
(e.g., KMKC-ALL.TIFTO2.TIFTO)
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-70 Stored Flight Plan Page - Departure Inserted
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
205
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
ARRIVAL (STAR)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A Standard Terminal Arrival (STAR) is loaded at the destination airport in the flight plan. Only one arrival
can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route is defined by selection of an arrival, the transition waypoints,
and a runway.
Destination Airport
Selected Arrival
EIS
Arrivals Available at
KCOS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selected Runway
Arrival Waypoint
Sequence
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Preview of
Selected Arrival
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-71 Arrival Loading Page - Selecting the Arrival
Loading an arrival procedure into a stored flight plan:
1) Select a stored flight plan from the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
AFCS
2) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
3) Press the LD STAR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Arrival”, and press the ENT Key. The Arrival
Loading Page is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Select an arrival. Press the ENT Key.
5) Select a transition for the selected arrival. Press the ENT Key.
6) Select a runway served by the selected arrival, if required. Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
7) Press the ENT Key to load the selected arrival procedure.
206
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Destination Airport
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Arrival
Selected Transition
Transitions Available
with DBRY1
EIS
Arrival Waypoint
Sequence
Preview of
Selected Arrival
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-72 Arrival Loading Page - Selecting the Transition
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Inserted Arrival Header
AFCS
- Arrival Identifier:
[arrival airport]-[arrival transition].
[arrival].[arrival runway]
(e.g., KCOS-ALS.DBRY1.ALL)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-73 Stored Flight Plan Page - Arrival Inserted
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
207
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
APPROACH (APPR)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
An Approach Procedure (APPR) can be loaded at any airport that has an approach available. Only one
approach can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. The route for a selected approach is defined by designating
transition waypoints.
EIS
Destination Airport
Selected
Approach
Approaches Available
at KCOS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Preview of
Selected
Approach
Barometric Minimum
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Approach Waypoint
Sequence
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-74 Approach Loading Page - Selecting the Approach
Loading an approach procedure into a stored flight plan:
1) Select a stored flight plan from the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
AFCS
2) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
3) Press the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Approach”, and press the ENT Key. The
Approach Loading Page is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Select an approach. Press the ENT Key.
5) Select a transition for the selected approach. Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
6) Press the ENT Key to load the selected approval procedure.
208
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Destination Airport
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected
Approach
Selected Transition
Preview of
Selected
Approach
Transitions Available
with Selected Approach
EIS
Approach Waypoint
Sequence
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Load Approach?
Figure 5-75 Approach Loading Page - Selecting the Transition
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Inserted Approach Header
- Approach Identifier: [approach
airport].[runway and approach type]
AFCS
Figure 5-76 Stored Flight Plan Page - Approach Inserted
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
FLIGHT PLAN STORAGE
APPENDICES
The G1000 can store up to 99 flight plans, numbered 1 through 99. The active flight plan is erased when
the G1000 is powered off or when another flight plan is activated. Details about each stored flight plan can be
viewed on the Flight Plan Catalog Page and on the Stored Flight Plan Page.
Viewing information about a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
INDEX
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
209
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
4) The Flight Plan Information is displayed showing departure, destination, total distance, and enroute safe altitude
information for the selected Flight Plan.
5) Press the EDIT Softkey to open the Stored Flight Plan Page and view the waypoints in the flight plan.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6) Press the FMS Knob to exit the Stored Flight Plan Page.
EIS
Flight Plan Name
(Comment)
Selected Flight Plan
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Preview of Selected
Flight Plan
Stored Flight Plan Info
- Departure Airport
- Destination Airport
- Total Flight Plan Distance
- Enroute Safe Altitude
Stored FPL Editing Softkeys
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-77 Stored Flight Plan Information
Storing an active flight plan from the Active Flight Plan Page or the Active Flight Plan Window:
1) Press the MENU Key.
AFCS
2) Highlight ‘Store Flight Plan’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The flight plan is stored in the next available position in the flight
plan list on the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
210
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ACTIVATE A FLIGHT PLAN
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Activating a stored flight plan erases the active flight plan and replaces it with the flight plan being activated.
Inverting a stored flight plan reverses the waypoint order, erases the active flight plan, and replaces it with the
flight plan being activated (the stored flight plan is not changed).
Activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
EIS
3) Press the ACTIVE Softkey; or press the ENT Key twice; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Activate Flight Plan’,
and press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate Stored Flight Plan?’ window is displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
Inverting and activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Press the INVERT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert & Activate FPL?’, and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Invert and activate stored flight plan?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
COPY A FLIGHT PLAN
The G1000 allows copying a flight plan into a new flight plan memory slot, allowing editing, etc., without
affecting the original flight plan. This can be used to duplicate an existing stored flight plan for use in creating
a modified version of the original stored flight plan.
AFCS
Copying a stored flight plan on the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Press the COPY Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Copy Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Copy
to Flight Plan XX?’ window is displayed.
APPENDICES
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to copy the flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
DELETE A STORED FLIGHT PLAN
Individual or all stored flight plans can be deleted from the G1000 memory.
Deleting a stored flight plan:
INDEX
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
211
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
3) Press the DELETE Softkey; press the CLR Key; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press
the ENT Key. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ window is displayed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
NOTE: The option to delete all stored flight plans is not available while the aircraft is in flight.
Deleting all stored flight plans:
EIS
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘Delete All’ and press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete all flight plans?’ confirmation window is displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete all flight plans. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT PLAN EDITING
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The active flight plan or any stored flight plan can be edited. The edits made to the active flight plan affect
navigation as soon as they are entered.
DELETING THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The G1000 allows deleting an active flight plan. Deleting the active flight plan suspends navigation by the
G1000.
Deleting the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
AFCS
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Delete all waypoints in flight
plan?’ window is displayed.
3) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the active flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
DELETING FLIGHT PLAN ITEMS
APPENDICES
Deleting an individual waypoint from the active flight plan:
INDEX
Individual waypoints, entire airways, and entire procedures can be deleted from a flight plan. Some waypoints
in the final approach segment (such as the FAF or MAP) can not be deleted individually. Attempting to delete
a waypoint that is not allowed results in a window displaying ‘Invalid flight plan modification.’
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ window is displayed.
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the waypoint to be deleted.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
212
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Deleting an entire airway from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the white header of the airway to be deleted.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <airway name>?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
Deleting an entire procedure from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the white header of the procedure to be deleted.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu and turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Remove <procedure>’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
AFCS
Deleting an individual waypoint from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
APPENDICES
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint to be deleted.
6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ window is displayed.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
213
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Deleting an entire airway from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the airway to be deleted.
EIS
6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <airway name>?’ window is displayed.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Deleting an entire procedure from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the procedure to be deleted.
6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
AFCS
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
APPENDICES
5) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu and turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Remove <procedure>’.
6) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
INDEX
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
214
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CHANGING FLIGHT PLAN COMMENTS (NAMES)
The comment field (or name) of each flight plan can be changed to something that is useful for identification
and sorting.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Changing the active flight plan comment:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the comment field.
3) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the comment.
EIS
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Changing a stored flight plan comment:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The Stored
Flight Plan Page is displayed.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the comment field.
6) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the comment.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
215
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
ALONG TRACK OFFSETS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A waypoint having an “along track offset” distance from an existing waypoint can be entered into a flight plan.
Along track offset waypoints lie along the path of the existing flight plan, and can be used to make the system
reach a specified altitude before or after reaching the specified flight plan waypoint. Offset distances can be
entered from 1 to 99 nm in increments of 1 nm. Entering a negative offset distance results in an along track
offset waypoint inserted before the selected waypoint, whereas entering a positive offset distance results in an
along track offset waypoint inserted after the selected waypoint. Multiple offset waypoints are allowed.
EIS
A waypoint must be adjacent to its parent waypoint in the flight plan, so the system limits the along-track
distance to less than the length of the leg before or after the selected waypoint. If the selected waypoint is the
active waypoint, the distance is limited to less than the distance to go to the active waypoint. Assigning an along
track offset to a leg with indeterminate length is not permitted. An along track offset is not allowed at or after
the final approach fix of an approach.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
An along track offset distance cannot be modified once entered. If the along track offset distance must be
changed, the existing along track offset waypoint must be deleted and a new one created with the new offset
distance.
Along Track Offset
Waypoint and
Distance from Flight
Plan Waypoint
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Along Track
Offset Waypoint
and Distance
Figure 5-78 Along Track Offset
Entering an along track offset distance:
APPENDICES
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the waypoint for the along track offset.
INDEX
3) Press the ATK OFST Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Create ATK Offset Waypoint’, and
press the ENT Key.
4) Enter a positive or negative offset distance in the range of +/- 1 to 99 nm (limited by leg distance).
5) Press the ENT Key to create the offset waypoint.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
216
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PARALLEL TRACK
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Parallel Track (PTK) feature allows creation of a parallel course offset of 1 to 50 nm left or right of the
current flight plan. When Parallel Track is activated, the course line drawn on the map pages shows the parallel
course, and waypoint names have a lower case “p” placed after the identifier.
Using direct-to, loading an approach, a holding pattern, or editing and activating the flight plan automatically
cancels Parallel Track. Parallel Track is also cancelled if a course change occurs greater than 120° or the parallel
tracks overlap as a result of the course change.
NOTE: Vertical navigation is unavailable while the Parallel Track feature is active.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Active Flight Plan prior to
Parallel Track
Selecting Parallel
Track
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 5-79 Active Flight Plan Window - Selecting Parallel Track
Activating parallel track:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The Parallel Track Window is displayed
with the direction field highlighted.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Left’ or ‘Right’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘DISTANCE’ field is highlighted.
APPENDICES
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter a distance from 1-99 nm and press the ENT Key. ‘ACTIVATE PARALLEL
TRACK’ is highlighted.
5) Press the ENT Key to activate parallel track. Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to cancel the parallel track
activation.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
217
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Offset Direction
Offset Distance
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Activation Prompt
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-80 Parallel Track Window
AFCS
Parallel Track Waypoints
- TIFTO-p
- TOP-p
- ...
- LAA-p
Activating Parallel Track
affects the active flight
plan from the current
position on (will not affect
an approach)
Parallel Track
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Original Track
Figure 5-81 Parallel Track Active
INDEX
If the parallel track proposed by the offset direction and distance is not allowed by the system, the activation
prompt is displayed, but disabled. Parallel Track cannot be activated if a course is set using direct-to or if the
active leg is the first leg of the departure procedure. Attempting to activate parallel track with these conditions
results in the message ‘Parallel Track Unavailable Invalid Route Geometry’. If an approach leg is active the status
218
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
indicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track with the message ‘Parallel Track Unavailable
Approach Leg Active’. If the offset direction and distance results in an unreasonable route geometry the status
indicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track because of invalid geometry.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Subdued Prompt
(Unavailable)
EIS
Unavailable Status
Invalid
Geometry
Approach
Active
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-82 Parallel Track Unavailable
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If the active leg is not a track between two fixes (TF) or a course to a fix (DF) leg, the status
indicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track because parallel track is not available for the
active leg type.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Offset Direction &
Distance Subdued
(Unavailable)
Cancel Prompt
AFCS
Active Status
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-83 Cancelling Parallel Track
Cancelling parallel track:
APPENDICES
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The Parallel Track Window is displayed
with ‘CANCEL PARALLEL TRACK?’ highlighted.
3) Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
219
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ACTIVATING A FLIGHT PLAN LEG
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Activating a flight plan leg:
The G1000 allows selection of a highlighted leg as the “active leg” (the flight plan leg which is currently
used for navigation guidance).
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the destination waypoint for the desired leg.
EIS
3) Press the ACT LEG Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Activate Leg’, and press the ENT Key.
A confirmation window is displayed with ‘ACTIVATE’ highlighted.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Press the ENT Key to activate the flight plan leg. To cancel, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press
the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Selected Destination
Waypoint
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Current Active Leg
Activate Leg Softkey
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-84 Active Flight Plan Page - Selecting the Leg Destination Waypoint
220
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
New Active
Flight Plan Leg
EIS
Confirmation Window
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-85 Active Flight Plan Page - New Active Leg
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
INVERTING A FLIGHT PLAN
Any flight plan may be inverted (reversed) for navigation back to the original departure point.
Inverting the active flight plan:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. An ‘Invert Active Flight Plan?’
confirmation window is displayed.
3) Select ‘OK’.
AFCS
4) Press the ENT Key to invert and activate the active flight plan. To cancel, press the CLR Key, or highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Inverting and activating a stored flight plan:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
APPENDICES
3) Press the INVERT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert & Activate FPL?’, and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Invert and activate stored flight plan?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
221
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT PLAN VIEWS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Information about flight plans can be viewed in more than one way. The active flight plan can be configured
to show cumulative distance over the length of the flight plan or the distance for each leg of the flight plan;
and the active flight plan can be viewed in a narrow or wide view. In the wide view, additional information is
displayed: Fuel Remaining (FUEL REM), Estimated Time Enroute (ETE), Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA), and
Bearing to the waypoint (BRG).
Switching between leg-to-leg waypoint distance and cumulative waypoint distance:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
EIS
2) Press the VIEW Softkey to display the CUM and LEG-LEG Softkeys.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the CUM Softkey to view cumulative waypoint distance, or press the LEG-LEG Softkey to view leg-to-leg
waypoint distance.
4) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the top level active flight plan softkeys.
Active Flight Plan Cumulative Distance
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Active Flight Plan Leg to Leg Distance
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
WIDE Softkey, NARROW Softkey, LEG-LEG Softkey, CUM Softkey
Figure 5-86 Active Flight Plan - Leg to Leg vs. Cumulative Distance
Switching between wide and narrow view:
APPENDICES
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Press the VIEW Softkey to display the WIDE and NARROW Softkeys.
3) Press the WIDE Softkey to display the wide view, or press the NARROW Softkey to display the narrow view.
INDEX
4) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the top level active flight plan softkeys.
222
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Active Flight Plan Narrow View
Active Flight Plan Wide View
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
WIDE Softkey, NARROW Softkey, LEG-LEG Softkey, CUM Softkey
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-87 Active Flight Plan - Wide vs. Narrow View
COLLAPSING AIRWAYS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The G1000 allows airways on the active flight plan to be collapsed or expanded from the Active Flight Plan
Page/Window. When airways have been collapsed, it is indicated on the airway heading.
When airways are collapsed, leg-to-leg computed values such as DIS or ETE shown for the exit waypoint
reflect the total of all the legs on the airway that have been hidden in the collapsed display. The DTK value is
inhibited because it is not usable in this context.
AFCS
The Active Flight Plan Page always keeps the following three waypoints visible: “From” waypoint, “To”
waypoint, and “Next” waypoint. To prevent one or more of these waypoints from being hidden in a collapsed
airway segment, the airway segment that contains either the “To” or the “Next” waypoint is automatically
expanded. When an airway is loaded, airways are automatically expanded to facilitate flight plan review.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
223
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Q3.FEPOT Airway
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Collapsed View
Expanded View
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-88 Expanded/Collapsed Airways
Collapsing/expanding the airways in the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Collapse Airways’ or ‘Expand Airways’, and press the ENT Key. The airways are
collapsed/expanded.
CLOSEST POINT OF FPL
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
‘Closest Point of FPL’ calculates the bearing and closest distance at which a flight plan passes a reference
waypoint, and creates a new user waypoint along the flight plan at the location closest to a chosen reference
waypoint.
Determining the closest point along the active flight plan to a selected waypoint:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
AFCS
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Closest Point Of FPL’’, and press the ENT Key. A window appears with the
reference waypoint field highlighted.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Enter the identifier of the reference waypoint and press the ENT Key. The G1000 displays the bearing (BRG) and
distance (DIS) to the closest point along the flight plan to the selected reference waypoint and creates a user
waypoint at this location. The name for the new user waypoint is derived from the identifier of the reference
waypoint.
224
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.7 VERTICAL NAVIGATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The G1000 supports vertical navigation for all lateral leg types except for CA, CI, FA, FM, HA, HM, PI,
VA, VD, VI, VR, and VM. Vertical constraints are not retained in stored flight plans.
Current Vertical Navigation Profile
EIS
The G1000 system Vertical Navigation (VNV) feature provides vertical profile guidance during the enroute
and teminal phases of flight. Guidance based on specified altitudes at waypoints in the active flight plan or to a
direct-to waypoint is provided. It includes vertical path guidance to a descending path, which is provided as a
linear deviation from the desired path. The desired path is defined by a line joining two waypoints with specified
altitudes or as a vertical angle from a specified waypoint/altitude. The vertical waypoints are integrated into the
active flight plan. Both manual and autopilot-coupled guidance are supported.
Current Vertical Navigation Profile
Enabled (valid data)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Disabled (fields dashed)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ENBL VNV Softkey
CNCL VNV Softkey
Figure 5-89 Enabling/Disabling Vertical Navigation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Enabling VNV guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
APPENDICES
2) Press the ENBL VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Enable VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Vertical
navigation is enabled, and vertical guidance begins with the waypoint shown in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box
(defaults first waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude enabled for vertical navigation (e.g., HABUK)).
Disabling VNV guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
2) Press the CNCL VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Cancel VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Vertical
navigation is disabled.
225
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Canceling vertical navigation results in vertical deviation (V DEV), vertical speed required (VS REQ), and time
to top of descent/bottom of descent (TIME TO TOD/BOD) going invalid. The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI)
and Required Vertical Speed Indication (RVSI) on the PFD are removed, and the V DEV, VS REQ, and TIME TO
TOD items displayed in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box are dashed. VNV remains disabled until manually
enabled. Vertical guidance in reversionary mode can only be enabled for a direct-to waypoint.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The G1000 allows a vertical navigation direct-to to any waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude
constraint “designated” for vertical guidance. Pressing the VNV Direct-to Softkey on the Active Flight Plan Page
allows the flight plan to be flown, while vertical guidance based on the altitude constraint at the VNV direct-to
waypoint is provided. The altitude change begins immediately and is spread along the flight plan from current
position to the vertical direct-to waypoint, not just along the leg for the direct-to waypoint. A direct-to with
altitude constraint activated by pressing the Direct-to Key also provides vertical guidance, but would bypass
flight plan waypoints between the current position in the flight plan and the direct-to waypoint. A top of descent
(TOD) point is computed based on the default flight path angle; descent begins once the TOD is reached.
Current Vertical Navigation Profile
Current Vertical Navigation Profile
After VNV Direct-to
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Prior to VNV Direct-to
VNV Direct-To Softkey
VNV PROF Softkey
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-90 Vertical Navigation Direct-To
Activating a vertical navigation direct-to:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
APPENDICES
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint.
NOTE: The selected waypoint must have a designated altitude constraint (light blue number) to be used. If
not, the first waypoint in the flight plan with a designated altitude constraint is selected.
INDEX
3) Press the VNV Direct-To Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘VNV Direct-To’, and press the ENT Key.
An ‘Activate vertical Direct-to to: NNNNNFT at XXXXXX?’ confirmation window is displayed.
226
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4) Press the ENT Key. Vertical guidance begins to the altitude constraint for the selected waypoint.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The vertical navigation profile can be modified by directly entering a vertical speed target (VS TGT) and/or flight
path angle (FPA) in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box.
Modifying the VS TGT and FPA:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the VNV PROF Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select VNV Profile Window’, and press the ENT
Key. The cursor is now located in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box.
EIS
3) Turn the FMS Knobs as needed to edit the values.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing curso
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ALTITUDE CONSTRAINTS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The G1000 system can use altitude constraints associated with lateral waypoints to give guidance for vertical
navigation. These altitudes are, depending on the specific instance, manually entered or retrieved from the
published altitudes in the navigation database. The navigation database only contains altitudes for procedures
that call for “Cross at” altitudes. If the procedure states “Expect to cross at,” then the altitude is not in the
database. In this case the altitude may be entered manually.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Displayed Text
Examples
Cross AT
or ABOVE
5,000 ft
Large White Text
Large Light Blue Text
Cross AT
2,300 ft
Cross AT
or BELOW
3,000 ft
AFCS
Small Light Blue Text
Small Light Blue
Subdued Text
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Altitude Constraint
Examples
Small White Text with
Altitude Restriction Bar
Figure 5-91 Waypoint Altitude Constraints
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
227
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
White Text
Light Blue Text
Light Blue Subdued Text
Large Altitude calculated by the system
Text estimating the altitude of the aircraft as
it passes over the navigation point. This
altitude is provided as a reference and is
not designated to be used in determining
vertical speed and deviation guidance.
Altitude has been entered manually.
Altitude is designated for use in giving
vertical speed and deviation guidance.
Altitude does not match the published
altitude in navigation database or no
published altitude exists.
The system cannot use this
altitude in determining vertical
speed and deviation guidance
because of an invalid constraint
condition.
Small
Text
Altitude is designated for use in giving
vertical speed and deviation guidance.
Altitude has been retrieved from the
navigation database or has been entered
manually and matches a published
altitude in the navigation database.
The system cannot use this
altitude in determining vertical
speed and deviation guidance
because of an invalid constraint
condition.
Altitude is not designated to be used in
determining vertical speed and deviation
guidance. Altitude has been retrieved
from the navigation database and is
provided as a reference.
Table 5-8 Altitude Constraint Size and Color Coding
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Altitudes associated with arrival and approach procedures are “auto-designated”. This means the system
automatically uses the altitudes loaded with the arrival and the approach for giving vertical speed and deviation
guidance. Note that these altitudes are displayed as blue text up to, but not including, the FAF. The FAF is
always a “reference only” altitude and cannot be designated, unless the selected approach does not provide
vertical guidance. In this case, the FAF altitude can be designated.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitudes that have been designated for use in vertical guidance can be “un-designated” using the CLR Key.
The altitude is now displayed only as a reference. It is not used to give vertical guidance. Other displayed
altitudes may change due to re-calculations or be rendered invalid as a result of manually changing an altitude
to a non-designated altitude.
Designating a waypoint altitude to be used for vertical guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
AFCS
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter editing mode.
4) Press the ENT Key. The altitude is now shown in blue, indicating it is usable for vertical guidance.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Designating a procedure waypoint altitude to be used for vertical guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude.
APPENDICES
3) Press the ENT Key. The altitude is now shown in blue, indicating it is usable for vertical guidance.
INDEX
Altitude constraints are displayed and entered in feet mean sea level (MSL) values to the nearest hundred. An
altitude constraint in feet above ground level (AGL) format is supported for airports. When a database altitude
restriction is displayed, the G1000 allows entry of a different altitude when creating a waypoint, effectively
overriding the database restriction (only before the FAF). When a database altitude restriction of type “AT or
ABOVE” or “AT or BELOW” is activated, the system uses the “AT” portion of the restriction to define the vertical
profile.
228
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
An altitude constraint is invalid if:
• Meeting the constraint requires the aircraft to climb
• Meeting the constraint requires the maximum flight path angle or maximum vertical speed to be exceeded
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• The altitude constraint results in a TOD behind the aircraft present position
• The constraint is within a leg type for which altitude constraints are not supported
• The altitude constraint is added to the FAF of an approach that provides vertical guidance (i.e., ILS or GPS
SBAS approach)
• The altitude constraint is added to a waypoint past the FAF.
EIS
Entering/modifiying an altitude constraint:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Enter an altitude constraint value using the FMS Knobs. To enter altitudes as a flight level, turn the small
FMS Knob counter-clockwise past zero or clockwise past 9 on the first character, and the system automatically
changes to show units of Flight Level. Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to highlight the first zero and enter
the three digit flight level.
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint; if the selected waypoint is an airport, an additional choice
is displayed. Turn the small FMS Knob to choose ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’, and press the ENT Key to accept the altitude.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitude constraints can be modified or deleted after having been added to the flight plan. In the event
an altitude constraint is deleted and the navigation database contains an altitude restriction for the lateral
waypoint, the G1000 displays the altitude restriction from the database provided no predicted altitude
can be provided. The G1000 also provides a way to reinstate a published altitude constraint that has been
edited.
Deleting an altitude constraint provided by the navigation database:
AFCS
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove VNV altitude constraint?’ confirmation window is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key.
Deleting an altitude constraint that has been manually entered:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
APPENDICES
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
4) Select ‘REMOVE’ and press the ENT Key. The manually entered altitude is deleted (it is replaced by a system
calculated altitude, if available).
229
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Reverting a manually entered altitude constraint back to the navigation database value:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
4) Select ‘REVERT’ and press the ENT Key. The altitude is changed to the navigation database value.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
Modifying a system calculated altitude constraint:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
3) Press the CLR Key. An ‘Edit or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
4) Select ‘EDIT’ and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Edit the value using the FMS Knobs, and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
230
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.8 PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 can access the whole range of instrument procedures available. Departures (DPs), arrivals (STARs),
and non-precision and precision approaches (APPRs) are stored within the database and can be loaded using the
Procedures (PROC) Key.
EIS
The selected procedure for the departure or arrival airport is added to the active flight plan. No waypoints are
required to be in the active flight plan to load procedures; however, if the departure and arrival airport are already
loaded, the procedure loading window defaults to the appropriate airport, saving some time selecting the correct
airport on the Procedure Loading Page. Whenever an approach is selected, the choice to either “load” or “activate”
is given. “Loading” adds the approach to the end of the flight plan without immediately using it for navigation
guidance. This allows continued navigation via the intermediate waypoints in the original flight plan, but keeps
the procedure available on the Active Flight Plan Page for quick activation when needed. “Activating” also adds
the procedure to the end of the flight plan but immediately begins to provide guidance to the first waypoint in
the approach.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
DEPARTURES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
A Departure Procedure (DP) is loaded at the departure airport in the flight plan. Only one departure can be
loaded at a time in a flight plan. If a departure is loaded when another departure is already in the active flight
plan, the new departure replaces the previous departure. The route is defined by selection of a departure, the
transition waypoints, and a runway.
LOADING A DEPARTURE INTO THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Loading a departure into the active flight plan using the PROC Key:
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT DEPARTURE’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The Departure Loading Page is displayed.
AFCS
4) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
5) Select a departure from the list and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key.
7) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘LOAD?’ is highlighted.
8) Press the ENT Key to load the departure procedure.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
231
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Departure Airport
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Available Procedure Actions
Loaded Procedures
Departure Preview
Departure Choices
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-92 Departure Selection
Loaded Departure
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected Departure
Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-93 Departure Loading
232
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Viewing available departures at an airport:
1) From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), press the DP Softkey. The Departure Information
Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. To select a different airport, use the FMS Knob to enter an identifier/
facility name/city, and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Departure. The departure is previewed on the map.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available departures. Press the ENT Key to select the departure. The cursor
moves to the Runway box. The departure is previewed on the map.
EIS
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT Key to select the runway. The cursor
moves to the Transition box (only if there are available transitions). The departure is previewed on the map.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor
moves to the Sequence box. The departure is previewed on the map.
7) Press the INFO-x Softkey to return to the Airport Information Page.
REMOVING A DEPARTURE FROM THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When plans change while flying IFR, departures can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan.
Removing a departure procedure from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Departure’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the departure procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
Or:
AFCS
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the departure header in the active flight plan.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the departure procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
233
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
ARRIVALS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A Standard Terminal Arrival (STAR) can be loaded at any airport that has one available. Only one arrival
can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If an arrival is loaded when another arrival is already in the active
flight plan, the new arrival replaces the previous arrival. The route is defined by selection of an arrival, the
transition waypoints, and a runway.
LOADING AN ARRIVAL INTO THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
Loading an arrival into the active flight plan using the PROC Key:
EIS
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT ARRIVAL’.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Press the ENT Key. The Arrival Loading Page is displayed.
7) Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘LOAD?’ is highlighted.
5) Select an arrival from the list and press the ENT Key.
6) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
8) Press the ENT Key to load the arrival procedure.
Destination Airport
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Available Procedure Actions
APPENDICES
Loaded Procedures
Arrival Preview
Arrival Choices
INDEX
Figure 5-94 Arrival Selection
234
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selected Arrival
Loaded Arrival
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys
Figure 5-95 Arrival Loading
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Viewing available arrivals at an airport:
1) From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), press the STAR Softkey. The Arrival Information
Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport Information Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. To select a different airport, use the FMS Knob to enter an identifier/
facility name/city, and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Arrival. The arrival is previewed on the map.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available arrivals. Press the ENT Key to select the arrival. The cursor moves
to the Transition box. The arrival is previewed on the map.
AFCS
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor
moves to the Runway box. The arrival is previewed on the map.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT Key to select the runway. The cursor
moves to the Sequence box. The arrival is previewed on the map.
7) Press the INFO-x Softkey to return to the Airport Information Page.
REMOVING AN ARRIVAL FROM THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
APPENDICES
When plans change while flying IFR, arrivals can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan.
Removing an arrival from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD)
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Arrival’.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
235
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the arrival header in the active flight plan.
3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival procedure.
EIS
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
APPROACHES
NOTE: If certain GPS parameters (SBAS, RAIM, etc.) are not available, some published approach procedures
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
for the desired airport may not be displayed in the list of available approaches.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
An Approach Procedure (APPR) can be loaded at any airport that has one available, and provides guidance
for non-precision and precision approaches to airports with published instrument approach procedures.
Only one approach can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If an approach is loaded when another approach
is already in the active flight plan, the new approach replaces the previous approach. The route is defined by
selection of an approach and the transition waypoints.
AFCS
Whenever an approach is selected, the choice to either “load” or “activate” is given. “Loading” adds the
approach to the end of the flight plan without immediately using it for navigation guidance. This allows
continued navigation via the intermediate waypoints in the original flight plan, but keeps the procedure
available on the Active Flight Plan Page for quick activation when needed. “Activating” also adds the
procedure to the end of the flight plan but immediately begins to provide guidance to the first waypoint in
the approach.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When selecting an approach, a “GPS” designation to the right of the procedure name indicates the procedure
can be flown using the GPS receiver. Some procedures do not have this designation, meaning the GPS
receiver can be used for supplemental navigation guidance only. If the GPS receiver cannot be used for
primary guidance, the appropriate navigation receiver must be used for the selected approach (e.g., VOR or
ILS). The final course segment of ILS approaches, for example, must be flown by tuning the NAV receiver to
the proper frequency and selecting that NAV receiver on the CDI.
236
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Example on HSI
EIS
Approach Type
- LNAV
- LNAV+V
- L/VNAV
- LPV
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HSI Annunciation
Description
LNAV
GPS approach using published LNAV
minima
LNAV+V
GPS approach using published LNAV
minima. Advisory vertical guidance is
provided
L/VNAV
GPS approach using published LNAV/
(available only if VNAV minima
SBAS equipped)
LPV
GPS approach using published LPV
(available only if minima
SBAS equipped
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 SBAS GPS allows for flying LNAV, LNAV/VNAV, and LPV approaches according to the published
chart. LNAV+V is a standard LNAV approach with advisory vertical guidance provided for assistance in
maintaining a constant vertical glidepath similar to an ILS glideslope on approach. This guidance is displayed
on the G1000 PFD in the same location as the ILS glideslope using a magenta diamond. In all cases where
LNAV+V is indicated by the system during an approach, LNAV minima are used. The active approach type
is annunciated on the HSI as shown in the following table:
Table 5-9 Approach Types
LOADING AN APPROACH INTO THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Loading an approach into the active flight plan using the PROC Key:
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT APPROACH’, and press the ENT Key. The Approach Loading Page is displayed..
3) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
AFCS
4) Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
5) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
6) Minimums
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
a) To set ‘MINIMUMS’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS
Knob to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
Or:
APPENDICES
b) To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key.
7) Press the ENT Key with ‘LOAD?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure; or turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight ‘ACTIVATE’ and press the ENT Key to load and activate the approach procedure.
NOTE: When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV
receiver to fly the final course of the approach.
237
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Destination Airport
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Available Procedure Actions
Loaded Procedures
Approach Preview
Approach Choices
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-96 Approach Selection
Loaded Approach
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected Approach
Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys
LOAD or ACTIVATE? Annunciation
APPENDICES
Figure 5-97 Approach Loading
Viewing available approaches at an airport:
INDEX
1) From the Airport Information Page (first page in the WPT group), press the APR Softkey. The Approach
Information Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the Airport information Page.
2) To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter an identifier/facility name/city, and
press the ENT Key.
238
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Press the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Approach. The approach is previewed on
the map.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available approaches. Press the ENT Key to select the approach. The
cursor moves to the Transition box. The approach is previewed on the map.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor
moves to the Minimums box. The approach is previewed on the map.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select BARO (or optional RAD ALT) minimums on or off. Press the ENT Key.
EIS
a) When minimums are selected on, the cursor moves to the minimum altitude field . Use the small FMS Knob to
select the altitude. Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the Sequence box. The approach is previewed on
the map.
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
b) When minimums are selected off, the cursor moves to the Sequence box. The approach is previewed on the
map.
7) Press the INFO-x Softkey to return to the Airport Information Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Loading an approach into the active flight plan from the Nearest Airport Page:
1) Select the Nearest Airports Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired nearest airport. The airport is
previewed on the map.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Press the APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Approach Window’, and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired approach.
5) Press the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Load Approach’, and press the ENT Key. The
Approach Loading Page is displayed with the transitions field highlighted.
6) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired transition, and press the ENT Key.
AFCS
7) Minimums
a) To set ‘MINIMUMS’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘RAD ALT’ (optional), and press the ENT Key.
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Or:
b) To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key. The ‘LOAD?’ field is highlighted.
APPENDICES
8) Press the ENT Key with ‘LOAD?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure; or turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight ‘ACTIVATE’ and press the ENT Key to load and activate the approach procedure. The system continues
navigating the current flight plan until the approach is activated. When GPS is not approved for the selected
final approach course, the message ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the
approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV receiver to fly the final course of the approach.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
239
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
ACTIVATING AN APPROACH
A previously loaded approach can be activated from the Procedures Window.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Activating a previously loaded approach:
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed with ‘Activate Approach’ highlighted.
2) Press the ENT Key to activate the approach.
EIS
In many cases, it may be easiest to “load” the full approach while still some distance away, enroute to the
destination airport. Later, if vectored to final, use the steps above to select ‘Activate Vector-To-Final’ — which
makes the inbound course to the FAF waypoint active.
Activating a previously loaded approach with vectors to final:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the PROC Key to display the Procedures Window.
2) Highlight ‘ACTIVATE VECTOR-TO-FINAL’ and press the ENT Key.
Loading and activating an approach using the MENU Key:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) From the Approach Loading Page, press the MENU Key. The page menu is displayed with ‘Load & Activate
Approach’ highlighted.
2) Press the ENT Key. When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the message ‘NOT
APPROVED FOR GPS’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched to
a NAV receiver to fly the final course of the approach.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
REMOVING AN APPROACH FROM THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
When plans change while flying IFR, approaches can be easily removed from the Active Flight Plan.
Removing an approach from the active flight plan:
AFCS
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Approach’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach procedure.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Or:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page (MFD) or the Active Flight Plan Window (PFD).
APPENDICES
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the approach header in the active flight plan.
3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
240
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MISSED APPROACH
Activating a missed approach in the active flight plan:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the PROC Key.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘ACTIVATE MISSED APPROACH’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The aircraft automatically sequences to the MAHP.
Or:
Press the Go-Around Button.
EIS
COURSE TO ALTITUDE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
In this missed approach procedure, the altitude immediately following the MAP (in this case ‘6368ft’) is
not part of the published procedure. It is simply a Course to Altitude (CA) leg which guides the aircraft along
the runway centerline until the altitude required to safely make the first turn toward the MAHP is exceeded.
This altitude is provided by Jeppesen, and may be below, equal to, or above the published minimums for
this approach. In this case, if the aircraft altitude is below the specified altitude (6,368 feet) after crossing
the MAP, a direct-to is established to provide a course on runway heading until an altitude of 6,368 feet is
reached. After reaching 6,368 feet, a direct-to is established to the published MAHP (in this case MOGAL).
If the aircraft altitude is above the specified altitude after crossing the MAP, a direct-to is established to the
published fix (MOGAL) to begin the missed approach procedure.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In some missed approach procedures this Course to Altitude leg may be part of the published procedure.
For example, a procedure may dictate a climb to 5,500 feet, then turn left and proceed to the Missed Approach
Hold Point (MAHP). In this case, the altitude would appear in the list of waypoints as ‘5500ft’. Again, if the
aircraft altitude is lower than the prescribed altitude, a direct-to is established on a Course to Altitude leg
when the missed approach procedure is activated.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Course to Altitude Leg
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
Figure 5-98 Course to Altitude
241
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.9 TRIP PLANNING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The G1000 allows the pilot to view trip planning information, fuel information, and other information for
a specified flight plan or flight plan leg based on automatic data, or based on manually entered data. Weight
planning is also available, based on fuel sensor data and the active flight plan (to estimate remaining fuel).
TRIP PLANNING
EIS
All of the input of data needed for calculation and viewing of the statistics is done on the Trip Planning Page
located in the AUX Page Group.
Selected Flight Plan Segment
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- FPL Number/Cumulative Legs (CUM or REM) or Leg Number (NN)
- Waypoints Defining Selected Flight Plan/Flight Plan Leg
Trip Planning Page Mode
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Preview of Selected
Flight Plan/
Flight Plan Leg
- Automatic/Manual
Trip Input Data (sensor/pilot)
- Departure Time (local)
- Ground Speed
- Fuel Flow
- Fuel On Board Aircraft
- Calibrated Airspeed
- Indicated Altitude
- Barometric Pressure
- Total Air Temperature
Trip Statistics
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Desired Track Distance Est. Time Enroute Est. Time of Arrival Enroute Safe Altitude Sunrise Time (local) Sunset Time (local) -
Other Statistics
- Density Altitude
- True Airspeed (TAS)
Fuel Statistics
AFCS
Efficiency Total Endurance Remaining Fuel Remaining Endurance Fuel Required Total Range -
Softkeys
- Automatic/Manual Page Mode
- Flight Plan/Waypoint Mode
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-99 Trip Planning Page
The trip planning inputs are based on sensor inputs (automatic page mode) or on pilot inputs (manual page
mode). Some additional explanation of the sources for some of the inputs is as follows:
APPENDICES
• Departure time (DEP TIME) - This defaults to the current time in automatic page mode. The computations
are from the aircraft present position, so the aircraft is always just departing.
• Calibrated airspeed (CALIBRATED AS) - The primary source is from the air data system, and the secondary
source of information is GPS ground speed.
INDEX
• Indicated altitude (IND ALTITUDE) - The primary source is the barometric altitude, and the secondary source
of information is GPS altitude.
242
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TRIP STATISTICS
The trip statistics are calculated based on the selected starting and ending waypoints and the trip planning
inputs.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In flight plan mode (FPL) with a stored flight plan selected (NN), and the entire flight plan (CUM) selected,
the waypoints are the starting and ending waypoints of the selected flight plan.
In flight plan mode (FPL) with a stored flight plan selected (NN), and a specific leg (NN) selected, the
waypoints are the endpoints of the selected leg.
EIS
In flight plan mode (FPL) with the active flight plan selected (00), and the remaining flight plan (REM)
selected, the ‘from’ waypoint is the present position of the aircraft and the ‘to’ waypoint is the endpoint of the
active flight plan.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
In flight plan mode (FPL) with the active flight plan selected (00), and a specific leg (NN) selected, the
‘from’ waypoint is the current aircraft position and the ‘to’ waypoint is the endpoint of the selected leg.
In waypoint (WPTS) mode these are manually selected waypoints (if there is an active flight plan, these
default to the endpoints of the active leg).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Some of the calculated trip statistics are dashed when the selected leg of the active flight plan has already
been flown.
• Desired Track (DTK) - DTK is shown as nnn° and is the desired track between the selected waypoints. It is dashed unless only a single leg is selected.
• Distance (DIS) - The distance is shown in tenths of units up to 99.9, and in whole units up to 9999. HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Estimated time enroute (ETE) - ETE is shown as hours:minutes until less than an hour, then it is shown
as minutes:seconds.
• Estimated time of arrival (ETA) - ETA is shown as hours:minutes and is the local time at the
destination.
- If in waypoint mode then the ETA is the ETE added to the departure time.
AFCS
- If a flight plan other than the active flight plan is selected it shows the ETA by adding to the departure
time all of the ETEs of the legs up to the selected leg. If the entire flight plan is selected, then the ETA
is calculated as if the last leg of the flight plan was selected.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- If the active flight plan is selected the ETA reflects the current position of the aircraft and the current
leg being flown. The ETA is calculated by adding to the current time the ETEs of the current leg up to
and including the selected leg. If the entire flight plan is selected, then the ETA is calculated as if the
last leg of the flight plan was selected.
APPENDICES
• Enroute safe altitude (ESA) - The ESA is shown as nnnnnFT
• Destination sunrise and sunset times (SUNRISE, SUNSET) - These times are shown as hours:minutes
and are the local time at the destination.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
243
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FUEL STATISTICS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The fuel statistics are calculated based on the selected starting and ending waypoints and the trip planning
inputs. Some of the calculated trip statistics are dashed when the selected leg of the active flight plan has
already been flown.
• Fuel efficiency (EFFICIENCY) - This value is calculated by dividing the current ground speed by the
current fuel flow.
• Time of fuel endurance (TOTAL ENDUR) - This time is shown as hours:minutes. This value is obtained
by dividing the amount of fuel on board by the current fuel flow.
EIS
• Fuel on board upon reaching end of selected leg (REM FUEL) - This value is calculated by taking the
amount of fuel onboard and subtracting the fuel required to reach the end of the selected leg. AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Fuel endurance remaining at end of selected leg (REM ENDUR) - This value is calculated by taking the time
of fuel endurance and subtracting the estimated time enroute to the end of the selected leg.
• Fuel required for trip (FUEL REQ) - This value is calculated by multiplying the time to go by the fuel
flow.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Total range at entered fuel flow (TOTAL RANGE) - This value is calculated by multiplying the time of fuel
endurance by the ground speed.
OTHER STATISTICS
These statistics are calculated based on the system sensor inputs or the manual trip planning inputs.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Density altitude (DENSITY ALT)
• True airspeed (TRUE AIRSPEED)
The pilot may select automatic (AUTO) or manual (MANUAL) page mode, and flight plan (FPL) or waypoint
(WPTS) mode. In automatic page mode, only the FPL, LEG, or waypoint IDs are editable (based on FPL/WPTS
selection).
AFCS
Selected Flight Plan NN -
Selected Leg(s)
00 is Active FPL
01-99 are Stored FPLs
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Starting and Ending Waypoint
of Selected Flight Plan Segment
Stored Flight Plan
- CUM: Beginning to End of FPL
- NN: Beginning to End of Selected Leg
Active Flight Plan
- REM: Pres. Pos. to End of FPL
- NN: Pres. Pos. to End of Selected Leg
Figure 5-100 Trip Planning Page - Flight Plan Mode
APPENDICES
Selected Flight Plan
Not Available
Selected Leg(s)
Not Available
Selected Starting and Ending Waypoints
INDEX
Figure 5-101 Trip Planning Page - Waypoint Mode
244
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting automatic or manual page mode:
Press the AUTO Softkey or the MANUAL Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Auto Mode’ or ‘Manual
Mode’, and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting flight plan or waypoint mode:
Press the FPL Softkey or the WPTS Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Flight Plan Mode’ or ‘Waypoints
Mode’, and press the ENT Key.
Selecting a flight plan and leg for trip statistics:
EIS
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor in the flight plan number field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired flight plan number.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘CUM’ or ‘REM’. The statistics for each leg can be viewed by turning the
small FMS Knob to select the desired leg. The Inset Map also displays the selected data.
Selecting waypoints for waypoint mode:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the WPTS Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Waypoints Mode’, and press the ENT Key. The
cursor is positioned in the waypoint field directly below the FPL field.
2) Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired waypoint (or select from the Page Menu ‘Set WPT to Present Position’
if that is what is desired), and press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the second waypoint field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired waypoint, and press the ENT Key. The statistics for the selected leg
are displayed.
In manual page mode, the other eight trip input data fields must be entered by the pilot, in addition to flight
plan and leg selection.
Entering manual data for trip statistics calculations:
AFCS
1) Press the MANUAL Softkey or select ‘Manual Mode’ from the Page Menu, and press the ENT Key. The cursor
may now be positioned in any field in the top right two boxes.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the FMS Knobs to move the cursor onto the DEP TIME field and enter the desired value. Press the ENT Key.
The statistics are calculated using the new value and the cursor moves to the next entry field. Repeat until all
desired values have been entered.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
245
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.10 RAIM PREDICTION
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
RAIM (Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring) is a GPS receiver function that performs a consistency
check on all tracked satellites. RAIM ensures that the available satellite geometry allows the receiver to calculate
a position within a specified RAIM protection limit (2.0 nm for oceanic, 2.0 nm for enroute, 1.0 nm for terminal,
and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). During oceanic, enroute, and terminal phases of flight, RAIM is
available nearly 100% of the time. The RAIM prediction function also indicates whether RAIM is available at a
specified date and time. RAIM computations predict satellite coverage within ±15 min of the specified arrival
date and time. Because of the tighter protection limit on approaches, there may be times when RAIM is not
available. RAIM prediction must be initiated manually if there is concern over SBAS coverage at the destination
or some other reason that compromises navigation precision. If RAIM is not predicted to be available for the
final approach course, the approach does not become active. If RAIM is not available when crossing the FAF, the
missed approach procedure must be flown.
RAIM PREDICTION Box
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Prediction Waypoint
- Arrival Time
- Arrival Date
- RAIM Status
RAIM Softkey
SBAS Softkey
(displays SBAS Selection)
(displays RAIM PREDICTION)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-102 RAIM Prediction
Predicting RAIM availability at a selected waypoint:
1) Select the AUX-GPS Status Page.
APPENDICES
2) Press the FMS Knob. The RAIM Prediction ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
Waypoint Information Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the Waypoint Information Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway
waypoints).
INDEX
4) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint; or select a waypoint from the submenu of
waypoints and press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
246
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
6) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
7) Press the ENT Key with ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’ highlighted to begin the computation.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Predicting RAIM availability at the aircraft present position:
1) Select the AUX-GPS Status Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob. The RAIM Prediction ‘WAYPOINT’ field is highlighted.
3) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set WPT to Present Position’, and press the ENT Key.
EIS
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
5) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Turn the FMS Knobs to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
7) Press the ENT Key with ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’ highlighted to begin the computation.
Status of the RAIM computation for the selected waypoint, time, and date is displayed at the bottom of the
RAIM PREDICTION Box as follows:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• ‘COMPUTE RAIM?’ - RAIM has not been computed.
• ‘COMPUTING AVAILABILITY’ - RAIM calculation is in progress.
• ‘RAIM AVAILABLE’ - RAIM is predicted to be available.
• ‘RAIM NOT AVAILABLE’ - RAIM is predicted to be unavailable.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Satellite Based Augmentation System (SBAS) provides increased navigation accuracy when available. SBAS
can be enabled or disabled manually on the GPS Status Page.
AFCS
SBAS Status
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
SBAS SELECTION Box
- EGNOS Enable/Disable
- MSAS Enable/Disable
- WAAS Enable/Disable
APPENDICES
RAIM Softkey
INDEX
SBAS Softkey
(displays SBAS Selection)
(displays RAIM PREDICTION)
Figure 5-103 SBAS Display - Active
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
247
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Enabling/Disabling SBAS:
1) Select the AUX-GPS Status Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the SBAS Softkey.
3) Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘EGNOS’, ‘MSAS’ or ‘WAAS’.
EIS
4) Press the ENT Key to disable SBAS. Press the ENT Key again to enable SBAS.
SBAS Status
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SBAS SELECTION Box
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- EGNOS Enable/Disable
- MSAS Enable/Disable
- WAAS Enable/Disable
SBAS Softkey
(displays SBAS Selection)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
RAIM Softkey
(displays RAIM PREDICTION)
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 5-104 SBAS Display - Disabled
248
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.11 NAVIGATING A FLIGHT PLAN
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following discussion is an example of navigating a flight plan with an LPV approach using the SBAS capable
GPS system while the G1000 provides vertical guidance through descents. A flight plan with an LNAV approach
would be navigated in much the same way, but would not include vertical guidance when the final approach
course is active.
NOTE: The following example flight plan is for instructional purposes only. All database information depicted
should be considered not current.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The example is a flight plan from KMKC to KCOS filed using the TIFTO2 departure, various Victor Airways,
and the DBRY1 arrival with the transition at TBE. The flight plan includes an enroute altitude of 12,000 feet, an
LPV (WAAS) approach selected for runway 35R, and a missed approach executed at the Missed Approach Point
(MAP). A few enroute changes are demonstrated.
1) Prior to departure, the TIFTO2 departure, the airways, and the DBRY1 arrival at KCOS are loaded. See the
Procedures section for loading departures and arrivals. Note the magenta arrow in Figure 5-105 indicating the
active departure leg.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
After takeoff, ATC assigns a heading of 240º.
2) Figure 5-105 shows the aircraft on the assigned heading of 240º. ‘TERM’ (Terminal) is the current CDI flight
phase displayed on the HSI indicating 1.0 nm CDI scaling.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-105 Assigned Heading of 240º
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
249
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) ATC now assigns routing to join V4. A heading of 290º is assigned to intercept V4. The aircraft turns to heading
290° as seen in Figure 5-106.
Figure 5-106 Assigned Heading of 290º
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Enter V4 into the flight plan.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
250
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
b) The desired entry point for V4 (TOP) must be entered. Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight
plan insertion point (SLN) as shown in Figure 5-107. When the V4 entry point (TOP) is inserted, it is placed
immediately above the highlighted waypoint (SLN).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-107 Begin Adding V4 to the Flight Plan
c) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window. Enter the desired entry point for V4,
Topeka VOR (TOP), as shown in Figure 5-108.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-108 Entering V4 Entry Point
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
251
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
d) Press the ENT Key. TOP is inserted into the flight plan as in Figure 5-109.
Figure 5-109 TOP Inserted into the Flight Plan
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
e) With SLN still highlighted as in Figure 5-109, turn the small FMS Knob clockwise. The Waypoint Information
Page is displayed and the LD AIRWY Softkey is now available.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
f) Press the LD AIRWY Softkey to display the list of available airways for TOP as seen in Figure 5-110.
APPENDICES
Figure 5-110 List of Available Airways for TOP
INDEX
g) Turn either FMS Knob to highlight V4 in the list as seen in Figure 5-110.
252
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
h) Press the ENT Key. The list of available exits for V4 is now displayed as in Figure 5-111.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-111 List of Available Exits for V4
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
i) If necessary, turn either FMS Knob to select the desired exit. In this case Salina VOR (SLN) is selected as in
Figure 5-111.
j) Press the ENT Key. The selected airway and exit are displayed, and the prompt “LOAD?” highlighted as in
Figure 5-112.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-112 Ready to Load V4
k) Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
253
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
l) V4 is now loaded into the flight plan as shown in Figure 5-113.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-113 V4 is Loaded in the Flight Plan
5) Making V4 the active leg of the flight plan.
a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
b) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ULNAZ. The TO waypoint of the leg is selected in order to activate the
leg.
AFCS
c) Press the ACT LEG Softkey. The confirmation window is now displayed as in Figure 5-114. Note the TOP to
ULNAZ leg is actually part of V4.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-114 Comfirm Active Leg
254
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
d) Verify the displayed leg is the desired leg and press the ENT Key. Note in Figure 5-115, the magenta arrow in
the flight plan window and magenta line on the map indicating V4 is now the active flight plan leg. Note the
phase of flight remained in Terminal (TERM) mode up to this point because a departure leg was active. Since a
leg after the departure is now active, the current CDI flight phase is ENR (Enroute) and CDI scaling has changed
to 2.0 nm.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-115 V4 Now Active Leg
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6) The aircraft continues on heading 290º. When crosstrack distance is less than 2.0 nm, the XTK disappears from
the HSI and the CDI is positioned on the last dot indicating a 2.0 nm distance from the centerline of the next
course.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
255
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
7) As the CDI approaches center, the aircraft turns onto the active leg as seen in Figure 5-116.
Figure 5-116 Turn on to Active Leg
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) At SLN, Victor Airway 244 (V244) is intercepted. Turn prompts are displayed in the PFD Navigation Status Box
as seen in Figure 5-117.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-117 Turn to Intercept V244
256
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
9) As seen in Figure 5-118, V244 is now the active flight plan leg.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-118 V244 Now Active Leg
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
257
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
10) At Lamar VOR (LAA) V263 is intercepted. See Figure 5-119.
Figure 5-119 HYS to LAA Leg Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
11) ATC grants clearance to proceed direct to the OPSHN intersection to begin the arrival procedure. ATC advises
to expect an altitude of 10,000 feet at OPSHN.
a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
b) Turn the large FMS Knob to select OPSHN in the flight plan list.
) Key. The Direct-to Window is now displayed as shown in Figure 5-120.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
c) Press the Direct-to (
Figure 5-120 Direct To OPSHN
258
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
d) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the VNV altitude field as shown in Figure 5-121.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-121 Enter VNV Altitude
e) An altitude of 10,000 feet is entered as requested by ATC.
f) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the VNV offset field as shown in Figure 5-122.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-122 Enter VNV Offset Distance
g) Enter the offset, or distance from the waypoint at which to reach the selected altitude. In this case, three miles
prior to OPSHN is entered. In other words, the G1000 gives vertical guidance so the aircraft arrives at an
altitude of 10,000 feet three miles prior to OPSHN.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
259
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
h) Press the ENT Key twice to activate the direct-to. Note, in Figure 5-123, the magenta arrow indicating the
direct-to OPSHN after the offset waypoint for OPSHN. The preceding offset waypoint indicates the offset
distance and altitude that were previously entered. The remaining waypoints in the loaded arrival procedure
have no database specified altitudes, therefore, dashes are displayed. Keep the CDI centered and maintain a
track along the magenta line to OPSHN.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Note the Direct-to waypoint is within the loaded arrival procedure, therefore, phase of flight scaling for the CDI
changes to Terminal Mode and is annunciated by displaying ‘TERM’ on the HSI.
Figure 5-123 Direct-to Active
AFCS
12) The aircraft is proceeding to OPSHN. The expected approach is the RNAV LPV approach to runway 35R, so it is
selected.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
a) Press the PROC Key to display the Procedures Window.
260
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
b) ‘SELECT APPROACH’ should be highlighted as shown in Figure 5-124.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-124 Procedures Window
c) Press the ENT Key. A list of available approaches for the destination airport is displayed as in Figure 5-125.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-125 List of Available Approaches
d) Turn either FMS Knob to select the LPV approach for 35R as shown in Figure 5-125.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
261
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
e) Press the ENT Key. A list of available transitions for the selected approach is displayed as in Figure 5-126.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-126 List of Available Transitions
f) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired transition. In this case, the Initial Approach Fix (IAF) at HABUK is
used.
g) Press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
h) Barometric Minimums
To set ‘MINIMUMS’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
Or:
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key.
262
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-127 Barometric Minimums Set
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
i) With ‘LOAD?’ highlighted, again press the ENT Key. The selected approach is added to the flight plan as seen
in Figure 5-128.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-128 Loaded Approach
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
263
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
13) Note the altitude constraints associated with each of the approach waypoints as seen in Figure 5-129. These
altitudes are loaded from the database and are displayed as light blue text, indicating these values are
“designated” for use in computing vertical deviation guidance.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Note: To no longer use the displayed altitude for calculating vertical deviation guidance, perform the
following:
a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired altitude.
c) Press the CLR Key.
EIS
d) Press the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
After making the altitude “non-designated”, it is displayed as white text.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Altitude constraint values associated with the Final Approach Fix (FAF) and waypoints beyond the FAF cannot be
designated for vertical guidance. These altitude values are always displayed as white text, as in Figure 5-129.
Vertical guidance from the FAF and on to the Missed Approach Point (MAP) is given using the SBAS GPS altitude
source, therefore, the displayed altitude values are for reference only.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-129 Vertical Guidance is Active to the FAF
264
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
14) As the aircraft approaches OPSHN, it may be desirable to adjust the speed, or steepness of the upcoming
descent. The default Flight Path Angle (FPA) is -3.0 degrees and a required vertical speed is computed to
maintain the -3.0 FPA. To change the vertical flight path, perform the following steps.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
a) Press the VNV PROF Softkey to place the cursor in the target vertical speed field (VS TGT) as shown in Figure
5-130.
b) At this point, the descent vertical speed can be selected, or the FPA can be selected. Turn the large FMS Knob
to select the desired selection field, then turn the small FMS Knob to enter the desired value.
EIS
Note the information now displayed in the ‘CURRENT VNV PROFILE’ box. Also, note the offset waypoint (orange
box) and gray circle are now displayed on the map. The gray circle marks the Top of Descent (TOD). In this
example, vertical guidance is provided at the TOD that results in a -3.0 degree FPA descent to an altitude of
10,000 feet upon reaching the offset waypoint.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 5-130 Adjusting the Descent
c) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
265
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
15) As seen in Figure 5-131, the aircraft is approaching TOD. Note the target vertical speed required to reach the
selected altitude. The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI) and the Required Vertical Speed Indicator (RVSI) are
now displayed on the PFD as shown in Figure 5-132. When the aircraft is within one minute of the TOD, it is
annunciated as shown in Figure 5-132, and an aural alert ‘Vertical track’ will be heard.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-131 Approaching Top of Descent (TOD)
AFCS
Target Altitude
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Vertical Deviation
Indicator (VDI)
APPENDICES
Required Vertical
Speed Indicator
(RVSI)
INDEX
Figure 5-132 VDI & RVSI Upon Reaching Top of Descent (TOD)
266
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
16) Upon reaching TOD, a descent vertical speed is established which places the VSI pointer in line with the RVSI as
shown in Figure 5-133.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Keep Vertical Deviation
Indicator Centered
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Align Actual Vertical Speed
with
Required Vertical Speed
Figure 5-133 VDI & RVSI Showing Correctly Established Descent
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
17) When the aircraft is one minute from the bottom of descent (BOD) it is annunciated as shown in Figure 5-134.
Upon reaching the offset waypoint for OPSHN, the aircraft is at 10,000 feet.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-134 Approaching Bottom of Descent (BOD) at OPSHN Offset Waypoint
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
267
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
18) The aircraft is approaching OPSHN. The upcoming turn and next heading are annunciated at the top left of the
PFD as seen in Figure 5-135. Initiate the turn and maneuver the aircraft on a track through the turn radius to
intercept the magenta line for the OPSHN to FSHER leg and center the CDI.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-135 Turn to intercept OPSHN to FSHER Leg
268
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
19) After passing OPSHN, the next leg of the arrival turns magenta as shown in Figure 5-136. The magenta arrow
in the flight plan list now indicates the OPSHN to FSHER leg of the arrival procedure is now active.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-136 Tracking the OPSHN to FSHER Leg
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
20) The flight continues through the arrival procedure to PYNON (see Figure 5-137). At a point 31 nm from the
destination airport, the phase of flight scaling for the CDI changes to Terminal Mode and is annunciated by
displaying ‘TERM’ on the HSI.
A descent to HABUK is in the next leg. Note the TOD point on the map. Annunciations for the upcoming turn
and descent, as well as the VDI and RVSI, appear on the PFD as the flight progresses.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
269
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
INDEX
Figure 5-137 Approaching PYNON
270
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
21) Upon passing PYNON the approach procedure automatically becomes active. The approach may be activated
at any point to proceed directly to the IAF. In this example, the aircraft has progressed through the final
waypoint of the arrival and the flight plan has automatically sequenced to the IAF as the active leg, activating
the approach procedure (see Figure 5-138).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-138 Approach is Now Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Note: To manually activate the approach procedure, perform the following steps:
a) Press the PROC Key.
b) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘ACTIVATE APPROACH’ as shown in Figure 5-139.
AFCS
c) Press the ENT Key to activate the approach.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-139 Manually Activate Approach
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
271
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
22) The IAF is the next waypoint. At the TOD, establish a descent vertical speed as previously discussed in Step 16.
The aircraft altitude is 9,000 feet upon reaching HABUK.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-140 Descending Turn to the Initial Approach Fix (IAF)
272
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
23) After crossing FALUR the next waypoint is the FAF. The flight phase changes to LPV on the HSI indicating the
current phase of flight is in Approach Mode and the approach type is LPV. CDI scaling changes accordingly and is
used much like a localizer when flying an ILS approach. The RVSI is no longer displayed and the VDI changes to
the Glidepath Indicator (as shown in Figure 5-141) when the final approach course becomes active.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-141 Descending to the FAF
The descent continues through the FAF (CEGIX) using the Glidepath Indicator, as one would use a glideslope
indicator, to obtain an altitude “AT” 7,800 feet at the FAF. Note the altitude restriction lines over and under (At)
the altitude in the ‘ALT’ field in Figure 5-141.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
273
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
24) After crossing CEGIX, the aircraft continues following the glidepath to maintain the descent to “AT or ABOVE”
6,370 feet at the Missed Approach Point (MAP) (RW35R) as seen in Figure 5-142.
Figure 5-142 Descending to the Missed Approach Point
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In this missed approach procedure, the altitude immediately following the MAP (in this case ‘6368ft’) is not part
of the published procedure. It is simply a Course to Altitude (CA) leg which guides the aircraft along the runway
centerline until the altitude required to safely make the first turn toward the MAHP is exceeded. This altitude
is provided by Jeppesen, and may be below, equal to, or above the published minimums for this approach. In
this case, if the aircraft altitude is below the specified altitude (6,368 feet) after crossing the MAP, a direct-to
is established to provide a course on runway heading until an altitude of 6,368 feet is reached. After reaching
6,368 feet, a direct-to is established to the published MAHP (in this case MOGAL). If the aircraft altitude is
above the specified altitude after crossing the MAP, a direct-to is established to the published fix (MOGAL) to
begin the missed approach procedure.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
In some missed approach procedures this Course to Altitude leg may be part of the published procedure. For
example, a procedure may dictate a climb to 5,500 feet, then turn left and proceed to the Missed Approach Hold
Point (MAHP). In this case, the altitude would appear in the list of waypoints as ‘5500ft’. Again, if the aircraft
altitude is lower than the prescribed altitude, a direct-to is established on a Course to Altitude leg when the
missed approach procedure is activated.
274
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
25) Upon reaching the MAP, it is decided to execute a missed approach. Automatic waypoint sequencing is
suspended past the MAP. Press the SUSP Softkey on the PFD to resume automatic waypoint sequencing
through the missed approach procedure.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A direct-to is initiated to MOGAL, which is the Missed Approach Hold Point (MAHP) as seen in Figure 5-143.
The aircraft is climbing to 10,000 feet. The CDI flight phase now changes from LPV to MAPR as seen on the HSI.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-143 Missed Approach Active
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
275
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
26) The aircraft continues climbing to “AT or ABOVE” 10,000 feet at MOGAL. A holding pattern is established at
the MAHP (MOGAL) as shown in Figure 5-144.
Figure 5-144 Establishing the Holding Pattern
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
27) The aircraft maintains 10,000 feet while following the magenta line through the hold as in Figure 5-145.
Figure 5-145 Hold Established
276
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.12 ABNORMAL OPERATION
This section discusses the Dead Reckoning mode of operation and the subsequent indications.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Dead Reckoning Mode only functions in Enroute (ENR) or Oceanic (OCN) phase of flight. In all other
phases, an invalid GPS solution produces a “NO GPS POSITION” annunciation on the map and the G1000
stops using GPS.
EIS
While in Enroute or Oceanic phase of flight, if the G1000 detects an invalid GPS solution or is unable to
calculate a GPS position, the system automatically reverts to Dead Reckoning (DR) Mode. In DR Mode, the G1000
uses its last-known position combined with continuously updated airspeed and heading data (when available) to
calculate and display the aircraft’s current estimated position.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
It is important to note that estimated navigation data supplied by the G1000 in DR Mode may become increasingly
unreliable and must not be used as a sole means of navigation. If while in DR Mode airspeed and/or heading data
is also lost or not available, the DR function may not be capable of accurately tracking estimated position and,
consequently, the system may display a path that is different than the actual movement of the aircraft. Estimated
position information displayed by the G1000 through DR while there is no heading and/or airspeed data available
should not be used for navigation.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
DR Mode is inherently less accurate than the standard GPS/SBAS Mode due to the lack of satellite measurements
needed to determine a position. Changes in wind speed and/or wind direction compound the relative inaccuracy
of DR Mode. Because of this degraded accuracy, other navigation equipment must be relied upon for position
awareness until GPS-derived position data is restored.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
DR Mode is indicated on the G1000 by the appearance of the letters ‘DR’ superimposed in yellow over the
‘own aircraft’ symbol as shown in Figure 5-146. In addition, ‘DR’ is prominently displayed in yellow on the HSI
slightly above and to the right of the aircraft symbol on the CDI as shown in Figure 5-146. The CDI deviation
bar remains, but is removed from the display after 20 minutes in DR Mode. The autopilot will remain coupled
in DR mode as long as the deviation info is available (20 min.) Lastly, but at the same time, a ‘GPS NAV LOST’
alert message appears on the PFD. Normal navigation using GPS/SBAS source data resumes automatically once
a valid GPS solution is restored.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
As a result of operating in DR Mode, all GPS-derived data is computed based upon an estimated position and
is displayed as yellow text on the display to denote degraded navigation source information as shown in Figure
5-146.
Also, while the G1000 is in DR Mode, some terrain functions are not available. Additionally, the accuracy of
all nearest information (airports, airspaces, and waypoints) is questionable. Finally, airspace alerts continue to
function, but with degraded accuracy.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
277
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Distance &
Bearing
Dead Reckoning
Annunciaion
EIS
Wind Data
GPS Navigation
Lost Message
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Current Track
Indicator
Course
Deviation
Indicator
Bearing Pointer/
Distance
Navigation Data Bar
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
All data except Active Leg,
TAS, and DTK are in yellow
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Dead Reckoning
Annunciation
AFCS
Subdued Aircraft
Symbol
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-146 Dead Reckoning Mode - GPS Derived Data Shown in Yellow
NOTE: The Inset Map is removed from the PFD any time aircraft pitch is greater than +30° or less than –20°,
INDEX
APPENDICES
or when a 65° bank angle is reached.
278
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 6 HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Hazard avoidance features available for the G1000 are designed to aid situational awareness and provide advisory
information with regard to potential hazards to flight safety associated with weather, terrain, and air traffic.
Weather
• GDL 69A XM WX Satellite Weather (Optional)
• GWX 68 Airborne Color Weather Radar (Optional)
• L-3 STORMSCOPE® WX-500 Series II Weather Mapping Sensor (Optional)
EIS
Terrain Avoidance
• Terrain Proximity
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Terrain-SVS (Included with SVS Option)
• Terrain Awareness and Warning System-Class B (TAWS-B) (Optional)
Traffic
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Garmin GTS 820 Traffic Advisory System (TAS) (Optional)
• Honeywell® KTA 870 Traffic Advisory System (TAS) (Optional)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
279
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.1 XM WX SATELLITE WEATHER
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: XM WX Satellite Weather data provides information for avoiding hazardous weather. Do not use XM
WX information to penetrate hazardous weather.
EIS
XM WX Satellite Weather is provided through the GDL 69A, a remote-mounted data link satellite receiver. Received graphical weather information and associated text is displayed on the Multi Function Display (MFD) and
the Primary Flight Display (PFD) Inset Map. The GDL 69A can also receive SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment
services. Both weather data and entertainment programming operate in the S-band frequency range to provide
continuous reception capabilities at any altitude throughout North America.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Services from SiriusXM are subscription-based. For more information on specific service packages, visit www.
siriusxm.com.
ACTIVATING SERVICES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Before XM WX Satellite Weather can be used, the service must be activated. Service is activated by providing
SiriusXM with coded IDs unique to the installed GDL 69A. SiriusXM Satellite Radio (audio) and XM WX
Satellite Weather (data) services each have coded IDs. The Data and Audio Radio IDs must be provided to
XM Satellite Radio to activate the weather service and entertainment subscriptions, respectively. These IDs are
located on:
• The label on the back of the Data Link Receiver
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• The XM Information Page on the MFD (Figure 6-1)
• The XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions included with the unit (available at www.garmin.com, P/N
190-00355-04)
Contact the installer if the Audio and Data Radio IDs cannot be located.
AFCS
SiriusXM uses the coded IDs to send an activation signal that allows the system to display weather data and/
or entertainment programming provided through the GDL 69A.
Activating XM WX Satellite Weather and SiriusXM Satellite Radio services:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Contact SiriusXM Satellite Radio customer service using the phone number listed on the website. Follow the
instructions provided by SiriusXM customer service.
2) Select the XM page in the Auxiliary Page Group.
3) Press the INFO Softkey to display the XM Information Page.
APPENDICES
4) Verify that the desired services are activated.
5) Press the LOCK Softkey.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘YES’.
INDEX
7) To complete activation, press the ENT Key.
280
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Audio Radio
ID (for
SirisuXM
Satellite Radio)
Data Radio ID
(for XM Weather)
Figure 6-1 XM Information Page
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Select to Display
XM Information
Page
EIS
Weather
Products
(Available
Products for
Service Class
Indicated in
Green)
Select to Lock
Subscription
Information
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
USING XM WX SATELLITE WEATHER PRODUCTS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The principal map for viewing XM WX Satellite Weather data is the Weather Data Link (XM) Page in the
Map Page Group. This is the only G1000 map display capable of showing information for all available XM WX
products.
Viewing the Weather Data Link (XM) Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
281
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
NEXRAD Weather
Product Symbol
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NEXRAD Weather
Product Ages (US
& Canada)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NEXRAD Weather
Product Selected
for Display
Figure 6-2 Weather Data Link (XM) Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When an XM WX product is active on a MFD map, the age of the data is displayed on the screen to the right of
the product symbol (Figure 6-2). The age of the product is based on the time difference between when the data
was assembled on the ground and the current GPS time. Weather products are refreshed at specific intervals
(defined in the Refresh Rate column in Table 6-1).
AFCS
If for any reason, a weather product is not refreshed within the Expiration Time intervals (see Table 6-1),
the data is considered expired and is removed from the display. This ensures the displayed data is consistent
with the data XM WX services is currently transmitting. If more than half of the expiration time has elapsed,
the color of the product age displayed changes to yellow. If no data is available for a weather product, ‘N/A’ is
displayed next to the weather product symbol. If a weather product age is invalid, the system displays dashes
next to the product symbol instead of a product age.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Table 6-1 shows the weather product symbols, the expiration times and the refresh rates. The refresh rate
represents the interval at which XM WX services provides new signals that may or may not contain new weather
data. It does not represent the rate at which weather data is updated or new content is received by the Data
Link Receiver. Weather data is updated at intervals that are defined and controlled by SiriusXM and its data
providers, and are subject to change.
282
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Symbol
30
60
12
90
12
60
12
60
12
60
12
60
12
60
5
60
12
90
22
90
12
90
12
180
12
no product image
30
5
no product image
60
12
no product image
60
12
INDEX
12
APPENDICES
30
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5
AFCS
30
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7.5
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
30
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
15
EIS
60
Echo Top
(ECHO TOP)
XM Lightning
(LTNG)
Cell Movement
(CELL MOV)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
(SIG/AIR)
Meteorological Aerodrome Report
(METARs)
City Forecast
(CITY)
Surface Analysis
(SFC)
Freezing Levels
(FRZ LVL)
Winds Aloft
(WIND)
County Warnings
(COUNTY)
Cyclone Warnings
(CYCLONE)
Icing Potential (CIP and SLD)
(ICNG)
Pilot Weather Report
(PIREPs)
Air Report
(AIREPs)
Turbulence
(TURB)
Radar Coverage
(RADAR CVRG)
Temporary Flight Restrictions
(TFRs)
Terminal Aerodrome Reports
(TAFs)
Refresh Rate
(Minutes)
5 (U.S.)
10 (Canada)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Next-generation Radar
(NEXRAD)
Cloud Top
(CLD TOP)
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
XM WX Satellite Weather Product
Table 6-1 XM WX Satellite Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
283
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Cloud Top (CLD TOP)
+
Echo Top (ECHO TOP)
+
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
+
+
+
+
+
+
Cell Movement (CELL MOV)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
City Forecast (CITY)
+
Surface Analysis (SFC)
+
Freezing Levels (FRZ LVL)
+
Winds Aloft (WIND)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
+
+
METARs
AFCS
+
XM Lightning (LTNG)
SIGMETs/AIRMETs (SIG/AIR)
+*
+
+
County Warnings (COUNTY)
+
Cyclone Warnings (CYCLONE)
+
Icing Potential (ICNG)
+
PIREPs
+
+
AIREPs
+
+
Turbulence (TURB)
+
Radar Coverage
TFRs
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Flight Plan Pages
+
Nearest Page Group
+
AUX - Trip Planning
Page
+
Weather Information
Page
Weather Data Link
(XM) Page
EIS
NEXRAD
Navigation Map Page
XM WX Satellite Weather
Product
PFD Inset Map
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Table 6-2 shows which XM WX products can be displayed (indicated with a ‘+’ symbol) on specific maps.
TAFs
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
INDEX
APPENDICES
* Winds Aloft Data displayed inside Profile View on the Navigation Map Page.
Table 6-2 Weather Product Display Maps
284
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Softkeys control the display of weather information on most MFD pages and the PFD Inset Map. Figure
6-3 shows the weather product softkeys for the Weather Data Link (XM) Page. When a weather product is
selected for display, the corresponding softkey label changes to gray to indicate the product is enabled.
CYCLONE SFC OFF
FRZ LVL
SIG/AIR
METAR
LEGEND MORE WX CHKLIST
WIND OFF ICNG OFF TURB OFF AIREPS
PIREPS
COUNTY
LTNG
CELL MOV
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NEXRAD ECHO TOP CLD TOP
ENGINE
BACK
SFC Softkey label changes
to reflect current selection.
WIND/ICNG/TURB Softkey labels
change to reflect current selection.
CURRENT
12 HR
24 HR
36 HR
48 HR
LEGEND
BACK
EIS
OFF
Select the BACK Softkey
to move up one level.
3000
6000
9000
12000
15000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
18000
21000
24000
27000
30000
33000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
36000
39000
42000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
1000
3000
6000
9000
12000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
18000
21000
24000
27000
30000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
21000
24000
27000
30000
33000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
PREV
OFF
39000
42000
45000
NEXT
LEGEND
BACK
15000
36000
AFCS
SFC
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
OFF
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
PREV
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
PREV and NEXT Softkeys cycle through Winds Aloft,
Icing, and Turbulence altitude selection softkeys.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-3 Weather Data Link (XM) Weather Product Softkeys
APPENDICES
The setup menus for the Navigation Map Page and the Weather Data Link (XM) Page control the map range
settings above which weather products data are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the
weather product map range setting is selected, the weather product data is removed from the map. The menus
also provide a means in addition to the softkeys for enabling/disabling display of weather products.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
285
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Setting up and customizing the Weather Data Link (XM) Page:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-4).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘PRODUCT GROUP 1’ or ‘PRODUCT GROUP 2’, and press the ENT Key (Figure
6-5).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections.
EIS
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM) Page with the changed settings.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 6-4 Weather Data Link (XM) Page Menu
Figure 6-5 Weather Data Link Page Setup Menu
APPENDICES
Restoring default Weather Data Link (XM) Page settings:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Weather Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
INDEX
4) Press the MENU Key.
5) Highlight the desired option to restore defaults (for all or for selection), and press the ENT Key.
Weather displayed on Pages other than the Weather Data Link Page use settings based on those selected for
the Navigation Map Page.
286
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Setting up and customizing weather data for the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-6).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-7).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-8).
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).
EIS
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-6 Navigation Map Page Menu
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 6-8 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Weather Group
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-7 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
When an XM WX product is enabled for display on the PFD Inset Map, the weather product information box
(with the product icon and age) can be displayed inside the PFD Inset Map.
APPENDICES
Viewing the weather product information box on the PFD Inset Map:
1) On the PFD, press the INSET Softkey.
2) Press the WX LGND Softkey.
3) To remove the weather product information box, press the WX LGND Softkey again.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
287
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Each active weather product has an associated legend which can be displayed on the Weather Data Link (XM)
Page.
Viewing legends for displayed weather products (on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page):
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the LEGEND Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather products.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
EIS
b) Select ‘Weather Legend’ and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the legends.
4) To remove the Legend Window, press the LEGEND Softkey, the ENT or the CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Viewing legends for displayed weather products (on the Navigation Map Page):
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MAP Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Press the LEGEND Softkey (available if one or more XM WX products are enabled for display).
4) To remove the Legend Window, press the LEGEND Softkey, the ENT or the CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Additional information about the following can be displayed by panning over the display on the map:
• Echo Tops
• County Warnings
• Cell Movement
• TFRs
• SIGMETs
• PIREPs
• AIRMETs
• AIREPs
• METARs
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The map panning feature is enabled by pressing the RANGE Knob. The map range is adjusted by turning
the RANGE Knob. If the map range is adjusted while panning is enabled, the map is re-centered on the Map
Pointer.
288
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Additional
Information on
Weather Feature
Selected with
Map Pointer
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Echo Top Data
Selected with
Map Pointer
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-9 Panning on the Weather Data Link Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
289
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
NEXRAD
NOTE: NEXRAD data cannot be displayed at the same time as terrain, echo tops, turbulence, or icing data,
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
is displayed.
EIS
WSR-88D, or NEXRAD (NEXt-generation RADar), is a network of 158 high-resolution Doppler radar
systems that are operated by the National Weather Service (NWS). NEXRAD data provides centralized
meteorological information for the continental United States and selected overseas locations. The maximum
range of a single NEXRAD radar site is 250 nm. In addition to a wide array of services, the NEXRAD network
provides important information about severe weather and air traffic safety.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NEXRAD data is not real-time. The lapsed time between collection, processing, and dissemination of
NEXRAD images can be significant and may not reflect the current radar synopsis. Due to the inherent delays
and the relative age of the data, it should be used for long-range planning purposes only. Never use NEXRAD
data or any radar data to penetrate hazardous weather. Rather, use it in an early-warning capacity of predeparture and enroute evaluation.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
No Radar Coverage
Figure 6-10 NEXRAD Data on the Weather Data Link Page
APPENDICES
NEXRAD data can be displayed on the following maps:
• PFD Inset Map
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Nearest Pages
• Weather Data Link Page
• Flight Plan Pages
INDEX
• Airport Information Page
290
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Displaying NEXRAD weather information:
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
Composite data from all the NEXRAD radar sites in the United States is shown. This data is composed of
the maximum reflectivity from the individual radar sweeps. The display of the information is color-coded
to indicate the weather severity level. All weather product legends can be viewed on the Weather Data Link
(XM) Page. For the NEXRAD legend (Figure 6-11), press the LEGEND Softkey when NEXRAD is selected
for display.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
No Radar Coverage
Figure 6-11 NEXRAD Data with Legend
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The display of no radar coverage is always active when either NEXRAD or Echo Coverage is selected. Areas
where NEXRAD radar coverage and Echo Tops information is not currently available or is not being collected
are indicated in a gray shade of purple (Figure 6-11).
Reflectivity
AFCS
Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver. Colors on the NEXRAD
display are directly correlative to the level of detected reflectivity. Reflectivity as it relates to hazardous
weather can be very complex.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere. Simply put, certain types of weather reflect radar better than others. The intensity of a radar reflection is not necessarily an indication of the
weather hazard level. For instance, wet hail returns a strong radar reflection, while dry hail does not. Both
wet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous.
APPENDICES
The different NEXRAD echo intensities are measured in decibels (dB) relative to reflectivity (Z). NEXRAD
measures the radar reflectivity ratio, or the energy reflected back to the radar receiver (designated by the
letter Z). The value of Z increases as the returned signal strength increases.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
291
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
NEXRAD Limitations
NEXRAD radar images may have certain limitations:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• NEXRAD base reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to determine cloud layers or precipitation
characteristics (wet hail vs. rain). For example, it is not possible to distinguish between wet snow, wet
hail, and rain.
• NEXRAD base reflectivity is sampled at the minimum antenna elevation angle. An individual NEXRAD
site cannot depict high altitude storms at close ranges. It has no information about storms directly over
the site.
EIS
• When zoomed in to a range of 30 nm, each square block on the display represents an area of four square
kilometers. The intensity level reflected by each square represents the highest level of NEXRAD data
sampled within the area (Figure 6-12).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Unknown precipitation occurring below 52ºN is displayed using the color-codes associated with rain.
AFCS
Block Area is 4 km2
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-12 NEXRAD Data - Zoomed
The following may cause abnormalities in displayed NEXRAD radar images:
• Ground clutter
APPENDICES
• Strobes and spurious radar data
• Sun strobes (when the radar antenna points directly at the sun)
• Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows
INDEX
• Metallic dust from military aircraft, which can cause alterations in radar scans
292
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NEXRAD Limitations (Canada)
• Radar coverage extends to 55ºN.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Any precipitation displayed between 52ºN and 55ºN is shown as mixed precipitation, regardless of
precipitation type.
No Coverage Above 55ºN
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Precipitation
Above 52ºN
Displays As Mixed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-13 NEXRAD Data - Canada
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
293
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ECHO TOPS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Echo Tops data (Figure 6-14) shows the location, elevation, and direction of the highest radar echo. The
highest radar echo does not indicate the top of a storm or clouds; rather it indicates the highest altitude at
which precipitation is detected. Information is derived from NEXRAD data.
EIS
NOTE: Echo Tops cannot be displayed with Cloud Tops or NEXRAD data.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
No Radar Coverage
Figure 6-14 Echo Tops Data
AFCS
Displaying Echo Tops information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the ECHO TOP Softkey.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
To display the Echo Tops legend (Figure 6-15), press the LEGEND Softkey when Echo Tops is selected for
display. Since Echo Tops and Cloud Tops use the same color scaling to represent altitude, display of these
weather products is mutually exclusive. When Echo Tops is activated, NEXRAD and Cloud Tops data are
removed.
INDEX
No Radar Coverage
Figure 6-15 Echo Tops Legend
294
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The display of radar coverage is always active when either NEXRAD or Echo Tops is selected. Areas where
NEXRAD radar coverage and Echo Tops information is not currently available or is not being collected are
indicated in gray shade of purple (Figure 6-15).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
CLOUD TOPS
NOTE: Cloud Tops and Echo Tops cannot be displayed at the same time.
Cloud Tops data (Figure 6-16) depicts cloud top altitudes as determined from satellite imagery.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-16 Cloud Tops Data
AFCS
Displaying Cloud Tops information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the CLD TOP Softkey.
To display the Cloud Tops legend (Figure 6-17), press the LEGEND Softkey when Cloud Tops is selected
for display. Since Cloud Tops and Echo Tops use the same color scaling to represent altitude, display of these
weather products is mutually exclusive. When Cloud Tops is activated, Echo Tops data is removed.
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 6-17 Cloud Tops Legend
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
295
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
XM LIGHTNING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Lightning data (Figure 6-18) shows the approximate location of cloud-to-ground lightning strikes. A strike
icon represents a strike that has occurred within a two-kilometer region. The exact location of the lightning
strike is not displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
NOTE: XM Lightning cannot be displayed at the same time as optional Stormscope® lightning data.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Lightning
Strikes
Figure 6-18 Lightning Data
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
XM Lightning data displays on the following maps:
• PFD Inset Map
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Nearest Pages
• Weather Data Link Page
• Flight Plan Pages
Displaying XM Lightning information:
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
APPENDICES
2) Press the XM LTNG Softkey (LTNG Softkey on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page).
INDEX
To display the XM Lightning legend on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page (Figure 6-19), press the LEGEND
Softkey when XM Lightning is selected for display.
Figure 6-19 XM Lightning Legend
296
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CELL MOVEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Cell Movement data (Figure 6-20) shows the location and movement of storm cells as identified by the
ground-based system. Cells are represented by yellow squares, with direction of movement indicated with short, orange arrows.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Storm Cells
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-20 Cell Movement Data
On most applicable maps, Cell Movement data is selected for display along with NEXRAD. On the Weather
Data Link (XM) Page, Cell Movement data can be selected independently. Cell Movement data can be
displayed on the following maps:
• AUX - Trip Planning Page
•Navigation Map
• Nearest Pages
AFCS
• PFD Inset Map
Displaying Cell Movement information:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey). This step is not necessary on the
Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
APPENDICES
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey (CEL MOV Softkey on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page). For Cell Movement to
be displayed on maps other than the Weather Data Link (XM) Page, Cell Movement must be turned on in the
Navigation Map Setup Menu (see “Setting Up XM Satellite Weather”).
To display the Cell Movement legend on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page, (Figure 6-21), press the
LEGEND Softkey when Cell Movement is selected for display.
INDEX
Figure 6-21 Cell Movement Legend
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
297
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SIGMETS AND AIRMETS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SIGMETs (SIGnificant METeorological Information) and AIRMETs (AIRmen’s METeorological Information)
are broadcast for potentially hazardous weather. A Convective SIGMET is issued for hazardous convective
weather. A localized SIGMET is a significant weather condition occurring at a localized geographical position.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-22 SIGMET/AIRMET Data
Displaying SIGMETs and AIRMETs:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
AFCS
2) Press the SIG/AIR Softkey.
3) To view the text of the SIGMET or AIRMET, press the RANGE Knob and move the Map Pointer over the
icon.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the ENT key. Figure 6-23 shows sample SIGMET text.
INDEX
APPENDICES
To display the SIGMET and AIRMET legend (Figure 6-24), press the LEGEND Softkey when SIGMETs and
AIRMETs are selected for display.
Figure 6-23 Sample SIGMET Text
298
Figure 6-24 SIGMET/AIRMET Legend
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
METARS AND TAFS
NOTE: Atmospheric pressure as reported for METARs is given in hectopascals (hPa), except for in the United
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
States, where it is reported in inches of mercury (in Hg). Temperatures are reported in Celsius.
NOTE: METAR information is only displayed within the installed navigation database service area.
EIS
METARs (METeorological Aerodrome Reports) typically contain information about the temperature,
dewpoint, wind, precipitation, cloud cover, cloud heights, visibility, and barometric pressure at an airport or
observation station. They can also contain information on precipitation amounts, lightning, and other critical
data. METARs reflect hourly observations; non-routine updates include the code “SPECI” in the report. METARs are shown as colored flags at airports that provide them.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Instructions for
Viewing METAR
and TAF Text
Selected Airport
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 6-25 METAR Flags on the Weather Data Link Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
TAFs (Terminal Aerodrome Forecasts) are weather predictions for specific airports within a 24- hour period,
and may span up to 36 hours. TAFs typically include forecast wind, visibility, weather phenomena, and sky
conditions using METAR codes.
APPENDICES
METAR and TAF text are displayed on the Weather Information Page. METAR data is displayed first in a
decoded fashion, then as raw text. TAF information is displayed only in its raw form when it is available.
Displaying METAR and TAF text:
1) On the Weather Data Link (XM) Page, press the METAR Softkey.
2) Press the RANGE Knob and pan to the desired airport.
INDEX
3) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with METAR and TAF text.
4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. METAR text must be completely
scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
299
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
5) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
Or:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Select the Weather Information Page.
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Waypoint Page Group.
b) Press the WX Softkey to select the Weather Information Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to display the cursor.
3) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired airport and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. Note that the METAR text must
be completely scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
METAR Text for the
Selected Airport
METAR Symbol
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TAF Text for the
Selected Airport
Figure 6-26 METAR and TAF Text on the Weather Information Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Raw METAR text is also accessible while panning the map cursor over a METAR flag on any map page on
which a METAR is displayed. The METAR text is shown in a box near the METAR flag.
INDEX
APPENDICES
In addition, METAR flags and their associated text are displayed on the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD. METAR flags appears next to waypoints in the flight plan with an associated METAR. A solid METAR flag
indicates the METAR observations are available for a specific waypoint; a hollow METAR flag indicates an offroute METAR near the waypoint is available. When off-route METAR text is displayed, the system provides
additional information as to the origin, distance, and direction of the report in relation to the selected flight
plan waypoint.
300
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Displaying raw METAR text on the Active Flight Plan Page:
1) Select the Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint. The METAR text will appear in the ‘SELECTED
WAYPOINT WEATHER’ window below.
4) When finished, press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor or press the FPL Key to exit the Active Flight Plan
Page.
EIS
To display the METAR legend on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page (Figure 6-27), press the LEGEND Softkey
when METARs are selected for display.
The METAR flag color is determined by the information in the METAR text. A gray METAR flag is displayed
when the METAR text does not contain adequate information.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-27 METAR Legend
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
301
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SURFACE ANALYSIS AND CITY FORECAST
NOTE: Surface Analysis and City Forecast data are displayed only within the installed navigation database
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
service area.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Surface Analysis and City Forecast information is available for current and forecast weather conditions. Forecasts are available for intervals of 12, 24, 36, and 48 hours.
Figure 6-28 Current Surface Analysis Data
AFCS
Displaying Surface Analysis and City Forecast information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the SFC Softkey.
4) Select the desired forecast time: CURRENT, 12 HR, 24 HR, 36 HR, or 48 HR. The SFC Softkey label changes
to reflect the forecast time selected.
INDEX
APPENDICES
To display the Surface Analysis and City Forecast legend (Figure 6-29), press the LEGEND Softkey when
Surface Analysis and City Forecast are selected to be displayed.
Figure 6-29 Surface Analysis Legend
302
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FREEZING LEVELS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Freezing Level data shows the color-coded contour lines for the altitude and location at which the first
isotherm is found (Figure 6-30). When no data is displayed for a given altitude, the data for that altitude has
not been received, or is out of date and has been removed from the display. New data appears at the next
update.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-30 Freezing Level Data
Displaying Freezing Level information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
AFCS
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the FRZ LVL Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
To display the Freezing Level legend (Figure 6-31), press the LEGEND Softkey when Freezing Level data
is selected to be displayed.
APPENDICES
Figure 6-31 Freezing Level Legend
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
303
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
WINDS ALOFT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Winds Aloft data (Figure 6-32) shows the forecasted wind speed and direction at the surface and at selected
altitudes. Altitude can be displayed in 3,000-foot increments from the surface up to 42,000 feet MSL.
Displaying Winds Aloft data:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the WIND Softkey.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
4) Select the desired altitude level: SFC (surface) up to 42,000 feet. Press the NEXT or PREV Softkey to cycle
through the altitude softkeys. The WIND Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.
Figure 6-32 Winds Aloft Data at 9,000 Feet
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
To display the Winds Aloft legend (Figure 6-33), press the LEGEND Softkey when Winds Aloft is
selected for display.
INDEX
Figure 6-33 Winds Aloft Data with Legend
304
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Headwind and tailwind components aloft are available inside the Profile View on the Navigation Map Page (Figure 6-34). The displayed components are relative to current aircraft altitude and track, but not to aircraft
speed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Winds Aloft Data Age
Altitude Scale
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Wind Component
Velocity and Direction
Arrow
Figure 6-34 Navigation Map Page with Winds Aloft Data on
Profile View
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Arrows pointing to the left indicate headwind components; tailwind component arrows point to the right,
as shown in Table 6-3.
Tailwind
Symbol
Headwind/Tailwind
Component
None
None
Less than 5 knots
AFCS
Headwind
Symbol
5 knots
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
10 knots
50 knots
APPENDICES
Table 6-3 Profile View Headwind/Tailwind Component Symbols
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
305
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Showing/Hiding Profile View (containing winds aloft data)
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the MAP Softkey.
3) Press the PROFILE Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
EIS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show Profile View’ or ‘Hide Profile View’ (choice dependent on current
state) and press the ENT Key.
Winds Aloft data inside the Profile View is enabled by default when the Profile View is displayed on the
Navigation Map Page. This behavior can be changed on the Navigation Map Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Enabling/disabling winds aloft data display in Profile View:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-35).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Profile Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-36).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘PROFILE WINDS’ (Figure 6-37).
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 6-35 Navigation Map Page Menu
Figure 6-36 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
306
Figure 6-37 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Weather Group
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
COUNTY WARNINGS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
County data (Figure 6-38) provides specific public awareness and protection weather warnings from the
National Weather Service (NWS). This can include information on tornadoes, severe thunderstorms, and
flood conditions.
Additional
Information on
Thunderstorm
Warning Selected
with Map Pointer
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Severe
Thunderstorm
Warning Selected
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-38 County Severe Thunderstorm Warning
AFCS
Displaying County Warning information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the COUNTY Softkey.
To display the County Warnings legend (Figure 6-39), press the LEGEND Softkey when County Warnings
are selected to be displayed.
APPENDICES
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
INDEX
Figure 6-39 County Warnings Legend
307
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
CYCLONE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Cyclone weather product shows the current location of cyclones (hurricanes), tropical storms, and
their projected tracks.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Cyclone
Figure 6-40 Cyclone Data Selected for Display
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Displaying cyclone (hurricane) track information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the CYCLONE Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
To display the Cyclone legend (Figure 6-41), press the LEGEND Softkey when Cyclones are selected to be
displayed.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 6-41 Cyclone Legend
308
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ICING (CIP & SLD)
NOTE: Icing data cannot be displayed at the same time as NEXRAD
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Current Icing Product (CIP) data (Figure 6-42) shows a graphical view of the current icing environment. Icing severity is displayed in four categories: light, moderate, severe, and extreme (not specific to aircraft
type). The CIP product is not a forecast, but a presentation of the current conditions at the time of the
analysis.
EIS
Supercooled Large Droplet (SLD) icing conditions are characterized by the presence of relatively large,
super cooled water droplets indicative of freezing drizzle and freezing rain aloft. SLD threat areas are depicted
as magenta dots over the CIP colors.
Displaying Icing data:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the ICNG Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Select the desired altitude level: 1,000 feet up to 30,000 feet. Press the NEXT or PREV Softkey to cycle through
the altitude softkeys. The ICNG Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Icing
Potential
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
SLD Threat
Area
Figure 6-42 Icing Data at 6,000 Feet
APPENDICES
To display the Icing Potential legend (Figure 6-43), press the LEGEND Softkey when Icing is selected for
display.
INDEX
Figure 6-43 Icing Potential Legend
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
309
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TURBULENCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Turbulence data (Figure 6-44) identifies the potential for erratic movement of high-altitude air mass
associated winds. Turbulence is classified as light, moderate, severe or extreme, at altitudes between 21,000
and 45,000 feet. Turbulence data is intended to supplement AIRMETs and SIGMETs.
NOTE: Turbulence data cannot be displayed with NEXRAD data.
Displaying Turbulence data:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
EIS
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the TURB Softkey.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Select the desired altitude level: 21,000 feet up to 45,000 feet. Press the NEXT or PREV Softkey to cycle
through the altitude softkeys. The TURB Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-44 Turbulence Data at 21,000 Feet
APPENDICES
To display the Turbulence legend (Figure 6-45), press the LEGEND Softkey when Turbulence is selected for
display.
INDEX
Figure 6-45 Turbulence Legend
310
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PIREPS AND AIREPS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pilot Weather Reports (PIREPs) (Figure 6-46) provide timely weather information for a particular route of
flight. When significant weather conditions are reported or forecast, Air Traffic Control (ATC) facilities are
required to solicit PIREPs. A PIREP may contain adverse weather conditions, such as low in-flight visibility,
icing conditions, wind shear, and turbulence. PIREPs are issued as either Routine (UA) or Urgent (UUA).
Another type of PIREP is an Air Report (AIREP). AIREPs are used almost exclusively by commercial airlines.
Instructions for
Viewing PIREP
and AIREP Text
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
PIREP
Selected
AIREP
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Urgent
PIREP
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-46 AIREPs and PIREPs on the Weather Data Link Page
Displaying PIREP and AIREP text:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
AFCS
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the AIREPS or PIREPS Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the RANGE Knob and pan to the desired weather report. A gray circle will appear around the weather
report when it is selected.
5) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with PIREP or AIREP text. The data is first displayed
in a decoded fashion, then as raw text.
6) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the PIREP or AIREP text.
APPENDICES
7) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
311
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
EIS
Decoded PIREP Text
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Original PIREP Text
Figure 6-47 PIREP Text on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page
AFCS
To display the PIREP or AIREP legend (Figure 6-48), press the LEGEND Softkey when PIREPs or AIREPs are
selected for display.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The PIREP color is determined by the type (routine or urgent).
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 6-48 AIREPs & PIREPs Legend
312
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TFRS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) issues Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs) to designate areas
where flight is restricted. TFRs are issued to restrict flight for a variety of reasons including national security,
law enforcement, firefighting, natural disasters., airshows, and large sporting events. TFRs may be issued
at any time, and TFR data displayed on the G1000 is only intended to supplement official TFR information
obtained from official sources including Flight Service Stations (FSS), and air traffic control.
The age of TFR data is not shown; however, if TFR data is not available or has expired, the system displays
‘TFR N/A’ in the upper-left corner of maps on which TFRs can be displayed.
EIS
TFR Summary
Information
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TFR Selected
with Map
Pointer
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-49 TFR Data on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page
AFCS
Displaying TFR Data:
1) Select the Weather Data Link (XM) Page or Navigation Map Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the RANGE Knob and pan the map pointer over a TFR to highlight it. The system displays TFR summary
information above the map.
3) Press the ENT Key. The system displays a pop-up menu.
APPENDICES
4) If necessary, turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Review Airspaces’ and press the ENT Key. The system displays the
TFR Information window.
5) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to remove the TFR Information window.
INDEX
Figure 6-50 Full Text for Selected TFR
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
313
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
The setup menus for the Navigation Map Page control the map range settings above which TFR data is
decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the TFR product map range setting is selected, the TFR
product data is removed from the map.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Maps other than the Navigation Map Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.
Setting up and customizing TFR data for maps on which TFR data can be displayed:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
EIS
3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-51).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Aviation Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-52).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll to the TFR product range setting (Figure 6-53).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (Off, range settings).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 6-51 Navigation Map Page Menu
Figure 6-53 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Aviation Group
INDEX
Figure 6-52 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
314
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6.2 AIRBORNE COLOR WEATHER RADAR
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The optional Garmin GWX 68 Airborne Color Weather Radar is a four-color digital pulsed radar with 6.5
kilowatts of output power. It combines excellent range and adjustable scanning profiles with a high-definition
target display. The pulse width is four microseconds (µs) on all ranges except the 2.5 nm range. The GWX 68
uses a one µs pulse width at this range to reduce the targets smearing together on the display for better target
definition at close range.
EIS
The Cessna Caravan uses a 12-inch phased array antenna that is fully stabilized to accommodate 30º of pitch
and roll.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
To focus radar scanning on specific areas, Sector Scanning offers pilot-adjustable horizontal scan angles of
20º, 40º, 60º, or 90º. A vertical scanning function helps to analyze storm tops, gradients, and cell buildup
activity at various altitudes.
Radar features include:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Extended Sensitivity Time Constant (STC) logic that automatically correlates distance of the return echo with
intensity, so cells do not suddenly appear to get larger as they get closer.
®
• WATCH (Weather ATtenuated Color Highlight) helps identify possible shadowing effects of short-range cell
activity, identifying areas where radar return signals are weakened or attenuated by intense precipitation (or
large areas of lesser precipitation) and may not fully reflect the weather behind a storm.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Weather Alert that looks ahead for intense cell activity in the 80-320 nm range, even if these ranges are not
being monitored.
PRINCIPLES OF PULSED AIRBORNE WEATHER RADAR
AFCS
The term RADAR is an acronym for RAdio Detecting And Ranging. Pulsed radar locates targets by transmitting
a microwave pulse beam that, upon encountering a target, is reflected back to the radar receiver as a return
echo. The microwave pulses are focused and radiated by the antenna, with the most intense energy in the
center of the beam and decreasing intensity near the edge. The same antenna is used for both transmitting and
receiving. The returned signal is then processed and displayed on the G1000 MFD.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Radar detection is a two-way process that requires 12.36 µs for the transmitted microwave pulses to travel out
and back for each nautical mile of target range. It takes 123.6 µs for a transmitted pulse to make the round trip
if a target is ten nautical miles away.
APPENDICES
Airborne weather radar should be used to avoid severe weather, not for penetrating severe weather. The
decision to fly into an area of radar targets depends on target intensity, spacing between the targets, aircraft
capabilities, and pilot experience. Pulse type weather radar detects only precipitation, not clouds or turbulence. The display may indicate clear areas between intense returns, but this does not necessarily mean it is safe to fly
between them. Only Doppler radar can detect turbulence.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
INDEX
Airborne weather radar has other capabilities beyond weather detection. It also has the ability to detect and
provide distance to cities, mountains, coastlines, rivers, lakes, and oceans.
315
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
NEXRAD AND AIRBORNE WEATHER RADAR
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Both Airborne Weather Radar and NEXRAD measure weather reflectivity in decibels (dB). A decibel is a
logarithmic expression of the ratio of two quantities. Airborne Weather Radar measures the ratio of power
against the gain of the antenna, while NEXRAD measures the energy reflected back to the radar, or the radar
reflectivity ratio.
Both systems use colors to identify the different echo intensities, but the colors are not interchangeable. Airborne color radar values used by Garmin Airborne Color Weather Radar should not be confused with
NEXRAD radar values.
EIS
ANTENNA BEAM ILLUMINATION
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The radar beam is much like the beam of a spotlight. The further the beam travels, the wider it becomes. The radar is only capable of seeing what is inside the boundaries of the beam. The figure below depicts
a radar beam’s characteristics. The figure illustrates vertical dimensions of the radar beam, although the
same holds true for the horizontal dimensions. In other words, the beam is as wide as it is tall. Note that
it is possible to miss areas of precipitation on the radar display because of the antenna tilt setting. With the
antenna tilt set to zero in this illustration, the beam overshoots the precipitation at 15 nautical miles.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitude (x1000 ft.)
80
Antenna at Zero Tilt
18,000 ft.
8°
0
0
15
Half Power at
s
Beam Sidelobe
Max Power at Beam Center
18,000 ft.
30
45
60
75
90
AFCS
Range (nautical miles)
Figure 6-54 Radar Beam from a 12 inch Antenna
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The curvature of the earth can also be a factor in missing areas of precipitation, especially at range settings
of 150 nautical miles or more. Here the beam overshoots the precipitation at less than 320 nautical miles.
INDEX
320 nm
Figure 6-55 Radar Beam in Relation to the Curvature of the Earth
316
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
RADAR SIGNAL ATTENUATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The phenomenon of radar signal attenuation affects the operation of weather radar. When the radar signal
is transmitted, it is progressively absorbed and scattered, making the signal weaker. This weakening, or
attenuation, is caused by two primary sources, distance and precipitation.
Attenuation because of distance is due to the fact that the radar energy leaving the antenna is inversely
proportional to the square of the distance. The reflected radar energy from a target 40 miles away that fills
the radar beam is one fourth the energy reflected from an equivalent target 20 miles away. This would appear
to the operator that the storm is gaining intensity as the aircraft gets closer. Internal signal processing within
the GWX 68 system compensates for much of this distance attenuation.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Attenuation due to precipitation is not as predictable as distance attenuation. It is also more intense. As the
radar signal passes through moisture, a portion of the radar energy is reflected back to the antenna. However,
much of the energy is absorbed. If precipitation is very heavy, or covers a large area, the signal may not
reach completely through the area of precipitation. The weather radar system cannot distinguish between an
attenuated signal and an area of no precipitation. If the signal has been fully attenuated, the radar displays
a radar shadow. This appears as an end to the precipitation when, in fact, the heavy rain may extend much
further. A cell containing heavy precipitation may block another cell located behind the first, preventing it
from being displayed on the radar. Never fly into these shadowed areas and never assume that all of the heavy
precipitation is being displayed unless another cell or a ground target can be seen beyond the heavy cell. The
WATCH® feature of the GWX 68 Weather Radar system can help in identifying these shadowed areas. Areas
in question appear as shadowed or gray on the radar display. Proper use of the antenna tilt control can also
help detect radar shadows.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Attenuation can also be due to poor maintenance or degradation of the radome. Even the smallest amount
of wear and scratching, pitting, and pinholes on the radome surface can cause damage and system inefficiency.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
317
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
RADAR SIGNAL REFLECTIVITY
Precipitation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Precipitation or objects more dense than water, such as the surface of the earth or solid structures, are
detected by the weather radar. The weather radar does not detect clouds, thunderstorms, or turbulence
directly. It detects precipitation associated with clouds, thunderstorms, and turbulence. The best radar
signal reflectors are raindrops, wet snow, or wet hail. The larger the raindrop, the better the reflectivity. The
size of the precipitation droplet is the most important factor in radar reflectivity. Because large drops in a
small concentrated area are characteristic of a severe thunderstorm, the radar displays the storm as a strong
return. Ice crystals, dry snow, and dry hail have low levels of reflectivity as shown in the illustration, and
are often not displayed by the radar. Additionally, a cloud that contains only small raindrops, such as fog
or drizzle, does not reflect enough radar energy to produce a measurable target return.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 6-56 Precipitation Type and Reflectivity
318
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Ground Returns
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The intensity of ground target returns depends upon the angle at which the radar beam strikes the
ground target (Angle of Incidence) and the reflective properties of that target. The gain can be adjusted so
shorelines, rivers, lakes, and cities are well-defined. Increasing the gain too much causes the display to fill
in between targets, thus obscuring some landmarks.
Cities normally provide a strong return signal. While large buildings and structures provide good returns,
small buildings can be shadowed from the radar beam by the taller buildings. As the aircraft approaches
and shorter ranges are selected, details become more noticeable as the highly reflective regular lines and
edges of the city become more defined.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Bodies of water such as lakes, rivers, and oceans are not good reflectors and normally do not provide good
returns. The energy is reflected in a forward scatter angle with inadequate energy being returned. They
can appear as dark areas on the display. However, rough or choppy water is a better reflector and provides
stronger returns from the downwind sides of the waves.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Mountains also provide strong return signals to the antenna, but also block the areas behind. However,
over mountainous terrain, the radar beam can be reflected back and forth in the mountain passes or off
canyon walls, using up all or most of the radar energy. In this case, no return signal is received from this
area, causing the display to show a dark spot which could indicate a pass where no pass exists.
Angle of Incidence
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The angle at which the radar beam strikes the target is called the Angle of Incidence. The figure illustrates
the incident angle (‘A’). This directly affects the detectable range, the area of illumination, and the intensity
of the displayed target returns. A large incident angle gives the radar system a smaller detectable range and
lower display intensity due to minimized reflection of the radar energy.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-57 Angle of Incidence
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
INDEX
A smaller incident angle gives the radar a larger detectable range of operation and the target display shows
a higher intensity. Since more radar energy is reflected back to the antenna with a low incident angle, the
resulting detectable range is increased for mountainous terrain.
319
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SAFE OPERATING DISTANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following information establishes a minimum safe distance from the antenna for personnel near
operating weather radar. The minimum safe distance is based on the FCC’s exposure limit at 9.3 to 9.5 GHz for
general population/uncontrolled environments, which is 1 mW/cm2. See Advisory Circular 20-68B for more
information on safe distance determination.
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LEVEL (MPEL)
EIS
The zone in which the radiation level exceeds the US Government standard of 1 mW/cm2 is the semicircular
area of at least 11 feet from the 12-inch antenna. All personnel must remain outside of this zone. With a
scanning or rotating beam, the averaged power density at the MPEL boundary is significantly reduced.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
MPEL
Boundary
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
11 ft. for 12”
antenna
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-58 MPEL Boundary
BASIC ANTENNA TILT SETUP
APPENDICES
The following discussion is a simple method for setting up the weather radar antenna tilt for most situations. It is not to be considered an all encompassing setup that works in all situations, but this method does provide
good overall parameters for the monitoring of threats. Ultimately, it is desired to have the antenna tilted so that
the bottom of the radar beam is four degrees below parallel with the ground. The following example explains
one way of achieving this.
INDEX
With the aircraft flying level, adjust the antenna tilt so ground returns are displayed at a distance that equals
the aircraft’s current altitude (AGL) divided by 1,000. For example, if the aircraft is at 14,000 feet, adjust the
tilt so the front edge of ground returns are displayed at 14 nautical miles. Note this antenna tilt angle setting. Now, raise the antenna tilt 6 degrees above this setting. The bottom of the radar beam is now angled down 4º
from parallel with the ground.
320
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PRACTICAL APPLICATION USING THE BASIC TILT SETUP
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
With the antenna tilt set as previously described, any displayed target return should be scrutinized when
flying at altitudes between 2,000 and 30,000 feet AGL. If the displayed target advances on the screen to
within 5 nautical miles of the aircraft, avoid it. This may be either weather or ground returns that are 2,000
feet or less below the aircraft. Raising the antenna tilt 4 degrees can help separate ground returns from
weather returns in relatively flat terrain. This aligns the bottom of the radar beam parallel with the ground. Return the antenna tilt to the previous setting after a few sweeps.
If the aircraft is above 29,000 feet, be cautious of any target return that gets to within 30 nautical miles. This is likely a thunderstorm that has a top high enough that the aircraft cannot fly over it safely.
EIS
If the aircraft altitude is 15,000 feet or lower, setting the displayed range to 60 miles may be more helpful. Closely monitor anything that enters the display.
+4°
+3°
+2°
+1°
0°
-1°
-2°
-3°
-4°
3000
2000
1000
0
1000
2000
10 nm
4000
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3000
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Change in Antenna Tilt
Vertical Change of Radar Beam (feet)
4000
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Also, after setting up the antenna tilt angle as described previously, ground returns can be monitored for
possible threats. The relationship between antenna tilt angle, altitude, and distance is one degree of tilt equals
100 feet of altitude for every one nautical mile.
Figure 6-59 Vertical Change in Radar Beam per Nautical Mile
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Therefore, with the antenna tilt set so that the bottom of the beam is four degrees below parallel with
the ground, a target return at 10 nm is approximately 4,000 feet below the aircraft; at 20 nm, 8,000 feet;
at 50 nm, 20,000 feet. In other words, at this tilt setting, a ground return (such as a mountain peak) being
displayed at 10 nm would have a maximum distance below the aircraft of 4,000 feet. A ground target return
being displayed at 5 nm would have a maximum distance below the aircraft of 2,000 feet.
APPENDICES
This setup provides a good starting point for practical use of the GWX 68. There are many other factors to
consider in order to become proficient at using weather radar in all situations.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
321
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
WEATHER MAPPING AND INTERPRETATION
WEATHER DISPLAY INTERPRETATION
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When evaluating various target returns on the weather radar display, the colors denote precipitation
intensity and rates shown in the table.
Weather Mode Color
Intensity
Black
Green
Yellow
Red
Magenta
< 23 dBZ
23 dBZ to < 32 dBZ
32 dBZ to < 41 dBZ
41 dBZ to < 50 dBZ
50 dBZ and greater
Approximate
Precipitation Rate (in/
hr.)
< .01.
.01 - 0.1.
0.1 - 0.5
0.5 - 2
>2
Table 6-4 Precipitation Intensity Levels
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Thunderstorms
Updrafts and downdrafts in thunderstorms carry water through the cloud. The more severe the drafts, the
greater the number and size of the precipitation droplets. With this in mind, the following interpretations
can be made from what is displayed on the weather radar. Avoid these areas by an extra wide margin.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• In areas where the displayed target intensity is red or magenta (indicating large amounts of precipitation),
the turbulence is considered severe.
• Areas that show steep color gradients (intense color changes) over thin bands or short distances suggest
irregular rainfall rate and strong turbulence.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
• Areas that show red or magenta are associated with hail or turbulence, as well as heavy precipitation. Vertical scanning and antenna tilt management may be necessary to identify areas of maximum intensity.
322
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Along squall lines (multiple cells or clusters of cells in a line) individual cells may be in different stages
of development. Areas between closely spaced, intense targets may contain developing clouds not having
enough moisture to produce a return. However, these areas could have strong updrafts or downdrafts.
Targets showing wide areas of green are generally precipitation without severe turbulence. FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Irregularities in the target return may also indicate turbulence, appearing as hooks, fingers, or scalloped
edges. These irregularities may be present in green areas with no yellow, red, or magenta areas and should
be treated as highly dangerous areas.
Squall Line
EIS
Hook or Finger
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Steep Gradient
Scalloped Edge
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-60 Cell Irregularities
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Thunderstorm development is rapid. A course may become blocked within a short time. When displaying
shorter ranges, periodically select a longer range to see if problems are developing further out. That can
help prevent getting trapped in a blind alley or an area that is closed at one end by convective weather.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-61 The Blind Alley - Horizontal Scan
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
323
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In areas of multiple heavy cells, use the Vertical Scan feature along with antenna tilt management to
examine the areas. Remember to avoid shadowed areas behind targets.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Blind Alley at Close Range
The Large Storm Behind
Figure 6-62 The Blind Alley
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Tornadoes
There are no conclusive radar target return characteristics which identify a tornado. However, tornadoes
may be present if the following characteristics are observed:
• A narrow, finger-like portion extends and in a short time curls into a hook and closes on itself.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• A hook, which may be in the general shape of the numeral 6 (9 in the southern hemisphere), especially
if bright and projecting from the southwest quadrant (northeast quadrant in the southern hemisphere) of
a major thunderstorm.
• V-shaped notches.
AFCS
• Doughnut shapes.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
These shapes do not always indicate tornadoes, and tornado returns are not limited to these characteristics.
Confirmed radar observations of tornadoes most often have not shown shapes different from those of a
normal thunderstorm display.
APPENDICES
Hail results from updrafts carrying water high enough to freeze. Therefore, the higher the top of a
thunderstorm, the greater the probability that it contains hail. Vertically scanning the target return can
give the radar top of a thunderstorm that contains hail. Radar top is the top of a storm cell as detected by
radar. It is not the actual top, or true top of the storm. The actual top of a storm cell is seen with the eyes
in clear air and may be much higher than the radar top. The actual top does not indicate the top of the
hazardous area.
INDEX
Hail
Hail can fall below the minimum reflectivity threshold for radar detection. It can have a film of water on
its surface, making its reflective characteristics similar to a very large water droplet. Because of this film of
water, and because hail stones usually are larger than water droplets, thunderstorms with large amounts
of wet hail return stronger signals than those with rain. Some hail shafts are extremely narrow (100 yards
324
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
or less) and make poor radar targets. In the upper regions of a cell where ice particles are dry (no liquid
coating), target returns are less intense.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Hail shafts are associated with the same radar target return characteristics as tornados. U-shaped cloud
edges three to seven miles across can also indicate hail. These target returns appear quite suddenly along
any edge of the cell outline. They also change in intensity and shape in a matter of seconds, making vigilant
monitoring essential.
OPERATION IN WEATHER MODE
EIS
WARNING: Begin transmitting only when it is safe to do so. When transmitting while the aircraft is on the
ground, no personnel or objects should be within 11 feet of the antenna.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
CAUTION: In Standby mode, the antenna is parked at the center line. It is always a good idea to put the
radar in Standby mode before taxiing the aircraft to prevent the antenna from bouncing on the bottom stop
and possibly causing damage to the radar assembly.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When the weather radar system is in the Weather or Ground Map mode, the system automatically switches
to Standby mode on landing.
In Reversionary mode, the weather radar system automatically switches to Standby mode. The system
remains in Standby mode until both displays are restored. In Reversionary mode, the weather radar system
cannot be controlled.
Scan Line
Antenna Stabilization Status
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Radar Mode
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-63 Horizontal Scan Display
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
325
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Displaying weather on the Weather Radar Page:
1) Select the Weather Radar Page in the Map Page Group with the FMS Knob.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the MODE Softkey.
3) While on the ground, press the STANDBY Softkey. A one-minute warm-up period is initiated (countdown is
displayed on the screen). After the warm-up is complete, the radar enters the Standby Mode.
Press the WEATHER Softkey. A confirmation window is displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
a)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-64 Confirming Activating Radar
b)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight YES and press the ENT Key to continue radar activation.
Or:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If the aircraft is airborne, press the WEATHER Softkey. A one-minute warm-up period is initiated (countdown
is displayed on the screen). After the warm-up is complete, the radar begins transmitting.
4) Turn the RANGE Knob to select the desired map range.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
5) The horizontal scan is initially displayed (Figure 6-65). If desired, press the VERTICAL Softkey to change to
vertical scanning.
326
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Vertically scanning a storm cell:
NOTE: Vertical scanning of a storm cell should be done with the aircraft wings level to avoid constant
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
adjustment of the Bearing Line.
1) While in the Horizontal Scan view, press the BRG Softkey. This places the cursor in the BEARING field and
displays the Bearing Line.
If the Bearing Line is not displayed, press the MENU Key and turn the large FMS Knob to select Show Bearing
Line. Press the ENT Key.
EIS
2) Press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to place the Bearing Line on the desired storm cell or other area to be vertically
scanned.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Scan Line
Bearing Line
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 6-65 Bearing Line on Horizontal Scan
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the VERTICAL Softkey. A vertical scan of the selected area is displayed (Figure 6-66).
5) The small FMS Knob may be used to move the scanned bearing line a few degrees right or left.
6) Turn the RANGE Knob to adjust the range.
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
APPENDICES
8) To select a new area to be vertically scanned, press the HORIZON Softkey to return to the Horizontal Scan view
and repeat the previous steps.
The RANGE Knob can also be used to adjust bearing from left to right.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
327
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-66 Vertical Scan Display
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Adjusting Antenna Tilt Angle
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In order to make an accurate interpretation of a storm cell, the radar beam should be pointed at the wet
part of the weather cell to record the proper rainfall intensity (color level). The ideal aiming point is just
below the freezing level of the storm. The best way to find this point is to use the Vertical Scan feature. The
antenna tilt angle can be centered on the strongest return area in the vertical scan to get a more accurate
view of the coverage and intensity of the target in the horizontal scan.
Adjusting antenna tilt on the Horizontal Scan display:
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor in the TILT field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired antenna tilt angle.
AFCS
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The RANGE Knob can also be used to adjust tilt up and down.
328
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Adjusting antenna tilt on the Vertical Scan display:
1) Press the TILT Softkey to activate the cursor in the TILT field and display the Tilt Line.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If the Tilt Line is not displayed, press the MENU Key and turn the large FMS Knob to select Show Tilt Line. Press
the ENT Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to adjust the antenna tilt angle. The selected tilt angle is implemented when Horizontal
Scan is selected again.
The RANGE Knob can also be used to adjust tilt.
Tilt Line
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Scan Line
Figure 6-67 Adjusting Tilt on Vertical Scan Display
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
329
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Adjusting Gain
WARNING: Changing the gain in weather mode causes precipitation intensity to be displayed as a color
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
not representative of the true intensity. Remember to return the gain setting to Calibrated for viewing the
actual intensity of precipitation.
1) Press the GAIN Softkey to activate the cursor in the GAIN field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to adjust the gain for the desirable level. The gain setting is visible in the GAIN field
as a movable horizontal bar in a flashing box. The line pointer is a reference depicting the calibrated position.
EIS
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Press the GAIN Softkey again to recalibrate the gain. CALIBRATED is displayed in the GAIN field.
Manual Gain Set Below Calibrated
Calibrated Gain
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 6-68 Gain Calibration
330
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Sector Scan
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) While in horizontal scan mode, press the BRG Softkey to display the Bearing Line and place the cursor in the
BEARING field. If the Bearing Line is not displayed, press the MENU Key and turn the large FMS Knob to select
Show Bearing Line.
2) Press the ENT Key.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-69 Selecting Sector Scan Position
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to place the Bearing Line in the desired position. The location of the Bearing Line
becomes the center point of the Sector Scan.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the SECTOR SCAN field.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select FULL, 60˚, 40˚, or 20˚ scan.
AFCS
6) If desired, readjust the Bearing Line as discussed previously to change the center of the Sector Scan.
7) Press the BRG Softkey again to remove the Bearing Line and cursor. The bearing reference is reset to 0º.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
331
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-70 40˚ Sector Scan
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Antenna Stabilization
1) To activate or deactivate the antenna stabilization, press the MODE Softkey.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the STAB ON Softkey to activate antenna stabilization or press the STAB OFF Softkey to deactivate. The
current stabilization condition is shown in the upper right of the weather radar display.
332
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
WATCH® (Weather Attenuated Color Highlight)
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Displayed intensity is questionable.
Potentially stronger than displayed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WATCH® identifies deceptively strong or unknown intensity parts of a storm. While in horizontal scan
mode, this feature can be used as a tool to determine areas of possible inaccuracies in displayed intensity due
to weakening of the radar energy. This weakening is known as attenuation. The radar energy weakens as
it passes through areas of intense precipitation, large areas of lesser precipitation, and distance. Issues with
the radome attenuates the radar energy. All these factors have an effect on the return intensity. The more
energy that dissipates, the lesser the displayed intensity of the return. Accuracy of the displayed intensity
of returns located in the shaded areas are suspect. Make maneuvering decisions with this information in
mind. Proper antenna tilt management should still be employed to determine the extent of attenuation in
a shaded area.
To activate or deactivate the WATCH® feature, press the WATCH Softkey.
Areas of
Attenuated Signal
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Horizontal Scan Without WATCH®
Horizontal Scan With WATCH®
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-71 Horizontal Scan Without and With WATCH®
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
333
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Weather Alert
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Weather Alert feature indicates the presence of heavy precipitation between the ranges of 80 and 320
nm regardless of the currently displayed range. Weather Alert targets appear as red bands along the outer
range ring at the approximate azimuth of the detected returns.
If a Weather Alert is detected within ±10° of the aircraft heading, an alert is displayed on the PFD in the
Alerts Window.
If the antenna tilt is adjusted too low, a weather alert can be generated by ground returns. To avoid
unwanted weather alerts, deselect the WX ALRT Softkey..
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Weather Alerts
Figure 6-72 Weather Alert Indications
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
To activate or deactivate Weather Alerts, press the WX ALRT Softkey. Activating and deactivating enables
or inhibits the alert from appearing on the PFD.
INDEX
Figure 6-73 Weather Alert on PFD
334
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GROUND MAPPING AND INTERPRETATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A secondary use of the weather radar system is for the presentation of terrain. This can be a useful tool for
verifying aircraft position. A picture of the ground is represented much like a topographical map that can be
used as a supplement to the navigation map on the MFD.
Ground Map mode uses a different gain range than Weather mode. Different colors are also used to represent
the intensity levels. The displayed intensity of ground target returns are defined in the table below. Use of the
GAIN and TILT controls help improve contrast so that specific ground targets can be recognized more easily.
As previously discussed, the type and orientation of the target in relation to the aircraft affects the intensity
displayed.
EIS
When the weather radar system is in either the Weather or Ground Map mode, the system automatically
switches to Standby mode upon landing.
Black
Light blue
Magenta
Blue
Intensity
0 dB
> 0 dB to < 9 dB
9 dB to < 18 dB
18 dB to < 27 dB
27 dB and greater
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Yellow
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Ground Map
Mode Color
Table 6-5 Ground Target Return Intensity Levels
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Operation in Ground Map Mode
1) Press the MODE Softkey.
2) Press the GROUND Softkey to place the radar in Ground Map mode.
3) Press the BACK Softkey.
AFCS
4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the TILT field.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Adjust the antenna tilt angle by turning the small FMS Knob to display ground returns at the desired distance.
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
335
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM STATUS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The radar mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Weather Radar Page. Additional information
may be displayed in the center of the Weather Radar Page as a banner annunciation.
Radar Mode
Radar Mode Annunciation Box
Center Banner Annunciation
Standby
STANDBY
STANDBY
Standby (During Warm-Up)
STANDBY
WARM-UP
XX
(XX indicates number of seconds
remaining in warm-up)
Weather
WEATHER
None
Ground Mapping
Off
Radar Failed*
GROUND MAPPING
OFF
FAIL
None
OFF
RADAR FAIL
* See Table 6-8 for additional failure annunciations
Table 6-6 Radar Modes on the Weather Radar Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The system displays the status of the radar antenna stabilization feature in the upper right corner of the
Weather Radar Page.
AFCS
Radar Antenna
Description
Stabilization Status
STAB ON
Antenna stabilization is selected on.
STAB OFF
Antenna stabilization is selected off.
The radar is not receiving pitch and roll information.
STAB INOP
The antenna stabilization feature is inoperative.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Table 6-7 Antenna Stabilization Annunciations on the Weather Radar Page
If the unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown as a banner in the center of the Weather
Radar Page.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Weather Radar
Page Center Banner
Description
Annunciation
BAD CONFIG
The radar configuration is invalid. The radar should be serviced.
RDR FAULT
The radar unit is reporting a fault. The radar should be serviced.
The system is not receiving valid data from the radar unit. The system
RADAR FAIL
should be serviced.
Table 6-8 Abnormal Radar Status Annunciations on the Weather Radar Page
336
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6.3 STORMSCOPE LIGHTNING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The L-3 WX-500 Stormscope® system is not intended for hazardous thunderstorm penetration.
Weather information on the G1000 MFD is approved for weather avoidance only. Refer to the WX-500
Pilot’s Guide for a detailed description of Stormscope operation.
NOTE: Stormscope lightning data cannot be displayed at the same time as lightning data from XM WX
Satellite Weather services.
EIS
The following pages can display Stormscope lightning data:
• AUX - Trip Planning Page
• Nearest Pages
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Stormscope Page
• Navigation Map
To display Stormscope data on the Navigation Map, AUX - Trip Planning Page, or any of the Nearest Pages,
press the MAP Softkey, then press the STRMSCP Softkey. These pages can also display cell or strike data using the
yellow lightning strike symbology shown in Table 6-9.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 6-9 Lightning Age and Symbols
AFCS
SETTING UP STORMSCOPE ON THE NAVIGATION MAP
Setting up Stormscope options on the Navigation Map:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) On the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key.
2) With ‘Map Setup’ selected (Figure 6-74), press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the group selection window. Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Weather’),
and press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight and move between the product selections.
5) When an item is highlighted, turn the small FMS Knob to select the option.
6) Press the ENT Key.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page (Figure 6-76).
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
337
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
The following options are available (Figure 6-75):
• STRMSCP LTNG – Turns the display of Stormscope data on or off.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• STRMSCP MODE – Selects the CELL or STRIKE mode of lightning activity. Cell mode identifies clusters or
cells of electrical activity. Strike mode indicates the approximate location of lightning strikes.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
• STRMSCP SMBL – Selects the range at which Stormscope data displays. Stormscope data is removed when
a map range greater than the STRMSCP SMBL value is selected.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-74 Page Menu
INDEX
Figure 6-75 Map Setup Menu
338
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CELL AND STRIKE MODE ON THE NAVIGATION MAP
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
On the Navigation Map, cell mode identifies cells of lightning activity (Figure 6-76). Stormscope identifies
clusters of electrical activity that indicate cells. Strike mode indicates the approximate location of lightning
strikes.
Selecting the ‘cell’ or ‘strike’ mode on the Navigation Map:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) With ‘Map Setup’ selected, press the ENT Key.
EIS
3) Select the ‘Weather’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on ‘STRMSCP LTNG’.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘STRMSCP MODE’.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to change between ‘CELL’ and ‘STRIKE’ options. When an item is selected, press the
ENT Key.
7) Press the FMS knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Lightning
Strikes
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Stormscope
Enabled
APPENDICES
Figure 6-76 Navigation Map Page with
Stormscope Lightning Data
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
339
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
If heading input is lost, strikes and/or cells must be cleared manually after the execution of each turn. This
is to ensure that the strike and/or cell positions are depicted accurately in relation to the nose of the aircraft.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Manually clearing Stormscope data on the Navigation Map:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘Clear Stormscope® Lightning’.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
3) Press the ENT Key.
Figure 6-77 Navigation Map Page Options Menu
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Stormscope lightning data can be displayed up to 800 nm zoom range (in North up mode) on the Navigation
Map Page. However, in the track up mode at the 500 nm range, a portion of Stormscope lightning data
can be behind the aircraft and therefore not visible on the Navigation Map. Since the range for Stormscope
data is 400 nm diameter total (200 nm in front and 200 nm behind), the 500 nm range in North up mode
shows all the data.
AFCS
ZOOM RANGE ON THE NAVIGATION MAP
At a map range of less than 25 nm, Stormscope lightning data is not displayed, but can still be present.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The maximum zoom range can also be set on the Navigation Map. Note that Stormscope data above the
selected maximum zoom range is decluttered.
Selecting a Stormscope range on the Navigation Map:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘MAP SETUP’.
APPENDICES
3) Select the ‘Weather’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘STRMSCP SMBL’.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the maximum display range.
INDEX
7) Press the ENT Key.
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
340
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
To change the display range on the Navigation Map Page, turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to zoom out or
counter-clockwise to zoom in. SELECTING THE STORMSCOPE PAGE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Stormscope lightning data can be displayed at the ranges of 25 nm, 50 nm, 100 nm, and 200 nm.
Adjusting the Stormscope Map Range:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Stormscope Page.
EIS
3) To change the map range, turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to zoom out or counter-clockwise to zoom in.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 6-78 Stormscope Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Changing between ‘cell’ and ‘strike’ mode on the Stormscope Page:
1) Select the Stormscope Page.
2) Press the MODE Softkey. The CELL and STRIKE softkeys are displayed.
APPENDICES
3) Press the CELL Softkey to display ‘CELL’ data or press the STRIKE Softkey to display ‘STRIKE’ data. ‘CELL’ or
‘STRIKE’ is displayed in the mode box in the upper left corner of the Stormscope Page.
4) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the main Stormscope page.
Changing the viewing mode between 360˚ and 120˚ on the Stormscope Page:
1) Select the Stormscope Page.
INDEX
2) Press the VIEW Softkey. The 360 and ARC softkeys are displayed. Press the 360 Softkey to display a 360˚
viewing area or press the ARC Softkey to display a 120˚ viewing area.
3) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the main Stormscope page.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
341
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.4 TERRAIN PROXIMITY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Do not use Terrain Proximity information for primary terrain avoidance. Terrain Proximity is
intended only to enhance situational awareness.
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft is outside of the installed terrain database coverage
area.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
G1000 Terrain Proximity is a terrain awareness system that does not comply with TSO-C151b certification
standards. It increases situational awareness and aids in reducing controlled flight into terrain (CFIT). Do not
confuse Terrain Proximity with the optional Terrain Awareness and Warning System - Class B (TAWS-B). TAWS-B
is more sophisticated and robust, and it is TSO-C151b certified. Terrain Proximity does not provide warning annunciations or voice alerts. It only provides color indications on map displays when terrain and obstacles are
within a certain altitude threshold from the aircraft. Although the terrain and obstacle color map displays are the
same, TAWS-B uses more sophisticated algorithms to assess aircraft distance from terrain and obstacles.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Terrain Proximity requires the following components to operate properly:
• Valid 3-D GPS position
• Valid terrain/obstacle database
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Terrain Proximity displays altitudes of terrain and obstructions relative to the aircraft position and altitude with
reference to a database that may contain inaccuracies. Terrain and obstructions are shown only if they are in the
database. Terrain and obstacle information should be used as an aid to situational awareness. They should never
be used to navigate or maneuver around terrain.
Note that all obstructions may not be available in the terrain and obstacle database. No terrain and obstacle
information is shown without a valid 3-D GPS position.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The G1000 GPS receiver provides the horizontal position and altitude. GPS altitude is derived from satellite
position. GPS altitude is then converted to the height above geodetic sea level (GSL), which is the height above
mean sea level calculated geometrically. GSL altitude is used to determine terrain and obstacle proximity. GSL
altitude accuracy is affected by satellite geometry, but is not subject to variations in pressure and temperature that
normally affect pressure altitude sensors. GSL altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL
altitude. It is a widely-used MSL altitude source.
APPENDICES
Terrain and obstacle databases are referenced to MSL. Using the GPS position and altitude, the Terrain Proximity
feature portrays a 2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and altitude of the
aircraft. GPS position and GSL altitude are used to calculate and predict the aircraft’s flight path in relation to
the surrounding terrain and obstacles. In this way, the pilot can view predicted dangerous terrain and obstacle
conditions.
DISPLAYING TERRAIN PROXIMITY DATA
INDEX
The symbols and colors in Figure 6-79 and Table 6-10 are used to represent obstacles and aircraft altitude when the Terrain Proximity Page is selected for display. Terrain Proximity uses black, yellow, and red to
represent terrain information relative to aircraft altitude. The color of each obstacle is associated with the
altitude of the aircraft.
342
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Terrain Above Aircraft Altitude
Red terrain is above
or within 100 ft below
the aircraft altitude
Aircraft Altitude
100 ft Threshold
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1000 ft
Yellow terrain is between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Black terrain is more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
EIS
Figure 6-79 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for Terrain Proximity
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Unlighted Obstacle
Lighted Obstacle
< 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL < 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL
Obstacle Location
Red obstacle is above or within 100 ft
below the aircraft altitude
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Yellow obstacle is between 100 ft and
1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Table 6-10 Terrain Proximity Terrain/Obstacle Colors and Symbology
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Terrain and obstacle information can be displayed on the following pages:
• PFD Inset Map
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Flight Plan Page
• Terrain Proximity Page
AFCS
Displaying terrain and obstacle information (maps other than the Terrain Proximity Page):
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the TERRAIN Softkey to display terrain and obstacle data.
When Terrain Proximity is selected on maps other than the Terrain Proximity Page, an icon to indicate the
feature is enabled for display and a legend for Terrain Proximity colors are shown (Figure 6-83).
APPENDICES
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkey for enabling/disabling
display of terrain and obstacles. The setup menu also controls the map range settings above which terrain and
obstacle data are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, the
data is removed from the map.
INDEX
Terrain data can be selected for display independently of obstacle data; however, obstacles recognized by
Terrain Proximity as yellow or red are shown when terrain is selected for display and the map range is within
the setting limit.
Maps besides the Terrain Proximity Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page. The maximum display ranges for obstacles on each map are dependent on the range setting made for the
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
343
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Navigation Map. If the maximum range for obstacle display on the Navigation Map is adjusted to below 20
nm, the highest obstacle display range settings on the other applicable maps are also adjusted proportionally.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
CAUTION: Terrain and obstacle data will not be displayed when the Navigation Map range is larger than
the MAP SETUP range setting for TERRAIN DATA and OBSTACLE DATA.
Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
EIS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-80).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-81).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-82).
• TERRAIN DATA – Turns the display of terrain data on or off and sets maximum range at which terrain is shown
• OBSTACLE DATA – Turns the display of obstacle data on or off and sets maximum range at which obstacles are shown
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-80 Navigation Map Page Menu
Figure 6-82 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Map Group
INDEX
Figure 6-81 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
344
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Additional information about obstacles can be displayed by panning over the display on the map. The map
panning feature is enabled by pressing the RANGE Knob. The map range is adjusted by turning the RANGE
Knob. If the map range is adjusted while panning is enabled, the map is re-centered on the Map Pointer.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Additional
Information on
Obstacle Selected
with Map Pointer
Red Terrain Area
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
EIS
Yellow Terrain Area
(Between 100’ and
1000’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Lighted Obstacle
Selected with Map
Pointer
Red Lighted
Obstacles
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Terrain Display
Enabled Icon
Terrain Legend
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-83 Terrain Information on the Navigation Map Page
TERRAIN PROXIMITY PAGE
AFCS
The Terrain Proximity Page is specialized to show terrain and obstacle data in relation to the aircraft’s
current altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Aviation data (airports, VORs, and other NAVAIDs) can
be displayed for reference.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Two views are
available relative to the position of the aircraft: the 360° default display and the radar-like ARC (120°) display. Map range is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 1 to 200 nm, as indicated by the map range rings (or
arcs).
Displaying the Terrain Proximity Page:
APPENDICES
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Terrain Proximity Page.
3) To change the view,
a) Press the VIEW Softkey.
INDEX
b) Press the 360 or ARC Softkey to select the desired view.
Or:
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
345
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘View Arc’ or ‘View 360º’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key to change the view.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Showing/hiding aviation information on the Terrain Proximity Page:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
Map Orientation
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude
EIS
Red Terrain
(Above or Within
100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Map Range Rings
Black Terrain
(More than 1000’
Below the Aircraft
Altitude)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Red Lighted Obstacle
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’
and 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Yellow Lighted
Obstacles (Between
100’ and 1000’ Below
Aircraft Altitude)
Terrain Legend
AFCS
Figure 6-84 Terrain Proximity Page
Map Orientation
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Red Terrain
(Above or Within
100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
Map Range Arc
APPENDICES
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’ and
1000’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
Black Terrain
(Terrain More
than 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)
INDEX
Red Lighted Obstacle
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
Terrain Legend
Figure 6-85 Terrain Proximity Page (ARC View)
346
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6.5 PROFILE VIEW TERRAIN
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Do not use Profile View Terrain data for primary terrain avoidance. Profile View Terrain is intended
only to enhance situational awareness.
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft is outside of the installed terrain database coverage
area.
EIS
The G1000 offers a Profile View of terrain and obstacles relative to the aircraft’s current flight path and altitude
on the Navigation Map Page of the MFD. Profile View does not provide terrain or obstacle caution or warning
annunciations or voice alerts, nor does it display potential impact points inside the Profile View. The colors
and symbols used to represent terrain and obstacles are the same as those used in Terrain Proximity discussed
previously.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Accessing Profile View:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Press the MAP Softkey.
3) Press the PROFILE Softkey to enable or disable Profile View.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Select ‘Show Profile View’ or ‘Hide Profile View’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
Enabling/Disabling Profile View Terrain on the Navigation Map (when Profile View is enabled):
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MAP Softkey.
AFCS
3) Press the TERRAIN Softkey.
PROFILE VIEW DISPLAY
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When the Profile View is enabled, it is displayed in a window below the Navigation Map. Altitude is shown
along a vertical scale, with an aircraft icon positioned at the current altitude. Distance is represented horizontally
along the bottom of the Profile View, and increases from left (present position) to right.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDICES
When the Navigation Map range is adjusted with the RANGE Knob, the horizontal distance of the Profile
View is adjusted proportionately to be 1/2 of the Navigation Map range distance down to 1 nm, at which point
Profile View is no longer available (‘PROFILE NOT AVAILABLE’ is displayed). When Navigation Map range
is adjusted to remove altitude-correlated colored terrain data (as shown in the Terrain Legend) or obstacles
from the Navigation Map, these items are also removed from the Profile View; only an outline of the terrain
will be displayed in black in the Profile View window. Refer to the Terrain Proximity, Terrain-SVS, or TAWS-B
discussions for more information about displaying terrain or obstacles on the Navigation Map Page.
347
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Profile View
Path Enabled
Navigation Map Range
EIS
Terrain Legend
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Altitude Scale
Profile View Length
is One Half of the
Navigation Map
Range
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Distance Scale
Figure 6-86 Profile View on Navigation Map with Terrain Display Enabled
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Profile View is based on the current aircraft track (or heading if track is unavailable) and shows the highest
known terrain or obstacles within a predetermined width from the present aircraft position to the end of the
profile range. The width of the Profile View (Table 6-11) is determined by the phase of flight, as annunciated
on the HSI. Refer to the Flight Instruments section for more information about flight phases.
Flight Phase
Total Profile View Width
Approach
0.6 nm
Departure
0.6 nm
Terminal
2.0 nm
Enroute
4.0 nm
Oceanic
4.0 nm
APPENDICES
Table 6-11 Profile View Width Scale
PROFILE PATH
INDEX
The Profile Path displays the horizontal and lateral boundaries of the Profile View. The path is shown as a
white rectangle on the Navigation Map Page (Figure 6-86) and is only available when Profile View is enabled. White range markers both edges of the Profile Path rectangle match the range markers along the distance scale
inside the Profile View display window whenever the profile range is at least 4 nm (or 7.5 km if configured
for metric units).
348
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The Profile Path rectangle may be configured on or off, and the Navigation Map range at which the Profile
Path is removed from map display can be changed.
Customizing the Profile Path display on the Navigation Map Page:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-87).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Profile’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-88).
EIS
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-89).
• PROFILE PATH – Turns the display of the Profile Path on or off and sets maximum map range at which the Profile
Path is shown
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (ON/OFF, range settings).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-87 Navigation Map Page Menu
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-88 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
Figure 6-89 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu,
Profile Group
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
349
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.6 TERRAIN-SVS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Do not use Terrain-SVS information for primary terrain avoidance. Terrain-SVS is intended only
to enhance situational awareness.
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft is outside of the installed terrain database coverage
EIS
area.
NOTE: Terrain-SVS is standard when the Synthetic Vision System (SVS) option is installed. The TAWS-B
option will take precedence over Terrain-SVS when TAWS-B is installed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Terrain-SVS is a terrain awareness system available with the Synthetic Vision System (SVS). SVS functionality
is offered as an optional enhancement. The optional Terrain Awareness and Warning System - Class B (TAWS-B)
or standard Terrain-SVS is integrated within SVS to provide visual and auditory alerts to indicate the presence
of threatening terrain relevant to the projected flight path. For detailed information regarding SVS, refer to the
Additional Features section of this Pilot’s Guide.
Terrain-SVS does not comply with TSO-C151b certification standards. It increases situational awareness and
aids in reducing controlled flight into terrain (CFIT). Do not confuse Terrain-SVS with TAWS-B. TAWS-B is more
sophisticated and robust, and it is TSO-C151b certified. Although the terrain and obstacle color map displays
are the same, TAWS-B uses more sophisticated algorithms to assess aircraft distance from terrain and obstacles.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Terrain-SVS does not provide the following:
• Premature Descent Alerting (PDA)
• Excessive Descent Rate (EDR)
• Negative Climb Rate (NCR)
AFCS
• Descent to 500 Feet Callout (DFC)
Terrain-SVS requires the following components to operate properly:
• Valid 3-D GPS position
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Valid terrain/airport terrain/obstacle database
APPENDICES
Terrain-SVS displays altitudes of terrain and obstructions relative to the aircraft position and altitude with
reference to a database that may contain inaccuracies. Terrain and obstructions are shown only if they are in the
database. Terrain and obstacle information should be used as an aid to situational awareness. They should never
be used to navigate or maneuver around terrain.
Note that all obstructions may not be available in the terrain and obstacle database. No terrain and obstacle
information is shown without a valid 3-D GPS position.
INDEX
The G1000 GPS receiver provides the horizontal position and altitude. GPS altitude is derived from satellite
position. GPS altitude is then converted to the height above geodetic sea level (GSL), which is the height above
mean sea level calculated geometrically. GSL altitude is used to determine terrain and obstacle proximity. GSL
altitude accuracy is affected by satellite geometry, but is not subject to variations in pressure and temperature that
normally affect pressure altitude sensors. GSL altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL
altitude. It is a widely-used MSL altitude source.
350
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Terrain and obstacle databases are referenced to GSL. Using the GPS position and altitude, the Terrain-SVS
feature portrays a 3-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and altitude of the
aircraft. GPS position and GSL altitude are used to calculate and predict the aircraft’s flight path in relation to
the surrounding terrain and obstacles. In this way, the pilot can view predicted dangerous terrain and obstacle
conditions.
DISPLAYING TERRAIN-SVS DATA
EIS
Terrain-SVS uses yellow (caution) and red (warning) to depict terrain and obstacles (with heights greater than
200 feet above ground level, AGL) alerts relative to aircraft altitude. Colors are adjusted automatically as the
aircraft altitude changes. The colors and symbols in Figure 6-90 and Tables 6-12 and 6-13 are used to represent
terrain, obstacles, and potential impact points.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Unlighted Obstacle
Lighted Obstacle
< 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL < 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-90 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for Terrain-SVS
Obstacle Location
AFCS
Red obstacle is above or within 100 ft
below the aircraft altitude
Yellow obstacle is between 100 ft and
1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Table 6-12 Terrain-SVS Obstacle Colors and Symbology
Alert Type
Example Annunciation
APPENDICES
Potential Impact
Point Symbol
Warning
Caution
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
INDEX
Table 6-13 Terrain-SVS Potential Impact Point Symbols with Alert Types
351
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Terrain-SVS information can be displayed on the following maps:
• PFD Inset Map
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Flight Plan Pages
• Terrain-SVS Page
Displaying terrain and obstacle information (maps other than the Terrain-SVS Page):
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, select the INSET Softkey).
2) Press the TERRAIN Softkey to display terrain and obstacle data.
EIS
When Terrain-SVS is selected on maps other than the Terrain-SVS Page, a terrain icon is shown to indicate the feature is enabled for display.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkeys for enabling/disabling the
display of terrain and obstacles. The setup menu also controls the map range settings above which terrain and
obstacle data are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, the
data is removed from the map. For terrain data, the enable/disable function applies only to the MFD, while the
range setting also affects the PFD Inset Map.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Terrain data can be selected for display independently of obstacle data; however, obstacles for which warnings
and cautions are issued are shown when terrain is selected for display and the map range is within the setting
limit.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Maps besides the Terrain-SVS Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page. The
maximum display ranges for obstacles on each map are dependent on the range setting made for the Navigation
Map. If the maximum range for obstacle display on the Navigation Map is adjusted to below 20 nm, the highest
obstacle display range settings on the other applicable maps are also adjusted proportionally.
CAUTION: Terrain and obstacle data will not be displayed when the Navigation Map range is larger than
AFCS
the MAP SETUP range setting for TERRAIN DATA and OBSTACLE DATA.
Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-91).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-92).
APPENDICES
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-93).
• TERRAIN DATA – Turns the display of terrain data on or off and sets maximum range at which terrain is shown
• OBSTACLE DATA – Turns the display of obstacle data on or off and sets maximum range at which obstacles are shown
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).
INDEX
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
352
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 6-91 Navigation Map Page Menu
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-92 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
Figure 6-93 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Map Group
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TERRAIN-SVS PAGE
The Terrain-SVS Page is specialized to show terrain, obstacle, and potential impact point data in relation
to the aircraft’s current altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Aviation data (airports, VORs, and other
NAVAIDs) can be displayed for reference. If an obstacle and the projected flight path of the aircraft intersect,
the display automatically zooms in to the closest potential point of impact on the Terrain-SVS Page.
AFCS
Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Two views are available
relative to the position of the aircraft: the 360° default display and the radar-like ARC (120°) display. Map range
is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 1 to 200 nm, as indicated by the map range rings (or arcs).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Displaying the Terrain-SVS Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Terrain-SVS Page.
APPENDICES
Changing the Terrain-SVS Page view:
1) Press the VIEW Softkey.
2) Press the 360 or ARC Softkey to select the desired view.
Or:
INDEX
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘View Arc’ or ‘View 360º’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key to change the view
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
353
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Showing/hiding aviation information on the Terrain-SVS Page:
1) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Select ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
Map Orientation
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude
Red Terrain
(Above or Within
100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
EIS
Map Range Rings
Black Terrain
(More than 1000’
Below the Aircraft
Altitude)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Red Lighted Obstacle
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’
and 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Yellow Lighted Obstacles
(Between 100’ and 1000’
Below Aircraft Altitude)
Terrain Legend
Annunciation
Window
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-94 Terrain-SVS Page
Map Orientation
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude
AFCS
Red Terrain
(Above or Within
100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
Map Range Arc
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’ and
1000’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
APPENDICES
Black Terrain
(Terrain More
than 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)
Terrain Legend
Red Lighted Obstacle
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
Annunciation
Window
INDEX
Figure 6-95 Terrain-SVS Page (ARC View)
354
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TERRAIN-SVS ALERTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within Terrain-SVS software algorithms. Terrain-SVS alerts typically employ a CAUTION or a WARNING alert severity level, or both. When an alert is
issued, visual annunciations are displayed and aural alerts are simultaneously issued. Table 6-14 shows TerrainSVS alert types with corresponding annunciations and aural messages.
When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD. The Terrain-SVS Alert Annunciation is
shown to the upper left of the Altimeter on the PFD and below the Terrain Legend on the MFD. If the TerrainSVS Page is not displayed at the time, a pop-up alert appears on the MFD. To acknowledge the pop-up alert:
EIS
• Press the CLR Key (returns to the currently viewed page), or
• Press the ENT Key (accesses the Terrain-SVS Page)
Alert Annunciation
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pop-up
Alert
Figure 6-96 Terrain-SVS Alert Annunciations
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Terrain Display Enabled
Terrain Legend
Alert Annunciation
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
INDEX
Figure 6-97 Navigation Map Page
(After Terrain-SVS Pop-up Alert Acknowledgment)
355
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
PFD/MFD*
Alert
Annunciation
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alert Type
MFD
Pop-Up Alert (except
Terrain-SVS Page)
Aural Message
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Warning (RTC)
“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”
Imminent Terrain Impact Warning (ITI)
“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Warning (ROC)
“Warning; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning (IOI)
“Warning; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Caution (RTC)
“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”
Imminent Terrain Impact Caution (ITI)
“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Caution (ROC)
“Caution; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution (IOI)
“Caution; Obstacle, Obstacle”
* Annunciation is displayed on the MFD when terrain display is enabled.
Table 6-14 Terrain-SVS Alerts Summary
FORWARD LOOKING TERRAIN AVOIDANCE
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA) feature of Terrain-SVS compares the aircraft’s projected
flight path with known terrain and obstacles in their respective databases and issues four types of alerts as
either a caution or a warning:
AFCS
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC) and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC)
alerts are issued when the aircraft flight path is above terrain, yet is projected to come within the minimum
clearance values in Figure 6-98. When an RTC alert is issued, a potential impact point is displayed on the
Terrain-SVS Page.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI) and Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts are issued when the
aircraft is below the elevation of a terrain or obstacle cell in the aircraft’s projected path. ITI and IOI alerts are
accompanied by a potential impact point displayed on the Terrain-SVS Page. The alert is annunciated when
the projected vertical flight path is calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in Figure 6-98.
356
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Required Terrain Clearance
RTC Level (FT)
RTC Descending (FT)
800
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
600
500
400
300
EIS
Required
Terrain Clearance
(FT)
Required
Terrain
Clearance
(FT)
700
200
100
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
Distance From Runway (NM)
Distance From Runway (NM)
Figure 6-98 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
FLTA alerts are automatically inhibited when the aircraft is less than 200 feet above the destination runway
elevation while within 0.5 nm of the approach runway or the aircraft is between runway ends. When TerrainSVS alerts are inhibited, the annunciation ‘TER INH’ is shown on the PFD and in the MFD terrain annunciation
window.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLTA alerts may also be manually inhibited. Use discretion when inhibiting FLTA alerts, as they should be
enabled where appropriate.
AFCS
Figure 6-99 Terrain-SVS Alerting Disabled
(Terrain-SVS Inhibited) Annunciation
Inhibiting/enabling Terrain-SVS alerting:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Select the Terrain-SVS Page.
2) Press the INHIBIT Softkey to inhibit or enable Terrain-SVS (choice dependent on current state).
Or:
APPENDICES
1) Select the Terrain-SVS Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Inhibit Terrain-SVS’ or ‘Enable Terrain-SVS’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
INDEX
If Terrain-SVS alerts are inhibited when the Final Approach Fix is the active waypoint in a GPS SBAS
approach, a ‘LOW ALT’ annunciation may appear on the PFD next to the Altimeter if the current aircraft
altitude is at least 164 feet below the prescribed altitude at the Final Approach Fix. See the Flight Instruments
Section for details.
357
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM STATUS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
During power-up, Terrain-SVS conducts a self-test of its aural and visual annunciations. An aural alert is
issued at test completion.
Terrain-SVS continually monitors several system-critical items such as database validity, hardware status, and
GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not available, the aural message “Terrain System Failure” is
generated along with the ‘TER FAIL’ alert annunciation.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Terrain-SVS requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums. Should
the navigation solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation
‘TER N/A’ is generated in the annunciation window and on the Terrain-SVS Page. The aural message “Terrain
System Not Available” is generated. When sufficient GPS signal is returns and the aircraft is within the
database coverage area, the aural message “Terrain System Available” is generated.
PFD/MFD† Alert
Annunciation
Alert Type
System Test in Progress
System Test Pass
None
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Terrain Alerting Inhibited
No GPS position
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Excessively degraded GPS signal;
or Out of database coverage area
Terrain System Test Fail; Terrain
or Obstacle database unavailable
or invalid; Invalid software
configuration; or System audio
fault
MFD Terrain or Obstacle database
unavailable or invalid, and
Terrain-SVS operating with PFD
Terrain or Obstacle databases
None
Terrain-SVS Page Center
Banner Annunciation
TERRAIN TEST
Aural Message
None
None
“Terrain System Test OK”
None
None
NO GPS POSITION
“Terrain System Not Available”*
None
“Terrain System Not Available”*
TERRAIN FAIL
“Terrain System Failure”
TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE
None
INDEX
APPENDICES
† Annunciation is shown on Terrain-SVS Page and the Navigation Map Page when Terrain is enabled.
* “Terrain System Available” will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is received, or Terrain database coverage area reentered.
Table 6-15 Terrain-SVS System Status Annunciations
358
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6.7 TAWS-B
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Do not use TAWS information for primary terrain avoidance. TAWS is intended only to enhance
situational awareness.
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft is outside of the installed terrain database coverage
area.
EIS
NOTE: The data contained in the TAWS databases comes from government agencies. Garmin accurately
processes and cross-validates the data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TAWS-B (Terrain Awareness and Warning System - Class B) is used to increase situational awareness and aid in
reducing controlled flight into terrain (CFIT). TAWS provides visual and aural annunciations when terrain and
obstacles are within the given altitude threshold from the aircraft. The displayed alerts and warnings are advisory
in nature only.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TAWS-B satisfies TSO-C151b Class B requirements for certification.
TAWS-B requires the following to operate properly:
• A valid terrain/obstacle/airport terrain database
• A valid 3-D GPS position solution
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TAWS-B uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government sources. Terrain information is based
on terrain elevation information in a database that may contain inaccuracies. Individual obstructions may be
shown if available in the database. The data undergoes verification by Garmin to confirm accuracy of the content,
per TSO-C151b. However, the displayed information should never be understood as being all-inclusive and data
may be inaccurate.
AFCS
TAWS-B uses information provided from the GPS receiver to provide a horizontal position and altitude. GPS
altitude is derived from satellite measurements. GPS altitude is then converted to the height above geodetic sea
level (GSL), which is the height above mean sea level (MSL) calculated geometrically. GSL altitude is used to
determine TAWS-B alerts. GSL altitude accuracy is affected by satellite geometry, but is not subject to variations
in pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude sensors. GSL altitude does not require local
altimeter settings to determine MSL altitude. It is a widely-used MSL altitude source. Therefore, GSL altitude
provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL altitude source to calculate terrain and obstacle alerts.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
The terrain and obstacle databases used by TAWS-B are referenced to MSL. Using the GPS position and GSL
altitude, TAWS-B displays a 2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and
altitude of the aircraft. Furthermore, the GPS position and GSL altitude are used to calculate and “predict” the
aircraft’s flight path in relation to the surrounding terrain and obstacles. In this manner, TAWS-B can provide
advanced alerts of predicted dangerous terrain conditions.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
INDEX
Baro-corrected altitude (or indicated altitude) is derived by adjusting the altimeter setting for local atmospheric
conditions. The most accurate baro-corrected altitude can be achieved by frequently updating the altimeter
setting to the nearest reporting station along the flight path. However, because actual atmospheric conditions
seldom match the standard conditions defined by the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) model (where
pressure, temperature, and lapse rates have fixed values), it is common for the baro-corrected altitude (as read
359
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
from the altimeter) to differ from the GSL altitude. This variation results in the aircraft’s GSL altitude differing
from the baro-corrected altitude.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
DISPLAYING TAWS-B DATA
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
TAWS-B uses yellow (caution) and red (warning) to depict terrain and obstacles (with heights greater than
200 feet above ground level, AGL) alerts relative to aircraft altitude. Colors are adjusted automatically as the
aircraft altitude changes. The colors and symbols in the figure and tables below are used to represent terrain,
obstacles, and potential impact points.
Figure 6-100 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for TAWS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Unlighted Obstacle
Lighted Obstacle
< 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL < 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL
Obstacle Location
Red obstacle is above or within 100 ft
below the aircraft altitude
AFCS
Yellow obstacle is between 100 ft and
1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Table 6-16 TAWS-B Obstacle Colors and Symbology
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Potential Impact
Point Symbol
Alert Type
Example Annunciation
Warning
APPENDICES
Caution
INDEX
Table 6-17 TAWS-B Potential Impact Point Symbols with Alert Types
360
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TAWS-B information can be displayed on the following maps:
• PFD Inset Map
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Flight Plan Pages
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• TAWS-B Page
Displaying terrain and obstacle information (maps other than the TAWS-B Page):
1) Press the MAP Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey).
2) Press the TERRAIN Softkey to display terrain and obstacle data.
EIS
When TAWS-B is selected on maps other than the TAWS-B Page, an icon is shown to indicate that the feature
is enabled for display. A legend for TAWS-B terrain colors will accompany the icon on the Navigation Map Page
(Figure 6-101) and the Flight Plan Pages. The icon is always shown on the TAWS-B Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-101 TAWS-B Icon and Legend
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkeys for enabling/disabling the
display of terrain and obstacles. The setup menu also controls the map range settings above which terrain and
obstacle data are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, the
data is removed from the map. For terrain data, the enable/disable function applies only to the MFD, while the
range setting also affects the PFD Inset Map.
AFCS
Terrain data can be selected for display independently of obstacle data; however, obstacles for which warnings
and cautions are issued are shown when terrain is selected for display and the map range is within the setting
limit.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Maps besides the TAWS-B Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page. The
maximum display ranges for obstacles on each map are dependent on the range setting made for the Navigation
Map. If the maximum range for obstacle display on the Navigation Map is adjusted to below 20 nm, the highest
obstacle display range settings on the other applicable maps are also adjusted proportionally.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
361
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
CAUTION: Terrain and obstacle data will not be displayed when the Navigation Map range is larger than
the MAP SETUP range setting for TERRAIN DATA and OBSTACLE DATA.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-102).
EIS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-103).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections (Figure 6-104).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• TERRAIN DATA – Turns the display of terrain data on or off and sets maximum range at which terrain is shown
• OBSTACLE DATA – Turns the display of obstacle data on or off and sets maximum range at which obstacles are shown
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (ON/OFF, range settings).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 6-102 Navigation Map Page Menu
Figure 6-104 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Map Group
INDEX
Figure 6-103 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
362
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TAWS-B PAGE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The TAWS-B Page is specialized to show terrain, obstacle, and potential impact point data in relation to the
aircraft’s current altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Aviation data (airports, VORs, and other NAVAIDs)
can be displayed for reference. If an obstacle and the projected flight path of the aircraft intersect, the display
automatically zooms in to the closest potential point of impact on the TAWS-B Page.
Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Two views are available
relative to the position of the aircraft: the 360° default display and the radar-like ARC (120°) display. Map range
is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 1 to 200 nm, as indicated by the map range rings (or arcs).
EIS
Displaying the TAWS-B Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select TAWS-B Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Changing the TAWS-B Page view:
1) Press the VIEW Softkey.
2) Press the 360 or ARC Softkey to select the desired view.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘View Arc’ or ‘View 360°’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key to change the view
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Showing/hiding aviation information on the TAWS-B Page:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
363
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Map Orientation
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Red Terrain
(Above or Within
100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
Map Range Rings
Black Terrain
(More than 1000’
Below the Aircraft
Altitude)
EIS
Red Lighted Obstacle
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’
and 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Yellow Lighted
Obstacles (Between
100’ and 1000’
Below Aircraft
Altitude)
Terrain Legend
Annunciation
Window
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-105 TAWS-B Page (360 View)
Map Orientation
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Red Terrain
(Above or Within
100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
Map Range Arc
AFCS
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’ and
1000’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Black Terrain
(Terrain More
than 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)
APPENDICES
Red Lighted Obstacle
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
Terrain Legend
Annunciation
Window
INDEX
Figure 6-106 TAWS-B Page (ARC View)
364
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TAWS-B ALERTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within TAWS-B software algorithms. TAWS-B alerts typically employ a CAUTION or a WARNING alert severity level, or both. When an alert
is issued, visual annunciations are displayed and aural alerts are simultaneously issued. Table 6-18 shows
TAWS-B alert types with corresponding annunciations and aural messages.
When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD. The TAWS-B Alert Annunciation is
shown to the upper left of the Altimeter on the PFD and below the Terrain Legend on the MFD. If the TAWS-B
Page is not displayed at the time, a pop-up alert appears on the MFD. To acknowledge the pop-up alert:
EIS
• Press the CLR Key (returns to the currently viewed page), or
• Press the ENT Key (accesses the TAWS-B Page)
Alert Annunciation
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-107 TAWS-B PFD Alert Annunciation
Figure 6-108 Navigation Map Page
TAWS-B Pop-up Alert
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Potential Impact Points
APPENDICES
Terrain Display Enabled
Icon
Terrain Legend
Alert Annunciation
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
INDEX
Figure 6-109 Navigation Map Page
(After TAWS-B Pop-up Alert Acknowledgment)
365
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Alert Type
PFD/MFD**
Alert
Annunciation
MFD Pop-Up Alert
(except TAWS-B Page)
Aural Message
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Excessive Descent Rate
Warning (EDR)
“Pull Up”
or
Imminent Terrain Impact
Warning (ITI)
or
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Imminent Obstacle Impact
Warning (IOI)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Imminent Terrain Impact
Caution (ITI)
AFCS
Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance Caution (ROC)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”*
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”
or
*
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”*
*
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
or
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”*
or
Imminent Obstacle Impact
Caution (IOI)
APPENDICES
or
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
* “Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”*
*
Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Caution (RTC)
Negative Climb Rate
Caution (NCR)
or
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”*
or
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”
*
Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance Warning (ROC)
Premature Descent Alert
Caution (PDA)
Altitude Callout “500”
Excessive Descent Rate
Caution (EDR)
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”*
or
“Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
* “Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”*
*
Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Warning (RTC)
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”*
or
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”
or
“Too Low, Terrain”
None
None
“Five-Hundred”
“Sink Rate”
*
or
“Don’t Sink”*
or
“Too Low, Terrain”
INDEX
* Alerts with multiple messages are configurable at installation and are installation-dependent. Alerts for the default
configuration when more than one option is available are indicated with asterisks.
** Annunciation is displayed on the MFD when terrain display is enabled.
Table 6-18 TAWS-B Alerts Summary
366
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
EXCESSIVE DESCENT RATE ALERT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate (EDR) alert is to provide suitable notification when the
aircraft is determined to be closing (descending) upon terrain at an excessive speed. Figure 6-110 shows the
parameters for the alert as defined by TSO-C151b.
6000
5500
5000
4000
NK
: “SI
ion
Caut
3500
”
RATE
EIS
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
4500
3000
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2500
2000
Warning: “PULL UP”
1500
1000
12000
11000
10000
9000
8000
7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
Descent Rate (FPM)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
0
0
500
Figure 6-110 Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FORWARD LOOKING TERRAIN AVOIDANCE
AFCS
The Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA) feature of TAWS-B compares the aircraft’s projected flight
path with known terrain and obstacles in their respective databases and issues four types of alerts as either a
caution or a warning:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC) and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC)
alerts are issued when the aircraft flight path is above terrain, yet is projected to come within the minimum
clearance values in Figure 6-111. When an RTC alert is issued, a potential impact point is displayed on the
TAWS-B Page.
APPENDICES
Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI) and Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts are issued when the
aircraft is below the elevation of a terrain or obstacle cell in the aircraft’s projected path. ITI and IOI alerts
are accompanied by a potential impact point displayed on the TAWS-B Page. The alert is annunciated when
the projected vertical flight path is calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in Figure 6-111.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
367
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Required Terrain Clearance
RTC Level (FT)
RTC Descending (FT)
800
EIS
Required
Terrain Clearance
(FT)
Required
Terrain
Clearance
(FT)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
700
600
500
400
300
200
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
100
0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
Distance From Runway (NM)
Distance From Runway (NM)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-111 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values
FLTA alerts are automatically inhibited when the aircraft is less than 200 feet above the destination runway
elevation while within 0.5 nm of the approach runway or the aircraft is between runway ends.
PREMATURE DESCENT ALERTING
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
A Premature Descent Alert (PDA) is issued when the system detects that the aircraft is significantly
below the normal approach path to a runway (Figure 6-112).
PDA alerting begins when the aircraft is below 700 feet AGL within 15 nm of the destination airport and
ends when the aircraft is 0.5 nm from the runway threshold.
AFCS
800
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Height Above Destination (Feet)
700
600
500
400
300
PDA ALERTING AREA
200
100
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Distance to Destination (NM)
INDEX
Figure 6-112 PDA Alerting Threshold
368
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PDA and FLTA aural and visual alerts can be manually inhibited. Discretion should be used when inhibiting
TAWS-B and the system should be enabled when appropriate. When TAWS-B is inhibited, the alert
annunciation ‘TAWS INH’ is shown on the PFD and MFD (Figure 6-113).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 6-113 TAWS-B Alerting Disabled (TAWS-B
Inhibited) Annunciation
EIS
Inhibiting/enabling TAWS-B alerting:
1) Select the TAWS-B Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the INHIBIT Softkey to inhibit or enable TAWS (choice dependent on current state).
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘Inhibit TAWS’ or ‘Enable TAWS’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If TAWS-B alerts are inhibited when the Final Approach Fix is the active waypoint in a GPS SBAS approach,
a ‘LOW ALT’ annunciation may appear on the PFD next to the Altimeter if the current aircraft altitude is at
least 164 feet below the prescribed altitude at the Final Approach Fix. See the Flight Instruments Section for
details.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FIVE-HUNDRED AURAL ALERT
AFCS
The purpose of the aural alert message “Five-hundred” is to provide an advisory alert of when the aircraft
descends to within 500 feet above the terrain or runway threshold. When the aircraft is within 5 nm of an
airport, the “Five Hundred” aural alert is based on the nearest runway threshold elevation. When the aircraft
is more than 5 nm of the nearest airport, the “Five Hundred” aural alert is based on the height above terrain
(as determined by the GPS altitude and Terrain Database).
There are no display annunciations or pop-up alerts that accompany the aural message
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NEGATIVE CLIMB RATE AFTER TAKEOFF ALERT (NCR)
APPENDICES
The Negative Climb Rate (NCR) After Takeoff alert (also referred to as “Altitude Loss After Takeoff”)
provides alerts when the system determines the aircraft is losing altitude (closing upon terrain) after takeoff. The aural message “Don’t Sink” is given for NCR alerts, accompanied by an annunciation and a pop-up terrain
alert on the display. NCR alerting is only active when departing from an airport and when the following
conditions are met:
• Height above the terrain is less than 700 feet
• Distance from the departure airport is 2 nm or less
• Heading change from the departure heading is less than 110 degrees
INDEX
Figures 6-81 and 6-82 shows the NCR alerting parameters as defined by TSO-C151b.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
369
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
1000
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
900
800
700
600
“DON’T SINK”
or
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
500
400
300
200
100
0
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
Altitude Loss (Feet)
Figure 6-114 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Altitude Loss
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1000
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
900
800
700
600
“DON’T SINK”
or
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
500
400
300
200
AFCS
100
0
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
Sink Rate (FPM)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-115 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Sink Rate
SYSTEM STATUS
APPENDICES
During power-up, TAWS-B conducts a self-test of its aural and visual annunciations. The system test can also
be manually initiated. An aural message is issued at test completion. TAWS-B System Testing is disabled when
ground speed exceeds 30 knots.
Manually testing the TAWS-B System:
1) Select the TAWS-B Page.
INDEX
2) Press the MENU Key (Figure 6-116).
3) Select ‘Test TAWS System’ and press the ENT Key to confirm the selection.
370
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 6-116 TAWS-B Page Menu
EIS
TAWS-B continually monitors several system-critical items such as database validity, hardware status, and
GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not available, the aural message “TAWS System Failure” is
generated along with the ‘TAWS FAIL’ alert annunciation.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TAWS-B requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums. Should the
navigation solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation
‘TAWS N/A’ is generated in the annunciation window and on the TAWS-B Page. The aural message “TAWS Not
Available” is generated.
System Test in progress
None
TAWS-B FLTA Alerting Inhibited
No GPS position
TAWS TEST
None
None
“TAWS System Test Test OK”
None
None
NO GPS POSITION
“TAWS Not Available”
None
“TAWS Not Available”
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS System Failure”
TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE
None
AFCS
APPENDICES
None
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Excessively degraded GPS signal;
or Out of database coverage
area
TAWS-B System Test Fail; Terrain
or Obstacle database unavailable
or invalid; Invalid software
configuration; or System audio
fault
MFD Terrain or Obstacle
database unavailable or invalid,
and TAWS operating with PFD
Terrain or Obstacle databases.
Aural Message
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
System Test pass
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
PFD/MFD* Alert TAWS-B Page Center Banner
Annunciation
Annunciation
Alert Type
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
INDEX
† Annunciation is shown on TAWS-B Page and the Navigation Map Page when Terrain is enabled.
* “TAWS Available” will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is received, or Terrain database coverage area reentered.
Table 6-19 TAWS-B System Status Annunciations
371
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.8 GARMIN GTS 820 TRAFFIC
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: The GTS 820 Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is intended for advisory use only to aid the pilot in
visually acquiring traffic. No avoidance maneuvers should be based solely upon TAS traffic information. It
is the responsibility of the pilot in command to see and maneuver to avoid traffic.
NOTE: Pilots should be aware of TAS system limitations. TAS systems require transponders of other aircraft
EIS
to respond to system interrogations. If the transponders do not respond to interrogations due phenomena
such as antenna shading or marginal transponder performance, traffic may be displayed intermittently, or
not at all. Aircraft without altitude reporting capability are shown without altitude separation data or climb
descent indication. Pilots should remain vigilant for traffic at all times.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The optional Garmin GTS 820 is a Traffic Advisory System (TAS). It enhances flight crew situational awareness
by displaying traffic information for transponder-equipped aircraft. The system also provides visual and aural
traffic alerts including voice announcements to assist in visually acquiring traffic.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The GTS 820 is capable of tracking up to 45 intruding aircraft equipped with Mode A or C transponders, and
up to 30 intruding aircraft equipped with Mode S transponders. A maximum of 30 aircraft with the highest
threat potential can be displayed simultaneously. No TAS surveillance is provided for aircraft without operating
transponders.
THEORY OF OPERATION
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When the system is in Operating Mode, the TAS unit interrogates the transponders of intruding aircraft while
monitoring transponder replies. The system uses this information to derive the distance, relative bearing, and
if reported, the altitude and vertical trend for each aircraft within its surveillance range.
AFCS
The system then calculates a closure rate to each intruder based on the projected Closest Point of Approach
(CPA). If the closure rate meets the threat criteria for a Traffic Advisory (TA), visual and aural alerting is
provided.
TAS SURVEILLANCE VOLUME AND SYMBOLOGY
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The GTS 820 TAS monitors the airspace within ±10,000 feet of own altitude, and up to 40 nm in the
forward direction. TAS range is somewhat reduced to the sides and aft of own aircraft due to the directional
interrogation signal patterns. The system displays TAS-detected traffic using the symbology shown in Table
6-20.
APPENDICES
In addition, if a 1090 MHz extended squitter transponder is installed, and the GTS 820 detects airborne
traffic providing 1090 MHz Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B) information, the system
will display the TAS traffic using the ADS-B symbology shown in Table 6-21. NOTE: Do not confuse this functionality with full ADS-B capability, which can provide traffic information
INDEX
from ADS-B Ground-Based Transceivers (GBTs) and ADS-B traffic outside of the TAS surveillance volume.
This system is limited to displaying ADS-B information from suitably equipped airborne aircraft within the
TAS surveillance volume.
372
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TAS SYMBOLOGY
The GTS 820 uses the symbology shown in the table below to depict intruding traffic.
Description
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
TAS Symbol
Non-Threat Traffic
Proximity Advisory (PA)
EIS
Traffic Advisory (TA)
Traffic Advisory Off Scale
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Table 6-20 TAS Symbol Description
Description
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Symbol
Traffic Advisory with ADS-B directional information. Points in the
direction of the intruder aircraft track.
Proximity Advisory with ADS-B directional information. Points in
the direction of the aircraft track.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Non-threat traffic with ADS-B directional information. Points in the
direction of the intruder aircraft track.
Traffic with ADS-B directional information, but positional accuracy
is degraded. Points in the direction of the aircraft track.
AFCS
Table 6-21 TAS Traffic with ADS-B Symbology
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
A Traffic Advisory (TA), displayed as a yellow circle or triangle, alerts the crew to a potentially hazardous
intruding aircraft, if the closing rate, distance, and vertical separation meet TA criteria. A Traffic Advisory
that is beyond the selected display range (off scale) is indicated by a half TA symbol at the edge of the screen
at the relative bearing of the intruder.
A Proximity Advisory (PA), displayed as a solid white diamond or triangle, indicates the intruding aircraft
is within ±1200 feet and is within a 6 nm range, but is still not considered a TA threat.
APPENDICES
A Non-threat Advisory, shown as an open white diamond or triangle, is displayed for traffic beyond 6 nm
that is neither a TA or PA.
A solid white rounded arrow indicates either a PA or Non-Threat traffic with ADS-B directional information,
but the position of the traffic is shown with degraded accuracy.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
INDEX
Relative altitude, when available, is displayed above or below the corresponding intruder symbol in
hundreds of feet (Figure 6-117). When this altitude is above own aircraft, it is preceded by a ‘+’ symbol; a
minus sign ‘-’ indicates traffic is below own aircraft.
373
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
A vertical trend arrow to the right of the intruder symbol (Figure 6-117) indicates climbing or descending
traffic with an upward or downward-pointing arrow respectively.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Relative Altitude
Vertical trend arrow
EIS
Figure 6-117 Intruder Altitude and Vertical Trend Arrow
If the intruding aircraft is providing ADS-B track information, this is displayed as a vector line extending
beyond the traffic symbol in the direction of the track (Figure 6-118).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Vector Line indicates
intruder aircraft track
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-118 Intruder Traffic with ADS-B Directional
Information and Track
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Flight IDs may also be displayed with traffic symbols; see the Flight IDs discussion in this section for more
information.
The GTS 820 automatically suppresses the display of altitude-reporting aircraft on the ground under either
of the following conditions:
• On-ground aircraft is equipped with a Mode S transponder.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
• On-ground aircraft is equipped with a Mode C transponder, and own aircraft’s radar altimeter (if installed)
is displaying 1700’ AGL or less.
374
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TA ALERTING CONDITIONS
Sensitivity Intruder Altitude
Level
Available
B
Yes
B
No
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
No
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
A
Intruder closing rate provides less than 20 seconds of vertical and
horizontal separation.
Or:
Intruder closing rate provides less than 20 seconds of horizontal
separation and vertical separation is within 600 feet.
Or:
Intruder range is within 0.2 nm and vertical separation is within
600 feet.
Intruder closing rate provides less than 15 seconds of separation.
Intruder closing rate provides less than 30 seconds of vertical and
horizontal separation.
Or:
Intruder closing rate provides less than 30 seconds of horizontal
separation and vertical separation is within 800 feet.
Or:
Intruder range is within 0.55 nm and vertical separation is within
800 feet.
Intruder range is less than 20 seconds.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Yes
TA Alerting Conditions
EIS
A
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The GTS 820 automatically adjusts its TA sensitivity level to reduce the likelihood of nuisance TA alerting
during flight phases likely to be near airports. Level A (less) TA sensitivity is used when the aircraft’s
groundspeed is less than 120 knots, or when the radar altimeter (if equipped) indicates own aircraft altitude
is below 2000’ AGL. In all other conditions, Level B (greater) TA sensitivity is used to assess TA threats.
AFCS
Table 6-22 TA Sensitivity Level and TA Alerting Criteria
TAS ALERTS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: If an optional radar altimeter is installed and available, aural traffic alerts do not occur at or below
400’ AGL Only visual traffic annunciations are issued.
When the GTS 820 detects a new TA, the following occur:
APPENDICES
• A single “Traffic!” voice alert is generated, followed by additional voice information about the bearing, relative
altitude, and approximate distance from the intruder that triggered the TA (Table 6-23). The announcement
“Traffic! 12 o’clock, high, four miles,” would indicate the traffic is in front of own aircraft, above own
altitude, and approximately four nautical miles away.
INDEX
• A ‘TRAFFIC’ Annunciation appears at the top right of the airspeed on the PFD, flashing for five seconds and
remains displayed until no TAs are detected in the area (Figure 6-119).
• The PFD Inset Map is automatically displayed with TA traffic.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
375
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
If the bearing of TA traffic cannot be determined, a yellow text banner will be displayed in the center of the
Traffic Map Page and in the lower-left of the PFD inset map instead of a TA symbol. The text will indicate
“TA” followed by the distance, relative altitude, and vertical trend arrow for the TA traffic, if known.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A TA will be displayed for at least eight seconds, even if the condition(s) that initially triggered the TA are no
longer present.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Inset Map
Displays When
TA is Detected
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-119 Traffic Annunciation (PFD)
Bearing
Relative Altitude
Distance (nm)
“One o’clock” through
“Twelve o’clock”
or “No Bearing”
“High”, “Low”, “Same Altitude” (if
within 200 feet of own altitude), or
“Altitude not available”
“Less than one mile”,
“One Mile” through “Ten Miles”, or
“More than ten miles”
AFCS
Table 6-23 TA Descriptive Voice Announcements
SYSTEM TEST
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: Traffic surveillance is not available during the system test. Use caution when performing a system
test during flight.
APPENDICES
The GTS 820 provides a system test mode to verify the TAS system is operating normally. The test takes ten
seconds to complete. When the system test is initiated, a test pattern of traffic symbols is displayed on the
Traffic Map Page (Figure 6-120). If the system test passes, the aural announcement “TAS System Test Passed”
is heard, otherwise the system announces “TAS System Test Failed.” When the system test is complete, the traffic system enters Standby Mode.
Testing the traffic system:
INDEX
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
376
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Turn the Range knob to set the range to 2/6 nm to allow for full test pattern to be displayed during test.
4) Press the TEST Softkey.
Or:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘Test Mode’.
2) Press the ENT Key.
Test Mode Annunciation
Operating
Mode
Non-Threat
Traffic at
11 o’clock,
Distance 3.6
nm, 1000’
Above, Level
EIS
Proximity
Traffic at
1 o’clock,
Distance
3.6 nm,
1000’ Below,
Descending
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TA at 9 o’clock,
Distance 2.0
nm, 200’ Below,
Climbing
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-120 System Test in Progress with Test Pattern
AFCS
OPERATION
NOTE: The GTS 820 automatically transitions from STANDBY to OPERATE mode eight seconds after takeoff.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The unit also automatically transitions from OPERATE to STANDBY mode 24 seconds after landing.
After power-up, the GTS 820 is in Standby Mode. The GTS 820 must be in Operating Mode for traffic to be
displayed and for TAs to be issued.
APPENDICES
Pressing the OPERATE Softkey allows the traffic unit to switch from Standby Mode to Operating Mode as
necessary. Pressing the STANDBY Softkey forces the unit into Standby Mode.
Switching from operating mode to standby mode:
On the Traffic Page, select the STANDBY Softkey
Or:
INDEX
1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘Standby Mode’.
2) Press the ENT Key.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
377
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Switching from standby mode to operating mode:
On the Traffic Map Page, press the OPERATE Softkey
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘Operate Mode’.
2) Press the ENT Key. The traffic unit switches from Standby Mode to Operating Mode as necessary.
TRAFFIC MAP PAGE
EIS
The Traffic Map Page shows surrounding TAS traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s current position
and altitude, without basemap clutter. It is the primary map pace for viewing traffic information. Aircraft
orientation is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Map range is adjustable with the RANGE
Knob, as indicated by the map range rings.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The traffic mode and altitude display mode are annunciated in the upper left corner of the page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Operating Mode
Traffic Advisory with ADS-B Directional
Information, 500’ Below, Climbing
Altitude
Mode
Traffic Display
Range Rings
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Non-Threat Traffic,
2500’ Above,
Descending
Non-Threat
Traffic with
ADS-B
Directional
Information,
6000’ Above,
Level
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
“No Bearing”
Traffic (Bearing
Undetermined),
Distance .9 nm,
500’ Above,
Climbing
Proximity Traffic,
900’ Above,
Descending,
Flight ID
Displayed
Traffic
Advisory OffScale, 400’
Below, Level
Non-Threat
Traffic,
Altitude Not
Reported
Figure 6-121 Traffic Map Page
APPENDICES
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3) Press the OPERATE Softkey to begin displaying traffic. OPERATING is displayed in the Traffic mode field.
INDEX
4) Press the STANDBY Softkey to place the system in the Standby mode. STANDBY is displayed in the Traffic mode
field.
378
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5) Turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to display a larger area or counter-clockwise to display a smaller area.
Altitude Display
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The pilot can select the volume of airspace in which non-threat and proximity traffic is displayed. TAs
occurring outside of these limits will always be shown.
Changing the altitude range:
1) On the Traffic Map Page, select the ALT MODE Softkey.
2) PressS one of the following Softkeys:
EIS
• ABOVE: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 9000 feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the
aircraft. Typically used during climb phase of flight.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• NORMAL: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet below
the aircraft. Typically used during enroute phase of flight.
• BELOW: Displays non-threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the aircraft to 9000 feet below the
aircraft. Typically used during descent phase of flight.
UNREST (unrestricted): All traffic is displayed from 9900 feet above and 9900 feet below the aircraft.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
•
3) To return to the Traffic Page, press the BACK Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
ABOVE
•
NORMAL
•
BELOW
•
UNRESTRICTED
AFCS
•
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select one of the following (see softkey description in step 2 above):
3) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
379
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Flight ID Display
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Flight IDs of other aircraft (when available) can be enabled for display on the Traffic Map Page
(Figure 6-122). When a flight ID is received, it will appear above or below the corresponding traffic symbol
on the Traffic Map Page when this option is enabled.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Flight ID
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-122 Traffic Map Page with Flight ID Enabled
Enabling/Disabling Flight ID Display:
On the Traffic Map Page, press the FLT ID Softkey.
AFCS
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose ‘Show Flight IDs’ or ‘Hide Flight IDs’ (choice dependent on current state)
(Figure 6-123).
INDEX
APPENDICES
3) Press the ENT Key.
Figure 6-123 Traffic Map Page Menu
380
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Traffic Map Page Display Range
The display range on the Traffic Map Page can be changed at any time. Map range is adjustable with the
RANGE Knob, as indicated by the map range rings.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Changing the display range on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the RANGE Knob.
2) The following range options are available:
•
2 and 6 nm
•
6 and 12 nm
•
12 and 24 nm
•
24 and 40 nm
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2 nm
EIS
•
ADDITIONAL TRAFFIC DISPLAYS
• Traffic Map Page
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic information can be displayed on the following maps on the MFD when the unit is operating:
• Navigation Map Page
• Nearest Pages
• Active Flight Plan Page
• Trip Planning Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Traffic information can also be displayed on the PFD when the Synthetic Vision System (SVS) option is
installed and enabled. See the Additional Features Section for details.
Displaying traffic information (MFD maps other than the Traffic Map Page):
1) Select the MAP Softkey.
AFCS
2) Press the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map.
When traffic is selected on maps other than the Traffic Map Page, a traffic icon is shown to indicate traffic
is enabled for display (Figure 6-124).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Displaying traffic on the Navigation Map
1) Ensure the traffic system is operating. With the Navigation Map displayed, press the MAP Softkey.
2) Press the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map as shown in the figure.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
381
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Non-Threat
Traffic
Traffic Advisory with
ADS-B Directional
Information
Non-Threat
Traffic with
ADS-B
Directional
Information
EIS
Proximity
Traffic with
ADS-B Directional
Information
TA Off Scale Banner
Annunciation
Traffic Status
Icon
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
“No Bearing”
Traffic Advisory
Banner Annunciation
Figure 6-124 TAS Traffic on Navigation Map
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Customizing the traffic display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-125).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-126).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through the selections (Figure 6-127).
• TRAFFIC – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
• TRAFFIC MODE – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
AFCS
- All Traffic - Displays all traffic
- TA/PA - Displays Traffic Advisories and Proximity Advisories
- TA ONLY - Displays Traffic Advisories only
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• TRAFFIC SMBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown
• TRAFFIC LBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown with the option to turn off
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).
APPENDICES
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
INDEX
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page.
382
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Figure 6-125 Navigation Map Page Menu
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-126 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
Figure 6-127 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Traffic Group
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu also controls the display of traffic. The setup menu controls the map
range settings. Traffic data symbols and labels can be decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than
the map range setting is selected, the data is removed from the map. Maps besides the Traffic Map Page use
settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
Traffic information can also be displayed on the PFD Inset Map by pressing the INSET Softkey. A traffic map
will appear in heading up orientation. Traffic information can also be overlaid with navigation, topographic
and optional data link weather information.
Displaying traffic information (PFD Inset Map):
1) Press the INSET Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the TRAFFIC Softkey to display traffic data on the inset map (TRFC-1).
3) Select the softkey again to display the traffic-only inset (TRFC-2).
4) Select the softkey again to remove traffic data.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
383
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM STATUS
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Mode
Traffic Mode Annunciation
(Traffic Map Page)
TAS System Test
Initiated
TEST
(also shown in white in center of page)
TAS Operating
OPERATING
TAS Standby
STANDBY
(also shown in white in center of page)
TAS Failed*
FAIL
Traffic Display Status Icon
(Other Maps)
* See Table 6-25 for additional failure annunciations
Table 6-24 TAS Modes
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If the traffic unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the center of the Traffic Map
Page. During a failure condition, the Operating Mode cannot be selected.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Traffic Map Page Center
Description
Annunciation
NO DATA
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
Data is being received from the TAS unit, but the
DATA FAILED
unit is self-reporting a failure
Incorrect data format received from the TAS unit, or
FAILED
optional radar altimeter was operational at system
power-up but has subsequently failed
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Table 6-25 TAS Failure Annunciations
384
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left corner of
maps on which traffic can be displayed.
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
TA X.X ± XX ↕
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NO TRFC DATA
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*.
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the
selected display range.
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**.
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation
in hundreds of feet, and altitude trend arrow (climbing/
descending).
TAS unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or
sending incorrectly formatted data)
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
EIS
TRFC FAIL
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
TA OFF SCALE
Description
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Table 6-26 TAS Traffic Status Annunciations
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
385
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.9 HONEYWELL KTA870 TRAFFIC
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Refer to the Honeywell® KTA 870 Pilot’s Guide for a detailed discussion of the KTA 870 TAS.
TAS SYMBOLOGY
EIS
The optional Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is designed to help in detection and avoidance of other aircraft. TAS uses an on-board interrogator-processor and the Mode S transponder for the air-to-air traffic data link. Traffic is displayed with the symbology shown in Table 6-27.
TAS Symbol
Description
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Non-Threat Traffic
Proximity Advisory (PA)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic Advisory (TA)
Traffic Advisory Off Scale
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 6-27 TAS Symbol Description
A Non-threat Advisory, shown as an open white diamond, indicates that an intruding aircraft is at greater than
±1200 feet relative altitude or the distance is beyond 5 nm.
A Proximity Advisory indicates that the intruding aircraft is within ±1200 feet and is within 5 nm range, but
is still not considered a threat.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
A Traffic Advisory (TA) alerts the crew to a potentially hazardous intruding aircraft. Closing rate, distance,
and vertical separation meet TA criteria. A Traffic Advisory that is beyond the selected display range is indicated
by a half TA symbol at the edge of the screen at the relative bearing of the intruder.
386
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
OPERATION
The KTA 870 must be in Operating Mode for traffic to be displayed. The unit starts in Operating Mode upon
power-up.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting the STANDBY Softkey places the unit into Standby Mode. Selecting the NORMAL Softkey allows
the KTA 870 to switch from Standby Mode to Operating Mode as necessary.
Switching from operating mode to standby mode:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
EIS
2) Press the STANDBY Softkey.
Or:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select Standby Mode.
3) Press the ENT Key.
Switching from standby mode to operating mode:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
On the Traffic Page, select the NORMAL Softkey
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘Normal Mode’.
2) Press the ENT Key. The KTA 870 switches from Standby Mode to Operating Mode as necessary.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
System Self Test
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
AFCS
3) Turn the Range knob to set the range to 2/6 nm allow for display of full traffic test pattern.
4) Select the TEST Softkey.
Or:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS knob to select ‘Test Mode’.
2) Press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
Self Test takes approximately eight seconds to complete. When completed successfully, traffic symbols are
displayed and a voice alert “TAS System Test OK” is heard. In the event that the system test fails, the system
enters Standby Mode and a voice alert “TAS System Test Fail” is heard.
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
INDEX
3) Press the NORMAL Softkey to begin displaying traffic. ‘OPERATING’ is displayed in the Traffic mode field.
4) Press the ALT MODE Softkey to change the altitude volume.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
387
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
5) Press the STANDBY Softkey to place the system in the Standby mode. STANDBY is displayed in the Traffic mode
field.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6) Turn the RANGE Knob clockwise to display a larger area or counter-clockwise to display a smaller area.
Traffic Advisory,
Aircraft is
500’ Below,
Climbing
Operating
Mode
EIS
Altitude
Mode
Traffic Display
Range Ring
Markers
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Non-Threat Traffic,
Altitude Not
Reported
Off Scale Traffic
Advisory, 400’
Below, No
Vertical Trend
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
“No Bearing”
Traffic (Bearing
Undetermined),
Distance 4.0
nm, 500’ Above,
Descending
Proximity
Traffic, 900’
Above, No
Vertical Trend
Figure 6-128 Traffic Map Page
AFCS
The Traffic Map Page shows surrounding TAS traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s current position and
altitude, without basemap clutter. Aircraft orientation is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Map range is adjustable with the RANGE Knob from 2 to 40 nm, as indicated by the map range rings.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The traffic mode and altitude display mode are annunciated in the upper left corner.
DISPLAYING TRAFFIC DATA
INDEX
APPENDICES
The Map - Traffic Map Page is the principal page for viewing traffic information. Additional displays of
traffic information are available as map overlays while the traffic system is operating, and serve as additional
reference to the Traffic Map Page. Traffic information can be displayed on the following maps and pages:
• PFD Inset Map
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Nearest Pages
• Traffic Map Page
• Active Flight Plan Page
Traffic information can also be displayed on the PFD when the Synthetic Vision System (SVS) option is
installed and enabled. See the Additional Features Section for details.
388
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Displaying traffic information (maps other than the Traffic Map Page):
1) Select the MAP Softkey.
2) Press the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When traffic is selected on maps other than the Traffic Map Page, a traffic icon is shown to indicate TAS is
enabled for display.
Displaying traffic on the Navigation Map
1) Ensure that the TAS system is operating. With the Navigation Map displayed, select the MAP Softkey.
EIS
2) Select the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map as shown in the figure.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Non-Threat
Traffic
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic
Advisory
Proximity
Traffic
TA Off Scale
Banner
“No Bearing”
Traffic Advisory
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Traffic
Display
Enabled Icon
Figure 6-129 TAS Traffic on Navigation Map
AFCS
Displaying traffic information (PFD Inset Map):
1) Press the INSET Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the TRAFFIC Softkey to display traffic data on the inset map (TRFC-1).
3) Press the softkey again to display the traffic-only inset (TRFC-2).
4) Press the softkey again to remove traffic data.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
389
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
ALTITUDE DISPLAY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The pilot can select the volume of airspace in which traffic is displayed. Traffic Advisories (TAs) outside of
these limits will still be shown. Refer to the KTA 870 Pilot’s Guide for specific display thresholds.
Changing the altitude display mode:
1) On the Traffic Page, press the ALT MODE Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
2) Press one of the following Softkeys:
•
BELOW
•
NORMAL
•
ABOVE
•
UNREST (unrestricted)
3) To return to the Traffic Page, select the BACK Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select one of the following:
•
BELOW
•
NORMAL
•
ABOVE
•
UNREST (unrestricted)
3) Select the ENT Softkey.
TRAFFIC MAP PAGE DISPLAY RANGE
AFCS
The display range on the Traffic Map Page can be changed at any time. Map range is adjustable with the
RANGE Knob from 2 to 40 nm, as indicated by the map range rings.
Changing the display range on the Traffic Page:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Turn the RANGE Knob.
•
2 nm
•
2 and 6 nm
•
6 and 12 nm
•
12 and 24 nm
•
24 and 40 nm
INDEX
APPENDICES
2) The following range options are available:
390
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Customizing the traffic display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) With Map Setup highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 6-130).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Group and press the ENT Key (Figure 6-131).
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through the selections (Figure 6-132).
• TRAFFIC – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
EIS
• TRAFFIC MODE – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
- All Traffic - Displays all traffic
- TA/PA - Displays Traffic Alerts and Proximity Advisories
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- TA ONLY - Displays Traffic Alerts only
• TRAFFIC SMBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown
• TRAFFIC LBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown with the option to turn off
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (ON/OFF, range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-130 Navigation Map Page Menu
APPENDICES
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Figure 6-132 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu, Traffic Group
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
INDEX
Figure 6-131 Navigation Map Page Setup Menu
391
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu also controls the display of traffic. The setup menu controls the map
range settings. Traffic data symbols and labels can be decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than
the map range setting is selected, the data is removed from the map. Maps besides the Traffic Map Page use
settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.
TAS ALERTS
NOTE: Refer to the KTA 870 documentation for information on alerts generated by the TAS equipment.
EIS
When the number of TAs on the Traffic Map Page increases from one scan to the next, the following occur:
• A “Traffic, Traffic” voice alert is generated when the first TA is displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• A TRAFFIC Annunciation appears at the top right of the airspeed on the PFD, flashing for 5 seconds and
remaining displayed until no TAs are detected in the area.
• The PFD Inset Map is automatically displayed with TA traffic.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• A single “Traffic” voice alert is generated when the number of TAs increases.
AFCS
Inset Map
Displays When
TA is Detected
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-133 Traffic Annunciation (PFD)
392
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM STATUS
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
Traffic Mode Annunciation
(Traffic Map Page)
TAS Self-test Initiated
TEST
(also shown in white in center of page)
Traffic Display Enabled Icon
(Other Maps)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Mode
OPERATING
TAS Operating
TAS Failed*
FAIL
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
STANDBY
(also shown in white in center of page)
EIS
TAS Standby
* See Table 6-29 for additional failure annunciations
Table 6-28 TAS Modes
Traffic Map Page
Annunciation
NO DATA
FAILED
Description
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
Data is being received from the TAS unit, but the
unit is self-reporting a failure
Incorrect data format received from the TAS unit
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
DATA FAILED
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If the unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the center of the Traffic Map Page.
Table 6-29 TAS Failure Annunciations
AFCS
The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left corner of
maps on which traffic can be displayed.
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
TRFC FAIL
INDEX
NO TRFC DATA
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the
selected display range
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude
separation in hundreds of feet, and altitude trend
arrow (climbing/descending)
TAS unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or
sending incorrectly formatted data)
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
APPENDICES
TA X.X ± XX ↕
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
TA OFF SCALE
Description
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
Table 6-30 TAS Traffic Status Annunciations
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
393
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Blank Page
394
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 7 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The approved Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) always supersedes this Pilot’s Guide.
The GFC 700 is a digital Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS), fully integrated within the G1000 System
avionics architecture. The System Overview section provides a block diagram to support this system description.
GFC 700 AFCS functionality in the Cessna Caravan is distributed across the following Line Replaceable Units
(LRUs):
• GSA 80 AFCS Servos (2)
• GDU 1040A Multi Function Display (MFD)
• GSA 81 AFCS Servos (2)
• GMC 710 AFCS Control Unit
• GSM 85 Servo Mounts (4)
EIS
• GDU 1040A Primary Flight Displays (2-PFDs)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Units (2-IAUs)
The GFC 700 AFCS can be divided into these main operating functions:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Flight Director (FD) — The Cessna Caravan has two flight directors, each operating within an IAU and
referred to as pilot-side and copilot-side. Commands for the selected flight director are displayed on both PFDs. The flight director provides:
– Command Bars showing pitch/roll guidance
– Vertical/lateral mode selection and processing
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
– Autopilot communication
• Autopilot (AP) — Autopilot operation occurs within the pitch, roll, and pitch trim servos. It also provides
servo monitoring and automatic flight control in response to flight director steering commands, Attitude and
Heading Reference System (AHRS) attitude and rate information, and airspeed.
AFCS
• Yaw Damper (YD) — The yaw servo is self-monitoring and provides Dutch roll damping and turn coordination
in response to yaw rate, roll angle, lateral acceleration, and airspeed.
• Manual Electric Pitch Trim (MEPT) — The pitch trim servo provides manual electric pitch trim capability
when the autopilot is not engaged.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
395
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
7.1 AFCS CONTROLS
The AFCS Control Unit is positioned above the MFD, and has the following controls:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
2
3
Selects/deselects Heading Select Mode
NAV Key
FD Key
Selects/deselects Navigation Mode
Activates/deactivates the flight director only
Pressing once turns on the selected flight director in the default vertical and lateral
modes. Pressing again deactivates the flight director and removes the Command
Bars. If the autopilot is engaged, the key is disabled.
Transfers between the active flight director and standby flight director
Selects/deselects Altitude Hold Mode
Selects/deselects Vertical Speed Mode
Selects/deselects Flight Level Change Mode
Adjust the Selected Course in 1° increments on the Horizontal Situation Indicator
(HSI) of the corresponding PFD
Press to re-center the Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) and return course pointer
directly TO the bearing of the active waypoint/station
If pressed, “SPD NOT AVAIL” annunciation momentarily appears on the PFD.
Selects/deselects Approach Mode
EIS
4
HDG Key
APR Key
XFR Key
6 ALT Key
7 VS Key
8 FLC Key
17 CRS Knobs
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
9
10
SPD Key
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
(Disabled)
11 NOSE UP/DN
Wheel
12 VNV Key
13 ALT SEL Knob
14
15
16
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
18
INDEX
APPENDICES
19
YD Key
AP Key
BANK Key
BC Key
HDG Knob
Adjusts the reference in Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change modes
(see Table 7-2 for change increments in each mode)
Selects/deselects Vertical Path Tracking Mode for Vertical Navigation flight control
Controls the Selected Altitude in 100-ft increments (a finer resolution of 10 feet is
available under approach conditions)
Engages/disengages the yaw damper
Engages/disengages the autopilot
Manually selects/deselects Low Bank Mode
Selects/deselects Backcourse Mode
Adjusts the Selected Heading and bug in 1° increments on the HSI (both PFDs)
Press to synchronize the Selected Heading to the current heading
1
2
3
4
19
18
17
16
5
15
14
6
7
13
12
8 Annunciator Light
11
10
9
Figure 7-1 GMC 710 AFCS Control Unit
396
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL AFCS CONTROLS
The following controls used for the AFCS are located in the cockpit separately from the AFCS Control Unit:
Disengages the autopilot and yaw damper and interrupts pitch trim operation
CWS Button
(Control Wheel
Steering)
While pressed, allows manual control of the aircraft while the autopilot is engaged and
synchronizes the flight director’s Command Bars with the current aircraft pitch (if
not in a Vertical Navigation, Glideslope, or Glidepath Mode) and roll (if in Roll Hold
Mode)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AP DISC Switch
(Autopilot
Disconnect)
An AP DISC Switch is located on each control wheel.
This switch may be used to acknowledge an autopilot disconnect alert and mute the
associated aural tone.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
A CWS Button is located on each control wheel.
GA Switch
(Go Around)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Upon release of the CWS Button, the flight director may establish new pitch and roll
references, depending on the current vertical and lateral modes. CWS operation
details are discussed in the respective mode sections of this manual.
Disengages the autopilot and selects flight director Takeoff (on ground) or Go Around
(in air) Mode
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If an approach procedure is loaded this switch also activates the missed approach when
the selected navigation source is GPS or when the navigation source is VOR/LOC and
a valid frequency has been tuned.
The GA Switch is located on the throttle.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Used to command manual electric pitch trim
MEPT Switch
(Manual Electric An MEPT Switch is located on each control wheel.
Pitch Trim)
This composite switch is split into left and right sides. The left switch is the ARM
contact and the right switch controls the DN (forward) and UP (rearward) contacts. Pushing the MEPT ARM Switch disengages the autopilot, if currently engaged, but
does not affect yaw damper operation. The MEPT ARM Switch may be used to
acknowledge an autopilot disconnect alert and mute the associated aural tone.
APPENDICES
Manual trim commands are generated only when both sides of the switch are operated
simultaneously. If either side of the switch is active separately for more than three
seconds, MEPT function is disabled and ‘PTRM’ is displayed as the AFCS Status
Annunciation on the PFDs. The function remains disabled until both sides of the
switch are inactivated.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
397
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
7.2 FLIGHT DIRECTOR OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The flight director function provides pitch and roll commands to the AFCS and displays them on the PFDs. With the flight director active, the aircraft can be hand-flown to follow the path shown by the Command Bars. Maximum commanded pitch (-15º, +20º) and roll (22º) angles, vertical acceleration, and roll rate are limited to
values established during AFCS certification. The flight director also provides commands to the autopilot.
ACTIVATING THE FLIGHT DIRECTOR
EIS
An initial press of a key listed in Table 7-1 (when the flight director is not active) activates the pilot-side flight
director in the listed modes. The flight director may be turned off and the Command Bars removed from the
displays by pressing the FD Key again. The FD Key is disabled when the autopilot is engaged.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Control Pressed
ALT Key
VS Key
VNV Key
Lateral
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
Takeoff (on ground)
Go Around (in air)
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
NAV Key
Navigation**
BC Key
Backcourse***
APR Key
Approach**
HDG Key
Heading Select
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
FD Key
AP Key
CWS Button
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GA Switch
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Modes Selected
ROL
ROL
ROL
TO
GA
ROL
ROL
ROL
GPS
VOR
LOC
BC
GPS
VOR
LOC
HDG
Vertical
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Takeoff (on ground)
TO
Go Around (in air)
GA
Altitude Hold
ALT
Vertical Speed
VS
Vertical Path Tracking* VPTH
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
*Valid VNV flight plan must be entered before VNV Key press activates flight director.
**The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS
course before NAV or APR Key press activates flight director.
APPENDICES
***The selected navigation receiver must have a valid LOC signal before BC Key press
activates flight director.
INDEX
Table 7-1 Flight Director Activation
398
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AFCS STATUS BOX
Lateral Modes
Yaw
Autopilot Damper
Status
Status
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight director mode annunciations are displayed on the PFDs when the flight director is active. Flight
director selection and autopilot and yaw damper statuses are shown in the center of the AFCS Status Box. Lateral flight director modes are displayed on the left and vertical on the right. Armed modes are displayed in
white and active in green.
Vertical Modes
EIS
Active
Flight Director Active
Indicator Arrow
Mode
Reference
Armed
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
AFCS Status Box
Selected
Altitude
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Vertical
Speed
Reference
Command
Bars
Selected
Heading
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected
Course
GPS is
Selected
Navigation
Source
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 7-2 PFD AFCS Display
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
399
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
FLIGHT DIRECTOR MODES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight director modes are normally selected independently for the pitch and roll axes. Unless otherwise
specified, all mode keys are alternate action (i.e., press on, press off). In the absence of specific mode selection,
the flight director reverts to the default pitch and/or roll modes(s). Mode keys on the AFCS controller are
accompanied by annunciator lights (Figure 7-1) which are illuminated when their respective modes are armed
or active.
EIS
Armed modes are annunciated in white and active modes are annunciated in green in the AFCS Status Box. Under normal operation, when the control for the active flight director mode are pressed, the flight director
reverts to the default mode(s) for the axis(es). Automatic transition from armed to active mode is indicated by
the white armed mode annunciation moving to the green active mode field and flashing for 10 seconds.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
If the information required to compute a flight director mode becomes invalid or unavailable, the flight
director automatically reverts to the default mode for that axis. A flashing yellow mode annunciation and
annunciator light indicate loss of sensor (ADC) or navigation data (VOR, LOC, GPS, VNV, SBAS) required to
compute commands. When such a loss occurs, the system automatically begins to roll the wings level (enters
Roll Hold Mode) or maintain the pitch angle (enters Pitch Hold Mode), depending on the affected axis. The
flashing annunciation stops when the affected mode key is pressed or another mode for the axis is selected. If
after 10 seconds no action is taken, the flashing annunciation stops.
Figure 7-3 Loss of VOR Signal
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The flight director is automatically disabled if the attitude information required to compute the default flight
director modes becomes invalid or unavailable.
SWITCHING FLIGHT DIRECTORS
AFCS
The GFC 700 in the Cessna Caravan has two flight directors, each operating within an IAU. Only one flight
director is active (selected) at a time. Flight directors may be switched by pressing the XFR Key. Both PFDs
display the selected flight director, indicated by an arrow pointing toward either the pilot or copilot side, in the
center of the AFCS Status Box. The annunciator light arrow for the selected flight director is also illuminated
beside the XFR Key. When the flight directors are switched, the vertical and lateral modes revert to default.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pilot-side Flight Director Selected
APPENDICES
Copilot-side Flight Director Selected
INDEX
Figure 7-4 Flight Director Selection Indications
400
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
COMMAND BARS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Upon activation of the flight director, Command Bars are displayed in magenta on the PFDs as single cues. The Command Bars do not override the Aircraft Symbol. The Command Bars move together vertically to
indicate pitch commands and bank left or right to indicate roll commands.
Command Bars
EIS
Aircraft Symbol
Figure 7-5 Command Bars
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
If the attitude information being sent to the flight director becomes invalid or unavailable, the Command Bars
are removed from the display. The flight director Command Bars also disappear if the pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚
or bank exceeds 65˚.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
401
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
7.3 VERTICAL MODES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Table 7-2 lists the vertical modes with their corresponding controls and annunciations. The mode reference is
displayed next to the active mode annunciation for Altitude Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change modes. The NOSE UP/DN Wheel can be used to change the vertical mode reference while operating under Pitch Hold,
Vertical Speed, or Flight Level Change Mode. Increments of change and acceptable ranges of values for each of
these references using the NOSE UP/DN Wheel are also listed in the table.
EIS
Vertical Mode
Description
Holds aircraft pitch attitude; may
be used to climb/descend to the
Selected Altitude
Selected Altitude Capture
Captures the Selected Altitude
Altitude Hold
Holds current Altitude Reference
Holds aircraft vertical speed; may
Vertical Speed
be used to climb/descend to the
Selected Altitude
Holds aircraft airspeed in IAS while
Flight Level Change, IAS Hold aircraft is climbing/descending to the
Selected Altitude
Captures and tracks descent legs of
Vertical Path Tracking
an active vertical profile
Captures the Vertical Navigation
VNV Target Altitude Capture
(VNV) Target Altitude
Captures and tracks the SBAS
Glidepath
glidepath on approach
Captures and tracks the ILS
Glideslope
glideslope on approach
Disengages the autopilot and
commands a constant pitch angle
Takeoff (on ground)
and wings level on the ground in
preparation for takeoff
Disengages the autopilot and
Go Around (in air)
commands a constant pitch angle
and wings level while in the air
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pitch Hold
Control Annunciation
Reference
Range
Reference
Change
Increment
(default)
-15º to +20º
0.5°
PIT
*
ALTS
ALT Key ALT nnnnn ft
VS Key
VS nnnn fpm
-3000 to
+2000 fpm
100 fpm
FLC Key
FLC nnn kt
80 to 175 kt
1 kt
VNV Key
VPTH
**
ALTV
GP
APR Key
GS
TO
7º
GA
7º
GA
Switch
* ALTS is armed automatically when PIT, VS, FLC, TO, or GA is active, and under VPTH when the Selected Altitude is to be
captured instead of the VNV Target Altitude.
** ALTV is armed automatically under VPTH when the VNV Target Altitude is to be captured instead of the Selected Altitude.
INDEX
Table 7-2 Flight Director Vertical Modes
402
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PITCH HOLD MODE (PIT)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When the flight director is activated (the FD Key is pressed) or switched (the XFR Key is pressed), Pitch Hold
Mode is selected by default. Pitch Hold Mode is indicated as the active vertical mode by the ‘PIT’ annunciation. This mode may be used for climb or descent to the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter), since
Selected Altitude Capture Mode is automatically armed when Pitch Hold Mode is activated.
In Pitch Hold Mode, the flight director maintains a constant pitch attitude, the pitch reference. The pitch
reference is set to the aircraft pitch attitude at the moment of mode selection. If the aircraft pitch attitude
exceeds the flight director pitch command limitations, the flight director commands a pitch angle equal to the
nose-up/down limit.
EIS
CHANGING THE PITCH REFERENCE
When operating in Pitch Hold Mode, the pitch reference can be adjusted by:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Using the NOSE UP/DN Wheel
• Pressing the CWS Button, hand-flying the aircraft to establish a new pitch reference, then releasing the
CWS Button
Selected Altitude
Capture Mode Armed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pitch Hold
Mode Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected
Altitude
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Command Bars Maintain
Desired Pitch Reference
Figure 7-6 Pitch Hold Mode
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
403
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SELECTED ALTITUDE CAPTURE MODE (ALTS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Altitude Capture Mode is automatically armed with activation of the following modes:
• Pitch Hold
• Go Around
• Vertical Speed
• Vertical Path Tracking (if the Selected Altitude is to
be captured instead of the VNV Target Altitude)
• Flight Level Change
EIS
The white ‘ALTS’ annunciation indicates Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed (see Figure 7-6 for example). The ALT SEL Knob is used to set the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter) until Selected Altitude
Capture Mode becomes active.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions to Selected Altitude
Capture Mode with Altitude Hold Mode armed (Figure 7-7). This automatic transition is indicated by the green
‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds and the appearance of the white ‘ALT’ annunciation. The
Selected Altitude is shown as the Altitude Reference beside the ‘ALTS’ annunciation.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
At 50 feet from the Selected Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions from Selected Altitude
Capture to Altitude Hold Mode and holds the Selected Altitude (shown as the Altitude Reference). As Altitude
Hold Mode becomes active, the white ‘ALT’ annunciation moves to the active vertical mode field and flashes
green for 10 seconds to indicate the automatic transition.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitude Reference
(in this case, equal to
Selected Altitude)
Flash up to 10 sec, Indicating Automatic Transition
AFCS
Figure 7-7 Automatic Mode Transitions During Altitude Capture
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
CHANGING THE SELECTED ALTITUDE
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while in Selected Altitude Capture Mode does not cancel the mode.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Use of the ALT SEL Knob to change the Selected Altitude while Selected Altitude Capture Mode is active
causes the flight director to revert to Pitch Hold Mode with Selected Altitude Capture Mode armed for the
new Selected Altitude.
404
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ALTITUDE HOLD MODE (ALT)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Altitude Hold Mode can be activated by pressing the ALT Key; the flight director maintains the current aircraft
altitude (to the nearest 10 feet) as the Altitude Reference. The flight director’s Altitude Reference, shown in the
AFCS Status Box, is independent of the Selected Altitude, displayed above the Altimeter. Altitude Hold Mode
active is indicated by a green ‘ALT’ annunciation in the AFCS Status Box.
Altitude Hold Mode is automatically armed when the flight director is in Selected Altitude Capture Mode (see
Figure 7-7). Selected Altitude Capture Mode automatically transitions to Altitude Hold Mode when the altitude
error is less than 50 feet. In this case, the Selected Altitude becomes the flight director’s Altitude Reference.
EIS
CHANGING THE ALTITUDE REFERENCE
NOTE: Turning the ALT SEL Knob while in Altitude Hold Mode changes the Selected Altitude, but not the
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
flight director’s Altitude Reference, and does not cancel the mode.
With the CWS Button depressed, the aircraft can be hand-flown to a new Altitude Reference. When the
CWS Button is released at the desired altitude, the new altitude is established as the Altitude Reference.
Altitude
Reference
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Altitude Hold
Mode Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected
Altitude
AFCS
Selected
Altitude
Bug
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Command Bars Hold Pitch Attitude
to Maintain Altitude Reference
Figure 7-8 Altitude Hold Mode
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
405
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
VERTICAL SPEED MODE (VS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In Vertical Speed Mode, the flight director acquires and maintains a Vertical Speed Reference. Current aircraft
vertical speed (to the nearest 100 fpm) becomes the Vertical Speed Reference at the moment of Vertical Speed
Mode activation. This mode may be used for climb or descent to the Selected Altitude (shown above the
Altimeter) since Selected Altitude Capture Mode is automatically armed when Vertical Speed Mode is selected.
EIS
When Vertical Speed Mode is activated by pressing the VS Key, ‘VS’ is annunciated in green in the AFCS Status
Box along with the Vertical Speed Reference. The Vertical Speed Reference is also displayed above the Vertical
Speed Indicator. A Vertical Speed Reference Bug corresponding to the Vertical Speed Reference is shown on
the indicator.
CHANGING THE VERTICAL SPEED REFERENCE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Vertical Speed Reference (shown both in the AFCS Status Box and above the Vertical Speed Indicator)
may be changed by:
• Using the NOSE UP/DN Wheel
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Pressing the CWS Button, hand-flying the aircraft to attain a new Vertical Speed Reference, then releasing
the CWS Button
NOTE: If the Selected Altitude is reached during CWS maneuvering, the Airspeed Reference is not changed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
To adjust the Airspeed Reference in this case, the CWS Button must be pressed again after the Selected
Altitude is reached.
AFCS
Vertical Speed
Mode Active
Vertical Speed
Reference
Selected Altitude
Capture Mode
Armed
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selected
Altitude
Vertical
Speed
Reference
APPENDICES
Vertical
Speed
Reference
Bug
Command Bars Indicate Climb to
Attain Vertical Speed Reference
INDEX
Figure 7-9 Vertical Speed Mode
406
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT LEVEL CHANGE MODE (FLC)
NOTE: The Selected Altitude should be set before selecting Flight Level Change Mode.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Level Change Mode is selected by pressing the FLC Key. This mode acquires and maintains the
Airspeed Reference in IAS while climbing or descending to the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter).
When Flight Level Change Mode is active, the flight director continuously monitors Selected Altitude, airspeed, and altitude.
EIS
The Airspeed Reference is set to the current airspeed upon mode activation. Flight Level Change Mode is
indicated by a green ‘FLC’ annunciation beside the Airspeed Reference in the AFCS Status Box. The Airspeed
Reference is also displayed directly above the Airspeed Indicator, along with a bug corresponding to the Airspeed
Reference along the tape.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Engine power must be adjusted to allow the autopilot to fly the aircraft at a pitch attitude corresponding
to the desired flight profile (climb or descent) while maintaining the Airspeed Reference. The flight director
maintains the current altitude until either engine power or the Airspeed Reference are adjusted and does not
allow the aircraft to climb or descend away from the Selected Altitude.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
CHANGING THE AIRSPEED REFERENCE
The Airspeed Reference (shown in both the AFCS Status Box and above the Airspeed Indicator) may be
adjusted by:
• Using the NOSE UP/DN Wheel
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Pressing the CWS Button, hand-flying the aircraft to attain a new Airspeed Reference, then releasing the
CWS Button
NOTE: If the Selected Altitude is reached during CWS maneuvering, the Altitude Reference is not changed.
AFCS
To adjust the Altitude Reference in this case, the CWS Button must be pressed again after the Selected
Altitude is reached.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
407
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Level Change
Mode Active
Airspeed
Reference
Selected Altitude
Capture Mode
Armed
Airspeed
Reference
EIS
Selected
Altitude
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Airspeed
Reference
Bug
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Command Bars Indicate Climb
to Attain Selected Altitude
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 7-10 Flight Level Change Mode
408
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
VERTICAL NAVIGATION MODES (VPTH, ALTV)
NOTE: VNV is disabled when parallel track or Dead Reckoning Mode is active.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The Selected Altitude takes precedence over any other vertical constraints.
Vertical Navigation (VNV) flight control is available for enroute/terminal cruise and descent operations any
time that VNV flight planning is available. Refer to the Flight Management Section for more information on
VNV flight plans. Conditions for availability include, but are not limited to:
EIS
• The selected navigation source is GPS.
• A VNV flight plan (with at least one altitude-constrained waypoint) or vertical direct-to is active.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• VNV is enabled (VNV ENBL Softkey pressed on the MFD).
• Crosstrack error is valid and within certain limits.
• Desired/actual track are valid or track angle error is within certain limits.
• The VNV Target Altitude of the active waypoint is no more than 250 ft above the current aircraft altitude.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The flight director may be armed for VNV at any time, but no target altitudes are captured during a climb.
The Command Bars provide vertical profile guidance based on specified altitudes (entered manually or loaded
from the database) at waypoints in the active flight plan or vertical direct-to. The appropriate VNV flight control
modes are sequenced by the flight director to follow the path defined by the vertical profile. Upon reaching
the last waypoint in the VNV flight plan, the flight director transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and cancels any
armed VNV modes.
VERTICAL PATH TRACKING MODE (VPTH)
NOTE: If another vertical mode key is pressed while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is selected, Vertical Path
AFCS
Tracking Mode reverts to armed.
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is active does not cancel the mode. The
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
autopilot guides the aircraft back to the descent path upon release of the CWS Button.
APPENDICES
When a vertical profile (VNV flight plan) is active and the VNV Key is pressed, Vertical Path Tracking
Mode is armed in preparation for descent path capture. ‘VPTH’ (or ‘/V’ when Glidepath or Glideslope Mode
is concurrently armed) is annunciated in white in addition to previously armed modes. If applicable, the
appropriate altitude capture mode is armed for capture of the next VNV Target Altitude (ALTV) or the Selected
Altitude (ALTS), whichever is greater.
INDEX
Figure 7-11 Vertical Path Tracking Armed Annunciations
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
409
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
Prior to descent path interception, the Selected Altitude must be set below the current aircraft altitude
by at least 75 feet. For the flight director to transition from Altitude Hold to Vertical Path Tracking Mode,
acknowledgment is required within one minute of descent path interception by:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Pressing the VNV Key
• Adjusting the Selected Altitude
EIS
If acknowledgment is not received within one minute of descent path interception, the white ‘VPTH’
annunciation and the VNV Key annunciator light start to flash. Flashing continues until acknowledged or the
descent path is intercepted. If the descent is not confirmed by the time of interception, Vertical Path Tracking
Mode remains armed and the descent is not captured.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
In conjunction with the “TOD [top of descent] within 1 minute” annunciation in the PFD Navigation Status
Box and the “Vertical track” voice message, VNV indications (VNV Target Altitude, vertical deviation, and
vertical speed required) appear on the PFDs in magenta (Figure 7-12).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Altitude Hold
Mode Active
Vertical Path Tracking
Armed, (Flashing Indicates
Acknowledgment Required)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected
Altitude Below
VNV Target
VNV Target
Altitude
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator
AFCS
Required
Vertical
Speed Bug
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GPS is
Selected
Navigation
Source
Terminal
Phase
of Flight
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 7-12 Vertical Path Capture
410
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When a descent leg is captured (i.e., vertical deviation becomes valid), Vertical Path Tracking becomes
active and tracks the descent profile (Figure 7-13). An altitude capture mode (‘ALTS’ or ‘ALTV’) is armed as
appropriate.
VNV Target Altitude
Capture Armed
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Vertical Path
Tracking Active
Required
Vertical
Speed
Indication
Command Bars Indicate Descent to
Maintain Required Vertical Speed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Terminal
Phase of
Flight
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
GPS is
Selected
Navigation
Source
EIS
VNV Target
Altitude
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 7-13 Vertical Path Tracking Mode
AFCS
If the altimeter barometric setting is adjusted while Vertical Path Tracking is active, the flight director
increases/decreases the descent rate by up to 500 fpm to re-establish the aircraft on the descent path (without
commanding a climb). Adjusting the altimeter barometric setting creates discontinuities in VNV vertical
deviation, moving the descent path. For large adjustments, it may take several minutes for the aircraft to reestablish on the descent path. If the change is made while nearing a waypoint with a VNV Target Altitude,
the aircraft may not re-establish on the descent path in time to meet the vertical constraint.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
411
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Automatic Reversion to Pitch Hold Mode
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
• Vertical deviation exceeds 200 feet during an overspeed condition.
Several situations can occur while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is active which cause the flight director to
revert to Pitch Hold Mode:
• Vertical deviation experiences a discontinuity that both exceeds 200 feet in magnitude and results in the
vertical deviation exceeding 200 feet in magnitude. Such discontinuities are usually caused by flight plan
changes that affect the vertical profile.
• Vertical deviation becomes invalid (the Vertical Deviation Indicator is removed from the PFD).
EIS
• A display enters Reversionary Mode (this does not apply to an active vertical direct-to).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Unless VNV is disabled, Vertical Path Tracking Mode and the appropriate altitude capture mode become
armed following the reversion to Pitch Hold Mode to allow for possible profile recapture.
Non-Path Descents
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change modes can also be used to fly non-path descents
while VNV flight control is selected. If the VS or FLC Key is pressed while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is
selected, Vertical Path Tracking Mode reverts to armed along with the appropriate altitude capture mode to
allow profile re-capture.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 7-14 Flight Level Change VNV Non-Path Descent
To prevent immediate profile re-capture, the following must be satisfied:
• At least 10 seconds have passed since the non-path transition was initiated
• Vertical deviation from the profile has exceeded 250 feet, but is now less than 200 feet
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Pressing the VNV Key twice re-arms Vertical Path Tracking for immediate profile re-capture.
412
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
VNV TARGET ALTITUDE CAPTURE MODE (ALTV)
NOTE: Armed VNV Target Altitude and Selected Altitude capture modes are mutually exclusive. However,
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed implicitly (not annunciated) whenever VNV Target Altitude Capture
Mode is armed.
EIS
VNV Target Altitude Capture is analogous to Selected Altitude Capture Mode and is armed automatically
after the VNV Key is pressed and the next VNV Target Altitude is to be intercepted before the Selected
Altitude. The annunciation ‘ALTV’ indicates that the VNV Target Altitude is to be captured. VNV Target
Altitudes are shown in the active flight plan or vertical direct-to, and can be entered manually or loaded
from a database (see the Flight Management Section for details). At the same time as “TOD within 1 minute”
is annunciated in the Navigation Status Box, the active VNV Target Altitude is displayed above the Vertical
Speed Indicator (see Figure 7-12).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
As the aircraft nears the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions to VNV Target
Altitude Capture Mode with Altitude Hold Mode armed. This automatic transition is indicated by the green
‘ALTV’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds and the appearance of the white ‘ALT” annunciation. The
VNV Target Altitude is shown as the Altitude Reference beside the ‘ALTV’ annunciation and remains displayed
above the Vertical Speed Indicator. The Required Vertical Speed Indication (RVSI) is removed once VNV
Target Altitude Capture Mode becomes active.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
At 50 feet from the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions from VNV Target
Altitude Capture to Altitude Hold Mode and tracks the level leg. As Altitude Hold Mode becomes active, the
white ‘ALT’ annunciation moves to the active vertical mode field and flashes green for 10 seconds to indicate
the automatic transition. The flight director automatically arms Vertical Path Tracking, allowing upcoming
descent legs to be captured and subsequently tracked.
Altitude Reference (In This Case,
Equal To VNV Altitude Target)
AFCS
Flash up to 10 sec, Indicating Automatic Transition
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 7-15 Automatic Mode Transitions During Altitude Capture
Changing the VNV Target Altitude
APPENDICES
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while in VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode does not cancel the mode.
Changing the current VNV Target Altitude while VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode is active causes the
flight director to revert to Pitch Hold Mode. Vertical Path Tracking and the appropriate altitude capture
mode are armed in preparation to capture the new VNV Target Altitude or the Selected Altitude, depending
on which altitude is to be intercepted first.
INDEX
VNV target altitudes can be changed while editing the active flight plan (see the Flight Management
Section for details).
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
413
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GLIDEPATH MODE (GP) (SBAS ONLY)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
Selecting Glidepath Mode (SBAS Only):
Glidepath Mode is used to track the SBAS-based glidepath. When Glidepath Mode is armed, ‘GP’ is
annunciated in white in the AFCS Status Box.
1) Ensure a GPS approach with vertical guidance (LPV, LNAV/VNAV, LNAV+V) is loaded into the active flight plan.
The active waypoint must be part of the flight plan (cannot be a direct-to a waypoint not in the flight plan).
EIS
2) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
3) Press the APR Key.
NOTE: Some RNAV (GPS) approaches provide a vertical descent angle as an aid in flying a stabilized
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
approach. These approaches are NOT considered Approaches with Vertical Guidance (APV). Approaches
that are annunciated on the HSI as LNAV or LNAV+V are considered Nonprecision Approaches (NPA) and
are flown to an MDA even though vertical glidepath (GP) information may be provided.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
WARNING: When flying an LNAV approach (with vertical descent angle) with the autopilot coupled, the
aircraft will not level off at the MDA even if the MDA is set in the altitude preselect.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Upon reaching the glidepath, the flight director transitions to Glidepath Mode and begins to capture and
track the glidepath.
Figure 7-16 Glidepath Mode Armed
Once the following conditions have been met, the glidepath can be captured:
• The active waypoint is at or after the final approach fix (FAF).
AFCS
• Vertical deviation is valid.
• The CDI is at less than full scale deviation
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Automatic sequencing of waypoints has not been suspended (no ‘SUSP’ annunciation on the HSI)
414
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GPS Approach
Mode Active
Glidepath
Mode Active
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
LNAV
Approach
Active
Command Bars Indicate
Descent on Glidepath
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GPS is Selected
Navigation
Source
Glidepath
Indicator
Figure 7-17 Glidepath Mode
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
415
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
GLIDESLOPE MODE (GS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Glideslope Mode is available for LOC/ILS approaches to capture and track the glideslope. When Glideslope
Mode is armed (annunciated as ‘GS’ in white), LOC Approach Mode is armed as the lateral flight director
mode.
Selecting Glideslope Mode:
1) Ensure a valid localizer frequency is tuned.
2) Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
EIS
3) Press the APR Key.
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
2) Ensure a LOC/ILS approach is loaded into the active flight plan.
3) Ensure the corresponding LOC frequency is tuned.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Press the APR Key.
Figure 7-18 Glideslope Mode Armed
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Once LOC is the navigation source, the localizer and glideslope can be captured. Upon reaching the glideslope,
the flight director transitions to Glideslope Mode and begins to capture and track the glideslope.
Approach
Mode Active
Glideslope
Mode Active
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Active ILS
Frequency Tuned
NAV2 (localizer) is Selected
Navigation Source
Command Bars Indicate Descent
on Localizer/Glideslope Path
INDEX
Figure 7-19 Glideslope Mode
416
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
Glideslope
Indicator
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TAKEOFF (TO) AND GO AROUND (GA) MODES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Go Around and Takeoff modes are coupled pitch and roll modes and are annunciated as both the vertical and
lateral modes when active. In these modes, the flight director commands a constant set pitch attitude and keeps
the wings level. The GA Switch is used to select both modes. The mode entered by the flight director depends
on whether the aircraft is on the ground.
Takeoff Mode provides an attitude reference during rotation and takeoff. This mode can be selected only
while on the ground by pushing the GA Switch. The flight director Command Bars assume a wings-level,
pitch-up attitude.
EIS
Pressing the GA Switch while in the air activates the flight director in a wings-level, pitch-up attitude,
allowing the execution of a missed approach or a go around. Go Around Mode disengages the autopilot and
arms Selected Altitude Capture Mode automatically. Subsequent autopilot engagement is allowed. Attempts
to modify the aircraft attitude (i.e., with the NOSE UP/DN Wheel or CWS Button) result in reversion to Pitch
and Roll Hold modes.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Go Around Mode Active
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Autopilot Disconnect Annunciation
Flashes Yellow 5 sec
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Command Bars Indicate Climb
Figure 7-20 Go Around Mode
APPENDICES
Takeoff Mode Active
Figure 7-21 Takeoff Mode
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
417
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
7.4 LATERAL MODES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following table relates each GFC 700 lateral mode to its respective control and annunciation. Refer to the
vertical modes section for information regarding Takeoff and Go Around modes.
Lateral Mode
Description
Holds the current aircraft roll
attitude or rolls the wings level,
(default)
depending on the commanded
bank angle
Limits the maximum
BANK
commanded roll angle
Key
Captures and tracks the
HDG
Selected Heading
Key
EIS
Roll Hold
Low Bank
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Control Annunciation
Heading Select
Navigation, GPS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Navigation, VOR Enroute Capture/Track
Navigation, LOC Capture/Track
(No Glideslope)
Captures and tracks a
localizer signal for backcourse
approaches
Backcourse Capture/Track
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Captures and tracks the
selected navigation source (GPS,
VOR, LOC)
NAV
Key
Approach, VOR Capture/Track
AFCS
Approach, LOC Capture/Track
(Glideslope Mode automatically armed)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Go Around (in air)
22º
*
15°
HDG
22º
GPS
22º
22º Capture
10º Track
22º Capture
10º Track
VOR
BC
GPS
Approach, GPS
Takeoff (on ground)
ROL
LOC
BC Key
Captures and tracks the
selected navigation source (GPS,
VOR, LOC)
Disengages the autopilot and
commands a constant pitch
angle and wings level on the
ground in preparation for
takeoff
Disengages the autopilot and
commands a constant pitch
angle and wings level while in
the air
APR
Key
Maximum Roll
Command Limit
VAPP
LOC
22º Capture
10º Track
22º
22º Capture
10º Track
22º Capture
10º Track
TO
Wings Level
GA
Wings Level
GA
Switch
* No annunciation appears in the AFCS Status Box. The acceptable bank angle range is indicated in green along the Roll
Scale of the Attitude Indicator.
The GFC 700 limits turn rate to 3 degrees per second (standard rate turn).
INDEX
Table 7-3 Flight Director Lateral Modes
The CWS Button does not change lateral references for Heading Select, Navigation, Backcourse, or Approach
modes. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Heading/Course upon release of the CWS Button.
418
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ROLL HOLD MODE (ROL)
NOTE: If Roll Hold Mode is activated as a result of a mode reversion, the flight director rolls the wings
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
level.
When the flight director is activated or switched, Roll Hold Mode is selected by default. This mode is
annunciated as ‘ROL’ in the AFCS Status Box. The current aircraft bank angle is held, subject to the bank angle
condition.
Figure 7-22 Roll Hold Mode Annunciation
Flight Director Response
Rolls wings level
Maintains current aircraft roll attitude
Limits bank to 22°
EIS
Bank Angle
< 6°
6 to 22°
> 22°
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Table 7-4 Roll Hold Mode Responses
CHANGING THE ROLL REFERENCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The roll reference can be changed by pressing the CWS Button, establishing the desired bank angle, then
releasing the CWS Button.
LOW BANK MODE
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When in Low Bank Mode, the flight director limits the maximum commanded roll angle to 15°. Low bank
arc limits are displayed in green along the Roll Scale.
Low Bank Mode can be manually selected/deselected by pressing the BANK Key while in Heading Select or
Navigation Modes (GPS and VOR). Low Bank Mode is activated automatically above 25,000 feet. The flight
director deactivates Low Bank Mode when descending through 25,000 feet. The annunciator light next to the
BANK Key illuminates while Low Bank Mode is selected.
AFCS
Low Bank Arc
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 7-23 Low Bank Mode Limits
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
419
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
HEADING SELECT MODE (HDG)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Heading Select Mode is activated by pressing the HDG Key. Heading Select Mode acquires and maintains the
Selected Heading. The Selected Heading is shown by a light blue bug on the HSI and in the box to the upper
left of the HSI.
CHANGING THE SELECTED HEADING
NOTE: Pressing the HDG Knob synchronizes the Selected Heading to the current heading.
EIS
The Selected Heading is adjusted using the HDG Knob on either PFD. Pressing the CWS Button and handflying the aircraft does not change the Selected Heading. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected
Heading upon release of the CWS Button.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Turns are commanded in the same direction as Selected Heading Bug movement, even if the bug is turned
more than 180° from the present heading (e.g., a 270° turn to the right). However, Selected Heading changes
of more than 330° at a time result in turn reversals.
Pitch Mode
Active
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Heading Select
Mode Active
Selected
Heading
Selected
Heading
Bug
Command Bars Track
Selected Heading
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 7-24 Heading Select Mode
420
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NAVIGATION MODES (GPS, VOR, LOC)
NOTE: The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS course for the
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
flight director to enter Navigation Mode.
Pressing the NAV Key selects Navigation Mode. Navigation Mode acquires and tracks the selected navigation
source (GPS, VOR, LOC). The flight director follows GPS roll steering commands when GPS is the selected
navigation source. When the navigation source is VOR or LOC, the flight director creates roll steering commands
from the Selected Course and deviation. Navigation Mode can also be used to fly non-precision GPS and LOC
approaches where vertical guidance is not required.
EIS
If the Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) shows greater than one dot when the NAV Key is pressed, the selected
mode is armed. If the CDI shows less than one dot, Navigation Mode is automatically captured when the NAV
Key is pressed. The armed annunciation appears in white to the left of the active lateral mode.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 7-25 GPS Navigation Mode Armed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When the CDI has automatically switched from GPS to LOC during a LOC/ILS approach, GPS Navigation
Mode remains active, providing GPS steering guidance until the localizer signal is captured. LOC Navigation
Mode is armed when the automatic navigation source switch takes place. If the APR Key is pressed prior to the
automatic navigation source switch, LOC Navigation mode is armed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If Navigation Mode is active and either of the following occur, the flight director reverts to Roll Hold Mode
(wings rolled level):
• Different VOR tuned while in VOR Navigation Mode (VOR Navigation Mode reverts to armed)
• Navigation source manually switched (with the CDI Softkey)
AFCS
• During a LOC/ILS approach, the FAF is crossed while in GPS Navigation Mode after the automatic navigation
source switch from GPS to LOC
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
421
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
CHANGING THE SELECTED COURSE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If the navigation source is VOR or localizer, or OBS Mode has been enabled when using GPS, the Selected
Course is controlled using the CRS Knob corresponding to the selected flight director (CRS1 for the pilot
side, CRS2 for the copilot side).
Pressing the CWS Button and hand-flying the aircraft does not change the Selected Course while in
Navigation Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Course (or GPS flight plan) when the
CWS Button is released.
Selected Altitude
Capture Mode
Armed
Pitch Mode
Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
GPS Navigation
Mode Active
AFCS
GPS is Selected
Navigation
Source
Selected
Course
Command Bars Indicate Left
Turn to Track GPS Course and Climb
to Intercept Selected Altitude
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 7-26 Navigation Mode
422
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPROACH MODES (GPS, VAPP, LOC)
NOTE: The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS course for the
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
flight director to enter Approach Mode.
Approach Mode is activated when the APR Key is pressed. Approach Mode acquires and tracks the selected
navigation source (GPS, VOR, or LOC), depending on loaded approach. This mode uses the selected navigation
receiver deviation and desired course inputs to fly the approach. Pressing the APR Key when the CDI is greater
than one dot arms the selected approach mode (annunciated in white to the left of the active lateral mode). If
the CDI is less than 1 dot, the LOC is automatically captured when the APR Key is pressed.
EIS
VOR Approach Mode (VAPP) provides greater sensitivity for signal tracking than VOR Navigation Mode.
Selecting VOR Approach Mode:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Ensure a valid VOR frequency is tuned
2) Ensure that VOR is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Press the APR Key.
When GPS Approach Mode is armed, Glidepath Mode is also armed.
Selecting GPS Approach Mode:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Ensure a GPS approach is loaded into the active flight plan. The active waypoint must be part of the flight plan
(cannot be a direct-to a waypoint not in the flight plan).
2) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
3) Press the APR Key.
AFCS
Figure 7-27 GPS Approach Mode Armed
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
423
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
LOC Approach Mode allows the autopilot to fly a LOC/ILS approach with a glideslope. When LOC Approach
Mode is armed, Glideslope Mode is also armed automatically. LOC captures are inhibited if the difference
between aircraft heading and localizer course exceeds 105°.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting LOC Approach Mode:
1) Ensure a valid localizer frequency is tuned.
2) Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
3) Press the APR Key.
EIS
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
2) Ensure a LOC/ILS approach is loaded into the active flight plan.
3) Ensure the corresponding LOC frequency is tuned.
4) Press the APR Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If the following occurs, the flight director reverts to Roll Hold Mode (wings rolled level):
• Approach Mode is active and a Vectors-To-Final is activated
• Approach Mode is active and Navigation source is manually switched
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• During a LOC/ILS approach, GPS Navigation Mode is active and the FAF is crossed after the automatic
navigation source switch from GPS to LOC
CHANGING THE SELECTED COURSE
AFCS
If the navigation source is VOR or localizer, or OBS Mode has been enabled when using GPS, the Selected
Course is controlled using the CRS Knob corresponding to the selected flight director (CRS1 for the pilot
side, CRS2 for the copilot side).
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pressing the CWS Button and hand-flying the aircraft does not change the Selected Course while in
Approach Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Course (or GPS flight plan) when the
CWS Button is released.
424
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
BACKCOURSE MODE (BC)
NOTE: When making a backcourse approach, set the Selected Course to the localizer front course.
Backcourse
Mode Active
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Backcourse Mode captures and tracks a localizer signal in the backcourse direction. The mode may be
selected by pressing the BC Key. Backcourse Mode is armed if the CDI is greater than one dot when the mode
is selected. If the CDI is less than one dot, Backcourse Mode is automatically captured when the BC Key is
pressed. The flight director creates roll steering commands from the Selected Course and deviation when in
Backcourse Mode.
EIS
Pitch Hold
Mode Active
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
LOC2 is Selected Navigation Source
Command Bars Hold Pitch Attitude
AFCS
Figure 7-28 Backcourse Mode
CHANGING THE SELECTED COURSE
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
If the navigation source is VOR or localizer, or OBS Mode has been enabled when using GPS, the Selected
Course is controlled using the CRS Knob corresponding to the selected flight director (CRS1 for the pilot
side, CRS2 for the copilot side).
APPENDICES
Pressing the CWS Button and hand-flying the aircraft does not reset any reference data while in Backcourse
Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Course (or GPS flight plan) when the CWS
Button is released.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
425
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
7.5 AUTOPILOT AND YAW DAMPER OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Refer to the POH for specific instructions regarding emergency procedures.
The Cessna Caravan’s autopilot and yaw damper operate the flight control surface servos to provide automatic
flight control. The autopilot controls the aircraft pitch and roll attitudes following commands received from
the flight director. Pitch autotrim provides trim commands to the pitch trim servo to relieve any sustained
effort required by the pitch servo. Autopilot operation is dependent on the yaw damper. The yaw damper is
automatically engaged with autopilot engagement.
EIS
The yaw damper reduces Dutch roll tendencies and coordinates turns. It can operate independently of the
autopilot and may be used during normal hand-flight maneuvers. Yaw rate commands are limited to 6 deg/sec
by the yaw damper.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT CONTROL
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pitch and roll commands are provided to the servos based on the active flight director modes. Yaw damping
is provided by the yaw servo. Servo motor control limits the maximum servo speed and torque. The servo
mounts are equipped with slip-clutches, which allow the pilot to override the servos in case of an emergency.
PITCH AXIS AND TRIM
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The autopilot pitch axis uses pitch rate to stabilize the aircraft pitch attitude during flight director maneuvers. Flight director pitch commands are rate- and attitude-limited, combined with pitch damper control, and sent
to the pitch servo motor. The pitch servo measures the output effort (torque) and provides this signal to the
pitch trim servo. The pitch trim servo commands the motor to reduce the average pitch servo effort.
AFCS
When the autopilot is not engaged, the pitch trim servo may be used to provide manual electric pitch
trim (MEPT). This allows the aircraft to be trimmed using a control wheel switch rather than the trim
wheel. Manual trim commands are generated only when both halves of the MEPT Switch are operated
simultaneously. Trim speeds are scheduled with airspeed to provide consistent response.
ROLL AXIS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The autopilot roll axis uses roll rate to stabilize aircraft roll attitude during flight director maneuvers. The
flight director roll commands are rate- and attitude-limited, combined with roll damper control, and sent to
the roll servo motor.
YAW AXIS
INDEX
APPENDICES
The yaw damper uses yaw rate and roll attitude to dampen the aircraft’s natural Dutch roll response. It also
uses lateral acceleration to coordinate turns.
426
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGAGEMENT
NOTE: Autopilot engagement/disengagement is not equivalent to servo engagement/disengagement. Use
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
the CWS Button to disengage the pitch and roll servos while the autopilot remains active.
NOTE: The autopilot cannot be engaged if the yaw damper has failed.
Yaw Damper
Engaged
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Autopilot
Engaged
EIS
When the YD Key is pressed, the system engages the yaw damper independently of the autopilot. When the
AP Key is pressed, the autopilot, yaw damper, and flight director are activated. The flight director engages in
Pitch and Roll Hold Modes when initially activated. Autopilot and yaw damper status are displayed in the
center of the AFCS Status Box. Engagement is indicated by green ‘AP’ and ‘YD’ annunciations, respectively.
Figure 7-29 Autopilot and Yaw Damper Engaged
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
CONTROL WHEEL STEERING
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
During autopilot operation, the aircraft may be hand-flown without disengaging the autopilot. Pressing and
holding the CWS Button disengages the pitch and roll servos from the flight control surfaces and allows the
aircraft to be hand-flown. At the same time, the flight director is synchronized to the aircraft attitude during
the maneuver. CWS activity has no effect on yaw damper engagement.
The ‘AP’ annunciation is temporarily replaced by ‘CWS’ in white for the duration of CWS maneuvers.
Control Wheel Steering
AFCS
Figure 7-30 CWS Annunciation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
In most scenarios, releasing the CWS Button reengages the autopilot with a new reference. Refer to flight
director mode descriptions for specific CWS behavior in each mode.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
427
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
DISENGAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The autopilot is manually disengaged by pushing the AP Key on the AFCS Control Unit, the GA Switch, or
the MEPT ARM Switch. Pressing the AP Key will disengage the autopilot only, the yaw damper will remain
engaged. Manual autopilot disengagement is indicated by a five-second flashing yellow ‘AP’ annunciation and
a three-second autopilot disconnect aural alert.
Figure 7-31 Manual Autopilot Disengagement
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Pushing the AP DISC Switch or YD Key disengages both the yaw damper and the autopilot. When the yaw
damper and autopilot are manually disengaged, both the ‘AP’ and ‘YD’ annunciation turn yellow and flash for 5
seconds and a three-second autopilot disconnect aural alert is generated.
Figure 7-32 Yaw Damper Disengagement
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
After manual disengagement, the autopilot disconnect aural alert may be cancelled by pushing the MEPT ARM
or AP DISC Switch (AP DISC Switch also cancels the flashing ‘AP’ annunciation).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Automatic autopilot disengagement is indicated by a flashing red and white ‘AP’ annunciation and by the
autopilot disconnect aural alert, which continue until acknowledged by pushing the AP DISC or MEPT ARM
Switch. Automatic autopilot disengagement occurs due to:
• System failure
• Stall warning (YD also disengages)
• Invalid sensor data
• Inability to compute default flight director modes
(FD also disengages automatically)
• Yaw damper failure while both are engaged
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Yaw damper disengagement is indicated by a five-second flashing yellow ‘YD’ annunciation. Automatic yaw
damper disengagement occurs when autopilot disengagement is caused by failure in a parameter also affecting
the yaw damper. This means the yaw damper can remain operational in some cases where the autopilot
automatically disengages. A localized failure in the yaw damper system or invalid sensor data also cause yaw
damper disengagement.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 7-33 Automatic Autopilot and Yaw Damper Disengagement
428
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7.6 EXAMPLE FLIGHT PLAN
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The following example flight plan and diagrams (not to be used for navigation) in this section are
for instructional purposes only and should be considered not current. Numbered portions of accompanying
diagrams correspond to numbered procedure steps.
EIS
This scenario-based set of procedures (based on the example flight plan found in the Flight Management
Section) shows various GFC 700 AFCS modes used during a flight. In this scenario, the aircraft departs Charles
B. Wheeler Downtown Airport (KMKC), enroute to Colorado Springs Airport (KCOS). After departure, the
aircraft climbs to 12,000 ft and airway V4 is intercepted, following ATC vectors.
0
33
30
3
27
30
27
24
24
21
30
24
27
15
27
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
12
21
18
15
18
9
24
21
12
6
Lamar
VOR
(LAA)
Topeka
VOR
(TOP)
12
Hays
VOR
(HYS)
9
V 244
Salina
VOR
(SLN)
9
3
V4
18
V 244
9
6
0
33
15
6
KCOS
KMKC
30
6
3
3
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
33
0
33
0
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Airway V4 is flown to Salina VOR (SLN) using VOR navigation, then airway V244 is flown using GPS Navigation. The ILS approach for runway 35L and LPV (WAAS) approach for runway 35R are shown and a missed approach
is executed.
12
21
15
18
Figure 7-34 Flight Plan Overview
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
429
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
DEPARTURE
Climbing to the Selected Altitude and flying an assigned heading:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Before takeoff:
a) Use the ALT SEL Knob to set the Selected Altitude to 12,000 feet.
EIS
b) Push the GA Switch to activate Takeoff Mode. The flight director Command Bars establish a pitch up attitude
to follow.
2) In this example, Vertical Speed Mode is used to capture the Selected Altitude (Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, or
Flight Level Change Mode may be used).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
a) Press the VS Key to activate Vertical Speed Mode.
The Vertical Speed Reference may be adjusted after Vertical Speed Mode is selected using the NOSE UP/DN
Wheel or pushing the CWS Button while hand-flying the aircraft to establish a new Vertical Speed Reference.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
b) Press the AP Key to engage the autopilot in a climb using Vertical Speed Mode.
3) Use the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading, complying with ATC vectors to intercept Airway V4.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press the HDG Key to activate Heading Select Mode while the autopilot is engaged in the climb. The autopilot
follows the Selected Heading Bug on the HSI and turns the aircraft to the desired heading.
AFCS
4) As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
At 50 feet from the Selected Altitude, the green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds; the autopilot
transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
430
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
HD
GM
od
e
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TO M
ode
3
Selected Altitude of 12,000 MSL
ALT Mode
4
2
1
VS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
KMKC
e
Mod
ode
M
TO
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 7-35 Departure
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
431
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
INTERCEPTING A VOR RADIAL
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
During climb-out, the autopilot continues to fly the aircraft in Heading Select Mode. Airway V4 to Salina
VOR (SLN) should now be intercepted. Since the enroute flight plan waypoints correspond to VORs, flight
director Navigation Mode using either VOR or GPS as the navigation source may be used. In this scenario, VOR
Navigation Mode is used for navigation to the first VOR waypoint in the flight plan.
Intercepting a VOR radial:
1) Arm VOR Navigation Mode:
EIS
a) Tune the VOR frequency.
b) Press the CDI Softkey to set the navigation source to VOR.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
c) Use the CRS1 or CRS2 Knob to set the Selected Course to the desired value, 255°. Note that at this point, the
flight director is still in Heading Select Mode and the autopilot continues to fly the Selected Heading 290°.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
d) Press the NAV Key. This arms VOR Navigation Mode and the white ‘VOR’ annunciation appears to the left of
the active lateral mode.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) As the aircraft nears the Selected Course, the flight director transitions from Heading Select to VOR Navigation
Mode and the ‘VOR’ annunciation flashes green. The autopilot begins turning to intercept the Selected
Course.
3) The autopilot continues the turn until the aircraft is established on the Selected Course.
0
3
Hd
29 g
0o
30
AFCS
33
V4
6
27
3
Salina
VOR
(SLN)
24
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
255
9
o
VO
R
NA
V
Mo
de
2
HD
G
12
od
e,
VO
R
Ar
m
15
21
18
APPENDICES
M
ed
1
INDEX
Figure 7-36 Intercepting a VOR Radial
432
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLYING A FLIGHT PLAN/GPS COURSE
NOTE: Changing the navigation source cancels Navigation Mode and causes the flight director to revert
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
back to Roll Hold Mode (wings rolled level).
As the aircraft closes on Salina VOR, GPS is used to navigate the next leg, airway V244. The aircraft is
currently tracking inbound on Airway V4.
Flying a GPS flight plan:
EIS
1) Transition from VOR to GPS Navigation Mode:
a) Press the CDI Softkey until GPS is the selected navigation source.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
b) Press the NAV Key to activate GPS Navigation Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft along the active flight
plan leg.
0
33
30
33
3
V4
6
3
o
075
30
e
V Mod
PS NA
6
27
G
12
15
21
18
12
AFCS
24
9
Hays
VOR
(HYS)
Salina
VOR
(SLN)
V 244
2
24
27
076
1
9
o
260
o
e
d
AV Mo
VOR N
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
0
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Following the flight plan, the autopilot continues to steer the aircraft under GPS guidance. Note that in GPS
Navigation Mode, course changes defined by the flight plan are automatically made without pilot action
required.
15
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
21
18
Figure 7-37 Transition to GPS Flight Plan
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
433
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DESCENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
• Flight Level Change descent – Flight Level Change Mode can be used to descend to the Selected Altitude at a
constant airspeed. This descent method does not account for flight plan waypoint altitude constraints.
While flying the arrival procedure, the aircraft is cleared for descent in preparation for the approach to KCOS. Three methods are presented for descent:
• Vertical Path Tracking descent – Vertical Path Tracking Mode is used to follow the vertical descent path
defined in the GPS flight plan. Altitude constraints correspond to waypoints in the flight plan. Before VNV
flight control can provide vertical profile guidance, a VNV flight plan must be entered and enabled.
EIS
• Non-path descent in a VNV scenario – A VNV flight plan is entered and enabled, however Pitch Hold, Vertical
Speed, or Flight Level Change Mode can be used to descend to the VNV Target Altitude prior to reaching the
planned TOD. Flight Level Change Mode is used in the example.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Flight Level Change descent:
1) Select Flight Level Change Mode:
a) Using the ALT SEL Knob, set the Selected Altitude to 10,000 feet.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
b) Press the FLC Key to activate Flight Level Change Mode. The annunciation ‘FLC’ appears next to the
Airspeed Reference, which defaults to the current aircraft airspeed. Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed
automatically.
2) Use the NOSE UP/DN Wheel or push the CWS Button while hand-flying the aircraft to adjust the commanded
airspeed while maintaining the same power, or reduce power to allow descent in Flight Level Change Mode
while the autopilot maintains the current airspeed.
AFCS
3) As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude; the
autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft.
APPENDICES
1
Cruise Altitude of 12,000 MSL
ALT Mode
2
FLC
Mod
e
3
Selected Altitude of 10,000 MSL
ALT Mode
INDEX
Figure 7-38 FLC Descent
434
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Vertical Path Tracking descent to VNV Target Altitude:
1) Select VNV flight control:
a) Press the VNV Key to arm Vertical Path Tracking Mode. The white annunciation ‘VPTH’ appears.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
b) Using the ALT SEL Knob, set the Selected Altitude below the flight plan’s VNV Target Altitude of 10,000 feet.
If the Selected Altitude is not at least 75 ft below the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director captures the
Selected Altitude rather than the VNV Target Altitude once Vertical Path Tracking Mode becomes active (ALTS is
armed rather than ALTV).
c) If Vertical Path Tracking Mode is armed more than 5 minutes prior to descent path capture, acknowledgment is
required for the flight director to transition from Altitude Hold to Vertical Path Tracking Mode. To proceed with
descent path capture if the white ‘VPTH’ annunciation begins flashing, do one of the following
• Press the VNV Key
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
•
EIS
Turn the ALT SEL Knob to adjust the Selected Altitude
If the descent is not confirmed by the time of interception, Vertical Path Tracking Mode remains armed and the
descent is not captured.
2) When the top of descent (TOD) is reached, the flight director transitions to Vertical Path Tracking Mode and
begins the descent to the VNV Target Altitude. Intention to capture the VNV Target Altitude is indicated by the
white ‘ALTV’ annunciation.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) As the aircraft nears the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director transitions to VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTV’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
AFCS
The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the VNV Target Altitude;
the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft at the vertical waypoint.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1
ALT Mode
TOD
Cruise Altitude of 12,000 MSL
VPT
APPENDICES
2
HM
ode
3
VNAV Target Altitude of 10,000 MSL
BOD
ALT Mode
Selected Altitude (set below VNAV Target Altitude)
INDEX
Along-track Offset, 3 nm before OPSHN
3 nm
Figure 7-39 VPTH Descent
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
435
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
Non-path descent using Flight Level Change Mode:
1) Using Flight Level Change Mode, command a non-path descent to an intermediate altitude above the next VNV
flight plan altitude.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
a) Using the ALT SEL Knob, set the Selected Altitude below the current aircraft altitude to an altitude (in this case,
9,400 feet) at which to level off between VNV flight plan altitudes.
EIS
b) Press the FLC Key before the planned TOD during an altitude hold while VPTH is armed. The Airspeed Reference
defaults to the current aircraft airspeed. Vertical Path Tracking and Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed
automatically.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Reduce power to allow descent in Flight Level Change Mode. The autopilot maintains the Airspeed Reference.
The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude; the
autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft. After leveling off reset Selected Altitude at
or below 9,000 ft.
AFCS
4) When the next TOD is reached, Vertical Path Tracking becomes active (may require acknowledgment to allow
descent path capture).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) As the aircraft nears the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director transitions to VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTV’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the VNV Target Altitude;
the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft at the vertical waypoint.
INDEX
APPENDICES
436
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
VP
TH
M
od
e
Planned
TOD
ALT Mode
1
FL
C
Pla
nn
M
od
e
3
ed
De
sce
nt
ALT Mode
Pa
th
TOD
4
VP
VNAV Target Altitude of 9,000 MSL
TH
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selected Altitude of 9,400 MSL
VNAV Target Altitude of 10,000 MSL
EIS
2
BOD
Mo
de
5
BOD
ALT Mode
Selected Altitude
OPSHN
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3 nm
HABUK
Figure 7-40 Non-path Descent
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
437
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
APPROACH
Flying an ILS approach:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Transition from GPS Navigation Mode to Heading Select Mode.
a) Select the Runway 35L ILS approach for KCOS and select ‘VECTORS’ for the transition. Load and activate the
approach into the flight plan.
b) Use the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading after getting vectors from ATC.
c) Press the HDG Key. The autopilot turns the aircraft to the desired heading.
EIS
d) Use Heading Select Mode to comply with ATC vectors as requested.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Arm LOC Approach and Glideslope modes.
a) Ensure the appropriate localizer frequency is tuned.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
b) Press the APR Key when cleared for approach to arm Approach and Glideslope modes. ‘LOC’ and ‘GS’ appear
in white as armed mode annunciations.
c) The navigation source automatically switches to LOC. After this switch occurs, the localizer signal can be captured
and the flight director determine when to begin the turn to intercept the final approach course. The flight director
now provides guidance to the missed approach point.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) There are two options available at this point, as the autopilot flies the ILS approach:
• Push the AP DISC Switch at the decision height and land the aircraft.
• Use the GA Switch to execute a missed approach.
3
LOC APR/
GS Mode
AFCS
KCOS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
PETEY
2
G
HD
e
od
M
1
INDEX
GPS NAV Mode
APPENDICES
PYNON
Figure 7-41 ILS Approach to KCOS
438
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Flying a RNAV GPS approach with vertical guidance:
1) Arm flight director modes for a RNAV GPS approach with vertical guidance:
a) Make sure the navigation source is set to GPS (use CDI Softkey to change navigation source).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
b) Select the Runway 35R LPV approach for KCOS. Load and activate the approach into the flight plan.
2) Press the APR Key once clearance for approach has been received. GPS Approach Mode is activated and
Glidepath Mode is armed.
EIS
3) Once the glidepath is captured, Glidepath Mode becomes active. The flight director now provides guidance to
the missed approach point.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) There are two options available at this point, as the autopilot flies the approach:
• Push the AP DISC Switch at the Decision height and land the aircraft.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Use the GA Switch to execute a missed approach.
KCOS
4
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3
GPS APR/
GP Mode
CEGIX
AFCS
2
FALUR
HABUK
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
PYNON
1
GPS NAV Mode
APPENDICES
Figure 7-42 LPV Approach to KCOS
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
439
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
GO AROUND/MISSED APPROACH
NOTE: As a result of calculations performed by the system while flying the holding pattern, the display may
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
re-size automatically and the aircraft may not precisely track the holding pattern.
Flying a missed approach:
1) Push the GA Switch at the Decision height and apply go around power to execute a missed approach. The
flight director Command Bars establish a nose-up climb to follow. If flying an ILS or LOC approach the CDI also
switches to GPS as the navigation source.
EIS
Note that when the GA Switch is pushed, the missed approach is activated and the autopilot disconnects,
indicated by the ‘AP’ annunciation flashing yellow for 5 seconds and the autopilot disconnect aural alert..
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Flashes 5 sec
2) Start the climb to the prescribed altitude in the published Missed Approach Procedure (in this case, 10,000 ft).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
a) Press the AP Key to re-engage the autopilot.
b) Press the NAV Key to have the autopilot fly to the hold.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Use the ALT SEL Knob to set a Selected Altitude to hold.
To hold the current airspeed during the climb, press the FLC Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode,
indicated by the green ‘ALTS’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds.
APPENDICES
The green ‘ALT’ annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude; the
autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft.
INDEX
4) The autopilot flies the holding pattern after the missed approach is activated. Annunciations are displayed in
the Navigation Status Box, above the AFCS Status Box.
440
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4
EIS
MOGAL
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GPS NAV Mode
3
2
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GA Mode
KCOS
1
AFCS
Figure 7-43 Go Around/Missed Approach
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
441
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
7.7 AFCS ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTS
AFCS STATUS ALERTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The annunciations in Table 7-5 (listed in order of increasing priority) can appear on the PFDs above the
Airspeed and Attitude indicators. Only one annunciation may occur at a time, and messages are prioritized by
criticality.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
AFCS Status Annunciation
Figure 7-44 AFCS Status Annunciation
Alert Condition
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Rudder Mistrim Right
Rudder Mistrim Left
Aileron Mistrim Right
Aileron Mistrim Left
AFCS
Elevator Mistrim Down
Elevator Mistrim Up
Description
Yaw servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction
Roll servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction
Pitch servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
If AP engaged, take control of the aircraft and disengage AP
If AP disengaged, move MEPT switches separately to unstick
(or stuck MEPT Switch)
Roll Failure
Roll axis control failure; AP inoperative
APPENDICES
Pitch Trim Failure
Annunciation
Pitch Failure
Pitch axis control failure; AP inoperative
Yaw Damper Failure
System Failure
INDEX
Preflight Test
YD control failure
AP and MEPT are unavailable; FD may still be available
Performing preflight system test; aural alert sounds at completion
Do not press the AP DISC Switch during servo power-up and preflight system tests
as this may cause the preflight system test to fail or never to start (if servos fail
their power-up tests). Power must be cycled to the servos to remedy the situation.
Preflight system test failed; aural alert sounds at failure
Table 7-5 AFCS Status Alerts
442
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
OVERSPEED PROTECTION
NOTE: Overspeed protection is not active in ALT, GS or GP Modes.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
While Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, Flight Level Change, Vertical Path Tracking, or an altitude capture mode is
active, airspeed is monitored by the flight director. Pitch commands are not changed until overspeed protection
becomes active. Overspeed protection is provided in situations where the flight director cannot acquire and
maintain the mode reference for the selected vertical mode without exceeding the certified maximum autopilot
airspeed.
EIS
When an autopilot overspeed condition occurs, the Airspeed Reference appears in a box above the Airspeed
Indicator, flashing a yellow ‘MAXSPD’ annunciation. Engine power should be reduced and/or the pitch reference
adjusted to slow the aircraft. The annunciation disappears when the overspeed condition is resolved.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Airspeed
Indicator
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 7-45 Overspeed Annunciation
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
443
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
Blank Page
444
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 8 ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: With the availability of SafeTaxi®, ChartView, or FliteCharts®, it may be necessary to carry another
source of charts on-board the aircraft.
Additional features of the system include the following:
• Synthetic Vision System (SVS)
EIS
• SafeTaxi® diagrams
• ChartView and FliteCharts® electronic charts
• AOPA’s Airport Directory
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment
• Scheduler
• Flight Data Logging
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The optional Synthetic Vision System (SVS) provides a three-dimensional forward view of terrain features on
the PFD. SVS imagery shows the pilot’s view of relevant features in relation to the aircraft attitude, as well as the
flight path pertaining to the active flight plan.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SafeTaxi diagrams provide detailed taxiway, runway, and ramp information at more than 700 airports in the
United States. By decreasing range on an airport that has a SafeTaxi diagram available, a close up view of the
airport layout can be seen.
The optional ChartView and FliteCharts provide on-board electronic terminal procedures charts. Electronic
charts offer the convenience of rapid access to essential information. Either ChartView or FliteCharts may be
configured in the system, but not both.
AFCS
AOPA’s Airport Directory offers detailed information for a selected airport, such as available services, hours of
operation, and lodging options.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The optional SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment audio feature of the GDL 69A Data Link Receiver handles
more than 170 channels of music, news, and sports. SiriusXM Satellite Radio offers more entertainment choices
and longer range coverage than commercial broadcast stations.
The Scheduler feature can be used to enter and display short term or long term reminder messages such as
Switch fuel tanks, Change oil, or Altimeter-Transponder Check in the Messages Window on the PFD.
APPENDICES
The Flight Data Logging feature automatically stores critical flight and engine data on an SD data card. Approximately 1,000 flight hours can be recorded for each 1GB of available space on the card.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
445
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.1 SYNTHETIC VISION SYSTEM (SVS) (OPTIONAL)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Use appropriate primary systems for navigation, and for terrain, obstacle, and traffic avoidance.
SVS is intended as an aid to situational awareness only and may not provide either the accuracy or reliability
upon which to solely base decisions and/or plan maneuvers to avoid terrain, obstacles, or traffic.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The SVS terrain display shows land contours (colors are consistent with those of the topographical map display),
large water features, towers, and other obstacles over 200’ AGL that are included in the obstacle database. Cultural
features on the ground such as roads, highways, railroad tracks, cities, and state boundaries are not displayed
even if those features are found on the MFD map. The terrain display also includes a north–south east–west grid
with lines oriented with true north and spaced at one arc-minute intervals to assist in orientation relative to the
terrain.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The optional Synthetic Vision System (SVS) is a visual enhancement to the G1000 Integrated Flight Deck. SVS
depicts a forward-looking attitude display of the topography immediately in front of the aircraft. The field of
view is 30 degrees to the left and 35 degrees to the right. SVS information is shown on the Primary Flight Display
(PFD), or on the Multifunction Display (MFD) in Reversionary Mode (Figure 8‑81). The depicted imagery is
derived from the aircraft attitude, heading, GPS three-dimensional position, and a nine arc-second database of
terrain, obstacles, and other relevant features. The terrain data resolution of nine arc-seconds, meaning that
the terrain elevation contours are stored in squares measuring nine arc-seconds on each side, is required for the
operation of SVS. Loss of any of the required data, including temporary loss of the GPS signal, will cause SVS to
be disabled until the required data is restored.
The optional Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) or standard Terrain-SVS is integrated within
SVS to provide visual and auditory alerts to indicate the presence of terrain and obstacle threats relevant to the
projected flight path. Terrain alerts are displayed in red and yellow shading on the PFD.
AFCS
The terrain display is intended for situational awareness only. It may not provide the accuracy or fidelity on
which to base decisions and plan maneuvers to avoid terrain or obstacles. Navigation must not be predicated
solely upon the use of the Terrain–SVS or TAWS terrain or obstacle data displayed by the SVS.
• Pathways
• Airport Signs
• Flight Path Marker
• Runway Display
• Horizon Heading Marks
• Terrain Alerting
• Traffic Display
• Obstacle Alerting
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The following SVS enhancements appear on the PFD:
446
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-1 Synthetic Vision Imagery
SVS OPERATION
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SVS is activated from the PFD using the softkeys located along the bottom edge of the display. Pressing the
softkeys turns the related function on or off. When SVS is enabled, the pitch scale increments are reduced to
10 degrees up and 7.5 degrees down.
AFCS
SVS functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys. The PFD Softkey leads into the PFD function Softkeys,
including synthetic vision. Pressing the SYN VIS Softkey displays the SVS feature softkeys. The softkeys are
labeled PATHWAY, SYN TERR, HRZN HDG, and APTSIGNS. The BACK Softkey returns to the previous
level of softkeys. Synthetic Terrain must be active before any other SVS feature may be activated.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
HRZN HDG, APTSIGNS, and PATHWAY Softkeys are only available when the SYN TERR Softkey is
activated (gray with black characters). After activating the SYN TERR Softkey, the HRZN HDG, APTSIGNS,
and PATHWAY softkeys may be activated in any combination to display desired features. When system power
is cycled, the last selected state (on or off) of the SYN TERR, HRZN HDG, APTSIGNS, and PATHWAY
softkeys is remembered by the system.
APPENDICES
• PATHWAY Softkey enables display of rectangular boxes that represent course guidance.
• SYN TERR Softkey enables synthetic terrain depiction.
• HRZN HDG Softkey enables horizon heading marks and digits.
• APTSIGNS Softkey enables airport signposts.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
447
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
PFD
SYN VIS
BACK
Pressing the BACK Softkey
returns to the top-level softkeys.
BACK
EIS
PATHWAY SYN TERR HRZN HDG APTSIGNS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pressing the BACK Softkey returns to the previous level of softkeys.
Figure 8-2 SVS Softkeys
Activating and deactivating SVS:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey.
3) Press the SYN TERR Softkey. The SVS display will cycle on or off with the SYN TERR Softkey.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Activating and deactivating Pathways:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey.
3) Press the PATHWAY Softkey. The Pathway feature will cycle on or off with the PATHWAY Softkey.
AFCS
Activating and deactivating Horizon Headings:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the HRZN HDG Softkey. The horizon heading display will cycle on or off with the HRZN HDG Softkey.
Activating and deactivating Airport Signs:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
APPENDICES
2) Press the SYN VIS Softkey.
INDEX
3) Press the APTSIGNS Softkey. Display of airport signs will cycle on or off with the APTSIGNS Softkey.
448
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SVS FEATURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected
Altitude
Airport
Runway
Pathways
Color
Matches CDI
Indicating
NAV Source
Flight
Path
Marker
Airplane
Symbol
EIS
Zero
Pitch Line
(ZPL) with
Compass
Heading
Marks
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Synthetic
Terrain
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SVS
Softkeys
Figure 8-3 SVS on the Primary Flight Display
NOTE: Pathways and terrain features are not a substitute for standard course and altitude deviation
information provided by the altimeter, CDI, and VDI.
AFCS
PATHWAYS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pathways provide a three-dimensional perspective view of the selected route of flight shown as colored rectangular
boxes representing the horizontal and vertical flight path of the active flight plan. The box size represents 700 feet
wide by 200 feet tall during enroute, oceanic, and terminal flight phases. During an approach, the box width is
700 feet or one half full scale deviation on the HSI, whichever is less. The height is 200 feet or one half full scale
deviation on the VDI, whichever is less. The altitude at which the pathway boxes are displayed is determined by
the selected altitude during climb, cruise, and when the active leg is the final approach course prior to intercepting
the glidepath/glideslope. During a descent (except while on the approach glidepath/glideslope), the pathway boxes
are displayed at the selected altitude, or the VNAV altitude programmed for the active leg in the flight plan, or the
published altitude constraint, whichever is higher (Figure 8-4). Just prior to intercepting the glidepath/glideslope,
the pathway boxes are displayed on the glidepath/glideslope, or the selected altitude, whichever is lower.
APPENDICES
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
The color of the rectangular boxes may be magenta, green, or white depending on the route of flight and navigation
source selected. The active GPS or GPS overlay flight plan leg is represented by magenta boxes that correspond to
the Magenta CDI. A localizer course is represented by green boxes that correspond to a green CDI. An inactive
leg of an active flight plan is represented by white boxes corresponding to a white line drawn on the Inset map or
MFD map indicating an inactive leg.
449
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected
Altitude
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Programmed
Altitudes
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-4 Programmed and Selected Altitude
AFCS
Pathways provide supplemental glidepath information on an active ILS, LPV, LNAV/VNAV, and some LNAV
approaches. Pathways are intended as an aid to situational awareness and should not be used independent
of the CDI, VDI, glide path indicator, and glide slope indicator. They are removed from the display when
the selected navigation information is not available. Pathways are not displayed beyond the active leg when
leg sequencing is suspended and are not displayed on any portion of the flight plan leg that would lead to
intercepting a leg in the wrong direction.
Departure and Enroute
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Prior to intercepting an active flight plan leg, pathways are displayed as a series of boxes with pointers at
each corner that point in the direction of the active waypoint. Pathways are not displayed for the first leg
of the flight plan if that segment is a Heading-to-Altitude leg. The first segment displaying pathways is the
first active GPS leg or active leg with a GPS overlay. If this leg of the flight plan route is outside the SVS
field of view, pathways will not be visible until the aircraft has turned toward this leg. While approaching
the center of the active leg and prescribed altitude, the number of pathway boxes decreases to a minimum
of four.
INDEX
Climb profiles cannot be displayed due to the variables associated with aircraft performance. Flight
plan legs requiring a climb are indicated by pathways displayed at a level above the aircraft at the altitude
selected or programmed.
450
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Descent and Approach
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pathways are shown descending only for a programmed descent (Figures 8-5, 8-6). When the flight plan
includes programmed descent segments, pathways are displayed along the descent path provided that the
selected altitude is lower than the programmed altitude.
When an approach providing vertical guidance is activated, Pathways are shown level at the selected
altitude up to the point along the final approach course where the altitude intercepts the extended vertical
descent path, glidepath, or glideslope. From the vertical path descent, glidepath, or glideslope intercept
point, the pathways are shown inbound to the Missed Approach Point (MAP) along the published lateral
and vertical descent path, or at the selected altitude, whichever is lower.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
During an ILS approach, the initial approach segment is displayed in magenta at the segment altitudes
if GPS is selected as the navigation source on the CDI. When switching to localizer inbound with LOC
selected as the navigation source on the CDI, pathways are displayed in green along the localizer and glide
slope.
VOR, LOC BC, and ADF approach segments that are approved to be flown using GPS are displayed in
magenta boxes. Segments that are flown using other than GPS or ILS, such as heading legs or VOR final
approach courses are not displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected Altitude
set for Enroute
Selected Altitude
set for Departure
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Climbs NOT
displayed
by pathway
Non-programmed descents NOT displayed by pathway
TOD
AFCS
Selected Altitude
for Step Down
Programmed descent
displayed by pathway
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selected Altitude or Programmed Altitude
(whichever is higher)
APPENDICES
Figure 8-5 SVS Pathways, Enroute and Descent
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
451
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Missed Approach
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Upon activating the missed approach, pathways lead to the Missed Approach Holding Point (MAHP) and
are displayed as a level path at the published altitude for the MAHP, or the selected altitude, whichever is
the highest. If the initial missed approach leg is a Course-to-Altitude (CA) leg, the pathways boxes will
be displayed level at the altitude published for the MAHP. If the initial missed approach leg is defined by
a course using other than GPS, pathways are not displayed for that segment. In this case, the pathways
displayed for the next leg may be outside the field of view and will be visible when the aircraft has turned
in the direction of that leg.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Pathways are displayed along each segment including the path required to track course reversals that are
part of a procedure, such as holding patterns. Pathways boxes will not indicate a turn to a MAHP unless a
defined geographical waypoint exists between the MAP and MAHP.
FAF
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Descent displayed
by pathway
Selected Altitude
or Programmed Altitude
(whichever is higher)
MAP Climbs NOT displayed
by pathway
Turn Segment
NOT displayed
by pathway
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
MAHP
INDEX
Figure 8-6 SVS Pathways, Approach, Missed Approach, and Holding
452
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT PATH MARKER
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Flight Path Marker (FPM), also known as a Velocity Vector, is displayed on the PFD at groundspeeds
above 30 knots. The FPM depicts the approximate projected path of the aircraft accounting for wind speed
and direction relative to the three-dimensional terrain display.
The FPM is always available when the Synthetic Terrain feature is in operation. The FPM represents the
direction of the flight path as it relates to the terrain and obstacles on the display, while the airplane symbol
represents the aircraft heading.
EIS
The FPM works in conjunction with the Pathways feature to assist the pilot in maintaining desired altitudes
and direction when navigating a flight plan. When on course and altitude the FPM is aligned inside the
pathway boxes as shown (Figure 8-7).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The FPM may also be used to identify a possible conflict with the aircraft flight path and distant terrain or
obstacles. Displayed terrain or obstacles in the aircraft’s flight path extending above the FPM could indicate
a potential conflict, even before an alert is issued by TAWS. However, decisions regarding terrain and/or
obstacle avoidance should not be made using only the FPM.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Flight Path
Marker
(FPM)
AFCS
Wind
Vector
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-7 Flight Path Marker and Pathways
ZERO PITCH LINE
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
The Zero Pitch Line is drawn completely across the display and represents the aircraft attitude with respect
to the horizon. It may not align with the terrain horizon, particularly when the terrain is mountainous or
when the aircraft is flown at high altitudes.
453
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
HORIZON HEADING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Horizon Heading is synchronized with the HSI and shows approximately 60 degrees of compass
heading in 30‑degree increments on the Zero Pitch Line. Horizon Heading tick marks and digits appearing
on the zero pitch line are not visible behind either the airspeed or altitude display. Horizon Heading is used
for general heading awareness, and is activated and deactivated by pressing the HRZN HDG Softkey.
TRAFFIC
WARNING: Intruder aircraft at or below 500 ft. AGL may not appear on the SVS display or may appear as a
EIS
partial symbol.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Traffic symbols are displayed in their approximate locations as determined by the related traffic systems. Traffic symbols are displayed in three dimensions, appearing larger as they are getting closer, and smaller
when they are further away. Traffic within 250 feet laterally of the aircraft will not be displayed on the SVS
display. Traffic symbols and coloring are consistent with that used for traffic displayed in the Inset map or
MFD traffic page. If the traffic altitude is unknown, the traffic will not be displayed on the SVS display. For
more details refer to the traffic system discussion in the Hazard Avoidance section.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AIRPORT SIGNS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airport Signs provide a visual representation of airport location and identification on the synthetic terrain
display. When activated, the signs appear on the display when the aircraft is approximately 15 nm from
an airport and disappear at approximately 4.5 nm. Airport signs are shown without the identifier until
the aircraft is approximately eight nautical miles from the airport. Airport signs are not shown behind the
airspeed or altitude display. Airport signs are activated and deactivated by pressing the APTSIGNS Softkey.
AFCS
Traffic
Airport
Sign
without
Identifier
(Between
8 nm and
15 nm)
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Airport
Sign with
Identifier
(Between
4.5 nm and
8 nm)
Figure 8-8 Airport Signs
454
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
RUNWAYS
WARNING: Do not use SVS runway depiction as the sole means for determining the proximity of the aircraft
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
to the runway or for maintaining the proper approach path angle during landing.
NOTE: Not all airports have runways with endpoint data in the database, therefore, these runways are not
displayed.
EIS
Runway data provides improved awareness of runway location with respect to the surrounding terrain. All
runway thresholds are depicted at their respective elevations as defined in the database. In some situations, where threshold elevations differ significantly, crossing runways may appear to be layered. As runways are
displayed, those within 45 degrees of the aircraft heading are displayed in white. Other runways will be gray
in color. When an approach for a specific runway is active, that runway will appear brighter and be outlined
with a white box, regardless of the runway orientation as related to aircraft heading. As the aircraft gets closer
to the runway, more detail such as runway numbers and centerlines will be displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Runway
Selected for
Approach
Other
Runway
on Airport
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-9 Airport Runways
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
455
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
TERRAIN-SVS AND TAWS ALERTING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Terrain alerting on the synthetic terrain display is triggered by Forward-looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA)
alerts, and corresponds to the red and yellow X symbols on the Inset Map and MFD map displays. For more
detailed information regarding Terrain-SVS and TAWS, refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section.
EIS
In some instances, a terrain or obstacle alert may be issued with no conflict shading displayed on the
synthetic terrain. In these cases, the conflict is outside the SVS field of view to the left or right of the
aircraft.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TERRAIN
Annunciation
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Terrain
Caution
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Potential
Impact
Point
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 8-10 Terrain Alert
456
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Obstacles are represented on the synthetic terrain display by standard two-dimensional tower symbols found
on the Inset map and MFD maps and charts. Obstacle symbols appear in the perspective view with relative
height above terrain and distance from the aircraft. Unlike the Inset map and MFD moving map display,
obstacles on the synthetic terrain display do not change colors to warn of potential conflict with the aircraft’s
flight path until the obstacle is associated with an actual FLTA alert. Obstacles greater than 1000 feet below the
aircraft altitude are not shown. Obstacles are shown behind the airspeed and altitude displays.
EIS
TERRAIN
Annunciation
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Obstacle
Warning
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Potential
Impact
Point
Figure 8-11 Obstacle
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
457
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FIELD OF VIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The PFD field of view can be represented on the MFD Navigation Map Page. Two dashed lines forming a
V‑shape in front of the aircraft symbol on the map, represent the forward viewing area shown on the PFD.
Configuring field of view:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Map Setup and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Field of
View
Navigation Map Page OPTIONS Menu
Map Setup Menu, Map Group, Field of View Option
AFCS
Figure 8-12 Option Menus
3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the Map Group and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the Map Group options to FIELD OF VIEW.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select On or Off.
INDEX
APPENDICES
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
458
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The following figure compares the PFD forward looking depiction with the MFD plan view and FIELD OF
VIEW turned on.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Lines
Depict
PFD Field
of View
EIS
Field of View on the MFD
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SVS View on the PFD
Figure 8-13 PFD and MFD Field of View Comparison
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
459
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.2 SAFETAXI
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SafeTaxi is an enhanced feature that gives greater map detail when viewing airports at close range. The
maximum map ranges for enhanced detail are pilot configurable. When viewing at ranges close enough to
show the airport detail, the map reveals taxiways with identifying letters/numbers, airport Hot Spots, and airport
landmarks including ramps, buildings, control towers, and other prominent features. Resolution is greater at
lower map ranges. When the MFD display is within the SafeTaxi ranges, the airplane symbol on the airport
provides enhanced position awareness.
EIS
Designated Hot Spots are recognized at airports with many intersecting taxiways and runways, and/or complex
ramp areas. Airport Hot Spots are outlined to caution pilots of areas on an airport surface where positional
awareness confusion or runway incursions happen most often. Hot Spots are defined with a magenta circle or
outline around the region of possible confusion.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Any map page that displays the navigation view can also show the SafeTaxi airport layout within the maximum
configured range. The following is a list of pages where the SafeTaxi feature can be seen:
• Navigation Map Page
• VOR Information Page
• Inset Map (PFD)
• User Waypoint Information Page
• Weather Datalink Page
• Trip Planning Page
• Airport Information Page
• Nearest Pages
• Intersection Information Page
• Active and Stored Flight Plan Pages
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• NDB Information Page
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
During ground operations the aircraft’s position is displayed in reference to taxiways, runways, and airport
features. In the example shown, the aircraft is on taxiway Bravo inside the High Alert Intersection boundary
on KSFO airport. Airport Hot Spots are outlined in magenta. When panning over the airport, features such as
runway holding lines and taxiways are shown at the cursor.
460
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Taxiway
Identification
EIS
Aircraft
Position
Airport Hot
Spot Outline
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Airport
Features
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The DCLTR Softkey (declutter) label advances to DCLTR-1, DCLTR -2, and DCLTR-3 each time the softkey is
pressed for easy recognition of decluttering level. Pressing the DCLTR Softkey removes the taxiway markings
and airport feature labels. Pressing the DCLTR-1 Softkey removes VOR and station ID, the VOR symbol, and
intersection names if within the airport plan view. Pressing the DCLTR-2 Softkey removes the airport runway
layout, unless the airport in view is part of an active route structure. Pressing the DCLTR-3 Softkey cycles back
to the original map detail. Refer to Map Declutter Levels in the Flight Management Section.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-14 SafeTaxi Depiction on the Navigation Map Page
DCLTR Softkey
Removes Taxiway
Markings
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
461
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Configuring SafeTaxi range:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Map Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
Figure 8-15 Navigation Map PAGE MENU, Map Setup Option
3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the Aviation Group and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the Aviation Group options to SAFETAXI.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the range of distances.
6) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired distance for maximum SafeTaxi display range.
7) Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
SAFETAXI
Option
INDEX
APPENDICES
SafeTaxi
Range
Options
Figure 8-16 MAP SETUP Menu, Aviation Group, SAFETAXI Range Options
462
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SafeTaxi database is revised every 56 days. SafeTaxi is always available for use after the expiration date. When turning on the system, the Power-up Page indicates whether the databases are current, out of date, or
not available.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SafeTaxi Database
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Power-up Page Display
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-17 Power-up Page, SafeTaxi Database
Definition
Normal operation. SafeTaxi database is valid and within current cycle.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SafeTaxi database has expired.
Database card contains no SafeTaxi data.
AFCS
Table 8-1 SafeTaxi Annunciation Definitions
The SafeTaxi Region, Version, Cycle, Effective date and Expires date of the database cycle can also be found
on the AUX - System Status page, as seen in Figure 8-18.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Press the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the DATABASE window. Scroll through the listed information
by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the SafeTaxi database information is shown.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
463
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
The SafeTaxi database cycle number shown in the figure, 11S1, is deciphered as follows:
11 – Indicates the year 2011
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
S – Indicates the data is for SafeTaxi
1 – Indicates the first issue of the SafeTaxi database for the year
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The SafeTaxi EFFECTIVE date 13–JAN–11 is the beginning date for the current database cycle. SafeTaxi
EXPIRES date 10–MAR–11 is the revision date for the next database cycle.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SafeTaxi Data
AFCS
Figure 8-18 AUX – System Status Page, SafeTaxi Current Information
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
SafeTaxi information appears in blue and yellow text. The EFFECTIVE date appears in blue when data is
current and in yellow when the current date is before the effective date. The EXPIRES date appears in blue
when data is current and in yellow when expired (Figures 8‑18 and 8-19). NOT AVAILABLE appears in blue
in the REGION field if SafeTaxi data is not available on the database card (Figure 8‑19). An expired SafeTaxi
database is not disabled and will continue to function indefinitely.
APPENDICES
Press the MFD1 DB Softkey a second time. The softkey label will change to PFD1 DB. The DATABASE
window will now be displaying database information for PFD1. As before, scroll through the listed information
by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the SafeTaxi database information is shown.
Press the PFD1 DB Softkey. The softkey label will change to PFD2 DB. The DATABASE window will now
display database information for PFD2. Again, scroll through the listed information by turning the FMS Knob
or pressing the ENT Key until the SafeTaxi database information is shown.
INDEX
Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix B for instructions on revising the SafeTaxi database.
464
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 8-19 illustrates possible SafeTaxi database conditions that may appear on the AUX - System Status
Page. The EFFECTIVE date is the beginning date for this database cycle. If the present date is before the
effective date, the EFFECTIVE date appears in yellow and the EXPIRES date appears in blue. The EXPIRES date
is the revision date for the next database cycle. NOT AVAILABLE indicates that SafeTaxi is not available on the
database card or no database card is inserted.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SafeTaxi Database has Expired
SafeTaxi Database Not Installed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Current Date is before Effective Date
Figure 8-19 AUX – System Status Page, SafeTaxi Database Status
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
465
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.3 CHARTVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ChartView resembles the paper version of Jeppesen terminal procedures charts. The charts are displayed in full
color with high-resolution. The MFD depiction shows the aircraft position on the moving map in the plan view
of approach charts and on airport diagrams. Airport Hot Spots are outlined in magenta.
The ChartView database subscription is available from Jeppesen, Inc. Available data includes:
• Arrivals (STAR)
• Airport Diagrams
• Departure Procedures (DP)
• NOTAMs
EIS
• Approaches
CHARTVIEW SOFTKEYS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ChartView functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys. While on the Navigation Map Page, Nearest
Airports Page, or Flight Plan Page, pressing the SHW CHRT Softkey displays the available terminal chart and
advances to the chart selection level of softkeys: CHRT OPT, CHRT, INFO-1, DP, STAR, APR, WX, NOTAM,
and GO BACK. The chart selection softkeys shown below appear on the Airport Information Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pressing the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the top level softkeys and previous page.
Pressing the CHRT OPT Softkey advances to the next level of softkeys: ALL, HEADER, PLAN, PROFILE,
MINIMUMS, FIT WDTH, FULL SCN, and BACK.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
While viewing the CHRT OPT Softkeys, after 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, the system reverts to the chart
selection softkeys.
SHW CHRT
AFCS
CHRT OPT
CHRT
INFO-1
DP
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
HEADER
PLAN
APR
WX
NOTAM
GO BACK
Pressing the GO BACK Softkey returns
to the top-level softkeys and previous page.
INFO-2
ALL
STAR
PROFILE
MINIMUMS FIT WDTH FULL SCN
BACK
APPENDICES
Pressing the BACK Softkey returns
to the Chart Selection Softkeys.
INDEX
Figure 8-20 ChartView SHW CHRT, Chart Selection, and Chart Option Softkeys
466
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TERMINAL PROCEDURES CHARTS
Selecting Terminal Procedures Charts:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Nearest Airport Page, or Flight Plan Page, press the SHW CHRT
Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the OPTIONS Menu to Show Chart.
EIS
3) Press the ENT Key to display the chart.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Navigation Map Page OPTIONS Menu
Waypoint Airport Information Page OPTIONS Menu
Figure 8-21 Option Menus
AFCS
When no terminal procedure chart is available for the nearest airport or the selected airport, the banner
CHART NOT AVAILABLE appears on the screen. The CHART NOT AVAILABLE banner does not refer to
the Jeppesen subscription, but rather the availability of a particular airport chart selection or procedure for a
selected airport.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-22 Chart Not Available Banner
APPENDICES
If there is a problem in rendering the data (such as a data error or a failure of an individual chart), the banner
UNABLE TO DISPLAY CHART is then displayed.
INDEX
Figure 8-23 Unable To Display Chart Banner
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
467
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
When a chart is not available by pressing the SHW CHRT Softkey or selecting a Page Menu Option, charts
may be obtained for other airports from the WPT Pages or Flight Plan Pages.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If a chart is available for the destination airport, or the airport selected in the active flight plan, the chart
appears on the screen. When no flight plan is active, or when not flying to a direct-to destination, pressing the
SHW CHRT Softkey displays the chart for the nearest airport, if available.
The chart shown is one associated with the WPT – Airport Information page. Usually this is the airport runway
diagram. Where no runway diagram exists, but Take Off Minimums or Alternate Minimums are available, that
page appears. If Airport Information pages are unavailable, the Approach Chart for the airport is shown.
EIS
Selecting a chart:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Flight Plan Page, or Nearest Airports Page, press the SHW CHRT
Softkey. The airport diagram or approach chart is displayed on the Airport Information Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the Approach Box. (Press the APR Softkey
if the Approach Box is not currently shown).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Approach Box.
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts.
9) Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Chart Scale
Select Desired
Approach Chart
From Menu
INDEX
APPENDICES
Scroll Through
Chart With
the Joystick
Figure 8-24 Approach Information Page, Chart Selection
468
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
While the APPROACH Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank. Once the desired
chart is selected, the chart scale can be changed and the chart page can be scrolled using the Joystick. Pressing
the Joystick centers the chart on the screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The aircraft symbol is shown on the chart only if the chart is to scale and the aircraft position is within
the boundaries of the chart. The aircraft symbol is not displayed when the Aircraft Not Shown Icon appears
(Figure 8‑28). If the Chart Scale Box displays a banner NOT TO SCALE, the aircraft symbol is not shown. The
Aircraft Not Shown Icon may appear at certain times, even if the chart is displayed to scale.
EIS
Pressing the CHRT Softkey switches between the ChartView diagram and the associated map in the WPT
page group. In the example shown, the CHRT Softkey switches between the DeKalb Peachtree (KPDK) Airport
Diagram and the navigation map on the WPT – Airport Information page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Press CHRT Softkey
to Switch Between
ChartView and WPT Airport Information Page
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 8-25 CHRT Softkey, Airport Information Page
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
469
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Pressing the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey returns to the airport diagram chart when the view is on a terminal
procedure chart. If the displayed chart is the airport diagram chart, pressing the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey
returns to the Airport Information Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The aircraft position is shown in magenta on the ChartView diagrams when the location of the aircraft is
within the chart boundaries. In the example shown, the aircraft is turning onto Taxiway Bravo on the Charlotte,
NC (KCLT) airport.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Another source for additional airport information is from the INFO Box above the chart for certain airports. This information source is not related to the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey. When the INFO Box is selected
using the FMS Knob, the softkeys are blank. The Charlotte, NC airport has five additional charts offering
information: the Airport Diagram, Take-off Minimums, Class B Airspace, Airline Parking Gate Coordinates, and
Airline Parking Gate Location. (The numbers in parentheses after the chart name are Jeppesen designators.)
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Aircraft
Current
Position
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-26 Airport Information Page, INFO View, Full Screen Width
470
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
In the example shown in Figure 8-26, the Class B Chart is selected. Pressing the ENT Key displays the
Charlotte Class B Airspace Chart (Figure 8-27).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-27 Airport Information Page, Class B Chart Selected from INFO View
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available.
Chart Not
To Scale
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Aircraft Not
Shown Icon
INDEX
Figure 8-28 Departure Information Page
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
471
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Pressing the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if available.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Chart Not
To Scale
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Change Range
and Scroll
Through the
Chart With the
Joystick
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Aircraft Not
Shown Icon
Figure 8-29 Arrival Information Page
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if available.
INDEX
Figure 8-30 Approach Information Page
472
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the WX Softkey shows the airport weather frequency information, and includes weather data such as
METAR and TAF from the XM Data Link Receiver, when available. Weather information is available only when
an XM Data Link Receiver is installed and the XM Weather subscription is current.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
WX Info
When
Available
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
WX Softkey
Selected
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-31 Weather Information Page
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
473
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Only NOTAMs applicable to specific information conveyed on the displayed Jeppesen chart are
available when the NOTAM Softkey is selected. There may be other NOTAMs available pertaining to the
flight that may not be displayed. Contact Jeppesen for more information regarding Jeppesen databasepublished NOTAMs.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Recent NOTAMS applicable to the current ChartView cycle are included in the ChartView database. Pressing
the NOTAM Softkey shows the local NOTAM information for selected airports, when available. When NOTAMS
are not available, the NOTAM Softkey label appears subdued and is disabled as shown in Figure 8-31. The
NOTAM Softkey may appear on the Airport Information Page and all of the chart page selections.
AFCS
NOTAM
Softkey
Appears for
Selected
Airports
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-32 NOTAM Softkey Highlighted
474
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Local
NOTAM on
This Airport
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NOTAM
Softkey
Selected
Figure 8-33 Airport Information Page, Local NOTAMs
Pressing the NOTAM Softkey again removes the NOTAMS information.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the previous page (Navigation Map Page, Nearest Pages, or Flight
Plan Page).
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
475
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
CHART OPTIONS
Pressing the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the next level of softkeys, the chart options level (Figure 8-20).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pressing the ALL Softkey shows the complete approach chart on the screen.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Complete
Chart
Shown
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 8-34 Approach Information Page, ALL View
476
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the HEADER Softkey shows the header view (approach chart briefing strip) on the screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Approach
Chart
Briefing Strip
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-35 Approach Information Page, Header View
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the PLAN Softkey shows the approach chart two dimensional plan view.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Approach
Chart Plan
View
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 8-36 Approach Information Page, Plan View
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
477
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pressing the PROFILE Softkey displays the approach chart descent profile strip.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Approach
Chart Descent
Profile Strip
Figure 8-37 Approach Information Page, Profile View, Full Screen Width
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the MINIMUMS Softkey displays the minimum descent altitude/visibility strip at the bottom of the
approach chart.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Minimum
Descent
Altitude/
Visibility Strip
Figure 8-38 Approach Information Page, Minimums View, Full Screen Width
478
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
If the chart scale has been adjusted to view a small area of the chart, pressing the FIT WIDTH Softkey
changes the chart size to fit the available screen width.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Press FIT WDTH
Softkey to Show
Full Chart Width
Figure 8-39 Airport Information Page, FIT WDTH Softkey Selected
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
479
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Pressing the FULL SCN Softkey alternates between removing and replacing the data window to the right.
Selecting Additional Information:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) While viewing the Airport Taxi Diagram, press the FULL SCN Softkey to display the information windows
(AIRPORT, INFO).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the AIRPORT, INFO, RUNWAYS, or FREQUENCIES Box (INFO Box shown).
EIS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the INFO Box choices. If multiple choices are available, scroll to the desired
choice with the large FMS Knob and press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Press the FMS Knob again to deactivate the cursor.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Available
Information
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Press FULL SCN
Softkey to Switch
Between Full
Screen and Chart
With Info Window
INDEX
Figure 8-40 Airport Information Page, Full Screen and Info Window
Pressing the BACK Softkey, or waiting for 45 seconds reverts to the chart selection softkeys.
480
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The full screen view can also be selected by using the page menu option.
Selecting full screen On or Off:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move between the FULL SCREEN and COLOR SCHEME Options.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the On and Off Full Screen Options.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Chart Setup Option
Full Screen On/Off Selection
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-41 Page Menus
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
481
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
DAY/NIGHT VIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ChartView can be displayed on a white or black background for day or night viewing. The Day View offers
a better presentation in a bright environment. The Night View gives a better presentation for viewing in a dark
environment. When the CHART SETUP Box is selected the G1000 softkeys are blank.
Selecting Day, Night, or Automatic View:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-42 Waypoint Information Page, OPTIONS Menu
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the COLOR SCHEME Option (Figure 8‑43).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between Day, Auto, and Night Options.
AFCS
5) If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage field. Use the small FMS Knob to
change the percentage value. The percentage value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage of
backlighting intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/night display changes when the display
backlight reaches 15% of full brightness.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active. This may be accomplished by
selecting another page or changing the display range.
INDEX
APPENDICES
6) Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the Chart Setup Menu.
482
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-43 Arrival Information Page, Day View
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-44 Arrival Information Page, Night View
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
483
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
CHARTVIEW CYCLE NUMBER AND EXPIRATION DATE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ChartView database is revised every 14 days. Charts are still viewable during a period that extends from the
cycle expiration date to the disables date. ChartView is disabled 70 days after the expiration date and is no
longer available for viewing. When turning on the system, the Power-up Page displays the current status of the
ChartView database. See the table below for the various ChartView Power-up Page displays and the definition
of each.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ChartView Database
Figure 8-45 Power-up Page, ChartView Database
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Power-up Page Display
Definition
Blank Line. system is not configured for ChartView. Contact a Garminauthorized service center for configuration.
System is configured for ChartView but no chart database is installed.
Contact Jeppesen for a ChartView database.
Normal operation. ChartView database is valid and within current
cycle.
ChartView database is within 1 week after expiration date. A new cycle
is available for update.
ChartView database is beyond 1 week after expiration date, but still
within the 70 day viewing period.
ChartView database has timed out. Database is beyond 70 days after
expiration date. ChartView database is no longer available for viewing.
System time is not available. GPS satellite data is unknown or the
system has not yet locked onto satellites. Check database cycle number
for effectivity.
System is verifying chart database when new cycle is installed for the
first time.
After verifying, chart database is found to be corrupt. ChartView is not
available.
Table 8-2 ChartView Power-up Page Annunciations and Definitions
484
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The ChartView time critical information can also be found on the AUX - System Status page. The database
CYCLE number, EXPIRES, and DISABLES dates of the ChartView subscription appear in either blue or yellow
text. When the ChartView EXPIRES date is reached, ChartView becomes inoperative 70 days later. This is
shown as the DISABLES date. When the DISABLES date is reached, charts are no longer available for viewing. The SHW CHRT Softkey label then appears subdued and is disabled until a revised issue of ChartView is
installed.
NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.
EIS
Press the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the DATABASE window. Scroll through the listed information
by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the ChartView database information is shown.
The ChartView database cycle number shown in the figure, 1103, is deciphered as follows:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
11 – Indicates the year 2011
03 – Indicates the third issue of the ChartView database for the year
The EXPIRES date 17–FEB–11 is the date that this database should be replaced with the next issue.
The DISABLES date 28–APR–11 is the date that this database becomes inoperative.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ChartView
Data
APPENDICES
Figure 8-46 AUX – System Status Page, ChartView Current and Available
The ChartView database is obtained directly from Jeppesen. Refer to Updating Jeppesen Databases in
Appendix B for instructions on revising the ChartView database.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
485
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Other possible AUX - System Status page conditions are shown in Figure 8-47. The EXPIRES date, in yellow,
is the revision date for the next database cycle. The DISABLES date, in yellow, is the date that this database
cycle is no longer viewable. CYCLE NOT AVAILABLE in blue, indicates no ChartView data is available on the
database card or no database card is inserted.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ChartView has Expired, but is not Disabled
ChartView Database is Disabled
ChartView Database is Not Available
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-47 AUX – System Status Page, ChartView Database Status
486
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.4 FLITECHARTS
• Departure Procedures (DP)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FliteCharts resemble the paper version of AeroNav Services terminal procedures charts. The charts are
displayed with high-resolution and in color for applicable charts. FliteCharts database subscription is available
from Garmin. Available data includes:
• Arrivals (STAR)
• Approaches
• Airport Diagrams
FLITECHARTS SOFTKEYS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FliteCharts functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys. While on the Navigation Map Page, Nearest
Airports Page, or Flight Plan Page, pressing the SHW CHRT Softkey displays the available terminal chart and
advances to the chart selection level of softkeys: CHRT OPT, CHRT, INFO-1, DP, STAR, APR, WX, and
GO BACK. The chart selection softkeys appear on the Airport Information Page.
Pressing the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the top level softkeys and previous page.
Pressing the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the available terminal chart and advances to the next level of
softkeys: ALL, FIT WDTH, FULL SCN, and BACK.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
While viewing the CHRT OPT Softkeys, after 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, the system reverts to the chart
selection softkeys.
NOTAMs are not available with FliteCharts. The NOTAM Softkey label appears subdued and is disabled.
CHRT OPT
CHRT
INFO-1
WX
APR
GO BACK
Pressing the GO BACK Softkey returns
to the top-level softkeys and previous page.
FIT WDTH
FULL SCN
BACK
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ALL
STAR
AFCS
INFO-2
DP
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SHW CHRT
Pressing the BACK Softkey returns
to the Chart Selection Softkeys.
APPENDICES
Figure 8-48 FliteCharts SHW CHRT, Chart Selection, and Chart Option Softkeys
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
487
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
TERMINAL PROCEDURES CHARTS
Selecting Terminal Procedures Charts:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Nearest Airport Page, or Flight Plan Page, press the SHW CHRT
Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the OPTIONS Menu to Show Chart.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
3) Press the ENT Key to display the chart.
Navigation Map Page OPTIONS Menu
Waypoint Airport Information Page OPTIONS Menu
Figure 8-49 Option Menus
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
When no terminal procedure chart is available, the banner CHART NOT AVAILABLE appears on the screen. The CHART NOT AVAILABLE banner does not refer to the FliteCharts subscription, but rather the availability
of a particular airport chart selection or procedure for a selected airport.
Figure 8-50 Chart Not Available Banner
INDEX
APPENDICES
If there is a problem in rendering the data (such as a data error or a failure of an individual chart), the banner
UNABLE TO DISPLAY CHART is then displayed.
Figure 8-51 Unable To Display Chart Banner
488
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When a chart is not available by pressing the SHW CHRT Softkey or selecting a Page Menu Option, charts
may be obtained for other airports from the WPT Pages or Flight Plan Pages.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If a chart is available for the destination airport, or the airport selected in the active flight plan, the chart
appears on the screen. When no flight plan is active, or when not flying to a direct-to destination, pressing the
SHW CHRT Softkey displays the chart for the nearest airport, if available.
The chart shown is one associated with the WPT – Airport Information page. Usually this is the airport runway
diagram. Where no runway diagram exists, but Take Off Minimums or Alternate Minimums are available, that
page appears. If Airport Information pages are unavailable, the Approach Chart for the airport is shown.
EIS
Selecting a chart:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Flight Plan Page, or Nearest Airports Page, press the SHW CHRT
Softkey. The airport diagram or approach chart is displayed on the Airport Information Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the Approach Box. (Press the APR Softkey
if the Approach Box is not currently shown).
4) Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Approach Box.
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts.
9) Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection.
Chart Not
To Scale
AFCS
Select Desired
Approach Chart
from Menu
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pan Chart
With the
Joystick
APPENDICES
Aircraft Not
Shown Icon
INDEX
Figure 8-52 Approach Information Page, Chart Selection
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
489
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
While the APPROACH Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the G1000 softkeys are blank. Once the desired
chart is selected, the chart scale can be changed and the chart can be panned using the Joystick. Pressing the
Joystick centers the chart on the screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The aircraft symbol is not shown on FliteCharts. The Chart Scale Box displays a banner NOT TO SCALE, and
the Aircraft Not Shown Icon is displayed in the lower right corner of the screen.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Pressing the CHRT Softkey alternates between the FliteCharts diagram and the associated map in the WPT
page group. In the example shown, the CHRT Softkey switches between the Charlotte, NC (KCLT) Airport
Diagram and the navigation map on the WPT – Airport Information page.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Press CHRT Softkey
to Switch Between
FliteCharts and
Navigation Map Page
INDEX
Figure 8-53 CHRT Softkey, Airport Information Page
490
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey returns to the airport diagram chart when the view is on a terminal
procedure chart. If the displayed chart is the airport diagram chart, pressing the INFO-1 or INFO-2 Softkey
returns to the Airport Information Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Another source for additional airport information is from the INFO Box above the chart (Figure 8-53) or to
the right of the chart (Figure 8-54) for certain airports. This information source is not related to the INFO-1 or
INFO-2 Softkey. When the INFO Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the softkeys are blank. The Charlotte,
NC airport has three additional charts offering information: the Airport Diagram, Alternate Minimums, and
Take-off Minimums.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Info Box
Selected
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-54 Airport Information Page, INFO View with Airport Information
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
491
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In the example shown in Figure 8-54, TAKE OFF MINIMUMS is selected. Pressing the ENT Key displays the
Take-off Minimums and Departure Procedures Chart (Figure 8-55).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-55 Airport Information Page, TAKE OFF MINIMUMS Selected from INFO View
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Pressing the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available.
Figure 8-56 Departure Information Page
492
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if available.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-57 Arrival Information Page
Pressing the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if available.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
Figure 8-58 Approach Information Page
493
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Pressing the WX Softkey shows the airport weather frequency information, when available, and includes
weather data such as METAR and TAF from the XM Data Link Receiver. Weather information is available only
when an XM Data Link Receiver is installed and the XM Weather subscription is current.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting Additional Information:
1) While viewing the Airport Taxi Diagram, press the WX Softkey to display the information windows (AIRPORT,
INFO).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the INFO Box.
EIS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the INFO Box choices. When the INFO Box is selected the G1000 softkeys
are blank. If multiple choices are available, scroll to the desired choice with the large FMS Knob and press the
ENT Key to complete the selection.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Press the FMS Knob again to deactivate the cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Info Available
on This Airport
AFCS
WX Info
When
Available
Chart Not
To Scale
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Softkeys are
Blank during
Info Box
Selection
APPENDICES
Figure 8-59 Weather Information Page, WX Softkey Selected
WX Softkey
Selected
INDEX
Pressing the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the previous page (Navigation Map Page or Flight Plan Page).
494
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CHART OPTIONS
Pressing the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the next level of softkeys, the chart options level (Figure 8-48).
Pressing the ALL Softkey shows the complete chart on the screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Complete
Chart
Shown
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-60 Airport Information Page, ALL View Selected
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
495
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pressing the FIT WIDTH Softkey fits the width of the chart in the display viewing area. In the example
shown, the chart at close range is replaced with the full width chart.
Press FIT WDTH
Softkey to Show
Full Chart Width
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 8-61 Approach Information Page, FIT WDTH Softkey Selected
496
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pressing the FULL SCN Softkey alternates between removing and replacing the data window to the right.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press FULL SCN
Softkey to Switch
Between Chart on
Full Screen and Chart
with Info Window
AFCS
Figure 8-62 Airport Information Page, Full Screen and Info Window
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pressing the BACK Softkey, or waiting for 45 seconds reverts to the chart selection softkeys.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
497
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
The full screen view can also be selected by using the page menu option.
Selecting full screen On or Off:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move between the FULL SCREEN and COLOR SCHEME Options.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the On and Off Full Screen Options.
Chart Setup Option
Full Screen On/Off Selection
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-63 Page Menus
498
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DAY/NIGHT VIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FliteCharts can be displayed on a white or black background for day or night viewing. The Day View offers
a better presentation in a bright environment. The Night View gives a better presentation for viewing in a dark
environment. When the CHART SETUP Box is selected the G1000 softkeys are blank.
Selecting Day, Night, or Automatic View:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-64 Waypoint Information Page, OPTIONS Menu
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the COLOR SCHEME Option (Figure 8‑65).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between Day, Auto, and Night Options.
AFCS
5) If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage field. Use the small FMS Knob to
change the percentage value. The percentage value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage of
backlighting intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/night display changes when the display
backlight reaches 15% of full brightness.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active. This may be accomplished by
selecting another page or changing the display range.
6) Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the Chart Setup Menu.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
499
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-65 Approach Information Page, Day View
INDEX
Figure 8-66 Approach Information Page, Night View
500
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLITECHARTS CYCLE NUMBER AND EXPIRATION DATE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FliteCharts data is revised every 28 days. Charts are still viewable during a period that extends from the
cycle expiration date to the disables date. FliteCharts are disabled 180 days after the expiration date and are no
longer available for viewing upon reaching the disables date. When turning on the system, the Power-up Page
displays the current status of the FliteCharts database. See the table below for the various FliteCharts Power-up
Page displays and the definition of each.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
FliteCharts Database
Figure 8-67 Power-up Page, FliteCharts Database
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Power-up Page Display
AFCS
Definition
Blank Line. system is not configured for FliteCharts. Contact a Garminauthorized service center for configuration.
System is configured for FliteCharts but no chart database is installed.
Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix B for the FliteCharts
database
Normal operation. FliteCharts database is valid and within current
cycle.
FliteCharts database is beyond the expiration date, but still within the
180 day viewing period.
FliteCharts database has timed out. Database is beyond 180 days
after expiration date. FliteCharts database is no longer available for
viewing.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Table 8-3 FliteCharts Power-up Page Annunciations and Definitions
Other possible AUX - System Status page conditions are shown in Figure 8-68. ‘FliteCharts Expires’ plus a
date in white, indicates the chart database is current. ‘Chart data is out of date!’ in yellow, indicates charts are
still viewable, but approaching the disable date.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
501
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
When the 180 day grace period has expired, ‘Chart data is disabled.’ in yellow indicates that the FliteCharts
database has expired and is no longer viewable. ‘Chart Data: N/A’ appears in white if no FliteCharts data is
available on the database card or no database card is inserted.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FliteCharts time critical information can also be found on the AUX - System Status page. The FliteCharts
database REGION, CYCLE number, EFFECTIVE, EXPIRES, and DISABLES dates of the subscription appear in
either blue or yellow text. Dates shown in blue are current data. Dates shown in yellow indicate the data is not
within the current subscription period.
EIS
FliteCharts becomes inoperative 180 days after the FliteCharts EXPIRES date is reached, and is no longer
available for viewing. This date is shown as the DISABLES date. After the disable date the SHW CHRT Softkey
label appears subdued and is unavailable until a revised issue of FliteCharts is installed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.
Press the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the DATABASE window. Scroll through the listed information
by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the FliteCharts database information is shown.
The FliteCharts database cycle number shown in the figure, 1102, is deciphered as follows:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
11 – Indicates the year 2011
02 – Indicates the second issue of the FliteCharts database for the year
The FliteCharts EFFECTIVE date 10–FEB–11 is the first date that this database is current.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The FliteCharts EXPIRES date 10–MAR–11 is the last date that this database is current.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The DISABLES date 06–SEP–11 is the date that this database becomes inoperative.
INDEX
FliteCharts
Data
Figure 8-68 AUX – System Status Page, FliteCharts Current and Available
502
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The FliteCharts database is provided from Garmin. Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix B for
instructions on revising the FliteCharts database.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The other four possible AUX - System Status page conditions are shown here. The EFFECTIVE date, in
yellow, indicates the current date preceeds the date the FliteCharts database becomes effective. The EXPIRES
date, in yellow, is the revision date for the next database cycle. The DISABLES date, in yellow, is the date that
this database cycle is no longer viewable. NOT AVAILABLE in blue, indicate the FliteCharts database is not
available on the database card or no database card is inserted.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FliteCharts Expired, but is not Disabled
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Current Date is Before Effective Date
FliteCharts Database is Disabled
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
FliteCharts Database is Not Available
Figure 8-69 AUX – System Status Page, FliteCharts Datbase Status
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
503
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.5 AOPA AIRPORT DIRECTORY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association (AOPA) Airport Directory database offers detailed information
regarding services, hours of operation, lodging options, and more. This information is viewed on the Airport
Directory Page as shown in Figure 8-70.
Selecting the Airport Directory Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘WPT’ page group.
EIS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the AIRPORT INFORMATION Page. Initially, information for the airport closest
to the aircraft’s present position is displayed.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) If necessary, press the INFO softkey until INFO-2 is displayed.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-70 AOPA Information on the Airport Information Page
504
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AOPA DATABASE CYCLE NUMBER AND REVISION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The AOPA Airport Directory database is revised four times per year. Check fly.garmin.com for the current
database. The Airport Directory is always available for use after the expiration date. When turning on the
system, the Power-up Page indicates whether the databases are current, out of date, or not available.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
AOPA Database
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-71 Power-up Page, Airport Directory Database
Power-up Page Display
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Definition
Normal operation. AOPA Airport Directory database is valid and within
current cycle.
AOPA Airport Directory database has expired.
Database card contains no AOPA Airport Directory data.
AFCS
Table 8-4 Airport Directory Annunciation Definitions
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
505
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
The Airport Directory Region, Version, Cycle, Effective date and Expires date of the database cycle can also be
found on the AUX - System Status page, as seen in Figure 8-72.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Press the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the DATABASE window. Scroll through the listed
information by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the Airport Directory database information
is shown.
The Airport Directory database cycle number shown in the figure, 11D1, is deciphered as follows:
11 – Indicates the year 2011
D – Indicates the data is for Airport Directory
EIS
1 – Indicates the first issue of the Airport Directory database for the year
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Airport Directory EFFECTIVE date 13–JAN–11 is the beginning date for the current database cycle. The
Airport Directory EXPIRES date 10–MAR–11 is the revision date for the next database cycle.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Airport Directory
Data
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-72 AUX – System Status Page, Airport Directory Current Information
INDEX
APPENDICES
Airport Directory information appears in blue and yellow text. The EFFECTIVE date appears in blue when
data is current and in yellow when the current date is before the effective date. The EXPIRES date appears in
blue when data is current and in yellow when expired (Table 8-4). NOT AVAILABLE appears in blue in the
REGION field if Airport Directory data is not available on the database card. An expired Airport Directory
database is not disabled and will continue to function indefinitely.
506
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.6 SIRIUSXM SATELLITE RADIO ENTERTAINMENT (OPTIONAL)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section for information about XM Weather products.
The optional SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment feature of the GDL 69A Data Link Receiver is available for
the pilot’s and passengers’ enjoyment. The GDL 69A can receive SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment services
at any altitude throughout the Continental U.S. Entertainment audio is not available on the GDL 69 Data Link
Receiver.
EIS
SiriusXM Satellite Radio offers a variety of radio programming over long distances without having to constantly
search for new stations. Based on signals from satellites, coverage far exceeds land-based transmissions. SiriusXM Satellite Radio services are subscription-based. For more information on specific service packages, visit
www.xmradio.com.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ACTIVATING SIRIUSXM SATELLITE RADIO SERVICES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The service is activated by providing SiriusXM Satellite Radio with either one or two coded IDs, depending on
the equipment. Either the Audio Radio ID or the Data Radio ID, or both, must be provided to SiriusXM Satellite
Radio to activate the entertainment subscription.
It is not required to activate both the entertainment and weather service subscriptions with the GDL 69A. Either or both services can be activated. SiriusXM Satellite Radio uses one or both of the coded IDs to send an
activation signal that, when received by the GDL 69A, allows it to play entertainment programming.
These IDs are located:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• On the label on the back of the Data Link Receiver
• On the XM Information Page on the MFD (Figure 8-73)
• On the XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions included with the unit (available at www.garmin.com, P/N
190-00355-04)
AFCS
Contact the installer if the Data Radio ID and the Audio Radio ID cannot be located.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
507
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
NOTE: The LOCK Softkey on the XM Information Page (Auxiliary Page Group) is used to save GDL 69A
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
activation data when the XM services are initially set up. It is not used during normal SiriusXM Satellite
Radio operation, but there should be no adverse effects if inadvertently pressed during flight. Refer to
the GDL 69/69A XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions (190-00355-04, Rev H or later) for further
information.
Activating the SiriusXM Satellite Radio services:
1) Contact SiriusXM Satellite Radio to establish subscription service.
EIS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Auxiliary Page Group.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select XM Radio.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Verify that the desired services are activated.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Press the INFO Softkey to display the XM Information Page.
8) To complete activation, press the ENT Key.
6) Press the LOCK Softkey.
7) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight YES.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Data
Radio ID
Audio
Radio ID
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Weather
Products
Window
APPENDICES
RADIO
and INFO
Softkeys
Figure 8-73 XM Information Page
LOCK Softkey
is Used to Save
Activation
Data During
Initial Setup
INDEX
If XM weather services have not been activated, all the weather product boxes are blank on the XM Information
Page and a yellow Activation Required message is displayed in the center of the Weather Data Link Page (Map
Page Group). The Service Class refers to the groupings of weather products available for subscription.
508
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
USING SIRIUSXM SATELLITE RADIO
The optional GRC 10 Remote Control Unit provides control of the SiriusXM Satellite Radio functions
independent of the MFD controls. See the GRC 10 User’s Guide for details.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The XM Radio Page provides information and control of the audio entertainment features of the SiriusXM
Satellite Radio.
Selecting the XM Radio Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Auxiliary Page Group.
EIS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the displayed AUX - XM Information Page.
3) Press the RADIO Softkey to show the XM Radio Page where audio entertainment is controlled.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Active
Channel
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Channel
List
AFCS
Volume
Field
Categories
Field
Figure 8-74 XM Radio Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ACTIVE CHANNEL AND CHANNEL LIST
The Active Channel Box on the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected channel that the SiriusXM
Satellite Radio is using.
APPENDICES
The Channels List Box of the XM Radio Page shows a list of the available channels for the selected category. Channels can be stepped through one at a time or may be selected directly by channel number.
Selecting a channel from the channel list:
1) While on the XM Radio Page, press the CHNL Softkey.
INDEX
2) Press the CH + Softkey to go down through the list in the Channel Box, or move up the list with the
CH – Softkey.
Or:
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
509
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
1) Press the FMS Knob to highlight the channel list and turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the channels.
2) Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selecting a channel directly:
1) While on the XM Radio Page, press the CHNL Softkey.
2) Press the DIR CH Softkey. The channel number in the Active Channel Box is highlighted.
3) Select the numbered softkeys located on the bottom of the display, or use the FMS Knobs, to directly select the
desired channel number.
EIS
4) Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
CATEGORY
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Category Box of the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected category of audio. Categories of
channels such as jazz, rock, or news can be selected to list the available channels for a type of music or other
contents. One of the optional categories is PRESETS to view channels that have been programmed.
Selecting a category:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the CATGRY Softkey on the XM Radio Page.
2) Press the CAT + and CAT - Softkeys to cycle through the categories.
Or:
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Categories list. Highlight the desired category with the small FMS Knob
and press the ENT Key. Selecting All Categories places all channels in the list.
INDEX
Figure 8-75 Categories List
510
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PRESETS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Up to 15 channels from any category can be assigned a preset number. The preset channels are selected by
pressing the PRESETS and MORE Softkeys. Then the preset channel can be selected directly and added to
the channel list for the Presets category.
Setting a preset channel number:
1) On the XM Radio Page, while listening to an Active Channel that is wanted for a preset, press the PRESETS
Softkey to access the first five preset channels (PS1 - PS5).
EIS
2) Press the MORE Softkey to access the next five channels (PS6 – PS10), and again to access the last five
channels (PS11 – PS15). Pressing the MORE Softkey repeatedly cycles through the preset channels.
3) Press the SET Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Press any one of the (PS1 - PS15) softkeys to assign a number to the active channel.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Press PRESETS to
Access the Preset
Channels Softkeys
Press MORE to Cycle
Through the Preset
Channels
Press SET to
Save Each
Preset Channel
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-76 Accessing and Selecting XM Preset Channels
Pressing the BACK Softkey, or waiting during 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, returns the system to the top
level softkeys.
AFCS
VOLUME
Radio volume is shown as a percentage of full volume. Volume level is controlled by pressing the VOL
Softkey, which brings up the MUTE Softkey and the volume increase and decrease softkeys.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Adjusting the volume:
1) With the XM Radio Page displayed, press the VOL Softkey.
2) Press the VOL – Softkey to reduce volume or press the VOL + Softkey to increase volume. (Once the VOL
Softkey is pressed, the volume can also be adjusted using the small FMS Knob.)
APPENDICES
3) Press the MUTE Softkey to mute the audio. Press the MUTE Softkey again to unmute the audio.
INDEX
Figure 8-77 Volume Control
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
511
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.7 SCHEDULER
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Scheduler feature can be used to enter and display reminder messages (e.g., Phase 1 Inspection, Switch fuel
tanks, or Altimeter-Transponder Check) in the Alerts Window on the PFD. Messages can be set to display based
on a specific date and time (event), once the message timer reaches zero (one-time; default setting), or recurrently
whenever the message timer reaches zero (periodic). Message timers set to periodic alerting automatically reset
to the original timer value once the message is displayed. When power is cycled, all messages are retained until
deleted, and message timer countdown is resumed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-78 Scheduler (Utility Page)
Entering a scheduler message:
1) Select the AUX - Utility Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
AFCS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the first empty scheduler message naming field.
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter the message text to be displayed in the Alertss Window and press the ENT Key.
5) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the field next to Type.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the message type:
• Event—Message issued at the specified date/time
• One-time—Message issued when the message timer reaches zero (default setting)
• Periodic—Message issued each time the message timer reaches zero
APPENDICES
7) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next field.
INDEX
8) For periodic and one-time message, use the FMS Knob to enter the timer value (HH:MM:SS) from which to
countdown and press the ENT Key.
512
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
9) For event-based messages:
a) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired date (DD-MM-YY) and press the ENT Key.
b) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next field.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
c) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time (HH:MM) and press the ENT Key.
10) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to enter the next message.
Deleting a scheduler message:
1) Select the AUX - Utility Page.
EIS
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the name field of the scheduler message to be deleted.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Press the CLR Key to clear the message text. If the CLR Key is pressed again, the message is restored.
5) Press the ENT Key while the message line is cleared to clear the message text.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Scheduler messages appear in the Alertss Window on the PFD. When a scheduler message is waiting, the
ALERTS Softkey label changes to ADVISORY. Pressing the ADVISORY Softkey opens the Alerts Window
and acknowledges the scheduler message. The softkey label reverts to ALERTS when pressed. Pressing the
ALERTS Softkey again removes the Alertss Window from the display, and the scheduler message is deleted
from the message queue.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-79 PFD Alerts Window
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
513
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.8 FLIGHT DATA LOGGING
NOTE: Some aircraft installations may not provide all aircraft/engine data capable of being logged by the
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
system.
The Flight Data Logging feature will automatically store critical flight and engine data on an SD data card (up
to 16GB) inserted into the top card slot of the MFD. Approximately 1,000 flight hours can be recorded for each
1GB of available space on the card.
EIS
Data is written to the SD card once each second while the MFD is powered on. All flight data logged on a
specific date is stored in a file named in a format which includes that date (dataYYYY_MM_DD.csv). The file is
created automatically each time the G1000 system is powered on, provided an SD card has been inserted.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The status of the Flight Data Logging feature can be viewed on the AUX-UTILITY Page. If no SD card has been
inserted, “NO CARD” is displayed. When data is being written to the SD card, “LOGGING DATA” is displayed.
The .csv file may be viewed with Microsoft Excel® or other spreadsheet applications.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The following is a list of data parameters the G1000 system is capable of logging for the Cessna Caravan
aircraft.
• Date
• Time
• GPS altitude (MSL)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• GPS altitude (WGS84 datum)
• Baro-Corrected altitude (feet)
• Baro Correction (in/Hg)
AFCS
• Vertical speed (fpm)
• GPS vertical speed (fpm)
• OAT (degrees C)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• True airspeed (knots)
• Pitch Attitude Angle (degrees)
• Roll Attitude Angle (degrees)
APPENDICES
• Lateral and Vertical G Force (g)
• Longitude (degrees; geodetic;
+East)
• GPS horizontal alert limit
• Magnetic Heading (degrees)
• HSI source
• GPS fix
• GPS vertical alert limit
• SBAS GPS horizontal protection
level
• Com1/Com2 frequency
• SBAS GPS vertical protection
level
• Nav1/Nav2 frequency
• Fuel Qty (right & left)(gals)
• CDI deflection
• Fuel Flow (gph)
• VDI/GP/GS deflection
• Oil Pressure (psi)
• Wind Direction (degrees)
• Oil Temperature (deg. F)
• Wind Speed (knots)
• Propeller speed (RPM)
• Active Waypoint Identifier
• Torque (ft/lbs.)
• Distance to next waypoint (nm)
• ITT (deg. F)
• Bearing to next waypoint
(degrees)
• Ng (% RPM)
• Magnetic variation (degrees)
INDEX
• Ground Track (degrees
magnetic)
• Autopilot On/Off
• Selected course
• Indicated airspeed (kts)
• Ground Speed (kts)
• Latitude (degrees; geodetic;
+North)
514
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The file containing the recorded data will appear in the format shown in Figure 8-80. This file can be imported
into most computer spreadsheet applications.
Local 24hr Time
HHMMSS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Local Date
YYMMDD
Nearest Airport
(A blank will be
inserted if no
airport is found)
log_110210_104506_KIXD.csv
EIS
Figure 8-80 Log File Format
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Data logging status can be monitored on the AUX-UTILITY Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
515
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.9 ABNORMAL OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SVS TROUBLESHOOTING
SVS is intended to be used with traditional attitude, heading, obstacle, terrain, and traffic inputs. SVS is
disabled when valid attitude or heading data is not available for the display. In case of invalid SVS data, the PFD
display reverts to the standard blue-over-brown attitude display.
SVS becomes disabled without the following data resources:
EIS
• Attitude data
• Heading data
• GPS position data
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• 9 Arc-second Terrain data
• Obstacle data
• TAWS function is not available, in test mode, or failed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• The position of the aircraft exceeds the range of the terrain database.
REVERSIONARY MODE
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SVS can be displayed on the Multifunction Display (MFD) in Reversionary Mode. If it is enabled when switching
to Reversionary Mode, SVS will take up to 30 seconds to be displayed. The standard, non-SVS PFD display will
be shown in the interim.
Figure 8-81 SVS Reversionary Mode
516
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
UNUSUAL ATTITUDES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Unusual attitudes are displayed with red chevrons overlaid on the display indicating the direction to fly to
correct the unusual attitude condition. The display shows either a brown or blue colored bar at the top or
bottom of the screen to represent earth or sky. This is intended to prevent losing sight of the horizon during
extreme pitch attitudes.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-82 Unusual Attitude Display
The blue colored bar is also displayed when terrain gradient is great enough to completely fill the display.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Blue Band
AFCS
Terrain
Completely
Fills Display
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-83 Blue Sky Bar with Full Display Terrain
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
517
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
GDL 69/69A DATA LINK RECEIVER TROUBLESHOOTING
Some quick troubleshooting steps listed below can be performed to find the possible cause of a failure.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Ensure the owner/operator of the aircraft in which the Data Link Receiver is installed has subscribed to
SiriusXM
• Ensure the SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription has been activated
• Perform a quick check of the circuit breakers to ensure that power is applied to the Data Link Receiver
EIS
• Ensure that nothing is plugged into the Aux Audio In jack because this would prevent SiriusXM Satellite
Radio from being heard
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
For troubleshooting purposes, check the LRU Information Box on the AUX - System Status Page for Data Link
Receiver (GDL 69/69A) status, serial number, and software version number. If a failure has been detected in the
GDL 69/69A the status is marked with a red X.
Selecting the System Status Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page Group.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page (the last page in the AUX Page Group).
INDEX
Figure 8-84 LRU Information Window on System Status Page
518
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
If a failure still exists, the following messages may provide insight as to the possible problem:
NO SIGNAL
LOADING
OFF AIR
---
Message Location
XM Radio Page - active channel field
XM Radio Page - active channel field
XM Radio Page - active channel field
Weather Datalink Page - center of page
XM Radio Page - active channel field
XM Radio Page - active channel field
XM Radio Page - active channel field
Description
Data Link Receiver antenna error; service required
Data Link Receiver updating encryption code
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
CHECK ANTENNA
UPDATING
Loss of signal; signal strength too low for receiver
EIS
Acquiring channel audio or information
Channel not in service
Missing channel information
No communication from Data Link Receiver
WEATHER DATA LINK FAILURE Weather Datalink Page - center of page
within last 5 minutes
ACTIVATION REQUIRED
Weather Datalink Page - center of page SiriusXM subscription is not activated
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Table 8-5 GDL 69/69A Data Link Receiver Error Messages
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
519
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Blank Page
520
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTS
NOTE: The Cessna Caravan Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) supersedes information found in this
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
document.
The G1000 Alerting System conveys alerts to the pilot using a combination of the following items:
EIS
• CAS Annunciation Window: The CAS (Crew Alerting System) Annunciation Window (Figure A-1) displays
automatically if condition(s) warrant and contains abbreviated annunciation text . The CAS Annunciation
Window is located to the right of the Altimeter and Vertical Speed Indicator. Text color is based on CAS
annunciation alert levels as described in the following section. Warning (red) and caution (amber) annunciations
flash when initially displayed and will continue to flash until they have been acknowledged by pressing the
right-most softkey on either PFD (Figure A-1). Advisory (white) annunciations will not flash and do not require
acknowledgement. All CAS warning annunciations can be displayed simultaneously in the CAS Annunciation
Window. In the event there are more caution and/or advisory annunciations than can be displayed in the
CAS Annunciation Window, use the CAS↑ and CAS↓ softkeys to scroll through the messages. Higher priority
annunciations are displayed towards the top of the window.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Alerts Window: The Alerts Window (Figure A-1) displays text messages for up to 64 prioritized G1000
System Message Advisories and/or Message Advisory Alerts. The Alerts Window is located in the lower right
portion of either PFD. Pressing the ALERTS Softkey displays the Alerts Window allowing messages to be
viewed. If necessary, turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the messages. Pressing the ALERTS Softkey a
second time removes the Alerts Window from the display.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Softkey Annunciation: When a G1000 System Message Advisory or Message Advisory Alert is available, the
Softkey Annunciation (Figure A-1) will be labeled with a flashing ‘ADVISORY’. Press the softkey to view the
message. After viewing the message, the ALERTS label is displayed in white with black text and will no longer
flash. When a warning or caution CAS annunciation is displayed, the Softkey Annunciation assumes a label
consistent with the CAS annunciation alert level (WARNING or CAUTION) and flashes in conjunction with the
CAS annunciation. Pressing the softkey acknowledges the CAS annunciation and the softkey label then returns
to ALERTS.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Comparator Window: The Comparator Window (Figure A-2) displays the sensors discrepancy text. The
Comparator Window is located below COM2 and to the right of the Vertical Speed Indicator on the display.
The Comparator monitors critical values generated by redundant sensors. If differences in the sensors exceed a
specified amount, this discrepancy will be annunciated in the Comparator Window as a ‘MISCOMP’ (miscompare).
If one or both of the sensed values are unavailable, it will be annunciated as a ‘NO COMP’ (no compare).
APPENDICES
• Reversionary Sensor Window: The Reversionary Sensor Window (Figure A-2) displays the selected
reversionary sensor (ADC1, ADC2, AHRS1 OR AHRS2). The Reversionary Sensor Window is located below the
Comparator Window and to the right of the Vertical Speed Indicator on the display. These annunciations reflect
reversionary sensors selected on one or both PFDs (i.e. ‘BOTH ON ADC1). Pressing the SENSOR Softkey gives
access to ADC1, ADC2, AHRS1, and AHRS2 Softkeys. These softkeys allow manual switching of sensors. In
the case of certain types of sensor failures, the G1000 may make some sensor selections automatically. The GPS
sensor cannot be switched manually.
INDEX
• System Annunciations: Typically, a large red ‘X’ appears over instruments to which information is supplied
by a failed Line Replaceable Unit (LRU). See the G1000 System Annunciations Section for more information.
• Audio Alerting System: The G1000 system issues audio alert tones when specific system conditions are met.
See the Alert Level Definitions section for more information.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
521
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
EIS
System
Annunciation
Red ‘X’
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
CAS
Annunciation
Window
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Alerts
Window
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Softkey
Annunciation
AFCS
Figure A-1 Annunciation and Alerting System
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Comparator
Window
APPENDICES
Reversionary
Sensor
Window
INDEX
Figure A-2 Comparator and Sensor Window
522
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CAS ANNUNCIATION ALERT LEVELS
The G1000 Crew Alerting System, as installed in Cessna Caravan, uses three alert levels.
• WARNING: This level of alert requires immediate attention.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Warning annunciation text is shown in red in the CAS Annunciation Window and is accompanied by
a continuous chime and flashing WARNING Softkey (see Figure A-3). Pressing the WARNING Softkey
acknowledges the presence of the warning annunciation and stops the aural chime.
• CAUTION: This level of alert indicates the existence of abnormal conditions on the aircraft that may require
intervention.
EIS
Caution annunciation text is shown in amber in the CAS Annunciation Window and is accompanied by a
single chime and flashing CAUTION Softkey (see Figure A-4). Pressing the CAUTION Softkey acknowledges
the presence of the caution annunciation.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• ADVISORY: This level of alert provides general information.
Advisory annunciation text is shown in white in the CAS Annunciation Window; no aural tone is generated.
An Advisory annunciation is NOT accompanied by a flashing ADVISORY Softkey and does not need to be
acknowledged.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Message Advisory Alerts and System Message Advisories do not issue annunciations in the CAS Annunciation
Window. Only a flashing ADVISORY Softkey is displayed (see Figure A-6). Pressing the ADVISORY Softkey
acknowledges the presence of the Message Advisory Alert or System Message Advisory and displays the text
message in the Alerts Window.
Figure A-4 Flashing CAUTION
Softkey Annunciation Indicates
CAS Caution Annunciation.
Press to Acknowledge
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure A-7 Indicates Messages
Have Been Viewed and Some
or All are Still Present.
APPENDICES
Figure A-6 Flashing ADVISORY
Softkey Annunciation
Indicates Presence of a New
System Message Advisory or
System Message Alert.
Press to View Message
AFCS
Figure A-5 Indicates No
CAS Annunciations, System
Message Advisories, or System
Message Alerts are Present.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure A-3 Flashing WARNING
Softkey Annunciation Indicates
CAS Warning Annunciation.
Press to Acknowledge
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
523
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
CARAVAN CAS ANNUNCIATIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following alerts are configured specifically for the Cessna Caravan. See the Pilot’s Operating Handbook
(POH) for information regarding pilot responses.
WARNING ANNUNCIATIONS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Annunciation Window Text
A-ICE PRESS LOW*
BATTERY OVHT*
BETA*
EMERG PWR LVR
ENGINE FIRE
FUEL SELECT OFF
GENERATOR OVHT*
OIL PRESS LOW
RSVR FUEL LOW
VOLTAGE HIGH
VOLTAGE LOW
* Applicable installations only
Audio Alert
Repeating Chime
CAUTION ANNUNCIATIONS
Audio Alert
Single Chime
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Annunciation Window Text
A-ICE FLUID LO*
A-ICE PRESS HI*
ALTNR AMPS
ALTNR OVHT*
BATTERY HOT*
CHIP DETECT
DOOR UNLATCHED
ETM EXCEED
FUEL BOOST ON
L FUEL LOW
R FUEL LOW
L-R FUEL LOW
FUEL PRESS LOW
GENERATOR AMPS
GENERATOR OFF
PROP DE-ICE*
524
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Audio Alert
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Annunciation Window Text
L P/S HEAT
R P/S HEAT
L-R P/S HEAT
STALL HEAT
STARTER ON
STBY PWR INOP
* Applicable installations only
Single Chime
EIS
ADVISORY ANNUNCIATIONS
Audio Alert
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
None
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Annunciation Window Text
A-ICE NORM*
A-ICE HIGH*
CVR FAIL*
ETM CAPTURE*
ETM EXCEED
FDR FAIL*
IGNITION ON
PREV EXCEED
SPD NOT AVAIL
STBY PWR ON
* Applicable installations only
Audio Alert
None
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Alerts Window Message
PFD1 FAN FAIL –PFD1 display fan is inoperative.
PFD2 FAN FAIL – PFD2 display fan is inoperative.
MFD FAN FAIL – MFD display fan is inoperative.
ETM FAULT – Engine Trend Monitor needs service.
AFCS
MESSAGE ADVISORY ALERTS
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
525
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
COMPARATOR ANNUNCIATIONS
The following is a list of the possible annunciations:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Comparator Window Text
Condition
Difference in altitude sensors is > 200 ft.
ALT MISCOMP
If both airspeed sensors detect < 35 kts, this is inhibited.
IAS MISCOMP
If either airspeed sensor detects > 35 kts, and the difference in sensors is > 10 kts.
If either airspeed sensor detects > 80 kts, and the difference in sensors is > 7 kts.
HDG MISCOMP
Difference in heading sensors is > 6º.
PIT MISCOMP
Difference in pitch sensors is > 5º.
ROL MISCOMP
Difference in roll sensors is > 6º.
ALT NO COMP
No data from one or both altitude sensors.
IAS NO COMP
No data from one or both airspeed sensors.
HDG NO COMP
No data from one or both heading sensors.
PIT MISCOMP
No data from one or both pitch sensors.
ROL MISCOMP
No data from one or both roll sensors..
REVERSIONARY SENSOR ANNUNCIATIONS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The following is a list of the following possible annunciations:
Condition
Both PFDs are displaying data from the #1 Air Data Computer.
Both PFDs are displaying data from the #2 Air Data Computer.
Both PFDs are displaying data from the #1 AHRS.
Both PFDs are displaying data from the #2 AHRS.
Both PFDs are displaying data from the #1 GPS receiver.
Both PFDs are displaying data from the #2 GPS receiver.
PFD2 is displaying data from the #1 Air Data Computer.
PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 Air Data Computer.
PFD2 is displaying data from the #1 AHRS.
PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 AHRS.
PFD2 is displaying data from the #1 GPS.
PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 GPS.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Reversionary Sensor
Window Text
BOTH ON ADC1
BOTH ON ADC2
BOTH ON AHRS1
BOTH ON AHRS2
BOTH ON GPS1
BOTH ON GPS2
USING ADC1
USING ADC2
USING AHRS1
USING AHRS2
USING GPS1
USING GPS2
526
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
VOICE ALERTS
The following voice alerts can be configured for ‘Male’ or ‘Female’ gender by using Aux System Setup Page on the MFD.
Aural Alert
Description
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
“Minimums”
The aircraft has descended below the preset minimum descent altitude or decision altitude.
Played to indicate bearing of traffic from own aircraft (GTS 820 only).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
“One o’clock” through
“Twelve o’clock”
or “No Bearing”
EIS
“Vertical track”
The aircraft is one minute from Top of Descent. Issued only when vertical navigation is enabled.
“Traffic, Traffic”
Played when first Traffic Advisory (TA) is issued. “Traffic” for each subsequent TA.
“Traffic Advisory
Played when the TAS system passes a pilot-initiated self test.
System Test Passed”
“Traffic Advisory
Played when the TAS system fails a pilot-initiated self test.
System Test Failed”
“High”, “Low”, “Same Played to indicate altitude of traffic relative to own aircraft (GTS 820 only).
Altitude” (if within 200
feet of own altitude), or
“Altitude not available”
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
“Less than one mile”,
“One Mile” through
“Ten Miles”, or “More
than ten miles”
Played to indicate distance of traffic from own aircraft (GTS 820 only).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
527
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
G1000 SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When a new message is issued, the Softkey Annunciation will flash ADVISORY to alert the pilot of a new
message. It will continue to flash until viewed by pressing the softkey. Active messages are displayed in white
text. Messages that become inactive while the Alerts Window is displayed will change to gray text. After
viewing the message, ALERTS is displayed as the Softkey Annunciation. The Softkey Annunciation will again
flash ADVISORY if the state of a displayed message changes or a new message is displayed.
EIS
When an LRU or an LRU function fails, a large red “X” is typically displayed on windows associated with the
failed data. The following section describes various system annunciations. Refer to the POH for additional
information regarding pilot responses to these annunciations.
NOTE: Upon power-up of the G1000 system, certain windows remain invalid as G1000 equipment begins to
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
initialize. All windows should be operational within one minute of power-up. Should any window continue
to remain flagged, the G1000 system should be serviced by a Garmin-authorized repair facility.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GIA 63W
Integrated
Avionics Units
KRA 405B Radar Altimeter
or GIA 63W Integrated
Avionics Units
GDC 74A Air
Data Computer
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GEA 71 Engine
Airframe Unit
or
GIA 63W
Integrated
Avionics Unit
GRS 77 AHRS
or
GMU 44
Magnetometer
Fuel Quantity
Sensor or GIA
63W Integrated
Avionics Unit
GIA 63W
Integrated
Avionics Units
GEA 71 Engine
Airframe Unit
GTX 33/D
Transponder
or
GIA 63W
Integrated
Avionics Units
GDC 74A Air
Data Computer
Figure A-8 G1000 System Failure Annunciations
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GIA 63W
Integrated
Avionics Units
528
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
Comment
System Annunciation
Attitude and Heading
Reference System is aligning.
Comment
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Display system is not receiving
vertical speed input from the air
data computer.
Display system is not
receiving attitude
information from the AHRS.
EIS
Display system is not receiving
valid heading input from AHRS
AHRS calibration incomplete
or configuration module
failure.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Display system is not receiving
altitude input from the air data
computer.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GPS information is either
not present or is invalid for
navigation use. Note that
AHRS utilizes GPS inputs
during normal operation.
AHRS operation may be
degraded if GPS signals are
not present (see POH).
Display system is not receiving
valid true airspeed information
from air data computer.
Display system is not receiving
valid OAT information from air
data computer.
Display system is not receiving
valid transponder information.
A red ‘X’ through any other
display field (such as engine
instrumentation fields) indicates
that the field is not receiving
valid data.
AFCS
Other Various Red X
Indications
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Display system is not
receiving airspeed input from
air data computer.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
System Annunciation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
529
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
G1000 SYSTEM MESSAGE ADVISORIES
NOTE: This section provides information regarding G1000 message advisories that may be displayed by
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
the system. Knowledge of the aircraft, systems, flight conditions, and other existing operational priorities
must be considered when responding to a message. Always use sound pilot judgment. The Cessna Caravan
Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) takes precedence over any conflicting guidance found in this section.
EIS
This section describes various G1000 system message advisories. Certain messages are issued due to an LRU
or an LRU function failure. Such messages are normally accompanied by a corresponding red “X” annunciation
as shown previously in the G1000 System Annunciation section.
MFD & PFD MESSAGE ADVISORIES
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Message
DATA LOST – Pilot stored data was
lost. Recheck settings.
XTALK ERROR – A flight display
crosstalk error has occurred.
PFD1 SERVICE – PFD1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
PFD2 SERVICE – PFD2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
MFD1 SERVICE – MFD1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
MANIFEST – PFD1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – PFD2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – MFD1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
PFD1 CONFIG – PFD1 config error.
Config service req’d.
PFD2 CONFIG – PFD2 config error.
Config service req’d.
MFD1 CONFIG – MFD1 config
error. Config service req’d.
SW MISMATCH – GDU software
version mismatch. Xtalk is off.
PFD1 COOLING – PFD1 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
PFD2 COOLING – PFD2 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
MFD1 COOLING – MFD1 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
530
Comments
The pilot profile data was lost. System reverts to default pilot profile and settings. The
pilot may reconfigure the MFD & PFDs with preferred settings, if desired.
The MFD and PFDs are not communicating with each other. The system should be
serviced.
The PFD and/or MFD self-test has detected a problem. The system should be serviced.
The PFD and/or MFD has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
The PFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The system
should be serviced.
The MFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The system
should be serviced.
The MFD and PFDs have different software versions installed. The system should be
serviced.
The PFD and/or MFD is overheating and is reducing power consumption by dimming the
display. If problem persists, the system should be serviced.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MFD & PFD MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)
Comments
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A key is stuck on the PFD and/or MFD bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing it
several times. The system should be serviced if the problem persists.
The PFD1 configuration module backup memory has failed. The system should be
serviced.
EIS
The PFD1 voltage is low. The system should be serviced.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The PFD2 voltage is low. The system should be serviced.
The MFD voltage is low. The system should be serviced.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Message
PFD1 KEYSTK – PFD1 [key name]
Key is stuck.
PFD2 KEYSTK – PFD2 [key name]
Key is stuck.
MFD1 KEYSTK – MFD [key name]
Key is stuck.
CNFG MODULE – PFD1
configuration module is
inoperative.
PFD1 VOLTAGE – PFD1 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage
PFD2 VOLTAGE – PFD2 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage
MFD1 VOLTAGE – MFD1 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage
DATABASE MESSAGE ADVISORIES
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the navigation database. Attempt to reload the
aviation database. If problem persists, the system should be serviced.
AFCS
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the basemap database.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the terrain database. Ensure that the terrain
card is properly inserted in display. Replace terrain card. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Comments
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Message
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 navigation
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 navigation
database error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 navigation
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 basemap
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 basemap
database error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 basemap
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 terrain
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain
database error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 terrain
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 terrain
database missing.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain
database missing.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 terrain
database missing.
The terrain database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified LRU.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
531
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
DATABASE MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 obstacle
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 obstacle
database error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 obstacle
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 obstacle
database missing.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 obstacle
database missing.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 obstacle
database missing.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 airport
terrain database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 airport
terrain database error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 airport
terrain database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 airport
terrain database missing.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 airport
terrain database missing.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 airport
terrain database missing.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Safe Taxi
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 Safe Taxi
database error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 Safe Taxi
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Chartview
database error exists.
Comments
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the obstacle database. Ensure that the data
card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified LRU.
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the airport terrain database. Ensure that the
data card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should
be serviced.
The airport terrain database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified
LRU.
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the Safe Taxi database. Ensure that the data
card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
INDEX
APPENDICES
The MFD and/or PFDs detected a failure in the ChartView database (optional feature).
Ensure that the data card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 FliteCharts The MFD and/or PFDs detected a failure in the FliteCharts database (optional feature).
database error exists.
Ensure that the data card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 Airport
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the Airport Directory database. Ensure that the
Directory database error exists.
data card is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should be
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 Airport
serviced.
Directory database error exists.
532
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DATABASE MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)
Comments
System has updated the active navigation database from the standby navigation
database.
The PFDs and MFD have different navigation database versions or regions installed.
Crossfill is off. Check the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page to determine versions or regions.
Also, check the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page for a database synchronization function not
completed. After synchronization is complete, power must be turned off, then on.
DB MISMATCH – Standby
The PFDs and MFD have different standby navigation database versions or regions installed.
Navigation database mismatch.
Check the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page to determine versions or regions. Also, check the
AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page for a database synchronization function not completed. After
synchronization is complete, power must be turned off, then on.
DB MISMATCH – Terrain database The PFDs and MFD have different terrain database versions or regions installed. Check
mismatch.
the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page to determine versions or regions. Also, check the AUXSYSTEM STATUS Page for a database synchronization function not completed. After
synchronization is complete, power must be turned off, then on.
DB MISMATCH – Obstacle
The PFDs and MFD have different obstacle database versions or regions installed. Check
database mismatch.
the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page to determine versions or regions. Also, check the AUXSYSTEM STATUS Page for a database synchronization function not completed. After
synchronization is complete, power must be turned off, then on.
DB MISMATCH – Airport Terrain
The PFDs and MFD have different airport terrain database versions or regions installed.
database mismatch.
Check the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page to determine versions or regions. Also, check the
AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page for a database synchronization function not completed. After
synchronization is complete, power must be turned off, then on.
TERRAIN DSP – [PFD1, PFD2 or
One of the terrain, airport terrain, or obstacle databases required for TAWS in the specified
MFD1] Terrain awareness display
PFD or MFD is missing or invalid.
unavailable.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
NAV DB UPDATED – Active
navigation database updated.
DB MISMATCH – Navigation
database mismatch. Xtalk is off.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
GMA 1347 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
INDEX
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
APPENDICES
190-00749-04 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Message
Comments
GMA1 FAIL – GMA1 is inoperative. The audio panel self-test has detected a failure. The audio panel is unavailable. The
system should be serviced.
GMA2 FAIL – GMA 2 is
The audio panel self-test has detected a failure. The audio panel is unavailable. The
inoperative.
system should be serviced.
GMA XTALK – GMA crosstalk error An error has occurred in transferring data between the two GMAs. The G1000 system
has occurred.
should be serviced.
GMA1 CONFIG – GMA1 config
error. Config service req’d.
The audio panel configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The
G1000 system should be serviced.
GMA2 CONFIG – GMA2 config
error. Config service req’d.
MANIFEST – GMA1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The audio panel has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
MANIFEST – GMA2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
533
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
GMA 1347 MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
GMA1 SERVICE – GMA1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
GMA2 SERVICE – GMA2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
Comments
The audio panel self-test has detected a problem in the unit. Certain audio functions may
still be available, and the audio panel may still be usable. The G1000 system should be
serviced when possible.
GIA 63W MESSAGE ADVISORIES
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Message
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 config error.
Config service req’d.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 config error.
Config service req’d.
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 audio config
error. Config service req’d.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 audio config
error. Config service req’d.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1
temperature too low.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2
temperature too low.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 over
temperature.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 over
temperature.
GIA1 SERVICE – GIA1 needs
service. Return the unit for repair.
GIA2 SERVICE – GIA2 needs
service. Return the unit for repair.
HW MISMATCH – GIA hardware
mismatch. GIA1 communication
halted.
HW MISMATCH – GIA hardware
mismatch. GIA2 communication
halted.
MANIFEST – GIA1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GIA2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GFC software
mismatch, communication halted.
534
Comments
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 configuration settings do not match backup configuration
memory. The system should be serviced.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 have an error in the audio configuration. The system should be
serviced.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too low to operate correctly. Allow units to warm
up to operating temperature.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too high. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 self-test has detected a problem in the unit. The system should be
serviced.
A GIA mismatch has been detected, where only one is SBAS capable.
The GIA1 and/or GIA 2 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
Incorrect servo software is installed, or gain settings are incorrect.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GIA 63W MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)
COM1 and/or COM2 software mismatch. The G1000 system should be serviced.
NAV1 and/or NAV2 software mismatch. The G1000 system should be serviced.
EIS
COM1 and/or COM2 configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory.
The G1000 system should be serviced.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The system has detected an over temperature condition in COM1 and/or COM2. The
transmitter is operating at reduced power. If the problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The system has detected a failure in COM1 and/or COM2. COM1 and/or COM2 may still
be usable. The system should be serviced when possible.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The COM1 and/or COM2 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the enable (or “pressed”)
position. Press the PTT switch again to cycle its operation.
If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
The COM1 and/or COM2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”) position.
Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GPS integrity is insufficient for the current phase of flight.
Loss of GPS navigation due to insufficient satellites.
Loss of GPS navigation due to position error.
APPENDICES
Loss of GPS navigation due to GPS failure.
Abort approach due to loss of GPS navigation.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Comments
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
MANIFEST– COM1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST– COM2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST– NAV1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST– NAV2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
COM1 CONFIG – COM1 config
error. Config service req’d.
COM2 CONFIG– COM2 config
error. Config service req’d.
COM1 TEMP – COM1 over temp.
Reducing transmitter power.
COM2 TEMP – COM2 over temp.
Reducing transmitter power.
COM1 SERVICE – COM1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
COM2 SERVICE – COM2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
COM1 PTT – COM1 push-to-talk
key is stuck.
COM2 PTT – COM2 push-to-talk
key is stuck.
COM1 RMT XFR – COM1 remote
transfer key is stuck.
COM2 RMT XFR – COM2 remote
transfer key is stuck.
LOI – GPS integrity lost. Crosscheck
with other NAVS.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. Insufficient satellites.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. Position error.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. GPS fail.
ABORT APR – Loss of GPS
navigation. Abort approach.
APR DWNGRADE – Approach
downgraded.
Vertical guidance generated by SBAS is unavailable, use LNAV only minimums.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
535
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
GIA 63W MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
TRUE APR – True north approach.
Change HDG reference to TRUE.
GPS1 SERVICE – GPS1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
GPS2 SERVICE – GPS2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
NAV1 SERVICE – NAV1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
NAV2 SERVICE – NAV2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
NAV1 RMT XFR – NAV1 remote
transfer key is stuck.
NAV2 RMT XFR – NAV2 remote
transfer key is stuck.
G/S1 FAIL – G/S1 is inoperative.
G/S2 FAIL – G/S2 is inoperative.
G/S1 SERVICE – G/S1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
G/S2 SERVICE – G/S2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
FAILED PATH – A data path has
failed.
Comments
Displayed after passing the first waypoint of a true north approach when the nav angle
is set to ‘AUTO’.
A failure has been detected in the GPS1 and/or GPS2 receiver. The receiver may still be
available. The system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in the NAV1 and/or NAV2 receiver. The receiver may still be
available. The system should be serviced.
The remote NAV1 and/or NAV2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”)
state. Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and/or receiver 2. The system should
be serviced.
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and/or receiver 2. The receiver may
still be available. The system should be serviced when possible.
A data path connected to the GDU or the GIA 63/W has failed.
GSD 41 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
Comments
GSD1 and the CDU have different copies of the GSD1 configuration.
GSD1 is reporting a low temperature condition.
GSD1 is reporting an over-temperature condition.
GSD1 is reporting an internal error condition. The GSD may still be usable.
GSD1 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Message
GSD1 CONFIG – GSD1 config error.
Config service req’d.
GSD1 COOLING – GSD1
temperature too low.
GSD1 COOLING – GSD1 over
temperature.
GSD1 SERVICE – GSD1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
MANIFEST – GSD1 software
mismatch. Communication halted.
536
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GEA 71 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
Comments
The GEA1 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory.
The system should be serviced.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
GEA1 CONFIG – GEA1 config error.
Config service req’d.
MANIFEST – GEA1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The #1 GEA 71 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
GTX 33 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
Comments
The transponder configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration
memory. The system should be serviced.
The transponder configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration
memory. The system should be serviced.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The transponder has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
The transponder has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The #1 transponder should be serviced when possible.
The #2 transponder should be serviced when possible.
There is no communication with the #1 transponder.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Message
XPDR1 CONFIG – XPDR1 config
error. Config service req’d.
XPDR2 CONFIG – XPDR2 config
error. Config service req’d.
MANIFEST – GTX1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GTX2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
XPDR1 SRVC – XPDR1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
XPDR2 SRVC – XPDR2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
XPDR1 FAIL – XPDR1 is
inoperative.
XPDR2 FAIL – XPDR2 is
inoperative.
There is no communication with the #2 transponder.
GRS 77 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Comments
The #1 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air data computer. The AHRS relies
on GPS information to augment the lack of airspeed. The system should be serviced.
The #2 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air data computer. The AHRS relies
on GPS information to augment the lack of airspeed. The system should be serviced.
The #1 AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS path has failed. The system
should be serviced when possible.
The #2 AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS path has failed. The system
should be serviced when possible.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS information. Check AFMS
limitations. The system should be serviced.
The #2 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS information. Check AFMS
limitations. The system should be serviced.
AFCS
Message
AHRS1 TAS – AHRS1 not receiving
valid airspeed.
AHRS2 TAS – AHRS2 not receiving
valid airspeed.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 using backup
GPS source.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 using backup
GPS source.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not receiving
any GPS information.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 not receiving
any GPS information.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not receiving
backup GPS information.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information. The system should be serviced.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
537
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
GRS 77 MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 not receiving
backup GPS information.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 operating
exclusively in no-GPS mode.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 operating
exclusively in no-GPS mode.
AHRS MAG DB – AHRS magnetic
model database version mismatch.
AHRS1 SRVC – AHRS1 Magneticfield model needs update.
AHRS2 SRVC – AHRS2 Magneticfield model needs update.
GEO LIMITS – AHRS1 too far
North/South, no magnetic compass.
GEO LIMITS – AHRS2 too far
North/South, no magnetic compass.
MANIFEST – GRS1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GRS2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
Comments
The #2 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information. The system should be serviced.
The #1 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The system should be serviced.
The #2 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The system should be serviced.
The #1 AHRS and #2 AHRS magnetic model database versions do not match.
The #1 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date. Update magnetic field model when
practical.
The #2 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date. Update magnetic field model when
practical.
The aircraft is outside geographical limits for approved AHRS operation. Heading is
flagged as invalid.
The #1 AHRS has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
The #2 AHRS has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
GMU 44 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Message
HDG FAULT – AHRS1
magnetometer fault has occurred.
HDG FAULT – AHRS2
magnetometer fault has occurred.
MANIFEST – GMU1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GMU2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
Comments
A fault has occurred in the #1 GMU 44. Heading is flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses
GPS for backup mode operation. The system should be serviced.
A fault has occurred in the #2 GMU 44. Heading is flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses
GPS for backup mode operation. The system should be serviced.
The GMU 44 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
GDL 69A MESSAGE ADVISORIES
APPENDICES
Message
GDL69 CONFIG – GDL 69 config
error. Config service req’d.
GDL69 FAIL – GDL 69 has failed.
INDEX
MANIFEST – GDL software
mismatch, communication halted.
538
Comments
GDL 69 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory. The
system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in the GDL 69. The receiver is unavailable. The system
should be serviced
The GDL 69 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GWX 68 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
A failure has been detected in the GWX 68. The GWX 68 may still be usable.
The GWX 68 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
EIS
GWX SERVICE – GWX needs
service. Return unit for repair.
MANIFEST – GWX software
mismatch, communication halted.
WX ALERT – Possible severe
weather ahead.
Comments
GWX 68 configuration settings do not match those of the GDU configuration. The
system should be serviced.
The GDU is not receiving status packet from the GWX 68 or the GWX 68 is reporting a
fault. The GWX 68 radar system should be serviced.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
GWX CONFIG – GWX config error.
Config service req’d.
GWX FAIL – GWX is inoperative.
Possible severe weather detected within +/- 10 degrees of the aircraft heading at a
range of 80 to 320 nm.
Comments
The GDC 74A has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Message
MANIFEST – GDC1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – GDC2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
GDC 74A MESSAGE ADVISORIES
GMC 710 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
Comments
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Error in the configuration of the GMC 710.
A failure has been detected in the GMC 710. The GMC 710 is unavailable.
The GMC 710 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
AFCS
Message
GMC CONFIG – GMC Config error.
Config service req’d.
GMC FAIL – GMC is inoperative.
MANIFEST – GMC software
mismatch. Communication halted.
GMC KEYSTK – GMC [key name]
Key is stuck.
A key is stuck on the GMC 710 bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing it
several times. The system should be serviced if the problem persists.
Message
GTS CONFIG – GTS config error.
Config service req’d.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GTS 820 MESSAGE ADVISORIES
MANIFEST – GTS software
mismatch, communication halted.
APPENDICES
Comments
The GTS and GDU have incompatible configurations. This alert is also set when the GTS
has an invalid mode S address configured or the mode S address does not match both
XPDR mode S addresses.
The GTS has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
539
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
MISCELLANEOUS MESSAGE ADVISORIES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
FPL WPT LOCK – Flight plan
waypoint is locked.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FPL WPT MOVE – Flight plan
waypoint moved.
TIMER EXPIRD – Timer has expired.
DB CHANGE – Database changed.
Verify user modified procedures.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
DB CHANGE – Database changed.
Verify stored airways.
FPL TRUNC – Flight plan has been
truncated.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
LOCKED FPL – Cannot navigate
locked flight plan.
Arriving at waypoint [xxxx], where [xxxx] is the waypoint name.
A steep turn is 15 seconds ahead. Prepare to turn.
The aircraft is inside the airspace.
Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft will penetrate the airspace within
10 minutes.
Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position.
Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position.
The system notifies the pilot that the loaded approach is not active. Activate approach
when required.
The system notifies the pilot to load the approach frequency for the appropriate NAV
receiver. Select the correct frequency for the approach.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
WPT ARRIVAL – Arriving at
waypoint -[xxxx]
STEEP TURN – Steep turn ahead.
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside airspace.
ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace ahead
less than 10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near and
ahead.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near – less
than 2 nm.
APR INACTV – Approach is not
active.
SLCT FREQ – Select appropriate
frequency for approach.
Comments
Upon power-up, the system detects that a stored flight plan waypoint is locked. This
occurs when an aviation database update eliminates an obsolete waypoint. The flight
plan cannot find the specified waypoint and flags this message. This can also occur
with user waypoints in a flight plan that is deleted.
Remove the waypoint from the flight plan if it no longer exists in any database,
Or
update the waypoint name/identifier to reflect the new information.
The system has detected that a waypoint coordinate has changed due to a new aviation
database update. Verify that stored flight plans contain correct waypoint locations.
The system notifies the pilot that the timer has expired.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains procedures that have been manually
edited. This alert is issued only after an aviation database update. Verify that the usermodified procedures in stored flight plans are correct and up to date.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains an airway that is no longer consistent
with the aviation database. This alert is issued only after an aviation database update.
Verify use of airways in stored flight plans and reload airways as needed.
This occurs when a newly installed navigation database eliminates an obsolete
approach or arrival used by a stored flight plan. The obsolete procedure is removed
from the flight plan. Update flight plan with current arrival or approach.
This occurs when the pilot attempts to activate a stored flight plan that contains locked
waypoint. Remove locked waypoint from flight plan. Update flight plan with current
waypoint.
540
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MISCELLANEOUS MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)
The current vertical waypoint can not be reached within the maximum flight path angle
and vertical speed constraints. The system automatically transitions to the next vertical
waypoint.
The lateral flight plan contains a procedure turn, vector, or other unsupported leg
type prior to the active vertical waypoint. This prevents vertical guidance to the active
vertical waypoint.
The current track angle error exceeds the limit, causing the vertical deviation to go
invalid.
The current crosstrack exceeds the limit, causing vertical deviation to go invalid.
A parallel course has been selected, causing the vertical deviation to go invalid.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The position of the selected waypoint [xxxx] is not calculated based on the WGS84
map reference datum and may be positioned in error as displayed. Do not use GPS to
navigate to the selected non-WGS84 waypoint.
The system is no longer receiving data from the traffic system. The traffic device should
be serviced.
AFCS
A data path connected to the GDU or the GIA 63/W has failed.
The GDU’s internal model cannot determine the exact magnetic variance for geographic
locations near the magnetic poles. Displayed magnetic course angles may differ from
the actual magnetic heading by more than 2°.
Synthetic Vision is disabled because the aircraft is not within the boundaries of the
installed terrain database.
Synthetic Vision is disabled because a terrain database of sufficient resolution (9 arcsecond or better) is not currently installed.
Message criteria entered by the user.
Selected course for LOC1 differs from published localizer course by more than 10
degrees.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
SVS – SVS DISABLED: Out of
available terrain region.
SVS – SVS DISABLED: Terrain DB
resolution too low.
SCHEDULER [#] – <message>.
CHECK CRS – Database course for
LOC1 / [LOC ID] is [CRS]°.
IAF waypoint for parallel offset has been passed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TRAFFIC FAIL – Traffic device has
failed.
FAILED PATH – A data path has
failed.
MAG VAR WARN – Large magnetic
variance. Verify all course angles.
Invalid leg type for parallel offset.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
VNV – Unavailable. Excessive track
angle error.
VNV – Unavailable. Excessive
crosstrack error.
VNV – Unavailable. Parallel course
selected.
NON WGS84 WPT – Do not use GPS
for navigation to -[xxxx]
Bad parallel track geometry.
EIS
VNV – Unavailable. Unsupported
leg type in flight plan.
Comments
The system notifies the pilot to set the CDI to the correct NAV receiver. Set the CDI to
the correct NAV receiver.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
SLCT NAV – Select NAV on CDI for
approach.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
bad geometry.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
invalid leg type.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
past IAF.
UNABLE V WPT – Can’t reach
current vertical waypoint.
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
541
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
MISCELLANEOUS MESSAGE ADVISORIES (CONT.)
Comments
Selected course for LOC2 differs from published localizer course by more than 10
degrees.
The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the specified PFD or MFD. The SD
card needs to be reinserted.
The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot of the specified PFD or MFD. The
SD card needs to be reinserted.
The SD card in the top card slot of the specified PFD or MFD contains invalid data.
The SD card in the bottom card slot of the specified PFD or MFD contains invalid data.
The audio source for terrain awareness is offline. Check GIA1 or GIA 2.
Terrain audio alerts are not configured properly. The system should be serviced
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
CHECK CRS – Database course for
LOC2 / [LOC ID] is [CRS]°.
[PFD1, PFD2, or MFD1] CARD
1 REM – Card 1 was removed.
Reinsert card.
[PFD1, PFD2, or MFD1] CARD
2 REM – Card 2 was removed.
Reinsert card.
[PFD1, PFD2, or MFD1] CARD 1
ERR – Card 1 is invalid.
[PFD1, PFD2, or MFD1] CARD 2
ERR – Card 2 is invalid.
TRN AUD FAIL – Trn Awareness
audio source unavailable.
TERRAIN AUD CFG – Trn Awareness
audio config error. Service req’d.
542
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AFCS ALERTS
System Status Field
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure A-9 AFCS System Status Field
Condition
Pitch Failure
Annunciation Description
Pitch axis control failure. AP is inoperative.
System Failure
AP and MET are unavailable. FD may still be available.
Elevator Mistrim Up
A condition has developed causing the pitch servo to provide a sustained force. Be
prepared to apply nose up control wheel force upon autopilot disconnect.
A condition has developed causing the pitch servo to provide a sustained force. Be
prepared to apply nose down control wheel force upon autopilot disconnect.
A condition has developed causing the roll servo to provide a sustained left force.
Ensure the slip/skid indicator is centered and observe any maximum fuel imbalance
limits.
A condition has developed causing the roll servo to provide a sustained right force.
Ensure the slip/skid indicator is centered and observe any maximum fuel imbalance limits.
A condition has developed causing the yaw servo to provide a sustained force. Ensure
the slip/skid indicator is centered and observe any maximum fuel imbalance limits.
A condition has developed causing the yaw servo to provide a sustained force.
Ensure the slip/skid indicator is centered and observe any maximum fuel imbalance
limits.
Performing preflight system test. Upon completion of the test, the aural alert will be
heard.
Preflight system test has failed.
Aileron Mistrim
Right
Rudder Mistrim Left
Rudder Mistrim
Right
Preflight Test
APPENDICES
YD control failure; AP also inoperative
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Yaw Damper Failure
AFCS
If annunciated when AP is engaged, take control of the aircraft and disengage the
autopilot. If annunciated when AP is not engaged, move each half of the MET
switch separately to check if a stuck switch is causing the annunciation.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
MET Switch Stuck,
or Pitch Trim Axis
Control Failure
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Roll axis control failure. AP is inoperative.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Roll Failure
Elevator Mistrim
Down
Aileron Mistrim Left
EIS
The following alert annunciations appear in the AFCS System Status field on the PFD.
INDEX
NOTE: Do not press the AP DISC switch during servo power-up and preflight system tests as this may cause
the preflight system test to fail or never to start (if servos fail their power-up tests). Power must be cycled
to the servos to remedy the situation.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
543
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
TERRAIN-SVS ALERTS
PFD/MFD TERRAINSVS Page
Annunciation
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alert Type
MFD
Pop-Up Alert
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Warning
(RTC)
Imminent Terrain Impact Warning (ITI)
“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Warning
(ROC)
Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning (IOI)
“Warning; Obstacle,
Obstacle”
“Warning; Obstacle,
Obstacle”
“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”
“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Caution
(RTC)
Imminent Terrain Impact Caution (ITI)
“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Caution
(ROC)
Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution (IOI)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Aural Message
“Caution; Obstacle,
Obstacle”
“Caution; Obstacle,
Obstacle”
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TERRAIN-SVS SYSTEM STATUS ANNUNCIATIONS
PFD/MFD Alert
Annunciation
TERRAIN-SVS Page
Annunciation
Aural Message
TERRAIN TEST
None
None
“Terrain System Test OK”
None
None
TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE
None
Terrain System Test Fail
TERRAIN FAIL
“Terrain System Failure”
Terrain or Obstacle database unavailable
or invalid, invalid software configuration,
system audio fault
TERRAIN FAIL
“Terrain System Failure”
Alert Type
System Test in Progress
AFCS
System Test Pass
Terrain Alerting is disabled
None
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
MFD Terrain or Obstacle database
unavailable or invalid. Terrain-SVS
operating with PFD Terrain or Obstacle
databases
None
NO GPS POSITION
No GPS position
Excessively degraded GPS signal, Out of
database coverage area
INDEX
Sufficient GPS signal received after loss
544
None
None
None
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
“Terrain System Not
Available”
“Terrain System Not
Available”
“Terrain System
Available”
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TAWS-B ALERTS
Annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD. Pop-up alerts appear only on the MFD.
MFD Map Page
Pop-Up Alert
Aural Message
“Pull Up”
Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”
or
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance Warning (ROC)
or
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”
Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning
(IOI)
or
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”
or
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Caution (RTC)
or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”
Imminent Terrain Impact Caution
(ITI)
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”
or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance Caution (ROC)
or
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
or
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”
or
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”
or
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution
(IOI)
“Too Low, Terrain”
None
None
or
“Five-Hundred”
“Sink Rate”
APPENDICES
Negative Climb Rate Caution
(NCR)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Premature Descent Alert Caution
(PDA)
Altitude Callout “500”
Excessive Descent Rate Caution
(EDR)
AFCS
or
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Imminent Terrain Impact Warning
(ITI)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
“Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
or
EIS
Excessive Descent Rate Warning
(EDR)
Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Warning (RTC)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alert Type
PFD/MFD
TAWS Page
Annunciation
“Don’t Sink”
or
“Too Low, Terrain”
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
545
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
TAWS-B SYSTEM STATUS ANNUNCIATIONS
PFD/MFD Alert
Annunciation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alert Type
TAWS-B Page Annunciation
Aural Message
TAWS TEST
None
None
“TAWS System Test OK”
None
None
TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE
None
TAWS-B System Test Fail
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS System Failure”
Terrain or Obstacle database unavailable
or invalid, invalid software configuration,
system audio fault
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS System Failure”
NO GPS POSITION
“TAWS Not Available”
None
“TAWS Not Available”
None
“TAWS Available”
System Test in Progress
System Test Pass
TAWS Alerting is disabled
None
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
MFD Terrain or Obstacle database
unavailable or invalid. TAWS operating
with PFD Terrain or Obstacle databases
None
No GPS position
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Excessively degraded GPS signal, Out of
database coverage area
None
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Sufficient GPS signal received after loss
546
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DATABASE MANAGEMENT
CAUTION: Never disconnect power to the system when loading a database. Power interruption during the
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
database loading process could result in maintenance being required to reboot the system.
The system uses Secure Digital (SD) cards to load and store various types of data. For basic flight operations,
SD cards are required for database storage as well as Jeppesen navigation and ChartView database updates. Not
all SD cards are compatible with the G1000. Use only SD cards supplied by Garmin or the aircraft manufacturer.
EIS
CAUTION: When downloading updates to the Jeppesen Navigation Database, copy the data to an SD card
other than a Garmin Supplemental Data Card. Otherwise, data corruption can occur.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: When loading database updates, the ‘DB Mismatch’ message will be displayed until database
synchronization is complete, followed by turning system power off, then on. Synchronization can be
monitored on the AUX-SYSTEM STATUS Page.
NOTE: Loading a database in the system prior to its effective date will result in the expiration date on the
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
power-up screen and the effective date on the AUX-System Status Page being displayed in yellow.
NOTE: Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies related to database information.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
These discrepancies could come in the form of an incorrect procedure; incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles
and fixes; or any other displayed item used for navigation or communication in the air or on the ground. Go
to FlyGarmin.com and select “Aviation Data Error Report.
JEPPESEN DATABASES
AFCS
The Jeppesen navigation database is updated on a 28-day cycle. The ChartView database is updated on a 14day cycle. If the ChartView database is not updated within 70 days of the expiration date, ChartView will no
longer function. Both of these databases are provided directly from Jeppesen.
NOTE: The Jeppesen aviation navigation database is now referred to as the ‘navigation database’. Previously
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
this database had been referred to as the ‘aviation database’.
The ChartView database should be copied to the Garmin supplied Supplemental Data Card which will reside
in the bottom card slot on the MFD. The navigation database must be installed from the Jeppesen or user
supplied SD data card. Contact Jeppesen (www.jeppesen.com) for subscription and update information.
APPENDICES
NOTE: After the navigation database is installed, the card may be removed.
Updating the active Jeppesen navigation database (not using the Dual Navigation Database or
Automatic Database Synchronization Features):
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
1) With the system OFF, insert the SD card containing the new navigation database version into the top card slot of the
display (PFD1, PFD2 or MFD) to be updated (label of SD card facing left).
547
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX B
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn the system ON. A prompt similar to the following is displayed in the upper left corner of the display:
EIS
Figure B-1 Standby Navigation Database Prompt
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the NO Softkey to proceed to loading the active database.
4) A prompt similar to the following is displayed, press the YES Softkey to update the active navigation database.
Figure B-2 Database Update Confirmation
AFCS
5) After the update completes, the display starts in normal mode. Do not remove power while the display is
starting.
6) Turn the system OFF and remove the SD card from the top card slot.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
7) Repeat steps 1 through 6 for the other displays (PFD1, PFD2 or MFD). Remove the SD card when finished.
8) Apply power to the system and press the ENT Key to acknowledge the startup screen.
9) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group on the MFD.
10) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page.
APPENDICES
11) Press the Display Database Selection Softkey to show active navigation database information for each display (MFD1
DB, PFD1 DB, PFD2 DB). Verify the correct active navigation database cycle information is shown for each display.
DUAL NAVIGATION DATABASE FEATURE
INDEX
The dual navigation database feature allows each display to store an upcoming navigation database on the
bottom SD card so that the system can automatically load it to replace the active database when the new
database becomes effective (the next cycle becomes available seven days prior to its effective date).
548
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If a navigation database loader card is inserted into the top SD card slot of a display, and an SD card is in the
bottom slot, the system will prompt the user (upon on-ground power up) as to whether the database should
be stored on the bottom SD card as the standby database. If the user responds affirmatively, the system will
copy the navigation database from the top SD card to the bottom SD card. As long as the bottom SD card
remains in the card slot, this standby navigation database will be available for the system to use as the active
database as soon as it becomes effective.
The system checks the active and standby databases upon (on-ground only) power-up. If the standby
database is current and the active database is out of date, the display will upload the standby database into
the active internal database location. Loading the standby database to the active location takes approximately
45-55 seconds. During the loading process ‘Please Wait. Navigation Database Update in Progress. Do Not
Remove Power from Displays’ will be displayed on screen. After startup is complete, the pilot is alerted that
the update is complete by a system alert message, ‘NAV DB UPDATED’.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Loading a standby navigation database:
1) With the system OFF, insert the SD card containing the new navigation database version into the top card slot
of the MFD.
2) Verify that an SD card is inserted in the bottom slot of each PFD and the MFD.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Turn the system ON. A prompt similar to the following is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure B-3 Standby Navigation Database Prompt
AFCS
4) Press the YES Softkey. The navigation database is copied to the SD card in the bottom card slot of the MFD.
5) After the navigation database files are copied to the bottom SD card, the display will appear as shown in Figure
B-4.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure B-4 Standby Navigation Database Update Complete
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
549
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX B
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6) As instructed on the display, press any key to continue. The display will now appear as shown in Figure B-5.
Figure B-5 Navigation Database Verification Prompt
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
7) Press any key to continue. The display will now appear as shown in Figure B-6.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the NO Softkey. The display now starts in normal mode. Since the database effective date is not yet valid,
it should not be loaded as the active database. The display now starts in normal mode. Do not remove power
while the display is starting.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure B-6 Active Navigation Database Prompt
10) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group on the MFD.
9) Press the ENT Key to acknowledge the startup screen.
11) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page.
12) The new database is copied to the SD card in the bottom card slot of each PFD. Progress can be monitored in
the SYNC STATUS field. When copying is finished, ‘Complete’ is displayed.
AFCS
13) Turn system power OFF.
14) Remove the SD card from the top card slot of the MFD.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
15) Turn system power ON.
16) Press the ENT Key to acknowledge the startup screen.
17) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group on the MFD.
18) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page.
INDEX
APPENDICES
19) Press the Display Database Selection Softkey to show standby navigation database information for each display
(MFD1 DB, PFD1 DB, PFD2 DB). Verify the correct standby navigation database cycle information is shown
for each display.
550
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GARMIN DATABASES
The following databases are stored on Supplemental Data Cards provided by Garmin:
• Airport terrain
• SafeTaxi
• Terrain
• Obstacle
• FliteCharts
• Airport Directory
(AOPA)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Expanded basemap
After subscribing to the desired database product, these database products will be downloaded and ultimately
stored on three Supplemental Data Cards (with the exception of FliteCharts, which is loaded on only one card).
Each Supplemental Data Card resides in the bottom card of each display as shown in Figure B-7. These cards
must not be removed except to update the databases stored on each card.
EIS
MFD
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
PFD1
PFD2
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure B-7 Correct Database Locations
Since these databases are not stored internally in the displays, a Supplemental Data Card containing identical
database versions must be kept in each display unit.
AFCS
The basemap database contains data for the topography and land features, such as rivers, lakes, and towns.
It is updated only periodically, with no set schedule. There is no expiration date.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The terrain database contains the terrain mapping data. The airport terrain database contains increased
resolution terrain data around airports. These databases are updated periodically and have no expiration date.
The obstacle database contains data for obstacles, such as towers, that pose a potential hazard to aircraft.
Obstacles 200 feet and higher are included in the obstacle database. It is very important to note that not all
obstacles are necessarily charted and therefore may not be contained in the obstacle database. This database is
updated on a 56-day cycle.
APPENDICES
NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from government agencies. Garmin
accurately processes and cross-validates the data, but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of
the data.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
The AOPA Airport Directory provides data on airports and heliports throughout the U.S., and offers detailed
information for over 5,300 U. S. airports, along with the names and phone numbers of thousands of FBOs. This
database is updated four times per year.
551
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX B
The SafeTaxi database contains detailed airport diagrams for selected airports. These diagrams aid in following
ground control instructions by accurately displaying the aircraft position on the map in relation to taxiways,
ramps, runways, terminals, and services. This database is updated on a 56-day cycle.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The FliteCharts database contains procedure charts for the United States only. This database is updated on a
28-day cycle. If not updated within 180 days of the expiration date, FliteCharts will no longer function.
AUTOMATIC DATABASE SYNCHRONIZATION FEATURE
EIS
The automatic database synchronization feature automatically transfers the database from a single SD
database card to the SD cards on each PFD and the MFD to ensure that all databases are synchronized
throughout the system. After power-up, the system compares all copies of each applicable database. If similar
databases do not match, the most recent valid database is automatically copied to each card in the system that
does not already contain that database.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The following databases are checked and synchronized: Basemap, SafeTaxi, Airport Terrain, Obstacle,
Airport Directory (AOPA), and Terrain. This feature applies only to databases that are stored on the SD card
that resides in the bottom slot of each display. This feature does not apply to the navigation database which
is stored internally in each display, or to the charts databases (FliteCharts and ChartView) which are only
required to be present on the MFD. The typical procedure would be to download new databases to the MFD
card, then synchronize the data to the PFD(s).
NOTE: The 9-arc second terrain database may take as long as 100 minutes to synchronize using this method.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Therefore the user may want to transfer the data using a PC, or connect the system to a ground power
source while performing the database synchronization.
AFCS
The synchronization progress may be monitored on the AUX-System Status Page in the Sync Status section
of the Database Window (Figure B-8). This section shows the synchronization status of each applicable
database, including the percent complete, time remaining, and to which displays the databases are being
copied. When the synchronization is complete, the status is listed as ‘Complete’, followed by the displays to
which the databases were copied. This sub-section is only present when a sync is occurring or has occurred
on the current power-up.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
An indication of ‘Complete’ still requires a power cycle before the synchronized databases will be used by
the system.
Figure B-8 AUX-System Status Page, Database Window
552
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Display Database Softkey (Figure B-11) is used to place the cursor in the Database Window. Upon
first press of the Display Database Softkey, the softkey will change to a selected state (black text on gray
background) and the cursor will appear in the Database Window. At this point the user can scroll through
all databases in the Database Window to view status information. If the Display Database Softkey is pressed
repeatedly, the softkey will cycle through PFD1, PFD2, and MFD. Database status information in the Database
Window will reflect the database of the selected PFD or MFD. After a successful sync and restart, verify that
the proper databases are now in use on the AUX–System Status Page (Figure B-8).
EIS
If an error occurs during the synchronization, an error message will be displayed, followed by the affected
display in the Sync Status section of the Database Window (Figure B-9). If a synchronization completes on
one display, but an error occurs on another, the error message will be displayed with the affected display
listed after it. When an error message (Table B-1) is displayed, the problem must be corrected before the
synchronization can be completed. A power cycle is required to restart synchronization when ‘Card Full’ or
‘Err’ is shown.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Database Synchronization Error Message
Figure B-9 Synchronization Error Message
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Error Message
Description
Canceled
Database synchronization has been canceled by removing the bottom SD card in
display being updated
Card Full
SD card does not contain sufficient memory
Err
Displayed for all other errors that may cause the synchronization process to be halted
Timeout
System timed-out prior to the database transfer completing
Table B-1 Database Synchronization Error Messages
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
UPDATING GARMIN DATABASES
APPENDICES
The Garmin database updates can be obtained by following the instructions detailed in the ‘Aviation
Databases’ section of the Garmin website (fly.garmin.com). Once the updated files have been downloaded
from the website, a PC equipped with an appropriate SD card reader is used to unpack and program the new
databases onto an existing Supplemental Data Card. Equipment required to perform the update is as follows:
• Windows-compatible PC computer (running Windows XP, Vista, or Windows 7)
• SD Card Reader: SanDisk SDDR-93, SanDisk SDDR-99, Verbatim #96504, or equivalent
INDEX
• Updated database obtained from the Garmin website
• Existing Supplemental Database SD Cards (010-00330-42, or -43) from both PFDs and MFD
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
553
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX B
In some cases it may be necessary to obtain an unlock code from Garmin in order to make the database
product functional. It may also be necessary to have the system configured by a Garmin authorized service
facility in order to use some database features.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
After the data has been copied to the appropriate data card, perform the following steps:
1) With system power OFF, remove the MFD database card from the bottom card slot of the MFD.
2) Update the Garmin databases on the MFD card.
3) Insert the MFD database card into the bottom card slot of the MFD.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
4) Apply power to the system, check that the databases are initialized and displayed on the power-up screen
(Figure B-10). When updating the terrain and FliteCharts databases, a ‘Verifying’ message may be seen. If this
message is present, wait for the system to finish loading before proceeding to step 5.
Figure B-10 Database Information on the Power-up Screen
AFCS
5) Acknowledge the Power-up Page agreement by pressing the ENT Key or the right most softkey.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group on the MFD.
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
8) Monitor the Sync Status in the Database Window. Wait for all databases to complete synching, indicated by
‘Complete’ being displayed as seen in Figure B-9.
9) Remove and reapply power to the system.
10) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page group on the MFD.
APPENDICES
11) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page.
12) Press the Display Database Selection Softkey to show database information for each display (MFD1 DB, PFD1
DB, PFD2 DB). Verify the correct database cycle information is shown for each database for each display.
INDEX
Unselected
MFD1 DB Selected PFD1 DB Selected
Figure B-11 Display Database Softkey
554
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MAGNETIC FIELD VARIATION DATABASE UPDATE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A copy of the current magnetic field variation database (MV DB) is included with the navigation database.
At startup, the system compares this version of the MV DB with that presently being used by each AHRS
(GRS1 and GRS2). If the system determines the MV DB needs to be updated, a prompt is displayed on the
Navigation Map Page, as shown in Figure B-12. Note, in the following example, GRS1 is the first AHRS to
indicate an update is available. In actuality, this is dependent on which AHRS is the first to report status to the
system. GRS2 may be displayed before GRS1. The order is not important, only that both AHRS be updated.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure B-12 GRS1 Magnetic Field Variation Database Update Prompt
Loading the magnetic field variation database update:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) With ‘OK’ highlighted, as seen in Figure B-12, press the ENT Key on the MFD. A progress monitor is displayed
as shown in Figure B-13.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure B-13 Uploading Database to GRS1
2) When the upload is complete, the prompt for the next GRS upload is displayed, as seen in Figure B-14.
APPENDICES
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
Figure B-14 GRS2 Magnetic Field Variation Database Update Prompt
555
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX B
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key on the MFD. A progress monitor is displayed as shown in Figure B-15.
When the upload is complete, the system is ready for use.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure B-15 Uploading Database to GRS2
556
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX C
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GLOSSARY
APPENDICES
INDEX
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
density altitude
database
decibels ‘Z’ (radar return)
CR
CRG
CRNT
Crosstrack Error
AFCS
190-00749-04 Rev. A
D ALT
DB, DBASE
dBZ
Course to Steer
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
BFO
BKSP
BRG
C
CAS
CD
CDI
CDU
CF
CHT
CHKLIST
CHNL
CI
CLD
CLR
cm
CNS
CO
COM
CONFIG
COOL
COPLT
Course
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
barometric altitude
barometric setting
battery
backcourse
The compass direction from the present
position to a destination waypoint.
beat frequency oscillator
backspace
bearing
center runway
CRS
CRS
CRSR
CTA
CTRL
Cumulative
CVR
CVRG
CWS
CYL
degrees Celsius
Course to Altitude
calculator
Indicated airspeed corrected for installation
and instrument errors.
Crew Alerting System
Course to DME distance
Course Deviation Indicator
Control Display Unit
Course to Fix
Cylinder Head Temperature
checklist
channel
Course to Intercept
cloud
clear
centimeter
Communication, Navigation, & Surveillance
carbon monoxide
communication radio
configuration
coolant
co-pilot
The line between two points to be followed by
the aircraft.
The recommended direction to steer in order to
reduce course error or stay on course. Provides
the most efficient heading to get back to the
desired course and proceed along the flight
plan.
Course to Radial
Cockpit Reference Guide
current
The distance the aircraft is off a desired course
in either direction, left or right.
course
Course to Steer
cursor
Control Area
control
The total of all legs in a flight plan.
Cockpit Voice Recorder
coverage
control wheel steering
cylinder
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
B ALT
BARO
BATT
BC
Bearing
ºC
CA
CALC
Calibrated Airspeed
EIS
accuracy
active, activate
air data computer
Automatic Direction Finder
Attitude Direction Indicator
Arc to fix
Automatic Flight Control System
Airplane Flight Manual
Airplane Flight Manual Supplement
airframe
Above Ground Level
Attitude and Heading Reference System
Aeronautical Information Manual
Airman’s Meteorological Information
alert
altitude
alternator
amperes
annunciation
antenna
autopilot
autopilot disconnect
approach
airport, aerodrome
Aeronautical Radio Incorporated
airspace
Air Route Traffic Control Center
arrival
airspeed
Aviation Support Branch
Automated Surface Observing System
Air Traffic Control
ATC Radar Beacon System
Automatic Terminal Information Service
along-track
automatic sequence
auxiliary
Automated Weather Observing System
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ACC
ACT, ACTV
ADC
ADF
ADI
AF
AFCS
AFM
AFMS
AFRM
AGL
AHRS
AIM
AIRMET
ALRT
ALT
ALT, ALTN
AMPS
ANNUNC
ANT
AP
AP DISC
APR
APT
ARINC
ARSPC
ARTCC
ARV
AS
ASB
ASOS
ATC
ATCRBS
ATIS
ATK
AUTOSEQ
AUX
AWOS
557
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX C
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
DCLTR, DECLTR
DEC FUEL
deg
DEIC, DEICE
DEP
Desired Track
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
DEST
DF
DFLT
DGRD
DH
Dilution of Precision
DIR
DIS
Distance
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
DME
DOP
DP
DPRT
DR
DSBL
DTK
E
ECU
Efficiency
AFCS
EGT
EIS
EGNOS
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ELEV
ELEV
EMERGCY
EMI
ENDUR
Endurance
ENG
ENGD
ENR
Enroute Safe Altitude
INDEX
ENT
EPE
558
declutter
decrease fuel
degree
de-icing
departure
The desired course between the active “from”
and “to” waypoints.
destination
Direct to Fix
default
degrade
decision height
A measure of GPS satellite geometry quality
on a scale of one to ten (lower numbers equal
better geometry, where higher numbers equal
poorer geometry).
direction
distance
The ‘great circle’ distance from the present
position to a destination waypoint.
Distance Measuring Equipment
Dilution of Precision
Departure Procedure
departure
dead reckoning
disabled
Desired Track
empty, east
Engine Control Unit
A measure of fuel consumption, expressed in
distance per unit of fuel.
Exhaust Gas Temperature
Engine Indication System
European Geostationary Navigation Overlay
Service
elevation
elevator
emergency
Electromagnetic Interference
endurance
Flight endurance, or total possible flight time
based on available fuel on board.
engine
engaged
enroute
The recommended minimum altitude within ten
miles left or right of the desired course on an
active flight plan or direct-to.
enter
Estimated Position Error
EPU
ERR
ESA
Estimated Position Error
Estimated Time of Arrival
Estimated Time Enroute
ETA
ETE
EXPIRD
ºF
FA
FAA
FADEC
FAF
FAIL
FC
FCC
FCST
FD
FD
FDE
FFLOW
FIS-B
FISDL
FL
FLC
FM
FMS
FOB
FPL
fpm
FREQ
FRZ
FSS
ft
Fuel Flow
Fuel On Board
G/S, GS
GA
gal, gl
GBOX
Estimated Position Uncertainty
error
Enroute Safe Altitude
A measure of horizontal GPS position error
derived by satellite geometry conditions and
other factors.
The estimated time at which the aircraft should
reach the destination waypoint, based upon
current speed and track.
The estimated time it takes to reach the
destination waypoint from the present position,
based upon current ground speed.
Estimated Time of Arrival
Estimated Time Enroute
expired
degrees Fahrenheit
Course From Fix to Altitude
Federal Aviation Administration
Full Authority Digital Engine Control
Final Approach Fix
failure
Course From Fix to Distance
Federal Communication Commission
forecast
Course From Fix to DME Distance
flight director
Fault Detection and Exclusion
fuel flow
Flight Information Services-Broadcast
Flight Information Service Data Link
flight level
Flight Level Change
Course From Fix to Manual Termination
Flight Management System
Fuel On Board
flight plan
feet per minute
frequency
freezing
Flight Service Station
foot/feet
The fuel flow rate, expressed in units of fuel per
hour.
The total amount of usable fuel on board the
aircraft.
glideslope
go-around
gallon(s)
gearbox
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX C
Left Over Fuel Reserve
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
LIFR
LNAV
LO
LOC
LOI
LON
LPV
APPENDICES
Leg
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
left, left runway
latitude
label
pound
Liquid Crystal Display
local
Light Emitting Diode
The amount of fuel remaining on board after
the completion of one or more legs of a flight
plan or direct-to.
The amount of flight time remaining, based
on the amount of fuel on board after the
completion of one or more legs of a flight plan
or direct-to, and a known consumption rate.
The portion of a flight plan between two
waypoints.
Low Instrument Flight Rules
Lateral Navigation
low
localizer
loss of integrity (GPS)
longitude
Localizer Performance with Vertical guidance
AFCS
190-00749-04 Rev. A
L
LAT
LBL
lb
LCD
LCL
LED
Left Over Fuel On Board
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
hPa
HPL
hr
HSDB
HSI
HT
HUL
Hz
I
IAF
IAT
IAU
key stuck
kilogram
kilohertz
kilometer
knot
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HF
HFOM
Hg
HI
HI SENS
HM
Horizontal Figure of Merit
Hold Terminating at Altitude
heading
The direction an aircraft is pointed, based upon
indications from a magnetic compass or a
properly set directional gyro.
Hold Terminating at Fix
Horizontal Figure of Merit
mercury
high
High Sensitivity
Hold with Manual Termination
A measure of the uncertainty in the aircraft’s
horizontal position.
hectopascal
Horizontal Protection Level
hour
High-Speed Data Bus
Horizontal Situation Indicator
heat
Horizontal Uncertainty Level
Hertz
Inner Marker
Initial Approach Fix
Indicated Air Temperature
Integrated Avionics Unit
KEYSTK
kg
kHz
km
kt
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
HA
HDG
Heading
INFO
in HG
INT
INTEG
IrDA, IRDA
International Civil Aviation Organization
Intercom System
Identification/Morse Code Identifier
identification
Initial Fix
Instrument Flight Rules
Imperial gallon
International Geomagnetic Reference Field
Instrument Landing System
Instrument Meteorological Conditions
inch
inactive
increase fuel
indicated
Information provided by properly calibrated and
set instrumentation on the aircraft panel.
information
inches of mercury
intersection(s)
integrity (RAIM unavailable)
Infrared Data Association
EIS
Ground Track
GRS
GS
GTX
ICAO
ICS
ID
IDENT, IDNT
IF
IFR
IG
IGRF
ILS
IMC
in
INACTV
INC FUEL
IND
Indicated
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Groundspeed
Garmin Air Data Computer
Garmin Satellite Data Link
Garmin Display Unit
Garmin Engine/Airframe Unit
geographic
Garmin Flight Control
Garmin Integrated Avionics Unit
Global Navigation Satellite Landing System
Garmin Audio Panel System
Garmin Mode Controller
Greenwich Mean Time
Garmin Magnetometer Unit
ground
gallons per hour
Global Positioning System
Grid Minimum Off-Route Altitude; one degree
latitude by one degree longitude in size and
clears the highest elevation reference point in
the grid by 1000 feet for all areas of the grid
The velocity that the aircraft is travelling
relative to a ground position.
see Track
Garmin Reference System
Ground speed
Garmin Transponder
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GDC
GDL
GDU
GEA
GEO
GFC
GIA
GLS
GMA
GMC
GMT
GMU
GND
gph
GPS
Grid MORA
559
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX C
LRU
LT
LTNG
LVL
Line Replaceable Unit
left
lightning
level
M
m
MAG
MAG VAR
MAHP
MAN IN
MAN SQ
MAP
MASQ
MAX
MAXSPD
MDA
MET
METAR
MEPT
MFD
MGRS
MHz
MIC
MIN
Minimum Safe Altitude
Middle Marker
meter
Magnetic
Magnetic Variation
Missed Approach Hold Point
manifold pressure (inches Hg)
Manual Squelch
Missed Approach Point
Master Avionics Squelch
maximum
maximum speed (overspeed)
barometric minimum descent altitude
manual electric trim
Meteorological Aviation Routine
manual electric pitch trim
Multi Function Display
Military Grid Reference System
megahertz
microphone
minimum
Uses Grid MORAs to determine a safe altitude
within ten miles of the aircraft present
position.
marker beacon
Military Operations Area
movement
meters per minute
Minimum Safe Altitude
Multi-functional Satellite Augmentation
System
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
MKR
MOA
MOV
mpm
MSA
MSAS
560
MSG
MSL
MT
mV
MV DB
MVFR
message
Mean Sea Level
meter
millivolt(s)
Magnetic Field Variation Database
Marginal Visual Flight Rules
N
NAV
NAVAID
NDB
NEXRAD
nm
NPT
NRST
north
navigation
NAVigation AID
Non-directional Beacon
Next Generation Radar
nautical mile(s)
nearest
O
OAT
OBS
OFST
OXY
Outer Marker
Outside Air Temperature
Omni Bearing Selector
offset
oxygen
P ALT
PA
PA
PASS
PC
PFD
PI
PIT, PTCH
POSN
PPM
P. POS
PRES, PRESS
PROC
psi
PT
PTK
PTT
PWR
pressure altitude
Passenger Address
Proximity Advisory
passenger(s)
personal computer
Primary Flight Display
Procedure Turn to Course Intercept
pitch
position
parts per million
Present Position
pressure
procedure(s), procedure turn
pounds per square inch
Procedure Turn
parallel track
Push-to-Talk
power
QTY
quantity
R
RAD
RAIM
RAM
REF
REM
REQ
RES
REV
RF
RMI
RMT
RNG
RNWY
ROL
ROM
rpm
RST FUEL
RSV
RT
RVRSNRY
RX
right, right runway
radial
Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring
random access memory
reference
remaining (fuel remaining above Reserve)
required
reserve (fuel reserve entered by pilot)
reverse, revision, revise
Constant Radius Turn to Fix
Radio Magnetic Indicator
remote
range
runway
roll
read only memory
revolutions per minute
reset fuel
reserve (fuel reserve entered by pilot)
right
reversionary
receive
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX C
Vertical Speed Required
VFOM
VFR
VHF
VI
VLOC
VM
VMC
VNAV, VNV
VOL
VOR
VORTAC
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
VPL
VPROF
VPTH
VR
VS
VSI
APPENDICES
velocity (airspeed)
Heading Vector to Altitude
VOR approach
variation
Heading Vector to DME Distance
volts, direct current
vertical
A measure of the uncertainty in the aircraft’s
vertical position.
The vertical speed necessary to descend/
climb from a current position and altitude to
a defined target position and altitude, based
upon current groundspeed.
Vertical Figure of Merit
Visual Flight Rules
Very High Frequency
Heading Vector to Intercept
VOR/Localizer Receiver
Heading Vector to Manual Termination
Visual Meteorological Conditions
vertical navigation
volume
VHF Omni-directional Range
very high frequency omnidirectional range
station and tactical air navigation
Vertical Protection Level
VNV profile, vertical profile
VNV path, vertical path
Heading Vector to Radial
vertical speed
Vertical Speed Indicator
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
V, Vspeed
VA
VAPP
VAR
VD
Vdc
VERT
Vertical Figure of Merit
AFCS
unavailable
user
Coordinated Universal Time
Universal Transverse Mercator / Universal Polar
Stereographic Grid
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
UNAVAIL
USR
UTC
UTM/UPS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
190-00749-04 Rev. A
TRG
TRK
TRSA
TRUNC
TTL
TURN
TX
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
true
Traffic Advisory
Tactical Air Navigation System
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast
True Airspeed, Traffic Advisory System
Total Air Temperature
Terrain Awareness and Warning System
Terminal Control Area
Traffic Collision Avoidance System
telephone
temperature
terminal
Track Between Two Fixes
Temporary Flight Restriction
True Heading
Traffic Information System
Turbine Inlet Temperature
Track Angle Error
Terminal Maneuvering Area
Track Angle Error
Timer/Reference
topographic
Direction of aircraft movement relative to a
ground position; also ‘Ground Track’
The angle difference between the desired
track and the current track.
target
track
Terminal Radar Service Area
truncated
total
procedure turn
transmit
EIS
T
TA
TACAN
TAF
TAS
TAT
TAWS
TCA
TCAS
TEL
TEMP
TERM
TF
TFR
T HDG
TIS
TIT
TKE
TMA
TMR/REF
Topo
Track
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
south
Selective Availability
Static Air Temperature
Satellite-Based Augmentation System
Storm Cell Identification and Tracking
Secure Digital
second(s)
select
surface
Standard Instrument Approach Procedures
Standard Instrument Departure
Significant Meteorological Information
simulator
slip/skid
symbol
speed
Special Position Identification
speaker
squelch
service
stall
Standard Terminal Arrival Route
statistics
standby
standard
Stormscope
Special Use Airspace
suspend
Synthetic Vision System
software
system
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
S
SA
SAT
SBAS
SCIT
SD
sec
SEL, SLCT
SFC
SIAP
SID
SIGMET
Sim
SLP/SKD
SMBL
SPD
SPI
SPKR
SQ
SRVC, SVC
STAL
STAR
STATS
STBY
STD
STRMSCP
SUA
SUSP
SVS
SW
SYS
561
VSR
VTF
Vertical Speed Required
vector to final
W
WAAS
WARN
WGS-84
WPT
WW
WX
watt(s), west
Wide Area Augmentation System
warning (GPS position error)
World Geodetic System - 1984
waypoint(s)
world wide
weather
XFER, XFR
XPDR
XTALK
XTK
transfer
transponder
cross-talk
cross-track
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX C
562
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX D
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If a particular aspect of G1000 operational capability is not addressed by these commonly asked questions or in
the index, contact Garmin (see the copyright page or back cover for contact information) or a Garmin-authorized
dealer. Garmin is dedicated to supporting its products and customers.
What is SBAS?
EIS
The Satellite Based Augmentation System (SBAS) uses a system of ground stations to correct any GPS signal
errors. These ground stations correct for errors caused by ionospheric disturbances, timing, and satellite
orbit errors. It also provides vital integrity information regarding the health of each GPS satellite. The signal
correction is then broadcast through geostationary satellites. This correction information can then be received
by any SBAS-enabled GPS receiver.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SBAS is designed to provide the additional accuracy, availability, and integrity necessary to enable users to rely
on GPS for all phases of flight.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
There are several SBAS systems serving different parts of the world. The Wide Area Augmentation System
(WAAS) is currently available in the United States, including Alaska and Hawaii. The European Geostationary
Navigation Overlay Service (EGNOS) offers coverage of Europe, parts of the middle east and northern Africa. The
Multi-functional Satellite Augmentation System (MSAS) covers mainly Japan and parts of northern Australia.
How does SBAS affect approach operations?
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Both LNAV/VNAV and LPV approaches use the accuracy of SBAS to include vertical (glide path) guidance
capability. The additional accuracy and vertical guidance capability allows improved instrument approaches to
an expanded number of airports throughout the U.S.
AFCS
The implementation of LPV approaches further improves precision approach capabilities. LPV approaches
are designed to make full use of the improved GPS signal from the SBAS. This approach combines the LNAV/
VNAV vertical accuracy with lateral guidance similar to the typical Instrument Landing System (ILS). LPV
approaches allow lower approach minimums.
What is RAIM and how does it affect approach operations?
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
RAIM is an acronym for Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring. RAIM is a GPS receiver function that
performs the following functions:
• Monitors and verifies integrity and geometry of tracked GPS satellites
• Notifies the pilot when satellite conditions do not provide the necessary coverage to support a certain phase
of flight
APPENDICES
• Predicts satellite coverage of a destination area to determine whether the number of available satellites is
sufficient to satisfy requirements
NOTE: If RAIM is not predicted to be available for the final approach course, the approach does not become
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
active, as indicated by the “RAIM not available from FAF to MAP” message and the LOI annunciation
flagging on the HSI.
563
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX D
For RAIM to work correctly, the GPS receiver must track at least five satellites. A minimum of six satellites is
required to allow RAIM to eliminate a single corrupt satellite from the navigation solution.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
RAIM ensures that satellite geometry allows for a navigation solution calculation within a specified protection
limit (2.0 nm for oceanic and en route, 1.0 nm for terminal, and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). The
G1000 System monitors RAIM and issues an alert message when RAIM is not available (see Appendix A).
Without RAIM, GPS position accuracy cannot be monitored. If RAIM is not available when crossing the FAF,
the pilot must fly the missed approach procedure.
Why are there not any approaches available for a flight plan?
EIS
Approaches are available for the final destination airport in a flight plan or as a direct-to (keep in mind
that some VOR/VORTAC identifiers are similar to airport identifiers). If a destination airport does not have a
published approach, the G1000 indicates “NONE” for the available procedures.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
What happens when an approach is selected? Can a flight plan with an approach, a departure, or an
arrival be stored?
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When an approach, departure, or arrival is loaded into the active flight plan, a set of approach, departure,
or arrival waypoints is inserted into the flight plan, along with a header line showing the title of the selected
instrument procedure. The original en route portion of the flight plan remains active, unless the instrument
procedure is activated. This may be done either when the procedure is loaded or at a later time.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Flight plans can also be stored with an approach, a departure, or an arrival. Note that the active flight plan
is erased when the system is turned off. Also, the active flight plan is overwritten when another flight plan is
activated. When storing flight plans with an approach, a departure, or an arrival, the G1000 uses the waypoint
information from the current database to define the waypoints. If the database is changed or updated, the
G1000 System automatically updates the information, provided the procedure has not been modified. Should
an approach, departure, or arrival procedure no longer be available, the flight plan becomes locked until the
procedure is deleted from the flight plan.
AFCS
Can “slant Golf” (“/G”) be filed using the G1000?
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
“/G” may be filed for a flight plan. The G1000 System meets the requirements of TSO-C145a Class 3 and
ETSO C145 Class 3 installations. GPS approaches are not to be flown with an expired database. See the
approved Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) as well as the Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM) for more
information.
What does the OBS Softkey do?
INDEX
APPENDICES
The OBS Softkey is used to select manual sequencing of waypoints. Activating OBS mode sets the current
active-to waypoint as the primary navigation reference and prevents the system from sequencing to the next
waypoint in a flight plan. When OBS mode is cancelled, automatic waypoint sequencing is continued, and
the G1000 automatically activates the next waypoint in the flight plan once the aircraft has crossed the present
active waypoint.
564
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX D
• Manual course change on HSI not possible
• Manually select course to waypoint from
HSI
• Always navigates ‘TO’ the active waypoint
• Indicates ‘TO’ or ‘FROM’ waypoint
• Must be in this mode for final approach
course
• Cannot be set for final approach course or
published holding patterns
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
OBS
• Manual sequencing - ‘holds’ on selected
waypoint
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Normal (OBS not activated)
• Automatic sequencing of waypoints
EIS
When OBS mode is active, the G1000 allows the pilot to set a desired course to/from a waypoint using the
CRS/BARO Knob and HSI (much like a VOR).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The most common application for using the OBS Softkey is the missed approach. The G1000 suspends
automatic waypoint sequencing (indicated by a ‘SUSP’ annunciation placed on the HSI) when the missed
approach point (MAP) is crossed. This prevents the G1000 from automatically sequencing to the missed
approach holding point (MAHP). During this time, the OBS Softkey designation changes to SUSP. Pressing
the SUSP Softkey reactivates automatic waypoint sequencing. The OBS Softkey then resumes its normal
functionality.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Why does the G1000 not automatically sequence to the next waypoint?
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The G1000 only sequences flight plan waypoints when automatic sequencing is enabled (i.e., no “OBS” or
‘SUSP’ annunciation). For automatic sequencing to occur, the aircraft must also cross the “bisector” of the turn
being navigated. The bisector is a line passing through the waypoint common to two flight plan legs at an
equal angle from each leg.
How can a waypoint be skipped in an approach, a departure, or an arrival?
AFCS
The G1000 allows the pilot to manually select any approach, departure, or arrival leg as the active leg of
the flight plan. This procedure is performed on the MFD from the Active Flight Plan Page by highlighting the
desired waypoint and pressing the ACT LEG Softkey then the ENT Key to approve the selection. The GPS then
provides navigation along the selected flight plan leg.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When does turn anticipation begin?
The G1000 smooths adjacent leg transitions based on a normal 15° bank angle (with the ability to roll up to
30°) and provides three pilot cues for turn anticipation:
APPENDICES
• A waypoint alert (‘Next DTK ###° in # seconds’ or ‘Next HDG ###° in # seconds’) appears on the PFD 10
seconds before the turn point and flashes as it counts down to zero.
• A flashing turn advisory (‘Turn [right/left] to ###° in # seconds’) appears on the PFD 10 seconds before the
turn and flashes as it counts down to zero. ‘Turn [right/left] to ###° now’ or ‘Next [DTK/HDG] to ###° now’
is displayed when the pilot is to begin the turn and the HSI (GPS mode) automatically sequences to the next
DTK or HDG value.
INDEX
• The To/From indicator on the HSI flips momentarily to indicate that the midpoint of the turn has been
crossed.
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
565
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX D
When does the CDI scale change?
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Once a departure is activated, the G1000 Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) full scale deflection is set to 0.3
nm. The CDI scale changes to 1.0 nm (terminal mode) then ramps up to 2.0 nm (enroute mode) at 30 nm
from the departure airport. When 31 nm from the destination, the CDI scale smoothly transition from 2.0 nm
back to 1.0 nm (terminal mode). At 2.0 nm before the FAF during an active approach, the CDI scale transitions
down further based on the type of approach activated (LNAV, LNAV/VNAV, LPV). When a missed approach is
activated, the CDI is set to 0.3 nm. See the Flight Instruments Section for more details on CDI scaling.
Why does the HSI not respond like a VOR when OBS mode is active?
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Unlike a VOR, the CDI scale used on GPS equipment is based on the crosstrack distance to the desired
course, not on the angular relationship to the destination. Therefore, the CDI deflection on the GPS is constant
regardless of the distance to the destination and does not become less sensitive when further away from the
destination.
What is the correct missed approach procedure? How is the missed approach holding point selected?
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
To comply with TSO specifications, the G1000 does not automatically sequence past the MAP. The first
waypoint in the missed approach procedure becomes the active waypoint when the SUSP Softkey is pressed
after crossing the MAP. All published missed approach procedures must be followed, as indicated on the
approach plate.
To execute the missed approach procedure prior to the MAP (not recommended), select the Active Flight Plan
Page and use the ACT LEG Softkey to activate the missed approach portion of the procedure.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
After a missed approach, how can the same approach be re-selected? How can a new approach be
activated?
NOTE: Do not attempt to reactivate the current approach prior to crossing the missed approach point
AFCS
(MAP). If an attempt to do so is made, an alert message “Are you sure you want to discontinue the current
approach?” appears. The G1000 directs the pilot back to the transition waypoint and does not take into
consideration any missed approach procedures, if the current approach is reactivated.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
After flying the missed approach procedure, the pilot may reactivate the same approach for another attempt by
pressing the PROC Key. Once the clearance is given for another attempt, activate the approach by highlighting
‘ACTIVATE APPROACH’ using the large FMS Knob and pressing the ENT Key. The G1000 provides navigation
along the desired course to the waypoint and rejoins the approach in sequence from that point.
APPENDICES
To activate a new approach for the same airport, select the new procedure by pressing the PROC Key. Choose
‘SELECT APPROACH’, select the desired approach from the list shown, and press the ENT Key. Select the
desired transition, then activate the approach using the ENT Key.
INDEX
To activate a new approach to a different airport, press the Direct-to Key and select the desired airport using
the FMS Knobs. Press the ENT Key to accept the selected airport, then follow the steps in the preceding
paragraph to select an approach for the new airport.
566
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX E
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DISPLAY SYMBOLS
AIRPORT
LINE SYMBOLS
Symbol
Unknown Airport
Item
ICAO Control Area
Class B Airspace
Symbol
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Item
Mode C Tower Area
Non-towered, Non-serviced Airport
Non-towered, Serviced Airport
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Towered, Serviced Airport
EIS
Warning Area Prohibited Area
Alert Area
Restricted Area
Caution Area Training Area
Danger Area
Unknown Area
Class C
Terminal Radar Service Area
Mode C Area
Towered, Non-serviced Airport
Military Operations Area (MOA)
Restricted (Private) Airport
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
State or Province Border
Heliport
International Border
Table E-1 Airport Symbols
Road
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NAVAIDS
Railroad
Item
Symbol
Latitude/Longitude
Intersection
Table E-3 Line Symbols
NDB (non-directional radio beacon)
MISCELLANEOUS
Item
Symbol
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
VOR
AFCS
LOM (compass locator at outer marker)
ARTCC Frequency or FSS Frequency
VOR/DME
Default Map Pointer
VOR/ILS
APPENDICES
VORTAC
Elevation Pointer
TACAN
Table E-2 NAVAID Symbols
Wind Vector
INDEX
Measuring Pointer
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
567
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX E
Item
Symbol
TRAFFIC
Item
Overzoom Indicator
Symbol
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Non-threat Traffic (hollow diamond)
Terrain Proximity or TAWS Enabled
Proximity Advisory
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Traffic Enabled
Traffic Advisory, Out of Range
User Waypoint
Traffic Advisory
Vertical Navigation Along Track Waypoint
Traffic Advisory with ADS-B directional information.
Points in the direction of the intruder aircraft track.
Non-threat traffic with ADS-B directional
information. Points in the direction of the aircraft
track.
Non-threat traffic with ADS-B directional
information. Points in the direction of the intruder
aircraft track
Parallel Track Waypoint
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Unanchored Flight Path Waypoint
Non-threat traffic with no directional information.
Top of Descent (TOD)
Traffic with ADS-B directional information, but
positional accuracy is degraded. Points in the
direction of the aircraft track.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Bottom of Descent (BOD)
Table E-6 Traffic Symbols
Navigating using Dead Reckoning
AFCS
Table E-4 Miscellaneous Symbols
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
STORMSCOPE LIGHTNING STRIKES
Item
Symbol
Lightning Strike (0-6 sec ago)
APPENDICES
Lightning Strike (6-20 sec ago)
Lightning Strike (20-60 sec ago)
Lightning Strike (60-120 sec ago)
INDEX
Table E-5 Lightning Symbols
568
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
APPENDIX E
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TERRAIN AVOIDANCE COLORS AND SYMBOLS
Terrain Above Aircraft Altitude
100 ft Threshold
1000 ft
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Red terrain is above
or within 100 ft below
the aircraft altitude
Aircraft Altitude
EIS
Terrain Color
Terrain Location
Yellow terrain is between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Red (WARNING) Terrain
above, or within 100 ft below the aircraft altitude
Yellow (CAUTION) Terrain between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Black
Black
terrain
is more
ft below
the aircraft
altitude
Terrain
more
than
1000thanft 1000
below
the aircraft
altitude
Figure E-1 Terrain Proximity Color Chart
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Potential Impact Point
Projected Flight Path
100' Threshold
Unlighted Obstacle
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1000'
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Terrain Color
Terrain Location
Red (WARNING) Terrain above, or within 100 ft below the aircraft altitude
Yellow (CAUTION) Terrain between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Black
Terrain more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Figure E-2 TAWS & Terrain-SVS Color Chart
AFCS
Figure E-3 TAWS & Terrain-SVS Potential Impact Points
Obstacle Symbol
Obstacle Location
Red
(WARNING)
Obstacle within 100 ft of
or above aircraft altitude
Yellow
(CAUTION)
Obstacle within 1000 ft of
aircraft altitude
Gray
Obstacle more than 1000
ft below aircraft altitude
APPENDICES
Obstacle
Color
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Unlighted Obstacle
Lighted Obstacle
Height < 1000 ft AGL > 1000 ft AGL < 1000 ft AGL > 1000 ft AGL
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
Figure E-4 Obstacle Symbols and Colors
569
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX E
HAZARD AVOIDANCE FEATURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
This table identifies the symbols displayed in the lower right corner of PFD or MFD maps to indicate which
hazard avoidance features are activated for display.
TAWS display enabled
Traffic display enabled
EIS
NEXRAD display enabled
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Cloud Top display enabled
Echo Top display enabled
XM Lightning display enabled
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Cell Movement display enabled
SIGMETs/AIRMETs display enabled
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
METARs display enabled
Surface Analysis with City Forecast display enabled
AFCS
Freezing Levels display enabled
Winds Aloft display enabled
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
County Warnings display enabled
Cyclone Warnings display enabled
APPENDICES
Icing Potential (CIP and SLD) (ICNG)
Pilot Weather Report (PIREPs)
Air Report (AIREPs)
INDEX
Turbulence (TURB)
Loss of hazard avoidance feature, (a white X is shown
over the symbol to indicate not available; e.g., traffic)
570
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
INDEX
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
B
Backcourse Mode-------------------------------------------425
Backlighting----------------------------------------------47, 48
Barometric setting, Altimeter----------------------50, 56–57
Baro Transition Alert----------------------------------------- 58
Bearing/distance, measuring------------------------------146
Bearing information--------------------------------51, 63–64
Bearing Information windows----------------------------- 63
Bearing line------------------------------------------- 327, 331
Bearing source----------------------------------------------- 64
Bus voltage--------------------------------------------------- 89
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
C
APPENDICES
Calibrated Airspeed-----------------------------------------242
CAUTION-----------------------------------------------------523
Caution alerts-----------------------------------------------524
CDI---------------------------- 236, 249, 260, 268, 275, 541
CELL MOV Softkey------------------------------------------297
Chart Not Available---------------------------------- 467, 488
Chart options----------------------------------------- 476, 495
Chart setup box-------------------------------------- 482, 499
ChartView--------------------------------------- 445, 466, 485
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
Removing--------------------------------------------------240
WAAS------------------------------------------------------439
Approach box-----------------------------------------------490
Approach Mode-------------------------------- 423, 438, 439
APR softkey------------------------------------------- 239, 245
Arrival procedure-193, 206, 234, 235, 236, 258, 260, 269
Attitude---------------------------------------------------------- 1
Attitude & Heading Reference System-------------------526
Attitude Indicator------------------------------ 50, 54, 54–55
Audio panel controls
SPKR-------------------------------------------------------125
Audio panel fail-safe operation---------------------------134
Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast--------372
Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS)--------- 395–444
Alerts-------------------------------------------------------543
Alerts and annunciations------------------------ 442–443
Controls-------------------------------------------- 396–397
Status Annunciations------------------------------------442
Status Box-------------------------------------------------399
Automatic squelch------------------------------------------108
Autopilot--------------------------------- 395, 426–428, 543
Autopilot disconnect---------------------------------------417
Autopilot Disconnect-------------------------------- 397, 428
Auto-tuning--------------------------------------------------116
Auto-tuning, COM------------------------------------------103
Auto-tuning, NAV-------------------------------------------112
Auto Zoom---------------------------------------------------140
Auxiliary Pages (AUX)--------------------------------------- 35
AUX - system status page-463, 465, 485, 486, 501, 502,
503, 506
Aviation Symbols------------------------------------- 151, 193
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Activate a Flight Plan---------------------------------------211
Active channel-----------------------------------------------509
Active database-------------------------------------- 548, 549
Active frequency------------------------------------- 100, 109
ADF audio----------------------------------------------------110
ADS-B---------------------------------------------------------372
Advisory------------------------------------------------------523
Advisory alerts-----------------------------------------------525
AFCS Status Annunciation---------------------------------- 51
AFCS Status Box--------------------------------------- 50, 399
AHRS----------------------------- 25, 27, 528, 537, 538, 539
Air Data Computer------------------------- 27, 28, 526, 528
Airport
Information-----------------------------------------------171
Nearest----------------------------------------------------- 42
Airspace alerts-----------------------------------------------186
Airspace Alerts--------------------------------------- 187, 277
Airspeed Indicator----------------------------------50, 52–53
Airspeed Reference---------------------------------- 407–408
Airspeed Trend Vector--------------------------------------- 52
Airways
Collapsed--------------------------------------------------224
Expanded--------------------------------------------------224
Alert levels---------------------------------------------------523
Alerts---------------------------------------------------------521
Airspace---------------------------------------------------- 39
Arrival------------------------------------------------------- 40
Audio voice------------------------------------------------ 40
Alerts Window------------------------------------------------ 76
Along Track Offset------------------------------------------216
ALT------------------------------------------------------------273
Altimeter---------------------------------------------50, 55–56
Altitude alerting---------------------------------------------- 79
Altitude buffer------------------------------------------------ 39
Altitude constraints-----------------------------------------227
Altitude Hold Mode----------------------------------------405
Altitude Reference----------------------------- 404, 405, 413
Altitude Trend Vector---------------------------------------- 56
Ammeter------------------------------------------------------ 89
Annunciations
Test tone---------------------------------------------------- 44
Annunciations, G1000 System----------------------- 26, 528
Annunciations, softkey-------------------------------------- 76
Annunciation Window-------------------------------------- 76
Antenna stabilization--------------------------------------332
Antenna tilt--------------------------------------------------329
AOPA Airport Directory----------- 445, 504, 505, 506, 505
AP-------------------------------------------------------------543
Approach-----------------------------------------------------564
Activating-------------------------------------------------240
ILS----------------------------------------------------------438
Loading--------------------------------------- 208, 237, 239
Missed-----------------------------------------------------440
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
A
I-1
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
INDEX
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ChartView functions----------------------------------------466
ChartView plan view---------------------------------------477
ChartView profile view-------------------------------------478
ChartView softkeys-----------------------------------------466
CLD TOP Softkey--------------------------------------------295
Closest Point-------------------------------------------------224
COM channel spacing--------------------------------------107
COM frequency box----------------------------------- 97, 100
Command Bars----------------------------------------------401
Communication (COM) Frequency Window------------- 50
Comparator Window------------------------------------51, 76
COM radio
Channel spacing------------------------------------------ 42
COM tuning failure-----------------------------------------133
Controls
Softkeys------------------------------------------------ 14–17
Control Wheel Steering (CWS)--------------------- 397, 427
Copy a Flight Plan------------------------------------------211
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)------------ 42, 50, 65–67
Course To Altitude------------------------------------------241
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
D
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Data Bar fields, MFD---------------------------------------- 41
Database------------------------------------------------------ 22
Databases----------------------------------------------- 21, 547
Database Synchronization-------------------- 547, 552, 553
Data link-------------------------------------------------------- 1
Datalink receiver troubleshooting------------------------518
Data logging-------------------------------------------------515
Data Logging----------------------------------------- 445, 514
Date and time------------------------------------------------ 37
Day/Night views-------------------------------------- 482, 499
Day view----------------------------------482, 483, 499, 500
DB Mismatch------------------------------------------------547
Dead Reckoning---------------------------------------------- 83
Declutter, display--------------------------------------------- 84
Delete Flight Plans------------------------------------------211
Deleting an entire airway--------------------------- 213, 214
Deleting an entire procedure----------------------- 213, 214
Deleting an individual waypoint------------------- 212, 213
Deleting Flight Plan Items---------------------------------212
Density Altitude---------------------------------------------244
Departure
Select------------------------------------231, 234, 237, 240
Timer-------------------------------------------------------- 46
Departure procedure--------------------204, 218, 231, 233
Departure Time----------------------------------------------242
Digital audio entertainment---------------------------------- 4
Dilution of Precision (DOP)--------------------------------- 29
Direct-to--------- 164, 188–192, 225, 226, 258, 260, 275
Display backup----------------------------------------------- 99
DME audio---------------------------------------------------110
DME information--------------------------------------------- 51
I-2
DME Information Window---------------------------------- 64
DME transceiver pairing-----------------------------------118
DME tuning--------------------------------------------------118
DME tuning window---------------------------------------118
Dual navigation database---------------------------------548
E
ECHO TOP Softkey------------------------------------------294
Electrical indications----------------------------------------- 89
Emergency frequency---------------------------------------133
Engine Display------------------------------------------------ 88
Engine Indication System (EIS)------------------------ 85–94
Entering Flight ID-------------------------------------------119
Entertainment inputs---------------------------------------130
Estimated Position Error (EPE)----------------------------- 29
Ethernet------------------------------------------------------- 23
extended squitter-------------------------------------------372
F
Fail-safe operation------------------------------------------134
Failure
Input-------------------------------------------------------- 26
FD-------------------------------------------------------------543
Field of View (SVS)------------------------------------------162
Flight director (FD)-----------------------------395, 398–399
Modes, lateral------------------------------------- 418–444
Modes, vertical------------------------------------ 402–416
Switching--------------------------------------------------400
Flight Instruments-------------------------------------- 49–64
Flight Level Change Mode-------------------- 407, 434, 436
Flight plan
Closest point to reference------------------------------224
Storing-----------------------------------------------------564
Flight timer---------------------------------------------------- 45
FliteCharts-------------------------------------------- 445, 487
FliteCharts®-------------------------------------------------445
FliteCharts cycle---------------------------------------------502
FliteCharts expiration--------------------------------------502
FliteCharts functions---------------------------------------487
FPA----------------------------------------------------- 227, 265
Frequency
Nearest----------------------------------------------------184
Frequency spacing------------------------------------------107
Frequency transfer arrow----------------------------------101
Frequently asked questions--------------------------------563
Fuel
Calculations------------------------------------------------ 93
Efficiency--------------------------------------------------244
Endurance-------------------------------------------------244
Flow-----------------------------------------------------89, 92
Flow totalizer---------------------------------------------- 93
Quantity------------------------------------------------89, 92
Remaining-------------------------------------------- 92, 244
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
INDEX
Land Symbols------------------------------------------------150
Lateral modes, flight director----------------------- 418–444
LNAV----------------------------------------------------------249
Logging Data------------------------------------------------514
LO SENS------------------------------------------------------117
Low Altitude Annunciation--------------------------------- 79
LPV----------------------------------------------- 249, 275, 429
M
Magnetometer-------------------------------------------26, 27
Map pages---------------------------------------------------- 34
Map Panning------------------------------------------------142
Marker beacon----------------------------------------------117
Marker Beacon Annunciations----------------------------- 77
MASQ processing-------------------------------------------- 95
Measurement units, changing displayed----------------- 38
Menus--------------------------------------------------------- 32
Message advisories---------------------------------- 530–542
MET-----------------------------------------------------------543
MFD Data Bar fields----------------------------------------- 41
Minimum descent altitude, barometric------------------- 80
Minimums----------------------------------------------------527
MISCOMP----------------------------------------------------526
Missed approach--------------------------------------------440
Missed Approach----------------- 193, 241, 246, 249, 275
Mistrim-------------------------------------------------------543
Mode S--------------------------------------------16, 119, 121
Mode selection softkeys-----------------------------------120
Morse code identifier---------------------------------------111
Multi Function Display (MFD)
Softkeys----------------------------------------------------- 19
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
N
National Weather Service----------------------------------307
NAV1 Audio--------------------------------------------------110
NAV2 Audio--------------------------------------------------110
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
INDEX
190-00749-04 Rev. A
L
AFCS
ID indicator--------------------------------------------------111
ILS approach-------------------------------------------------438
Indicated Altitude-------------------------------------------242
Initialization (system)---------------------------------------- 22
Inset Map-------------------------------------------------15, 51
Key(s)------------------------------------------------------------ 9
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
I
K
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Heading------------------------------------------------------- 50
Heading Select Mode--------------------------------------420
HI SENS-------------------------------------------------------117
Horizontal scan-------------------------- 325–329, 333, 334
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)--------------50, 60–72
HSI double green arrow------------------------------------109
HSI magenta arrow-----------------------------------------109
HSI single green arrow-------------------------------------109
Jeppesen aviation database-------------------------------547
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
H
J
EIS
Gain-----------------------------------------------------------330
GBT-----------------------------------------------------------372
GDC 74A-------------------------------------------------------- 1
GDL 69/69A----------------------------------------------1, 280
GDU 1040------------------------------------------------------ 1
GEA 71---------------------------------------------------------- 1
geodetic sea level------------------------------ 342, 350, 359
GFC 700------------------------------------------------------395
GIA 63----------------------------------------------------------- 1
Glidepath-----------------------------------------------------273
Glidepath Indicator------------------------------------------ 59
Glidepath Mode-------------------------------- 414, 423, 439
Glideslope----------------------------------------------------273
Glideslope Indicator----------------------------------------- 59
Glideslope Mode------------------------------------- 416, 438
Global Positioning System (GPS)
Navigation----------------------------------------- 188–278
Receiver information--------------------------------- 28–30
GMA 1347---------------------------------------------1, 22, 47
GMU 44--------------------------------------------------------- 1
Go Around Mode------------------------------417, 440–441
GPS Window-------------------------------------------------553
Ground-Based Transceivers--------------------------------372
Ground mapping--------------------------------------------335
Groundspeed------------------------------------------------- 46
GRS 77---------------------------------------------------------- 1
GSL----------------------------------------------- 342, 350, 359
GTX 33---------------------------------------------------------- 1
GTX 33 Transponder----------------------------------------119
Intercom system (ICS)--------------------------------------130
Intersection
Information---------------------------------------- 172–173
Interstage Turbine Temperature (ITT)------------------89, 92
Inverting a flight plan--------------------------------------211
IOI-----------------------------------------------, 545, 356, 366
ITT----------------------------------------------------------89, 92
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
G
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Required---------------------------------------------------244
Used--------------------------------------------------------- 92
Fuel on Board-----------------------------------------------244
Fuel Statistics------------------------------------------------244
I-3
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
INDEX
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NAV frequency box------------------------------------------ 97
Navigation database-------------------------------- 227, 228
Navigation Map---------------------------------------------190
Navigation Mode----------------------- 421–422, 432–433
Navigation mode selection--------------------------------109
Navigation (NAV) Frequency Window-------------------- 50
Navigation source-------------------------------------- 65–67
Navigation Status Box-------------------------------------- 50
Nav radio selection-----------------------------------------109
Nearest
Airport-----------------------------------------------------239
Airports---------------------------------------- 42, 184–187
VOR------------------------------------------------- 184–185
nearest airport---------------------------------- 168, 169, 170
Nearest Airport---------------------------168, 169, 170, 171
Minimum Runway Length------------------------------171
Surface Matching----------------------------------------171
Nearest Airports Page------------------------- 169, 170, 171
Nearest Pages (NRST)--------------------------------------- 35
NEXRAD------------------------------------------------------- 19
NEXRAD Softkey--------------------------------------------290
Night view--------------------------------482, 483, 499, 500
Non-path descent------------------------------412, 436–437
Normal operating mode------------------------------------ 23
O
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Obstacles---------------------------------------------- 533, 534
Odometer----------------------------------------------------- 46
Oil
Pressure---------------------------------------------------- 89
Temperature----------------------------------------------- 89
Omni Bearing Selector (OBS)----------------------- 564–565
Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode----------------------- 71
Other Statistics--------------------------------------- 242, 244
Outside Air Temperature (OAT)---------------------------- 73
Overspeed protection, autopilot--------------------------402
Overview-------------------------------------------------------- 1
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
P
INDEX
APPENDICES
Page groups--------------------------------------------- 33–36
Parallel Track------------------------------------------ 217, 218
Passenger address------------------------------------------128
PA system----------------------------------------------------128
PFD failure---------------------------------------------------133
Pitch Hold Mode--------------------------------------------403
Pitch indication----------------------------------------------- 54
Pointers, bearing--------------------------------------------- 63
Pressure, oil--------------------------------------------------- 89
Primary Flight Display (PFD)
Softkeys------------------------------------------------ 14–16
Procedures
GFC 700-------------------------------------------- 429–441
Profile Path--------------------------------------------------348
Profile View--------------------------------------------- 19, 347
I-4
Propeller speed-------------------------------------------89, 92
Q
Quick Tuning 121.500 MHz-------------------------------102
R
Radar altitude--------------------------------------------80, 81
Radio volume level-----------------------------------------111
RAIM---------------------------------------236, 246, 247, 248
Range---------------------------------------------------------160
Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM)-2 9 – 3 0 ,
246, 563
Reference Altitude------------------------------------------- 55
Required Vertical Speed------------------------------------266
Required Vertical Speed Indicator------------------------266
Reversionary mode-----------------------------------------134
Reversionary Sensor Window------------------------------ 76
ROC---------------------------------------------, 545, 356, 366
Roll Hold Mode---------------------------------------------419
RS-232----------------------------------------------------------- 4
RS-485----------------------------------------------------------- 3
Runway
Minimum length------------------------------------------- 43
Surface------------------------------------------------------ 43
RVSI---------------------------------------------------- 266, 267
RX Indicator-------------------------------------------------101
S
SafeTaxi------------------------------------------ 445, 460, 463
SafeTaxi®----------------------------------------------------445
SafeTaxi database-------------------------------------------464
SBAS--------------------246, 247, 248, 535, 561, 563, 248
Scheduler----------------------------------------445–446, 512
Sector scan---------------------------------------------------331
Secure Digital (SD) card------------------------------------547
Selected Altitude------- 50, 403, 404, 406, 407, 409, 413
Selected Altitude Capture Mode------ 403–406, 409, 417
Selected Altitude Intercept Arc----------------------------163
Selected Course-------------------------------- , 51, 422, 424
Selected Heading--------------------------------- 61, 396, 51
Selecting a COM radio-------------------------------------100
Sensor------------------------------------------------- 522, 526
Sequencing, automatic-------------------------------------565
Service Class-------------------------------------------------508
Servos, AFCS-------------------------------------------------395
SiriusXM
radio--------------------------------------------------------280
Radio-------------------------------------------------------507
XM Satellite Weather------------------------------------280
Activating-------------------------------------------------280
NEXRAD---------------------------------------------------290
SiriusXM channel list---------------------------------------509
SiriusXM presets--------------------------------------------511
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
INDEX
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
U
AFCS
Unable to display chart----------------------------- 467, 488
Updating Garmin databases------------------------------464
V
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
VDI----------------------------------------------------- 266, 267
Vertical deviation-------------------------------------- 56, 411
Vertical deviation guidance-------------------------------228
Vertical Deviation Indicator-------------------------------266
Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI)-------------------------- 59
Vertical navigation------------------------------------------227
Direct-to---------------------------------------------------226
Vertical Navigation flight control------------------ 409–413
Vertical Path Tracking Mode------------------409–410, 435
Vertical scan------------------------------------------ 328, 329
Vertical speed guidance-----------------------------------228
Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)--------------------------50, 59
Vertical Speed Mode---------------------------------------406
Vertical Speed Reference----------------------------------406
Vertical track-------------------------------------------------527
INDEX
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
APPENDICES
190-00749-04 Rev. A
EIS
TA-------------------------------------------------------------527
TAF------------------------------------------------------------299
Takeoff Mode------------------------------------------------417
TAS-------------------------- , 325, 326, 328, 329, 330, 331
TAWS---------------------------------------------------------545
TAWS annunciations---------------------------------------- 78
TAWS-B
System Status---------------------------------------------370
Temperature, Interstage Turbine-----------------------89, 92
Temperature, oil---------------------------------------------- 89
Temperature, Outside Air (OAT)---------------------------- 73
Terminal procedures charts------------------------- 467, 488
Terrain--------------------------------------------------------533
Color indications-----------------------------------------569
Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS)
annunciations------------------------------------------------ 78
Terrain Proximity--------------------------------------------342
Terrain-SVS---------------------------------------------------350
Tilt------------------------------------------------------ 328, 329
Tilt line--------------------------------------------------------329
Timer----------------------------------------------------------540
Departure--------------------------------------------------- 46
Flight-------------------------------------------------------- 45
Timer, PFD generic------------------------------------------- 45
Time, system-------------------------------------------------- 37
TOD---------------------------------------------- 265, 266, 272
TOPO DATA------------------------------------- 147, 148, 157
Top of Descent--------------------------------------- 265, 266
TOPO SCALE-------------------------------------------------149
Torque-----------------------------------------------------89, 92
Track----------------------------------------------------------- 60
Track indicator------------------------------------------------ 60
Traffic
Annunciation------------------------------------------51, 77
Voice alerts------------------------------------------------- 77
Traffic advisory----------------------------------------------325
Traffic Advisory----------------------------------------------527
Transponder code entry------------------------------------123
Transponder data box-----------------------------------95, 97
Transponder ground mode--------------------------------121
Transponder softkeys---------------------------------------120
Transponder standby mode-------------------------------121
Transponder Status Box------------------------------------- 50
Trend Vector
Turn Rate--------------------------------------------------- 63
Trend Vector, Airspeed--------------------------------------- 52
Trend Vector, Altitude---------------------------------------- 56
Trip Planning------------------------------------ 242, 243, 244
Trip statistics-------------------------------------------------- 46
Trip Statistics------------------------------------------ 243, 244
True Airspeed------------------------------------------------244
True airspeed (TAS)------------------------------------------ 52
Turn anticipation--------------------------------------------565
Turn Rate Indicator--------------------------------------50, 63
TX indicator--------------------------------------------------101
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
T
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SiriusXM radio-----------------------------------------------509
SiriusXM radio volume-------------------------------------511
SiriusXM satellite radio----------------------------- 507, 509
Slip/Skid Indicator----------------------------------------50, 54
Softkey annunciations--------------------------------------- 76
Softkeys-------------------------------------------------- 14–17
EIS----------------------------------------------------------- 86
LTNG-------------------------------------------------------296
PFD---------------------------------------------------------- 50
Speaker-------------------------------------------------------125
STAB----------------------------------------------------------332
Standby frequency----------------------------- 100, 103, 109
Standby frequency field------------------------------------100
Standby Navigation Database--------------------- 549, 550
Stereo headsets---------------------------------------------125
Stuck microphone-------------------------------------------133
Sunrise--------------------------------------------------------243
Sunset--------------------------------------------------------243
SVS------------------------------------------------------------541
SVS troubleshooting----------------------------------------516
Symbols, map------------------------------------------------567
Synthetic vision (SVS)------------------------------- 445, 446
System annunciations---------------------------26, 521, 528
System Display (EIS)----------------------------------------- 90
System message advisories--------------------------------530
System Setup Page------------------------------------------ 37
System Status Page------------------------------------------ 43
System time-----------------------------------------------38, 50
I-5
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
INDEX
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
VFR code-----------------------------------------------------124
VNAV---------------------------------------------------------192
VNAV Target Altitude-------------------------------- 409–412
VNAV Target Altitude Capture Mode--------------------413
VNV---------------------------------------------- 265, 541, 561
VNV guidance
Disabling--------------------------------------------------225
Enabling---------------------------------------------------225
VNV indications, PFD---------------------------------------- 75
Voice alerts--------------------------------------------------524
Voice alerts, TIS Traffic--------------------------------------392
Voice alerts, traffic------------------------------------------- 77
VOL annunciation-------------------------------------------127
Voltmeter------------------------------------------------------ 89
VOR
Nearest--------------------------------------------- 184–185
VOR selection------------------------------------------------109
VSI-------------------------------------------------------------267
Vspeed references------------------------------------------- 53
VS TGT------------------------------------------------- 227, 265
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
W
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
WAAS--------------------------------------249, 429, 562, 563
WAAS precision approach---------------------------------439
WARNING----------------------------------------------------523
Warning alerts-----------------------------------------------524
WATCH------------------------------------------------ 333, 334
Waypoint
Automatic sequencing----------------------------------565
Skipping---------------------------------------------------565
Waypoint Pages (WPT)-------------------------------------- 34
Waypoint Selection Submenu--- 189, 195, 196, 200, 246
Weather Attenuated Color Highlight--------------------333
Weather (real-time)-------------------------------------------- 4
Wind--------------------------------------------------- 138, 159
Wind data-------------------------------------------------51, 74
WIND Softkey------------------------------------------------304
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
X
APPENDICES
XM lightning----------------------------------------------15, 19
XM radio entertainment-----------------------------------130
XM weather/radio--------------------------------------------- 4
XM WX Satellite Weather
AIREPs-----------------------------------------------------311
Icing--------------------------------------------------------309
PIREPs-----------------------------------------------------311
Turbulence------------------------------------------ 309, 310
Z
INDEX
Zoom
Auto--------------------------------------------------------140
I-6
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Caravan
190-00749-04 Rev. A
G1000
®
Integrated Flight Deck
Pilot’s Guide
®
G1000 Pilot’s Guide
Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, KS 66062, U.S.A.
p:913.397.8200
f:913.397.8282
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road
Houndsdown Business Park
Southampton, SO40 9RB, U.K.
p:44/0870.8501241
f:44/0870.8501251
Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Jangshu 2nd Road
Shijr, Taipei County, Taiwan
p:886/02.2642.9199
f:886/02.2642.9099
www.garmin.com
Cessna Caravan
Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
p:503.391.3411
f:503.364.2138
190-00749-02
Revision B
Cessna Caravan
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising